Engine Control System: Section

ENGINE
EC
A
EC
SECTION
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM C
E
CONTENTS
VQ35DE FOR USA AND CANADA Engine Oil Temperature Sensor ..............................32 F
EVAP Canister .........................................................32
PRECAUTION .............................................. 15 EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid
Valve ........................................................................32 G
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................15 EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve ..........................33
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor ..................33
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Fuel Injector .............................................................33
SIONER" ................................................................. 15 H
Fuel Level Sensor Unit and Fuel Pump (With Fuel
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service ............. 15 Tank Temperature Sensor) .....................................33
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.... 16 Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 ........................................34
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine ICC Steering Switch ................................................35 I
and CVT .................................................................. 16 Ignition Coil (With Power Transistor) .......................35
General Precautions ............................................... 16 Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ...........35
Intake Valve Timing Intermediate Lock Control J
PREPARATION ........................................... 20 Solenoid Valve .........................................................35
PREPARATION ..................................................20 Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor .......35
Special Service Tools .............................................. 20 Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ........36
K
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 20 Knock Sensor ..........................................................36
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ............................36
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 22 Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Tempera-
ture Sensor) .............................................................36 L
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................22 Oil Pressure Warning Lamp ....................................37
Power Valve Actuator 1 and 2 .................................37
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................... 22
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ...................................37 M
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts
Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position Switch....37
Location ................................................................... 22
VIAS Control Solenoid Valve 1 and 2 ......................38
INFINITI DRIVE MODE SELECTOR ......................... 26 N
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ..................... 39
Infiniti Drive Mode Selector : Component Parts Lo-
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) .....................39
cation ....................................................................... 26
On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) ........40
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor .......................... 27
O
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 .................................. 28 SYSTEM ............................................................ 41
ASCD Steering Switch ............................................ 28
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ....................... 29 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ...................................41
Cooling Fan Motor & Cooling Fan Control Module.... 29 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip- P
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) .......................... 29 tion ...........................................................................41
ECM ........................................................................ 30 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail-safe ................42
Electric Throttle Control Actuator ............................ 30
Electronic Controlled Engine Mount ........................ 31 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM ................44
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : Sys-
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ...................... 31
tem Description ........................................................45
Engine Oil Pressure Sensor .................................... 32
Revision: April 2016 EC-1 2016 QX60

ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM ................................ 47 HANDLING PRECAUTION ............................... 67
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System De- Infiniti Drive Mode Selector ..................................... 67
scription .................................................................. 47
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ..... 68
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ...................... 48 Diagnosis Description ............................................. 68
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System GST (Generic Scan Tool) ....................................... 68
Description .............................................................. 48
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) ............................ 69
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)... 48
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS- DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION ..................................... 69
CD) : System Description ....................................... 49 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection
Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic ........................ 69
COOLING FAN CONTROL ....................................... 50 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description... 50 Frame Data ............................................................. 69
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System ...... 70
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT ... 50
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern ........ 73
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
: System Description ............................................... 50 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness
Test (SRT) Code ..................................................... 74
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ....................... 52 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Permanent Diag-
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System nostic Trouble Code (Permanent DTC) .................. 75
Description .............................................................. 53 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indica-
tor Lamp (MIL) ........................................................ 76
THROTTLE CONTROL ............................................. 53 On Board Diagnosis Function ................................. 76
THROTTLE CONTROL : System Description ........ 54 CONSULT Function ................................................ 79
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ........................ 54 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 92
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System De-
scription .................................................................. 54 ECM ................................................................... 92
Reference Value ..................................................... 92
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL .................... 57
Fail-safe ................................................................ 109
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................. 111
Description .............................................................. 57
DTC Index ............................................................ 112
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW EN- Test Value and Test Limit ..................................... 117
GINE OIL PRESSURE .............................................. 58
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW EN- WIRING DIAGRAM ................................... 126
GINE OIL PRESSURE : System Description ......... 58 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 126
FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM ................. 59 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 126
FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM : System
Description .............................................................. 59
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 150
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM .................... 59 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ........ 150
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM : System Work Flow ............................................................. 150
Description .............................................................. 60 Diagnostic Work Sheet ......................................... 153
INFINITI DRIVE MODE SELECTOR ......................... 61 SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOV-

Infiniti Drive Mode Selector : System Description ... 62 ING ENGINE PARTS ........................................ 155
Description ............................................................ 155
INTEGRATED CONTROL OF ENGINE, CVT, AND
ABS ........................................................................... 64 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
INTEGRATED CONTROL OF ENGINE, CVT, ECM .................................................................. 156
AND ABS : System Description .............................. 64 Description ............................................................ 156
Work Procedure .................................................... 156
CAN COMMUNICATION ........................................... 64
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description ...... 64 ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSI-
TION LEARNING .............................................. 158
OPERATION ...................................................... 65 Description ............................................................ 158
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)... 65 Work Procedure .................................................... 158
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS-
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION
CD) : Switch Name and Function ........................... 65
LEARNING ....................................................... 159

Description ............................................................ 159 P0014, P0024 EVT CONTROL ....................... 204
Work Procedure .................................................... 159 DTC Description .................................................... 204 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 205
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ...................... 160 Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sen-
Description ............................................................ 160 sor) ........................................................................ 207
Work Procedure .................................................... 160 EC
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sen-
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE sor) ........................................................................ 207
Component Inspection (Exhaust Valve Timing
CLEAR .............................................................. 162 C
Control Position Sensor) ........................................ 208
Description ............................................................ 162
Work Procedure .................................................... 162
Control Solenoid Valve) ......................................... 209
VIN REGISTRATION ........................................ 163 D
P0015 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL. 210
Description ............................................................ 163
DTC Description .................................................... 210
Work Procedure .................................................... 163
E
BASIC INSPECTION ........................................ 164 Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sen-
Work Procedure .................................................... 164 sor) ........................................................................ 212
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sen-
FUEL PRESSURE ............................................ 168 sor) ........................................................................ 213 F
Work Procedure .................................................... 168 Component Inspection (Exhaust Valve Timing
Control Position Sensor) ........................................ 214
HOW TO SET SRT CODE ................................ 170 Component Inspection (Exhaust Valve Timing G
Description ............................................................ 170 Control Solenoid Valve) ......................................... 214
SRT Set Driving Pattern ........................................ 171
Work Procedure .................................................... 173 P0016 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ... 216
DTC Logic .............................................................. 216 H
HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC .............. 176 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 217
Description ............................................................ 176 Component Inspection ........................................... 218
Work Procedure (Group A) ................................... 177 I
Work Procedure (Group B) ................................... 179 P0017 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL. 220
DTC Description .................................................... 220
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 182 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 221
J
Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sen-
TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION sor) ........................................................................ 222
VALUE .............................................................. 182 Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sen-
Description ............................................................ 182 sor) ........................................................................ 223 K
Component Function Check .................................. 182 Component Inspection (Exhaust Valve Timing
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 183 Control Position Sensor) ........................................ 224
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 190 Component Inspection (Exhaust Valve Timing L
Control Solenoid Valve) ......................................... 224
U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 194 P0018 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ... 226
DTC Logic .............................................................. 226 M
Description ............................................................ 194
DTC Logic ............................................................. 194
Component Inspection ........................................... 228
N
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 195 P0019 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL. 230
DTC Description .................................................... 230
Description ............................................................ 195
DTC Logic ............................................................. 195 O
Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sen-
sor) ........................................................................ 232
P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL .......................... 196 Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sen-
DTC Logic ............................................................. 196 sor) ........................................................................ 233 P
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 197 Component Inspection (Exhaust Valve Timing
Component Inspection .......................................... 198 Control Position Sensor) ........................................ 234
P0012 INTAKE CAMSHAFT CONTROL ......... 200 Control Solenoid Valve) ......................................... 234
DTC Logic ............................................................. 200
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 201 P0022 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ... 236
Component Inspection .......................................... 202 DTC Logic .............................................................. 236

Diagnosis Procedure .............................................237 Component Inspection .......................................... 272
Component Inspection ...........................................238
P0116 ECT SENSOR ....................................... 273
P0025 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL. 240 DTC Logic ............................................................. 273
DTC Description ....................................................240 Component Function Check ................................. 274
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................241 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 274
Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sen- Component Inspection .......................................... 274
sor) ........................................................................242
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sen- P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ........................... 275
sor) ........................................................................243 DTC Logic ............................................................. 275
Component Inspection (Exhaust Valve Timing Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 275
Control Position Sensor) ........................................244 Component Inspection .......................................... 276
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR .............................. 277
Control Solenoid Valve) .........................................244
DTC Logic ............................................................. 277
P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0051, P0052 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 277
A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER ................................. 246 Component Inspection .......................................... 278
DTC Logic ..............................................................246 P0125 ECT SENSOR ....................................... 280
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................246
DTC Logic ............................................................. 280
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEAT- Component Inspection .......................................... 281
ER .................................................................... 249 P0127 IAT SENSOR ......................................... 282
DTC Logic ..............................................................249 DTC Logic ............................................................. 282
Component Inspection ...........................................250 Component Inspection .......................................... 283
P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION .................. 284
VALVE ............................................................. 252 DTC Logic ............................................................. 284
DTC Logic ..............................................................252 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 285
Component Inspection (IVT Control Solenoid
Valve) ....................................................................254 P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 287
Component Inspection (IVT Intermediate Lock DTC Logic ............................................................. 287
Control Solenoid Valve) .........................................255 Component Function Check ................................. 288
P0078, P0084 EVT CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE ............................................................. 256 P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 291
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 294
P0101 MAF SENSOR ...................................... 259 DTC Logic ............................................................. 294
Component Inspection ...........................................261 P0137, P0157 HO2S2 ....................................... 297
DTC Logic ............................................................. 297
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .......................... 264 Component Function Check ................................. 298
P0138, P0158 HO2S2 ....................................... 303
P0111 IAT SENSOR ........................................ 269 DTC Logic ............................................................. 303
DTC Logic ..............................................................269 Component Function Check ................................. 305
Component Function Check ..................................270 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 305
P0139, P0159 HO2S2 ....................................... 310
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ............................ 271 DTC Logic ............................................................. 310
DTC Logic ..............................................................271 Component Function Check ................................. 312

Component Inspection .......................................... 314 DTC Logic .............................................................. 356
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 356 A
P0141, P0161 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Component Inspection ........................................... 357
HEATER ........................................................... 316
DTC Logic ............................................................. 316 P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ......... 359
DTC Logic .............................................................. 359 EC
Component Inspection .......................................... 317 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 359
P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, C
P015B, P015C, P015D A/F SENSOR 1 ........... 319 P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST
DTC Logic ............................................................. 319 FUNCTION ...................................................... 363
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 321 DTC Logic .............................................................. 363 D
Component Function Check .................................. 364
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 365
FUNCTION ....................................................... 325
DTC Logic ............................................................. 325 P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ................. 368 E
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 326 DTC Logic .............................................................. 368
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 370 F
FUNCTION ....................................................... 329
DTC Logic ............................................................. 329 P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 330 CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...................... 373
DTC Logic .............................................................. 373 G
P0181 FTT SENSOR ........................................ 333 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 374
DTC Logic ............................................................. 333 Component Inspection ........................................... 376
Component Function Check .................................. 334 H
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 335 P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE
Component Inspection .......................................... 336 VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...... 378
DTC Logic .............................................................. 378
P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR ........................... 337 I
Component Inspection .......................................... 338 P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL J
VALVE ............................................................. 381
P0196 EOT SENSOR ....................................... 339 DTC Logic .............................................................. 381
DTC Logic ............................................................. 339 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 381 K
Component Function Check .................................. 341 Component Inspection ........................................... 382
Component Inspection .......................................... 341 P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
VALVE ............................................................. 384 L
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR ........................... 343 DTC Logic .............................................................. 384
DTC Logic ............................................................. 343 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 384
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 343 Component Inspection ........................................... 386 M
Component Inspection .......................................... 344
P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES-
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ............................. 345 SURE SENSOR ............................................... 388
DTC Logic ............................................................. 345 N
DTC Logic .............................................................. 388
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, O
P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES-
P0306 MISFIRE ................................................ 348 SURE SENSOR ............................................... 391
DTC Logic ............................................................. 348
DTC Logic .............................................................. 391 P
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS .................... 354 Component Inspection ........................................... 393
DTC Logic ............................................................. 354 P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES-
SURE SENSOR ............................................... 394
DTC Logic .............................................................. 394
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ............................ 356 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 395
P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .................. 398 P0603, P062F ECM .......................................... 428
P0604 ECM ....................................................... 430
P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ........................ 404 DTC Logic ............................................................. 430
P0605 ECM ....................................................... 431
P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ........................ 405 DTC Logic ............................................................. 431
Component Function Check ..................................405
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................406 P0606 ECM ....................................................... 432
DTC Logic ............................................................. 432
P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ........... 407 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 432
DTC Logic ..............................................................407
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................407 P0607 ECM ....................................................... 433
DTC Logic ............................................................. 433
P0500 VSS ....................................................... 408 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 433
Description .............................................................408
DTC Logic ..............................................................408 P060A ECM ...................................................... 434
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................408 DTC Logic ............................................................. 434
P0506 ISC SYSTEM ........................................ 410
Description .............................................................410 P060B ECM ...................................................... 435
P0507 ISC SYSTEM ........................................ 412 P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY .................. 436
Description .............................................................412 Description ............................................................ 436
P050A, P050E COLD START CONTROL ....... 414 P0850 PNP SWITCH ........................................ 438
Description .............................................................414 Description ............................................................ 438
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................415 Component Function Check ................................. 439
P0520 EOP SENSOR ...................................... 416
DTC Logic ..............................................................416 P1078, P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................416 SENSOR ........................................................... 441
Component Inspection ...........................................418 DTC Description .................................................... 441
P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE .................... 419 Component Inspection .......................................... 443
DTC Logic ..............................................................419
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................420 P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ..... 445
Component Inspection ...........................................421 DTC Logic ............................................................. 445
P052A, P052B, P052C, P052D INTAKE P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE .............. 446
VALVE TIMING CONTROL ............................. 422 Description ............................................................ 446
Component Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Con-
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 447
trol Solenoid Valve) ...............................................424
DTC Logic ............................................................. 447
Component Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Inter-
Component Function Check ................................. 447
mediate Lock Control Solenoid Valve) ..................425
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position sen-
sor) ........................................................................426 P1225 TP SENSOR .......................................... 450
Component Inspection (Camshaft position sen- DTC Logic ............................................................. 450
sor) ........................................................................426 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 450

P1226 TP SENSOR .......................................... 451 DTC Logic .............................................................. 479
DTC Logic ............................................................. 451 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 479 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 451 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 480
P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH .................. 452 P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1. 481
DTC Logic .............................................................. 481 EC
DTC Logic ............................................................. 452
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 452 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 481
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MO- C
P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH ...................... 455 TOR RELAY .................................................... 485
DTC Logic ............................................................. 455 DTC Logic .............................................................. 485
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 455 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 485 D
Component Inspection (ICC Steering Switch) ....... 456
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ....................... 458 FUNCTION ...................................................... 487
Description ............................................................ 458 DTC Logic .............................................................. 487 E
Component Function Check .................................. 459 Component Inspection ........................................... 489
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 460 F
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR ......... 490
Switch) .................................................................. 462 DTC Logic .............................................................. 490
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 462 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 490
Component Inspection ........................................... 491 G
P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH ........................... 464
DTC Logic ............................................................. 464 P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 465 ACTUATOR ..................................................... 492 H
Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch) ........... 467 DTC Logic .............................................................. 492
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 468 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 492
Component Inspection (ICC Brake Hold Relay) .... 468
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ......................... 494 I
P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ...... 469 DTC Logic .............................................................. 494
Description ............................................................ 469 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 494
DTC Logic ............................................................. 469 Component Inspection ........................................... 496 J
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ......................... 497
P1574 ICC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR .......... 471 DTC Logic .............................................................. 497
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 497 K
Description ............................................................ 471
P2135 TP SENSOR ......................................... 500 L
P1700 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM ..................... 473 DTC Logic .............................................................. 500
P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY M
SPEED SENSOR) ............................................ 474 P2138 APP SENSOR ...................................... 503
Description ............................................................ 474 DTC Logic .............................................................. 503
DTC Logic ............................................................. 474 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 503 N
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 474 Component Inspection ........................................... 505
P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1.. 475 P219A, P219B AIR FUEL RATIO ................... 507
DTC Logic .............................................................. 507 O
DTC Logic ............................................................. 475
P2610 ECM INTERNAL TIMER ...................... 512 P
P1801 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 2.. 477 Description ............................................................. 512
ASCD INDICATOR .......................................... 514
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................... 479 Component Function Check .................................. 514

BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH .............. 515 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 546
Component Function Check ..................................515 Component Function Check ................................. 546
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position
Switch) ...................................................................516 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY2 CIRCUIT ........... 548
Description ............................................................ 548
COOLING FAN ................................................ 517 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 548
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................517 VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM ............ 550
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) ..........519 Component Function Check ................................. 550
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) ..........519 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 551
ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ......................... 520 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 554

Description .............................................................520
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS .... 554
Symptom Table ..................................................... 554
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE Infiniti Drive Mode Selector ............................ 558

Symptom Table ..................................................... 558
MOUNT ............................................................ 522
Component Function Check ..................................522 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 559
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................522 Description ............................................................ 559
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 560
FUEL INJECTOR ............................................. 525
Component Function Check ..................................525 IDLE SPEED ..................................................... 560
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................525 Work Procedure .................................................... 560
IGNITION TIMING ............................................. 561
FUEL PUMP ..................................................... 528 Work Procedure .................................................... 561
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................528 EVAP LEAK CHECK ........................................ 562
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump) ......................530 Work Procedure .................................................... 562
Component Inspection (Condenser-2) ..................530
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ......... 564
ICC BRAKE SWITCH ...................................... 532 Work Procedure .................................................... 564
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................532 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 565
Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch) ...........533 ECM .................................................................. 565
Component Inspection (ICC Brake Hold Relay) ....533
Removal and Installation ....................................... 565
IGNITION SIGNAL ........................................... 535
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................535 (SDS) ......................................................... 566
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Transistor) .............................................................538
(SDS) ................................................................ 566
Component Inspection (Condenser-1) ..................539
Idle Speed ............................................................. 566
INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD) .................. 540 Ignition Timing ....................................................... 566
Component Function Check ..................................540 Calculated Load Value .......................................... 566
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................540 Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 566
VQ35DE FOR MEXICO
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP ............... 541
Component Function Check ..................................541 PRECAUTION ........................................... 567
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 567
ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOV- Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
ERY (ORVR) .................................................... 542 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Component Function Check ..................................542 SIONER" ............................................................... 567
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................542 Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service ........... 567
Component Inspection ...........................................544 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover. 568

On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................. 592
and CVT ................................................................ 568 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Descrip- A
General Precautions ............................................. 568 tion ......................................................................... 592
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail-safe .............. 593
PREPARATION ......................................... 572
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM .............. 594 EC
PREPARATION ................................................ 572 MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : Sys-
Special Service Tools ............................................ 572 tem Description ...................................................... 594
Commercial Service Tools .................................... 572 C
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM ............................... 597
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 574 ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System De-
scription ................................................................. 597
COMPONENT PARTS ..................................... 574 D
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ..................... 598
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ................................. 574 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Description ............................................................. 598 E
Location ................................................................. 574
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD).. 598
INFINITI DRIVE MODE SELECTOR ....................... 578 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS-
Infiniti Drive Mode Selector : Component Parts Lo- CD) : System Description ...................................... 598 F
cation ..................................................................... 578
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor ........................ 579 COOLING FAN CONTROL ...................................... 600
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 ................................ 580 COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description.. 600
G
ASCD Steering Switch .......................................... 580
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT .. 600
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ..................... 581
Cooling Fan Motor & Cooling Fan Control Module.. 581
: System Description .............................................. 600 H
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ........................ 581
ECM ...................................................................... 582 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ..................... 602
Electric Throttle Control Actuator .......................... 582 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System
Electronic Controlled Engine Mount ...................... 583 Description ............................................................. 603 I
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor .................... 583
Engine Oil Pressure Sensor .................................. 584 THROTTLE CONTROL ............................................ 603
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor ............................ 584 THROTTLE CONTROL : System Description ....... 604
J
EVAP Canister ...................................................... 584
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL ....................... 604
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System De-
Valve ..................................................................... 584
scription ................................................................. 604 K
EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve ....................... 585
EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor ............... 585 ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW EN-
Fuel Injector .......................................................... 585 GINE OIL PRESSURE ............................................. 605
Fuel Level Sensor Unit and Fuel Pump (With Fuel ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW EN- L
Tank Temperature Sensor) ................................... 585 GINE OIL PRESSURE : System Description ........ 605
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 ...................................... 586
ICC Steering Switch .............................................. 587 VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM ................... 606
M
Ignition Coil (With Power Transistor) ..................... 587 VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM : System
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve ......... 587 Description ............................................................. 606
Knock Sensor ........................................................ 587
INFINITI DRIVE MODE SELECTOR ........................ 607 N
Malfunction Indicator lamp (MIL) ........................... 587
Infiniti Drive Mode Selector : System Description.. 608
Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Tempera-
ture Sensor) .......................................................... 588 INTEGRATED CONTROL OF ENGINE, CVT, AND
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp .................................. 588 ABS .......................................................................... 610 O
Power Valve Actuator 1 and 2 ............................... 588 INTEGRATED CONTROL OF ENGINE, CVT,
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ................................. 589 AND ABS : System Description ............................. 610
Stop Lamp Switch&Brake Pedal Position Switch .. 589 P
VIAS Control Solenoid Valve 1 and 2 ................... 589 CAN COMMUNICATION ......................................... 610
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description ..... 610
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ..................... 590
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) ................... 590 OPERATION ................................................... 611
On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) ...... 591
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD).. 611
SYSTEM ........................................................... 592 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (AS-
CD) : Switch Name and Function .......................... 611

HANDLING PRECAUTION .............................. 613 Description ............................................................ 703
Infiniti Drive Mode Selector ....................................613 Work Procedure .................................................... 703
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ... 614 MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
Diagnosis Description ............................................614 CLEAR .............................................................. 705
GST (Generic Scan Tool) ......................................614 Description ............................................................ 705
Work Procedure .................................................... 705
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM) .......................... 615
VIN REGISTRATION ........................................ 706
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION ....................................615 Description ............................................................ 706
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection Work Procedure .................................................... 706
Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic ......................615
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze FUEL PRESSURE ............................................ 707
Frame Data ............................................................615 Work Procedure .................................................... 707
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System ....616
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern ......619 HOW TO SET SRT CODE ................................ 709
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Description ............................................................ 709
Test (SRT) Code ...................................................620 SRT Set Driving Pattern ........................................ 710
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indica- Work Procedure .................................................... 712
tor Lamp (MIL) .......................................................621
On Board Diagnosis Function ................................621 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 714
CONSULT Function ...............................................625 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 637 VALUE .............................................................. 714
Description ............................................................ 714
ECM ................................................................. 637 Component Function Check ................................. 714
Reference Value ....................................................637 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 715
Fail-safe .................................................................651
DTC Inspection Priority Chart .............................653 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 722
DTC Index .............................................................654 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 722
Test Value and Test Limit ......................................657 U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 726
WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 666 Description ............................................................ 726
DTC Logic ............................................................. 726
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ......................... 666 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 726
Wiring Diagram ......................................................666
U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 727
BASIC INSPECTION .................................. 690 Description ............................................................ 727
DTC Logic ............................................................. 727
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ....... 690 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 727
Work Flow ..............................................................690
Diagnostic Work Sheet ..........................................693 P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL .......................... 728
DTC Logic ............................................................. 728
BASIC INSPECTION ....................................... 695 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 729
Work Procedure .....................................................695 Component Inspection .......................................... 730
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1
ECM ................................................................. 699 HEATER ........................................................... 732
Description .............................................................699 DTC Logic ............................................................. 732
Work Procedure .....................................................699 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 732
ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSI-
TION LEARNING ............................................. 701 P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEAT-
Description .............................................................701 ER ..................................................................... 735
Work Procedure .....................................................701 DTC Logic ............................................................. 735
THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION Component Inspection .......................................... 736
LEARNING ....................................................... 702
Description .............................................................702 P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID
Work Procedure .....................................................702 VALVE .............................................................. 738
DTC Logic ............................................................. 738
IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING ...................... 703
Component Inspection .......................................... 739 A
P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM
P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .......................... 740 FUNCTION ...................................................... 788
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 740 EC
P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR ......................... 792
P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ............................ 744 DTC Logic .............................................................. 792 C
P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ............................ 794 D
P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ........................... 746 DTC Logic .............................................................. 794
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 746 Component Inspection ........................................... 795 E
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305,
P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ............................. 748 P0306 MISFIRE ............................................... 796
DTC Logic ............................................................. 748 F
DTC Logic .............................................................. 796
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS ................... 802 G
P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 750 DTC Logic .............................................................. 802
Component Function Check .................................. 751 Component Inspection ........................................... 803 H
P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ........................... 804
P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 754 DTC Logic .............................................................. 804
DTC Logic ............................................................. 754 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 804 I
P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 ......................... 757 P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ......... 807 J
P0137, P0157 HO2S2 ...................................... 760 K
DTC Logic ............................................................. 760 P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST
Component Function Check .................................. 761 FUNCTION ...................................................... 810
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 762 DTC Logic .............................................................. 810 L
Component Inspection .......................................... 763 Component Function Check .................................. 811
P0138, P0158 HO2S2 ...................................... 766
DTC Logic ............................................................. 766 P0444 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME M
Component Function Check .................................. 768 CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ...................... 815
Component Inspection .......................................... 771 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 815 N
P0139, P0159 HO2S2 ...................................... 773 Component Inspection ........................................... 816
DTC Logic ............................................................. 773 P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL
Component Function Check .................................. 774 O
VALVE ............................................................. 818
Component Inspection ........................................... 819 P
P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F A/F SENSOR 1
.. 779 P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES-
DTC Logic ............................................................. 779 SURE SENSOR ............................................... 821
DTC Logic .............................................................. 821
P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 822
FUNCTION ....................................................... 784 Component Inspection ........................................... 823
DTC Logic ............................................................. 784
P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRES- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 851
SURE SENSOR ............................................... 824
DTC Logic ..............................................................824
P1225 TP SENSOR .......................................... 853
DTC Logic ............................................................. 853
P0500 VSS ....................................................... 828 P1226 TP SENSOR .......................................... 854

DTC Logic ............................................................. 854
Description .............................................................828
DTC Logic ..............................................................828
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................828 P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH .................. 855
P0506 ISC SYSTEM ........................................ 830 DTC Logic ............................................................. 855
Description .............................................................830
DTC Logic ..............................................................830
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................830 P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH ...................... 858
P0507 ISC SYSTEM ........................................ 832 DTC Logic ............................................................. 858
Description .............................................................832
Component Inspection (ICC Steering Switch) ...... 859
DTC Logic ..............................................................832
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................832 P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ........................ 861
P0520 EOP SENSOR ...................................... 834 Description ............................................................ 861
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................834 Component Function Check ................................. 862
Component Inspection ...........................................836 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 863
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position
P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE .................... 837 Switch) .................................................................. 865
DTC Logic ..............................................................837 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 865
P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH ............................ 867
DTC Logic ............................................................. 867
P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ........................ 840 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 868
DTC Logic ..............................................................840 Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch) .......... 870
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................840 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 871
Component Inspection (ICC Brake Hold Relay) ... 871
P0605 ECM ...................................................... 842
DTC Logic ..............................................................842 P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ....... 872
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................842 Description ............................................................ 872
DTC Logic ............................................................. 872
P0607 ECM ...................................................... 843 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 872
DTC Logic ..............................................................843
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................843 P1574 ICC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ........... 874
Description ............................................................ 874
P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ................. 844 DTC Logic ............................................................. 874
Description .............................................................844 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 874
DTC Logic ..............................................................844
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................844 P1700 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM ..................... 876
Description ............................................................ 876
P0850 PNP SWITCH ....................................... 846
Description .............................................................846 P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY
DTC Logic ..............................................................846 SPEED SENSOR) ............................................. 877
Component Function Check ..................................847 Description ............................................................ 877
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................847 DTC Logic ............................................................. 877
P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ............. 849
Description .............................................................849 P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1.. 878
P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE ......... 850
DTC Logic ..............................................................850 P1801 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 2.. 880
Component Function Check ..................................850 DTC Logic ............................................................. 880
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 880 Component Function Check .................................. 908
Component Inspection .......................................... 881 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 908 A
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) .......... 910
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ................................... 882 Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) .......... 910
Description ............................................................ 882
DTC Logic ............................................................. 882 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ........................ 911 EC
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 882 Description ............................................................. 911
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 883 Component Function Check .................................. 911
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 911 C
P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MO-
TOR RELAY ..................................................... 884 ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE
DTC Logic ............................................................. 884 MOUNT ............................................................ 913 D
P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Component Inspection ........................................... 914
FUNCTION ....................................................... 886 E
DTC Logic ............................................................. 886 FUEL INJECTOR ............................................ 916
Component Inspection .......................................... 888 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 916 F
P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR .......... 889
DTC Logic ............................................................. 889 FUEL PUMP .................................................... 919
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 889 Component Function Check .................................. 919 G
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump) ...................... 921
P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL Component Inspection (Condenser) ...................... 921 H
ACTUATOR ...................................................... 891
DTC Logic ............................................................. 891 ICC BRAKE SWITCH ...................................... 923
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 923 I
P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ........................... 893 Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch) ........... 924
DTC Logic ............................................................. 893 Component Inspection (ICC Brake Hold Relay) .... 924
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 893 J
Component Inspection .......................................... 894 IGNITION SIGNAL .......................................... 926
P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ........................... 896 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 926
DTC Logic ............................................................. 896 K
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 896 Transistor) ............................................................. 929
Component Inspection .......................................... 898 Component Inspection (Condenser) ...................... 930
L
P2135 TP SENSOR .......................................... 899 INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD) ................. 931
DTC Logic ............................................................. 899 Component Function Check .................................. 931
M
MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP .............. 932
P2138 APP SENSOR ....................................... 901 Component Function Check .................................. 932
DTC Logic ............................................................. 901 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 932 N
Component Inspection .......................................... 903 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOV-
ERY (ORVR) .................................................... 933
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ................................... 905 O
Component Function Check .................................. 905 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 933
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position P
Switch) .................................................................. 906 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .......... 937
ASCD INDICATOR ........................................... 907 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 937
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 907 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY2 CIRCUIT .......... 939
Description ............................................................. 939
COOLING FAN ................................................. 908 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................

VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM ........... 941 EVAP LEAK CHECK ........................................ 953
Component Function Check ..................................941 Work Procedure .................................................... 953
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ......... 955
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 945 Work Procedure .................................................... 955
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS ... 945 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 956
Symptom Table .....................................................945
ECM .................................................................. 956
Infiniti Drive Mode Selector ........................... 949 Removal and Installation ....................................... 956
Symptom Table .....................................................949
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION .............. 950 (SDS) ......................................................... 957
Description .............................................................950
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ....................... 951 (SDS) ................................................................ 957
Idle Speed ............................................................. 957
IDLE SPEED .................................................... 951
Ignition Timing ....................................................... 957
Work Procedure .....................................................951
Calculated Load Value .......................................... 957
IGNITION TIMING ............................................ 952 Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 957
Work Procedure .....................................................952

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VQ35DE FOR USA AND CANADA]
PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT EC
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000013506131
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system may only deploy
one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front passenger seat is occupied.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SR and SB section of this Service Man- D
ual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in E
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, it is recommended that all mainte-
nance and repair be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper repair, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury
F
caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module,
see the SR section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har- G
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
H
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly I
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery or batteries, and wait at least three minutes before performing any service. J
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service INFOID:0000000012856732
WARNING: K
Comply with the following warnings to prevent any serious accident.
• Disconnect the battery cable (negative terminal) or the power supply fuse before installing, remov-
ing, or touching the xenon headlamp (bulb included). The xenon headlamp contains high-voltage L
generated parts.
• Never work with wet hands.
• Check the xenon headlamp ON-OFF status after assembling it to the vehicle. Never turn the xenon
headlamp ON in other conditions. Connect the power supply to the vehicle-side connector. M
(Turning it ON outside the lamp case may cause fire or visual impairments.)
• Never touch the bulb glass immediately after turning it OFF. It is extremely hot.
CAUTION: N
Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction.
• Install the xenon bulb securely. (Insufficient bulb socket installation may melt the bulb, the connec-
tor, the housing, etc. by high-voltage leakage or corona discharge.)
• Never perform HID circuit inspection with a tester. O
• Never touch the xenon bulb glass with hands. Never put oil and grease on it.
• Dispose of the used xenon bulb after packing it in thick vinyl without breaking it.
• Never wipe out dirt and contamination with organic solvent (thinner, gasoline, etc.). P

PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000012856733
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.
PIIB3706J
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and CVT INFOID:0000000012856734
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will illuminate the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Always to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to illuminate.
• Always to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to illuminate due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock-
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect.
• Always route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with a
bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the short circuit.
• Always to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system,
etc.
• Always to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
General Precautions INFOID:0000000012856735
• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

• Never attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running.
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
tery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is
turned OFF.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis-
connect battery ground cable.
SEF289H
• Never disassemble ECM.

• If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value. Thus, engine operation can vary slightly in
this case. However, this is not an indication of a malfunction. Never replace parts because of a slight
variation.
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related diagnostic information will be lost
within 24 hours.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
PRECAUTIONS
- Test values
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or A
from ECM, never damage pin terminals (bends or break).
Check that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin ter-
minal, when connecting pin connectors.
EC
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to ICs. C
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation D
PBIB0090E
of ICs, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
• Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and check ECM functions properly. Refer to E
EC-92, "Reference Value".
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Never clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent. F
• Never disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
• Even a slight leakage in the air intake system can cause seri-
ous incidents.
• Never shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), G
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
MEF040D
H
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC
Confirmation Procedure or Component Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation I
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Component Func-
tion Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
J
K
JSBIA1315ZZ

PRECAUTIONS
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow
the two tester probes to contact.
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
SEF348N
• B1 indicates bank 1, B2 indicates bank 2 as shown in the fig-

ure.
• Never operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
• Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
SEC893C
• Never depress accelerator pedal when starting.

• Immediately after starting, never rev up engine unnecessarily.
• Never rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
SEF709Y

PRECAUTIONS
• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to
observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic A
control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con-
trol units.
EC
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Never let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave C
ratio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
SEF708Y

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [VQ35DE FOR USA AND CANADA]
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000012856736
The actual shape of the tools may differ from those illustrated here.
Tool number
(TechMate No.) Description
Tool name
— Checks fuel pressure
(J-44321)
Fuel pressure gauge
kit
LEC642
— Connects fuel pressure gauge to quick connector

(J-44321-6) type fuel lines
Fuel pressure adapter
LBIA0376E
Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000012856737
Tool name
Description
(TechMate No.)
Quick connector re- Removes fuel tube quick connectors in engine
lease room
(J-45488)
PBIC0198E
Leak detector Locates the EVAP leakage

i.e.: (J-41416)
S-NT703
EVAP service port Applies positive pressure through EVAP service

adapter port
i.e.: (J-41413-OBD)
S-NT704

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [VQ35DE FOR USA AND CANADA]
Tool name
Description
(TechMate No.) A
Fuel filler cap adapter Checks fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
i.e.: (J-42909) pressure
EC
C
ALBIA1353ZZ
Socket wrench Removes and installs engine coolant temperature

( — ) sensor. Refer to CO-26, "Exploded View". D
S-NT705
F

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ35DE FOR USA AND CANADA]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000012856738
ENGINE ROOM
JSBIB0178ZZ
No. Component Function

IPDM E/R activates the internal control circuit to perform the relay
ON-OFF control according to the input signals from various sen-
sors and the request signals received from control units via CAN
1. IPDM E/R
communication.
Refer to PCS-4, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installa-
tionlocation.
EC-36, "Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sen-
2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor)
sor)"
3. Electric throttle control actuator EC-30, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator"
4. Power valve actuator 2 EC-37, "Power Valve Actuator 1 and 2"
5. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-32, "EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve"
6. VIAS control solenoid valve 2 EC-38, "VIAS Control Solenoid Valve 1 and 2"
9. Electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve EC-31, "Electronic Controlled Engine Mount"
10. Cooling fan motor-2 EC-29, "Cooling Fan Motor & Cooling Fan Control Module"

COMPONENT PARTS
A
12. ECM EC-30, "ECM"
EC-37, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"
13. Refrigerant pressure sensor Refer to HA-12, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installa-
tionlocation. EC
ENGINE
C
K
JSBIA5524ZZ
Engine rear upper-left Engine top center Engine front lower-right L

: Vehicle front
M
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) EC-29, "Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)"
N
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor (bank 1) EC-35, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor"
Ignition coil (with power transistor) (bank 1) EC-35, "Ignition Coil (With Power Transistor)"
PCV valve EC-39, "Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV)" O

Intake valve timing intermediate lock control solenoid valve EC-35, "Intake Valve Timing Intermediate Lock Control Solenoid
(bank 1) Valve"
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 1) EC-35, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
P
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 1) EC-36, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
Engine oil pressure sensor EC-32, "Engine Oil Pressure Sensor"
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 2) EC-36, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 2) EC-35, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"

COMPONENT PARTS
Intake valve timing intermediate lock control solenoid valve EC-35, "Intake Valve Timing Intermediate Lock Control Solenoid
(bank 2) Valve"
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-29, "Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)"
Ignition coil (with power transistor) (bank 2) EC-35, "Ignition Coil (With Power Transistor)"
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor (bank 2) EC-35, "Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor"
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) EC-29, "Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)"
Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-31, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"
Fuel injector (bank 1) EC-33, "Fuel Injector"
Knock sensor (bank 1) EC-36, "Knock Sensor"
Knock sensor (bank 2) EC-36, "Knock Sensor"
Fuel injector (bank 2) EC-33, "Fuel Injector"
Engine oil temperature sensor EC-32, "Engine Oil Temperature Sensor"
EXHAUST
JPBIA4687ZZ

Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 2) EC-28, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) EC-34, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2"
Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) EC-34, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2"
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 1) EC-28, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1"
BODY

COMPONENT PARTS
EC
N
ALBIA0770ZZ
A. Instrument panel periphery (driver B. Front side of engine room (cooling C. Pedal periphery O
side) fan assembly)
D. Under of rear seat (fuel tank) E. Under the spare tire housing
:Vehicle front
P

COMPONENT PARTS

Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) EC-36, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)"
The operation mode of the ASCD is indicated on the information
1. Combination meter display in the combination meter.
Information display
ECM transmits the status signal to the combination meter via CAN
communication according to ASCD operation.
2. ASCD Steering switch / ICC steering switch EC-28, "ASCD Steering Switch" / EC-35, "ICC Steering Switch"
3. Cooling fan control module EC-29, "Cooling Fan Motor & Cooling Fan Control Module"
4. Stop lamp switch EC-37, "Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position Switch"
5. Brake pedal position switch EC-37, "Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position Switch"
6. Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-27, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"
EC-33, "Fuel Level Sensor Unit and Fuel Pump (With Fuel Tank
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (with fuel tank temper-
7. Temperature Sensor)"
ature sensor)
Refer to FL-6, "Exploded View" for detailed installation location.
8. EVAP control system pressure sensor EC-33, "EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor"
9. EVAP canister vent control valve EC-33, "EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve"
10. EVAP canister EC-32, "EVAP Canister"
Infiniti Drive Mode Selector

Infiniti Drive Mode Selector : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000012856739
JSBIA2350ZZ

Controls accelerator pedal reaction force of the accelerator pedal actuator when in ECO mode,
1. ADAS control unit based on an ECO pedal* reaction force control signal received from ECM.
Refer to BRC-9, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
Transmits an ON/OFF state signal of STANDARD, SPORT, ECO, or SNOW mode to the A/C auto
2. Drive mode select switch amp.
Refer to DMS-5, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
• Indicates a mode state on the vehicle information display, based on a mode state signal received
Combination meter
from the A/C auto amp.
(Vehicle information dis-
3. • Turns ON or blinks (with ECO pedal*) the ECO drive indicator according to a request from ECM
play, and ECO drive indi-
when in ECO mode.
cator)
Refer to MWI-6, "METER SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.

COMPONENT PARTS
A
Transmits an ECO pedal* reaction force setting signal (Standard/Soft/OFF) to ECM via CAN com-
munication. This signal determines reaction force of the accelerator pedal.
The detailed installation location refer to the following.
• AV-21, "Component Parts Location" (BASE AUDIO) EC
• AV-155, "Component Parts Location" (BOSE AUDIO W/O NAVIGATION)
4. AV control unit
• AV-655, "Component Parts Location" (BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION W/O SURROUND
SOUND)
• AV-363, "Component Parts Location" (BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION AND SURROUND C
SOUND)
• AV-952, "Component Parts Location" (TELEMATICS SYSTEM)
Transmits a state of a mode received from the A/C auto amp. to ECM. D
5. TCM Refer to TM-15, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for detailed installation lo-
cation.
• Receives a ECO mode signal from TCM and controls throttle angle characteristics.
• Determines reaction force in accordance with the accelerator pedal operation when in ECO mode E
and transmits an ECO pedal* reaction force control signal to the ADAS control unit. When receiv-
ing the ECO pedal* reaction force setting signal (Standard/Soft/OFF) from the AV control unit,
ECM updates ECO pedal* reaction force. Furthermore, ECM sends back the received signal to the
6. ECM F
AV control unit for confirmation.
• Controls the ECO drive indicator when in ECO mode. The ECO drive indicator turns ON or blinks
(with ECO pedal*) according to accelerator pedal operation.
Refer to EC-22, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for detailed installation G
location.
Transmits an input signal (ON/OFF state of each mode) received from the drive mode select switch
to the TCM, combination meter, 4WAS main control unit, and ADAS control unit via CAN communi-
H
cation.
• HAC-11, "FRONT AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Component Parts Location"
7. A/C auto amp.
(FRONT AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM) I
• HAC-15, "REAR AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Component Parts Location"
(REAR AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM)
• HAC-17, "ACCS (ADVANCED CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM) : Component Parts Location"
(ACCS) J
Applies reaction force to the accelerator pedal when in ECO mode, based on an accelerator pedal
8. Accelerator pedal actuator reaction force control signal received from the ADAS control unit.
K
*: ECO pedal control is only for vehicles with intelligent pedal (distance control assist).
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000012856740
L
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end
of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM. M
O
JPBIA4615ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The
ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
PBIB1741E
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000012856741
DESCRIPTION
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich.
JMBIA0112GB
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approxi-
mately 800°C (1,472°F).
JPBIA5443GB
A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER

A/F sensor 1 heater is integrated in the sensor.
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating
condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element within the specified range.
ASCD Steering Switch INFOID:0000000012856742
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated.

COMPONENT PARTS
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) INFOID:0000000012856744
A
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of
intake camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft posi-
tion sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position. EC
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals. C
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC.
When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause
the gap with the sensor to change. D
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to
JMBIA0064ZZ
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure. E
JMBIA0001GB H
Cooling Fan Motor & Cooling Fan Control Module INFOID:0000000012856745
I
COOLING FAN MOTOR
Cooling fan motor receives cooling fan motor operating voltage from cooling fan control module. The revolu-
tion speed of cooling fan motor is controlled by duty cycle of the voltage.
J
COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE
Cooling fan control module receives ON/OFF pulse duty signal from IPDM E/R. Corresponding to this ON/OFF
pulse duty signal, cooling fan control module sends cooling fan motor operating voltage to cooling fan motor. K
The revolution speed of cooling fan motor is controlled by duty cycle of the voltage.
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) INFOID:0000000012856746
L
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the oil pan facing
the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the fluctuation of
the engine revolution.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. M
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to N
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor
changes.
O
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
JMBIA0062ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure.
JMBIA0001GB
ECM INFOID:0000000012856747
• ECM (Engine Control Module) controls the engine.

• ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input
and output and for power supply.
• Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition
switch is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC
memory, the air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory,
the idle air volume learning value memory, etc.
PBIA9222J
Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000012856748
OUTLINE
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle body, throttle valve, throttle control motor and throttle posi-
tion sensor.
JSBIA0270GB
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition.
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement.

COMPONENT PARTS
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into A
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition,
these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
EC
current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the
ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
C
PBIB0145E
D
Electronic Controlled Engine Mount INFOID:0000000012856749
In the idle range, ECM turns OFF the electronically-controlled engine mount control solenoid valve and applies
manifold pressure to the electronically-controlled engine mount. This decreases damping force of the electron- E
ically-controlled engine mount and absorbs vibrations traveling from the engine to the body for improving the
quietness.
In the driving range, ECM turns ON the electronically-controlled engine mount control solenoid valve and cuts F
manifold pressure applied on the electronically-controlled engine mount. This increases damping force of the
electronically-controlled engine mount and reduces vibrations generated during driving.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000012856750 G
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
H
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases. I
SEF594K
K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature L

[°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ)
–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4

20 (68) 3.5 2.37 - 2.63 M
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
N
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals.
SEF012P

COMPONENT PARTS
Engine Oil Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000012856751
The engine oil pressure (EOP) sensor is detects engine oil pressure
and transmits a voltage signal to the ECM.
JSBIA0292ZZ
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000012856752
The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil
temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM.
The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil tempera-
ture input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor
decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine oil temperature

–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4

20 (68) 3.5 2.37 - 2.63
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
110 (230) 0.6 0.143 - 0.153
SEF012P
EVAP Canister INFOID:0000000012856753
The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the
vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank.
For details, refer to EC-53, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description".
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000012856754
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is used to

control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF
pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the
amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
PBIB3489E

COMPONENT PARTS
EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve INFOID:0000000012856755
A
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canis-
ter and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the EC
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components. C
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evapo- D
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP
JSBIA1337GB
Control System” diagnosis.
EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000012856756 E
The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the

purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pres-
sure increases. F
PBIB3370E
Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000012856757 I
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec- J
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains K
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.
L
PBIA9664J
M
Fuel Level Sensor Unit and Fuel Pump (With Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor)
INFOID:0000000012856758
FUEL PUMP N
The ECM activates the fuel pump for 1 second after the ignition
switch is turned ON to improve engine start ability. If the ECM
receives an engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor O
(PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump
to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when the igni-
tion switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation
and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The P
ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It sends the control signal
to the fuel pump control module, which in turn controls the fuel
pump.
JSBIA1282ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
Condition Fuel pump operation

Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second.
Engine running and cranking Operates.
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
Except as shown above Stops.
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR

The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit.
The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the combination meter. The combina-
tion meter sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM via the CAN communication line.
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output volt-
age changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel tempera-
ture inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temper-
ature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
<Reference data>
Fluid temperature Voltage* Resistance

[°C (°F)] (V) (kΩ)
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7 SEF012P
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90

*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 95 (Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground.
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 INFOID:0000000012856759
DESCRIPTION
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas.
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con-
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for
engine control operation.
SEF327R
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER

Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater is integrated in the sensor.
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature.
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
• Engine: After warming up
ON
• Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load

COMPONENT PARTS
ICC Steering Switch INFOID:0000000012856760
A
ICC steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation of
switch, and determines which button is operated.
Ignition Coil (With Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000012856761
EC
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
power transistor. The power transistor turns ON and OFF the ignition C
coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high
voltage in the coil secondary circuit.
D
JPBIA4613ZZ
F
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000012856762
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM. G
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow. H
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control I
position.
PBIB1842E
J
Intake Valve Timing Intermediate Lock Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000012856763
Intake valve timing intermediate lock control solenoid valve is acti-

vated by ON/OFF signals from the ECM. K
The intake valve timing intermediate lock control solenoid valve
opens/closes the path of oil pressure acting on the lock pin in the
camshaft sprocket (INT). L
• When the solenoid valve becomes ON, oil pressure to the lock pin
is trained to perform intermediate lock.
• When the solenoid valve becomes OFF, oil pressure is acted on
the lock pin to release the intermediate lock. M
PBIB1842E
N
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor INFOID:0000000012856764
Exhaust valve timing control position sensor detects the protrusion of O

the signal plate installed to the exhaust camshaft front end.
This sensor signal is used for sensing a position of the exhaust cam-
shaft.
The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. P
the gap with the sensor to change.
change.
changes.
JPBIA5847ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000012856765
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through exhaust valve timing control
unit or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width retards valve angle.
The shorter pulse width advances valve angle.
stops oil pressure flow to fix the exhaust valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB1842E
Knock Sensor INFOID:0000000012856766
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine

knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
JSBIA0284ZZ
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000012856767
Malfunction Indicator lamp (MIL) is located on the combination

meter.
MIL will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON without the
engine running. This is a bulb check.
When the engine is started, MIL should turn OFF. If the MIL remains
illuminated, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine
system malfunction.
For details, refer to EC-76, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunc-
tion Indicator Lamp (MIL)".
JSBIA1315ZZ
Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000012856768
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR

The mass air flow sensor is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change.
PBIA9559J
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor. The sensor detects intake air temperature
and transmits a signal to the ECM.

COMPONENT PARTS
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical
resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise. A
<Reference data>
EC
Intake air temperature
25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200 C

80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359
D
SEF012P
E
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp INFOID:0000000012856769
Oil pressure warning lamp is located on the combination meter.

It indicates the low pressure of the engine oil and the malfunction of F
the engine oil pressure system.
Combination meter turns the oil pressure warning lamp ON/OFF
according to the oil pressure warning lamp signal received from G
ECM via CAN communication.
For details, refer to EC-58, "ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT
LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE : System Description".
H
PBIA8559J
I
Power Valve Actuator 1 and 2 INFOID:0000000012856770
The power valves are used to control the suction passage of the variable induction air control system. They
J
are set in the fully closed or fully opened position by the power valve actuators operated by the vacuum stored
in the vacuum tank. The vacuum to power valve actuators is controlled by the VIAS control solenoid valves.
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000012856771
K
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system. L
PBIB2657E O
Stop Lamp Switch & Brake Pedal Position Switch INFOID:0000000012856772
Stop lamp switch and brake pedal position switch are installed to brake pedal bracket. P
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal).
Brake pedal Brake pedal position switch Stop lamp switch

Released ON OFF
Depressed OFF ON

COMPONENT PARTS
VIAS Control Solenoid Valve 1 and 2 INFOID:0000000012856773
The VIAS control solenoid valve cuts the intake manifold vacuum signal for power valve control. It responds to
ON/OFF signals from the ECM. When the solenoid is OFF, the vacuum signal from the intake manifold is cut.
When the ECM sends an ON signal the coil pulls the plunger downward and sends the vacuum signal to the
power valve actuator.

STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
A
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) INFOID:0000000012856774
EC
SEC921C
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold. G

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold.
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve. H
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through
the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. I
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go J
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi-
tions.
K
PBIB1588E
M

On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) INFOID:0000000012856775
PBIB1068E
From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut
valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is
released to the atmosphere.
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
• Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.
• Never smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
• Always to furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
CAUTION:
• Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
- Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
- Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-168, "Work Procedure".
- Disconnect battery ground cable.
• Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed.
• Never kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
• Never tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
• After installation, run engine and check for fuel leakage at connections.
• Never attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012856776
EC
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
C
JSBIB0179GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

SYSTEM
ECM controls the engine by various functions.
Function Reference
EC-45, "MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System De-
Multiport fuel injection system
scription"
Electric ignition system EC-47, "ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description"
EC-48, "AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Descrip-
Air conditioning cut control
tion"
EC-49, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Sys-
Automatic speed control device (ASCD)
tem Description"
Cooling fan control EC-50, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description"
EC-50, "ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT : Sys-
Electronic controlled engine mount
tem Description"
EC-53, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Descrip-
Evaporative emission system
tion"
Throttle control EC-54, "THROTTLE CONTROL : System Description"
Intake valve timing control EC-54, "INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description"
EC-57, "EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Descrip-
Exhaust valve timing control
tion"
EC-58, "ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE
Engine protection control at low engine oil pressure
OIL PRESSURE : System Description"
EC-59, "FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM : System De-
Fuel filler cap warning system
scription"
EC-60, "VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM : System Descrip-
Variable induction air system
tion"
Infiniti drive mode selector EC-62, "Infiniti Drive Mode Selector : System Description"
EC-64, "INTEGRATED CONTROL OF ENGINE, CVT, AND ABS :
Integrated control of engine, CVT, and ABS
System Description"
CAN communication EC-64, "CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description"
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000013551082
DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode

P0011 Intake valve timing control • The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the
P0012 valve control does not function.
P0016 • ECM activates the IVT intermediate lock control solenoid valve to bring the cam sprock-
P0018 et into an intermediate lock condition.
P0021
P0022
P0014 Exhaust valve timing con- The signal is not energized to the exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder and the
P0015 trol magnet retarder control does not function.
P0017
P0019
P0024
P0025
P0101 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0102
P0103

SYSTEM
A
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition.
P0118 ture sensor circuit CONSULT displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM.
Engine coolant temperature decided
Condition EC
(CONSULT display)
Just as ignition switch is turned ON
40°C (104°F)
or START
Approx 4 minutes or more after en- C
80°C (176°F)
gine starting
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
Except as shown above
(Depends on the time) D
When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling
fan operates while engine is running.
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in E
P0123 order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P0222 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal
P0223 condition.
P2135 Therefore, the acceleration will be poor.
F
P0196 Engine oil temperature Intake valve timing control does not function.
P0197 sensor
P0198 G
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor The cooling fan operates (Highest) while engine is running.
P0524 • ECM illuminates oil pressure warning lamp on the combination meter.
Engine oil pressure • Engine speed will not rise more than 4,000 rpm due to the fuel cut. H
• Fail-safe is canceled when ignition switch OFF → ON.
P052A
P052B Intake valve timing inter- I
—
P052C mediate lock control
P052D
P0603 ECM J
Engine torque may be limited.
P0607
P0604 ECM • ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
• The position of the following components is fixed. K
- Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
- Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
- Intake manifold runner control valve L
• ASCD operation may be deactivated.
P0605 ECM NOTE:
P0606 Fail-safe may not occur depending on malfunction type.
P060B • ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a M
• The position of the following components is fixed.
N
- Intake manifold runner control valve
P060A ECM NOTE: O
Fail-safe may not occur depending on malfunction type.
• ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
• The position of the following components is fixed. P
• Engine torque may be limited.

SYSTEM
P0643 Sensor power supply • ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a
small range.
Therefore, acceleration will be poor.
Vehicle condition Driving condition
When engine is idling Normal
When accelerating Poor acceleration
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2103 fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2101 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
function fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring.
P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P2119 Electric throttle control ac- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring
tuator malfunction:)
ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm.
(When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:)
ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20
degrees or less.
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:)
While the vehicle is being driven, it slows down gradually because of fuel cut. After the
vehicle stops, the engine stalls.
The engine can restart in the N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm
or more.
P2122 Accelerator pedal position The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees.
P2128 condition.
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM

SYSTEM
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012856778
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EC
JSBIA3061GB J
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION K
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined L
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION M
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase> N
• During warm-up
• When starting the engine
• During acceleration O
• Hot-engine operation
• When selector lever position is changed from N to D
• High-load, high-speed operation
P
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation

SYSTEM
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
PBIB3020E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for drive ability and emission control.
The three way catalyst (manifold) can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses A/F sen-
sor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the
injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about A/F sensor 1, refer to
EC-28, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1". This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric
(ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching
characteristics of A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated
oxygen sensor 2.
• Open Loop Control
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
- Deceleration and acceleration
- High-load, high-speed operation
- Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit
- Insufficient activation of A/F sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
- High engine coolant temperature
- During warm-up
- After shifting from N to D
- When starting the engine
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1.
This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoret-
ical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally
designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes dur-
ing operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
includes “short-term fuel trim” and “long-term fuel trim”.
“Short-term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the the-
oretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in
fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long-term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out over time to compensate for continual deviation
of the “short-term fuel trim” from the central value. Continual deviation will occur due to individual engine differ-
ences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment.

SYSTEM
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
A
EC
SEF179U
Two types of systems are used. D

• Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the ignition order. This system is
used when the engine is running.
• Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System E
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all six cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The six injectors will then receive the signals 2 times for each engine cycle. F
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper- G
ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds.
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
H
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012856779
SYSTEM DIAGRAM I
N
JSBIA3062GB
*: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION O
Ignition order: 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
P
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) sig-
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle
• At low battery voltage

SYSTEM
• During acceleration
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000012856780
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA3063GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used.
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned OFF.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine.
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low.
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD)

SYSTEM
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description INFOID:0000000012856781
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EC
JSBIA3064GB F
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM
Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions.
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed G
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/
h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH).
ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed. H
Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any
malfunction occurs in the ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.
NOTE:
I
Always drive vehicle in a safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
SET OPERATION
Press MAIN switch. (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.) J
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89
MPH), press SET/COAST switch. (Then SET lamp in combination meter illuminates.)
ACCELERATE OPERATION K
If the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until
the switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed. L
CANCEL OPERATION
When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled.
• CANCEL switch is pressed. M
• More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time. (Set speed will be cleared.)
• Brake pedal is depressed.
• Selector lever is in the N, P, and R positions.
• Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed. N
• TCS system is operated.
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform
the driver by blinking indicator lamp. O
• Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing SET/COAST switch or RESUME/ P
ACCELERATE switch.
• Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET indicator will blink quickly.
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF while ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased.
COAST OPERATION

SYSTEM
When the SET/COAST switch is pressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the
switch is released. And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed.
RESUME OPERATION
When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed after cancel operation other than pressing MAIN switch
is performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must
meet following conditions.
• Brake pedal is released
• Selector lever is in the P and N positions
• Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH)
COOLING FAN CONTROL
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000012856782
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA3065GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM controls cooling fan speed corresponding to engine speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pres-
sure, battery voltage, vehicle speed, A/C ON signal, A/C evaporator temperature, target A/C evaporator tem-
perature and blower fan ON signal.
Cooling fan speed request signal is sent to IPDM E/R from ECM via the CAN communication line. Then, IPDM
E/R sends ON/OFF pulse duty signal to cooling fan control module. Corresponding to this ON/OFF pulse duty
signal, cooling fan control module gives cooling fan motor operating voltage to cooling fan motors. Cooling fan
speed is controlled by duty cycle of cooling fan motor operating voltage sent from cooling fan control module.
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT : System Description INFOID:0000000012856783
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMBIA1827GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

SYSTEM
The ECM controls the engine mount operation corresponding to the engine speed. The control system has a
2-step control [Soft/Hard] A
Vehicle condition Engine mount control

Engine speed: Below 950 rpm Soft EC
Engine speed: Above 950 rpm Hard
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT LINE DRAWING C
JMBIA2161ZZ O
Electronic controlled engine mount Intake manifold collector

control solenoid valve
P
: From next figure

SYSTEM
JMBIA2072ZZ
Front electronic controlled engine mount Rear electronic controlled engine mount
: To previous figure
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose.
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM

SYSTEM
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012856784
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EC
JSBIA0371GB
G
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
L
PBIB1631E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister. M
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the N
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and O
idling.
THROTTLE CONTROL
P

SYSTEM
THROTTLE CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000012856785
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA3066GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM calculates the value of signal transmitted from the accelerator pedal and activates the throttle valve by
transmitting a control signal to the electric throttle control actuator. This allows the optimum throttle angle and
improves drivability and fuel consumption. In addition, ECM learns the fully closed position every time when
the ignition switch is turned OFF to improve the accuracy in throttle valve position.
When a malfunction occurs in the throttle control system, the throttle valve is closed by the return spring and
maintains the minimum engine speed by holding a slightly opened condition which is close to the fully opened
condition. This allows the securing of brake system, power steering system, and electric system and the
ensuring of the safety.
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000012856786

System Diagram
JMBIA1830GB

SYSTEM
System Description
A
EC
I
JSBIA5568GB
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant J
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing (IVT) control sole-
noid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake
valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range. K
INTAKE VALVE TIMING INTERMEDIATE LOCK CONTROL
System Diagram L
JPBIA5973GB
System Description

SYSTEM
The intake valve timing intermediate lock control improves the cleaning ability of exhaust gas at cold starting
by fixing the camshaft sprocket (INT) with two lock pins and bringing the cam phase into intermediate phase.
JSBIA5569GB
Cam phase is fixed at the intermediate phase by two lock pins in the camshaft sprocket (INT). Lock pin 1 con-
trols retard position and lock pin 2 controls advance position.
ECM controls the intermediate phase lock by opening/closing the intake valve timing intermediate lock control
solenoid valve to control oil pressure acting on the lock pin and locking/unlocking the lock pin.
Lock/Unlock Activation
When ECM activates the intake valve timing intermediate lock control solenoid valve, oil pressure generated in
the oil pump is drained through the oil pressure path in the control valve. Since oil pressure is not acted on the
lock pin, the lock pin position is fixed by the spring tension and the cam phase is fixed at the intermediate
phase.
When ECM deactivates the intake valve timing intermediate lock control solenoid valve, unlocking oil pressure
acts on each lock pin. Lock pin 1 is not released because it is under load due to sprocket rotational force. For
this reason, lock pin 2 is released first by being pushed up by unlocking oil pressure. When lock pin 2 is
released, some clearance is formed between lock pin 1 and the rotor due to sprocket rotational force and
return spring force. Accordingly, lock pin 1 is pushed up by unlocking oil pressure and the intermediated phase
lock is released.
JSBIA5570GB
When stopping the engine

When the ignition switch is turned from idle state to OFF, ECM receives an ignition switch signal from BCM via
CAN communication and activates the intake valve timing intermediate lock control solenoid valve and drains
oil pressure acting on the lock pin before activating the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and operat-
ing the cam phase toward the advance position.
The cam phase is fixed by the lock pin when shifting to the intermediated phase and ECM performs Lock judg-
ment to stop the engine.
When starting the engine

SYSTEM
When starting the engine by cold start, ECM judges the locked/unlocked state when ignition switch is turned
ON. When judged as locked state (fixed at the intermediate phase), the intake valve timing intermediate lock A
control solenoid valve is activated. Since oil pressure does not act on the lock pin even when the engine is
started, the cam phase is fixed at the intermediate phase and the intake valve timing control is not performed.
When the engine stops without locking the cam phase at the intermediate phase due to an engine stall and the
EC
state is not judged as locked, the intake valve timing intermediate lock control solenoid valve and the intake
valve timing control solenoid valve are activated and the cam phase shifts to the advanced position to be
locked at the intermediate phase. Even when not locked in the intermediate lock phase due to no oil pressure
or low oil pressure, a ratchet structure of the camshaft sprocket (INT) rotor allows the conversion to the inter- C
mediate phase in stages by engine vibration.
When engine coolant temperature is more than 60°C, the intake valve timing is controlled by deactivating the
intake valve timing intermediate lock control solenoid valve and releasing the intermediate phase lock. D
When the engine is started after warming up, ECM releases the intermediate phase lock immediately after the
engine start and controls the intake valve timing.
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL
E
EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000012856787
SYSTEM DIAGRAM F
JPBIA4761GB
K
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator

L
Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
Engine speed and piston position
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
Engine oil temperature sensor Engine oil temperature M
Exhaust valve Exhaust valve timing control
Exhaust valve timing control position timing control solenoid valve
Exhaust valve timing signal
sensor
CAN commu- N
Combination meter Vehicle speed signal
nication

SYSTEM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
JSBIA1156GB
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the exhaust
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine oil tem-
perature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the exhaust valve timing (EVT) control solenoid
valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the exhaust valve
to increase engine torque and output in a range of high engine speed.
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE : System De-
scription INFOID:0000000012856788
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA1588GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
• The engine protection control at low engine oil pressure warns the driver of a decrease in engine oil pres-
sure by the oil pressure warning lamp before the engine becomes damaged.
• When detecting a decrease in engine oil pressure at an engine speed less than 1,000 rpm, ECM transmits
an oil pressure warning lamp signal to the combination meter. The combination meter turns ON the oil pres-
sure warning lamp, according to the signal.
• When detecting a decrease in engine oil pressure at an engine speed 1,000 rpm or more, ECM transmits an
oil pressure warning lamp signal to the combination meter.
The combination meter turns ON the oil pressure warning lamp, according to the signals. When detecting a
decrease in engine oil pressure, ECM cuts fuel if the engine speed exceeds the specified value.
Combination meter
Decrease in engine oil pressure Engine speed Fuel cut
Oil pressure warning lamp
Less than 1,000 rpm ON* NO
Detection
1,000 rpm or more ON YES
*: When detecting a normal engine oil pressure, ECM turns OFF the oil pressure warning lamp.

SYSTEM
FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM
A
FUEL FILLER CAP WARNING SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012856789
SYSTEM DIAGRAM EC
G
JSBIA1456GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The fuel filler cap warning system alerts the driver to the prevention of the fuel filler being left uncapped and H
malfunction occurrences after refueling, by turning ON the fuel filler cap warning display on the combination
meter.
ECM judges a refueled state, based on a fuel level signal transmitted from the combination meter. I
When a very small leak is detected through the EVAP leak diagnosis performed after judging the refueled
state, ECM transmits a fuel filler cap warning display signal (request for display ON) to the combination meter
via CAN communication.
When receiving the signal, the combination meter turns ON the fuel filler cap warning display. J
CAUTION:
Check fuel filler cap installation condition when the fuel filler cap warning display turns ON.
Reset Operation K
The fuel filler cap warning lamp tunes OFF, according to any condition listed below:
• Reset operation is performed by operating the meter control switch on the combination meter.
- When the reset operation is performed, the combination meter transmits a fuel filler cap warning reset signal L
to ECM via CAN communication. ECM transmits a fuel filler cap warning display signal (request for display
OFF) to the combination meter via CAN communication. When receiving the signal, the combination meter
turns OFF the fuel filler cap warning display.
M
• EVAP leak diagnosis result is normal.
• Fuel refilled.
• DTC erased by using CONSULT.
NOTE: N
MIL turns ON if a malfunction is detected in leak diagnosis results again at the trip after the fuel filler cap warn-
ing display turns ON/OFF.
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM O

SYSTEM
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012856790
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JMBIA1831GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
JMBIA0181GB
In the medium speed range, the ECM sends the ON signal to the VIAS control solenoid valve. This signal
introduces the intake manifold vacuum into the power valve actuator and therefore closes the power valve.
Under this condition, the pressure waves of the exhaust stroke do not disturb the pressure waves of the intake
stroke of each opposite bank. Therefore, charging efficiency is increased together with the effect of the long
intake passage.
However, in the high speed range, the ECM sends the OFF signal to the VIAS control solenoid valve and the
power valve is opened. Under this condition, the pressure waves of intake stroke are resonant with those of
each opposite bank exhaust stroke. Therefore, charging efficiency is also increased.
In addition, both valves 1 and 2 are opened or closed in other ranges mentioned above. Thus maximum
charging efficiency is obtained for the various driving conditions.
VACUUM HOSE DRAWING

SYSTEM
EC
L
JMBIA0172ZZ
Power valve actuator 1 VIAS control solenoid valve 1 VIAS control solenoid valve 2 M
Power valve actuator 2 Intake manifold collector
Infiniti Drive Mode Selector N

SYSTEM
Infiniti Drive Mode Selector : System Description INFOID:0000000012856791
System Diagram
JSBIA2348GB
NOTE:
• This section provides descriptions only about the control by ECM.
For overall control, refer to DMS-7, "Infiniti Drive Mode Selector : System Description".
• ECO pedal control is only for vehicles with intelligent pedal (distance control assist).
Infiniti drive mode selector
• A/C auto amp. receives an operation state signal of the drive mode select switch and transmits a mode sig-
nal (see below) to TCM via CAN communication.
- STANDARD: ON/OFF
- SPORT: ON/OFF
- ECO: ON/OFF
- SNOW: ON/OFF
• TCM transmits a mode state signal to ECM via CAN communication, based on a ECO mode signal received
• ECM controls throttle angle characteristics appropriate to each mode, based on a ECO mode signal
received from TCM via CAN communication.
• The combination meter turns ON or blinks (with ECO pedal) the ECO drive indicator when in ECO mode,
based on a ECO drive indicator control signal received from ECM via CAN communication.
ECO pedal control
• The AV control unit transmits an ECO pedal reaction force setting signal (Standard/Soft/OFF) to ECM via
CAN communication.
NOTE:
An ECO pedal reaction force setting signal which determines reaction force of the accelerator pedal can be
selected on the settings screen of the Multi AV system.
• ECM transmits an ECO pedal reaction force control signal to the ADAS control unit via CAN communication,
based on a ECO mode signal received from TCM via CAN communication and an ECO pedal reaction force
setting signal received from the AV control unit via CAN communication.
• ECM sends back an ECO pedal reaction force setting signal received from the AV control unit to the AV con-
trol unit for confirmation.
• The ADAS control unit controls pedal reaction force of the accelerator pedal actuator via ITS communica-
tion, based on an ECO pedal reaction force control signal received from the ADAS control unit.
Control
• With the drive mode selector, a drive mode select switch installed at the top of the center console switches a
vehicle drive mode, changes throttle angle characteristics, and controls ECO pedal.
• Vehicle characteristics are controlled in the following modes, on the basis of STANDARD mode (“z” position
of the drive mode select switch).
- SPORT: Not controlled by engine control system.
- ECO: The ECO indicator lamp turns ON or blinks. The ECO mode enhances fuel economy by changing
throttle characteristics and activating the ECO pedal.
- SNOW: Changing throttle angle characteristics enhances driving performance on roads with a low coeffi-
cient of friction.

SYSTEM
Vehicle drive mode A

Control item Description
SPORT ECO SNOW
Engine × × Changes throttle angle and the ECO drive indicator*1.
EC
ECO pedal*2 × Controls ECO pedal (Accelerator pedal reaction force control).
*1: The ECO drive indicator is available only when in ECO mode.
*2: ECO pedal control is only for vehicles with an intelligent pedal (distance control assist). C
ECO drive indicator control
• ECO drive indicator turns ON or blinks (with ECO pedal) when in ECO mode, according to the operation of
the accelerator pedal. D
• For vehicles with ECO pedal, the blinking timing of the ECO drive indicator (green) synchronizes to the gen-
eration timing of ECO pedal reaction force.
E
ECO drive indicator (color) Driving condition
ON (Green) Within the ECO drive range.
Blink (Green) (if so equipped ECO pedal) Likely over the ECO drive range. F
• Over the ECO drive range.
OFF • Low-speed range [approx. 2 MPH (3.2 km/h) or less] and high-speed range [approx. 90
MPH (144 km/h) or more] G
JSBIA2349GB
L
NOTE:
ECO drive indicator turns OFF under the following conditions.
• Intelligent cruise control in operation.
• Selector lever is in R range. M
ECO pedal control
• Increasing reaction force of the accelerator pedal supports ECO driving in accordance with the accelerator
pedal operation when in ECO mode. N
• The level of reaction force to the accelerator pedal can be changed among Standard/Soft/OFF on the navi-
gation screen. ECO pedal reaction force can be turned OFF even when in ECO mode.
• The generation timing of ECO pedal reaction force synchronizes to the blinking timing of the ECO drive indi- O
cator (Green).

SYSTEM
JSBIA0497GB
NOTE:
• When switching from ECO mode to the other mode by operating the drive mode select switch, ECO pedal
reaction force is generated in common with ECO mode until the accelerator pedal is released.
• ECO pedal reaction force is not generated under the following conditions.
- Intelligent cruise control is in operation.
- Accelerator pedal is depressed quickly.
- Selector lever is in N or R range.
INTEGRATED CONTROL OF ENGINE, CVT, AND ABS
INTEGRATED CONTROL OF ENGINE, CVT, AND ABS : System Description
INFOID:0000000012856792
Real time communications (signal exchange) among control units (e.g. ECM, CVT, ABS, and combination
meter) via CAN communication optimizes engine torque and lock-up during gear shift and prevents engine
speed from decreasing during deceleration.
CAN COMMUNICATION
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description INFOID:0000000012856793
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
Refer to LAN-49, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com-
munication for detail.

OPERATION
OPERATION
A
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch Name and Function
INFOID:0000000012856794 EC
SWITCHES AND INDICATORS

C
JSBIA0376ZZ F
1. CRUISE indicator 2. SET indicator 3. CANCEL switch

4. ON/OFF (MAIN) switch 5. COAST/SET switch 6. ACCEL/RES switch
G
(ACCELERATE/RESUME)
A. On the combination meter (Informa- B. On the steering wheel
tion display)
H
SET SPEED RANGE
ASCD system can be set the following vehicle speed.
I
Minimum speed (Approx.) Maximum speed (Approx.)
40 km/h (25 MPH) 144 km/h (89 MPH)
J
SWITCH OPERATION
Item Function
K
CANCEL switch Cancels the cruise control driving.
ACCEL/RES switch • Resumes the set speed.
(RESUME/ACCELERATE) • Increases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
L
COAST/SET switch • Sets desired cruise speed.
(SET/COAST) • Decreases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
ON/OFF (MAIN) switch Master switch to activate the ASCD system.
M
CANCEL OPERATION
• CANCEL switch is pressed N
• ON/OFF (MAIN) switch pressed (Set speed is cleared)
• More than 2 switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared)
• Brake pedal is depressed
• Selector lever position is changed to N, P or R O
• Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed
• TCS system is operated
When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform P
the driver by blinking indicator.
• Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing COAST/SET switch or ACCEL/RES
switch.

OPERATION
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle

HANDLING PRECAUTION
HANDLING PRECAUTION
A
Infiniti Drive Mode Selector INFOID:0000000012856795
ECO DRIVE INDICATOR LAMP CONTROL EC

• ECO drive indicator turns OFF under the following conditions.
- While driving at low speeds [2 MPH (3.2 km/h) or less] or high speeds [90 MPH (144 km/h) or more].
- Intelligent cruise control is in operation. C
- Selector lever is in R range.
ECO PEDAL CONTROL
• When switching from ECO mode to the other mode by operating the drive mode select switch, ECO pedal D
E
- ECO pedal reaction force setting is OFF.
NOTE: F
ECO pedal control is only for vehicles with an intelligent pedal (distance control assist).
ENGINE OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS AFTER SWITCHING MODE
• Engine output characteristics after switching mode by operating the drive mode select switch are as follows. G
- After switching mode to a mode that engine output increase, engine output characteristics are changed by
releasing the accelerator pedal.
- After switching mode to a mode that engine output decreases, engine output characteristics are changed H
immediately.
• When an accelerator angle is constant, engine output characteristics are as follows.
- SPORT = STANDARD > ECO > SNOW
I
Output characteristics of each mode
Control mode Engine output
SPORT Normal* J
STANDARD Normal
ECO Decrease
K
SNOW Decrease (More reduction than ECO mode)
*: Not controlled by engine control system.
L

ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000012856796
This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information
and detects a sensors/actuator-related malfunction. A malfunction is indicated by the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with the diag-
nostic tool (GST: Generic Scan Tool).
GST (Generic Scan Tool) INFOID:0000000012856797
When GST is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the
control unit equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to EC-68, "Diag-
nosis Description".
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated.

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ECM)
A
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic
INFOID:0000000012856798 EC
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in C
the ECM memory, and the MIL illuminates. The MIL illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored.
<2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is per-
formed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink D
the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
×: Applicable —: Not applicable
MIL DTC 1st trip DTC E

1st trip 2nd trip 2nd trip
Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip
Illuminat- Illuminat- display-
Blinking Blinking displaying displaying displaying
ed ed ing F
Misfire (Possible three way catalyst
damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0308 × — — — — — × —
is being detected G
damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0308 — — × — — × — —
is being detected
H
One trip detection diagnoses (Re-
— × — — × — — —
fer to EC-112, "DTC Index".)
Except above — — — × — × × —
I
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze Frame Data INFOID:0000000012856799
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC J

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not recur, the 1st trip DTC
will not be displayed. K
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
L
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are saved in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the M
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-112, "DTC Index". These items are
required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored N
non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illu-
minating the MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame O
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-150, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC Confirma-
tion Procedure or Component Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli-
cated, the item requires repair. P
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT screen.

Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
lowing priorities to update the data.
Priority Items
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 – P0308
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem-
ory is erased.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System INFOID:0000000012856800
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory.
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on.
• The MIL will turn OFF after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
while counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec-
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT will count the number of times the vehicle is driven.
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
COUNTER SYSTEM CHART
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other

MIL (turns OFF) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A)
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see “EXPLANATION FOR
DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYS-
TEM”.
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS-
FIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”.
• *1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
• *2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality De-
terioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”

EC
L
JMBIA1417GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de- M
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL en 3 times (pattern B) without any tected in two consecutive trips, the
will light up. malfunctions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be
stored in ECM.
N
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM. O
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with- P
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
Driving Pattern B
Refer to EC-73, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern".

Driving Pattern C
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as per the following:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 – 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 – 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than
70°C (158°F)
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust
Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
JMBIA1418GB

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de- A
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi- EC
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
C
still remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip D
freeze frame data will be cleared.
Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection
System” E
Driving Pattern A
F
Driving Pattern B
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000012856801
G
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed. H
DRIVING PATTERN A
Driving pattern A means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more. I
• Engine coolant temperature rises by 20°C (36°F) or more after starting the engine.
• Engine coolant temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) or more.
• The ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF. J
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern
A.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving K
pattern A.
DRIVING PATTERN B
L
Driving pattern B means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more.
• Vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (44 – 75 MPH) is maintained for 60 seconds or more under the control of M
closed loop.
• Vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) is maintained for 10 seconds or more under the control of
closed loop. N
• Under the closed loop control condition, the following state reaches 12 seconds or more in total: Vehicle
speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less with idling condition.
• The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total.
• A lapse of 22 minutes or more after engine start. O
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity.
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern P
B.
• When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving
pattern B.
DRIVING PATTERN C
Driving pattern C means operating vehicle as per the following:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm

Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature condition:
• When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should be lower
than 70°C (158°F).
• When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should
be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of the above vehicle conditions, reset the counter of driv-
ing pattern C.
pattern C.
• The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is
stored in ECM.
DRIVING PATTERN D
Driving pattern D means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• The state of driving at 40 km/h (25 MPH) reaches 300 seconds or more in total.
• Idle speed lasts 30 seconds or more.
• A lapse of 600 seconds or more after engine start.
NOTE:
D.
pattern D.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code INFOID:0000000012856802
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed.
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items.
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours.
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
NOTE:
If permanent DTC is stored or MIL illuminates during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also
returned to the customer untested even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is
important to check SRT (“CMPLT”), DTC (No DTCs) and permanent DTC (NO permanent DTCs) before the
inspection.
SRT SET TIMING
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.

Example A
Self-diagnosis result Ignition cycle
Diagnosis
← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON →
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2) EC
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
C
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1) D
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
E
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG
F
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC G
DTC (= MIL ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
H
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above I
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate J
“CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is the number one (1)
for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or the number two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in
K
preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice
(Case 3) for the following reasons:
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results. L
• During SRT driving pattern, the 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT and the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from the ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”. M
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
N
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Permanent Diagnostic Trouble Code (Permanent DTC)
INFOID:0000000012856803
Permanent DTC is defined in SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 Service $0A. O

ECM stores a DTC issuing a command of turning on MIL as a permanent DTC and keeps storing the DTC as
a permanent DTC until ECM judges that there is no presence of malfunction.
Permanent DTCs cannot be erased by using the Erase function of CONSULT or Generic Scan Tool (GST) and
P
by disconnecting the battery to shut off power to ECM. This prevents a vehicle from passing the state emission
inspection without repairing a malfunctioning part.
When not passing the state emission inspection due to more than one permanent DTC, permanent DTCs
should be erased, referring to this manual.
NOTE:
• The important items in state emission inspection are that MIL is not ON, SRT test items are set, and perma-
nent DTCs are not included.
• Permanent DTCs do not apply for regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law.

PERMANENT DTC SET TIMING
The setting timing of permanent DTC is stored in ECM with the lighting of MIL when a DTC is confirmed.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000012856804
• When detecting a DTC that affects exhaust gas, the exhaust emis-
sion-related control module transmits a malfunction indicator lamp
signal to ECM via CAN communication line.
ECM prioritizes (MIL: ON/blink) the signal received from the
exhaust emission-related control module and the ECM-stored DTC
that affects exhaust gas and transmits a malfunction indicator lamp
signal to the combination meter via CAN communication line.
The combination meter turns ON or blinks the MIL, according to
the signal transmitted from ECM, and alerts the driver of malfunc-
tion detection.
• Control modules that a DTC of MIL ON/Blink is stored (Control
JSBIA1315ZZ
module varies among DTCs.):
- ECM
- TCM
1. The MIL illuminates when ignition switch is turned ON (engine is not running).
NOTE:
Check the MIL circuit if MIL does not illuminate. Refer to EC-541, "Component Function Check".
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
NOTE:
If MIL remains ON or continues blinking, a DTC(s) that affects exhaust gas is detected. In this case, Self-
diagnosis is required for performing inspection and repair.
On Board Diagnosis Function INFOID:0000000012856805
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS ITEM

The on board diagnostic system has the following functions.
Diagnostic test mode Function

Bulb check MIL can be checked.
SRT status ECM can read if SRT codes are set.
Malfunction warning If ECM detects a malfunction, it illuminates or blinks MIL to inform the driver that a malfunction has
been detected.
Self-diagnostic results DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM can be read.
Accelerator pedal released po- ECM can learn the accelerator pedal released position. Refer to EC-158, "Description".
sition learning
Throttle valve closed position ECM can learn the throttle valve closed position. Refer to EC-159, "Description".
learning
Idle air volume learning ECM can learn the idle air volume. Refer to EC-160, "Description".
Mixture ratio self-learning value Mixture ratio self-learning value can be erased. Refer to EC-162, "Description".
clear
BULB CHECK MODE

Description
This function allows damage inspection in the MIL bulb (blown, open circuit, etc.).
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. The MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON.
If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC-541, "Diagnosis Procedure".
SRT STATUS MODE
Description

This function allows to read if ECM has completed the self-diagnoses of major emission control systems and
components. For SRT, refer to EC-74, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code". A
Operation Procedure
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds.
EC
2. SRT status is indicated as shown blow.
• ECM continues to illuminate MIL if all SRT codes are set.
• ECM blinks MIL for about 10 seconds if all SRT codes are not set.
C
JMBIA1515GB H
MALFUNCTION WARNING MODE
Description I
In this function ECM turns on or blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction in the emission control system com-
ponents and/or the powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions) to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
J
Operation Procedure
2. Check that MIL illuminates. K
3. Start engine and let it idle.
• For two trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects the same malfunction twice in L
the two consecutive driving cycles.
• For 1st trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects a malfunction in one driving
cycle.
M
• ECM blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction that may damage the three way catalyst (misfire).
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS MODE
Description N
This function allows to indicate DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM according to the number of times MIL is
blinking.
How to Set Self-diagnostic Results Mode O
NOTE:
• It is better to count the time accurately with a clock.
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a mal- P
function.
• After ignition switch is turned off, ECM is always released from the “self-diagnostic results” mode.
1. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
• Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
• Fully release the accelerator pedal.

3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for approx. 10 seconds until the
MIL starts blinking.
NOTE:
Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MIL starts blinking during this period. This blinking
is displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to “Self-diagnostic results” mode.
NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to completely confirm all DTCs.
PBIB0092E
How to Read Self-diagnostic Results

The DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in “malfunction warning” mode, it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either
DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified codes can be identified by
using the CONSULT or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code.
PBIB3005E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes per the following.
Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16

The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-sec-
onds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle. A
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
EC
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal-
function. Refer to EC-112, "DTC Index".
C
How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results
By performing this procedure, ECM memory is erased and the following diagnostic information is erased as
well.
• Diagnostic trouble codes D
• 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
• Freeze frame data
• 1st trip freeze frame data E
• System readiness test (SRT) codes
• Test values
NOTE:
Also, if a battery terminal is disconnected, ECM memory is erased and the diagnostic information as listed F
above is erased. (The amount of time required for erasing may vary from a few seconds to several hours.)
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. G
H
5. Set ECM in “self-diagnostic results” mode.
6. The diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for more than 10 seconds.
I
7. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000012856806
J
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function K

Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self Diagnostic Result
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
L
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the in-
Work support
dications on the CONSULT unit.
M
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts
Active Test
some parameters in a specified range.
ECU Identification ECM part number can be read.
N
DTC Work Support The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/results can be confirmed.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes O
• 1st trip freeze frame data
• System readiness test (SRT) codes P
• Test values
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-112, "DTC Index".
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC

DTCs and 1st trip DTCs related to the malfunction are displayed in “self-diag results”.
• When ECM detects a 1st trip DTC, 1t” is displayed for “TIME”.
• When ECM has detected a current DTC, “0” is displayed for “TIME”.
• If “TIME” is neither “0” nor “1t”, the DTC occurred in the past and ECM shows the number of times the vehi-
cle has been driven since the last detection of the DTC.
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC
NOTE:
If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 sec-
onds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
1. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT.
2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
3. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.)
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data
Freeze frame data item* Description

DIAG TROUBLE CODE The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code that is displayed as PXXXX. (Re-
[PXXXX] fer to EC-112, "DTC Index".)
FUEL SYS-B1 • “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• One of the following mode is displayed.
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B2 Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment)
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
COMBUST CONDITION These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
CAL/LD VALUE [%] The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP [°C] or [°F] The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel sched-
L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] ule than short-term fuel trim.
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] schedule.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
VEHICL SPEED
The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
INT MANI PRES [kPa] These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
ABSOL TH·P/S [%] The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or [°F] The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data.
DATA MONITOR MODE
NOTE:
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
Monitored Item
For reference values of the following items, refer to EC-92, "Reference Value".

×: Applicable
Monitor Item Selec- A

tion
Monitored item Unit ECU IN- MAIN- Description Remarks
PUT SIG- SIG- EC
NALS NALS
IDLE REQUEST* — —
MIL ON REQUEST* — — C
ENGINE NO-LOAD* — —
READY STATE* — — D
• Accuracy becomes poor if engine
Indicates the engine speed comput-
speed drops below the idle rpm.
ed from the signal of the crankshaft
ENG SPEED rpm × × • If the signal is interrupted while E
position sensor (POS) and camshaft
the engine is running, an abnor-
position sensor (PHASE).
mal value may be indicated.
“Base fuel schedule” indicates the
fuel injection pulse width pro-
• When engine is running, specifi- F
B/FUEL SCHDL ms × × cation range is indicated in
grammed into ECM, prior to any
“SPEC”.
learned on board correction.
A/F ALPHA-B1 % • When the engine is stopped, a G
certain value is indicated.
• This data also includes the data
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio
for the air-fuel ratio learning con-
feedback correction factor per cycle
trol.
H
A/F ALPHA-B2 % is indicated.
• When engine is running, specifi-
cation range is indicated in
“SPEC”.
I
When the engine coolant tempera-
The engine coolant temperature (de-
ture sensor is open or short-circuit-
termined by the signal voltage of the
COOLANT TEMP/S °C or °F × × ed, ECM enters fail-safe mode. The
engine coolant temperature sensor) J
engine coolant temperature deter-
is displayed.
mined by the ECM is displayed.
A/F SEN1 (B1) × × The A/F signal computed from the
V input signal of the air fuel ratio (A/F) K
A/F SEN1 (B2) × × sensor 1 is displayed.
HO2S2 (B1) V × × The signal voltage of the heated ox-
HO2S2 (B2) V × × ygen sensor 2 is displayed. L
RICH/ Display of heated oxygen sensor 2
HO2S2 MNTR(B1) ×
LEAN signal:
• RICH: means the amount of oxy- M
gen after three way catalyst is rel- When the engine is stopped, a cer-
RICH/ atively small. tain value is indicated.
HO2S2 MNTR(B2) × • LEAN: means the amount of oxy-
LEAN
gen after three way catalyst is rel- N
atively large.
The vehicle speed computed from
km/h or
VHCL SPEED SE × × the vehicle speed signal sent from O
mph
combination meter is displayed.
km/h or The preset vehicle speed is dis-
SET VHCL SPD
mph played.
P
The power supply voltage of ECM is
BATTERY VOLT V
displayed.
ACCEL SEN 1 V ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted
The accelerator pedal position sen-
by ECM internally. Thus, it differs
ACCEL SEN 2 V sor signal voltage is displayed.
from ECM terminal voltage signal.

Monitor Item Selec-
tion
PUT SIG- SIG-
NALS NALS
TP SEN 1-B1 V × × TP SEN 2-B1 signal is converted by
The throttle position sensor signal
ECM internally. Thus, it differs from
TP SEN 2-B1 V × × voltage is displayed.
ECM terminal voltage signal.
The fuel temperature (determined by
FUEL T/TMP SE °C or °F the signal voltage of the fuel tank
temperature sensor) is displayed.
The signal voltage of EVAP control
EVAP SYS PRES V system pressure sensor is dis-
played.
The signal voltage of the fuel level
FUEL LEVEL SE V ×
sensor is displayed.
Indicates start signal status [On/Off]
After starting the engine, [Off] is dis-
computed by the ECM according to
START SIGNAL On/Off played regardless of the starter sig-
the signals of engine speed and bat-
nal.
tery voltage.
Indicates idle position [On/Off] com-
puted by ECM according to the ac-
CLSD THL POS On/Off × ×
celerator pedal position sensor
signal.
Indicates [On/Off] condition of the air
AIR COND SIG On/Off × × conditioner switch as determined by
the air conditioner signal.
[On/Off] condition of the power
steering system (determined by the
PW/ST SIGNAL On/Off × ×
signal voltage of the power steering
pressure sensor) is indicated.
Indicates [On/Off] condition from the
electrical load signal.
• On: Rear window defogger switch
is ON and/or lighting switch is in
LOAD SIGNAL On/Off × ×
2nd position.
• Off: Both rear window defogger
switch and lighting switch are
OFF.
Indicates [On/Off] condition from ig-
IGNITION SW On/Off × ×
nition switch signal.
HEATER FAN SW On/Off ×
heater fan switch signal.
BRAKE SW On/Off
stop lamp switch signal.
INJ PULSE-B1 msec Indicates the actual fuel injection
When the engine is stopped, a cer-
pulse width compensated by ECM
INJ PULSE-B2 msec tain computed value is indicated.
according to the input signals.
Indicates the ignition timing comput-
IGN TIMING BTDC × ed by ECM according to the input
tain value is indicated.
signals.
“Calculated load value” indicates the
CAL/LD VALUE % value of the current air flow divided
by peak air flow.
Indicates the mass air flow comput-
MASS AIRFLOW g/s ed by ECM according to the signal
voltage of the mass air flow sensor.

Monitor Item Selec-
tion A
PUT SIG- SIG-
NALS NALS EC
• Indicates the EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve
control value computed by the
PURG VOL C/V % ECM according to the input sig-
C
nals.
• The opening becomes larger as
the value increases. D
INT/V TIM (B1) °CA Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft
INT/V TIM (B2) °CA advance angle.
• The control value of the intake E

INT/V SOL(B1)
% valve timing control solenoid valve
(determined by ECM according to
the input signals) is indicated.
INT/V SOL(B2) • The advance angle becomes larg-
F
%
er as the value increases.
The control condition of the VIAS
control solenoid valve 1 (determined G
by ECM according to the input sig-
nals) is indicated.
VIAS S/V-1 On/Off
• On: VIAS control solenoid valve 1
is operating.
H
• Off: VIAS control solenoid valve 1
is not operating.
The control condition of the VIAS I
control solenoid valve 2 (determined
nals) is indicated.
VIAS S/V-2 On/Off J
is operating.
is not operating.
K
The air conditioner relay control con-
AIR COND RLY On/Off dition (determined by ECM accord-
ing to the input signals) is indicated.
L
The control condition of the electron-
ic controlled engine mount (deter-
mined by ECM according to the
ENGINE MOUNT
IDLE/ input signals) is indicated. M
TRVL • IDLE: Engine speed is below 950
rpm
• TRVL: Engine speed is above 950
rpm N
Indicates the fuel pump relay control
FUEL PUMP RLY On/Off condition determined by ECM ac-
cording to the input signals. O
The control condition of the EVAP
canister vent control valve (deter-
mined by ECM according to the in-
VENT CONT/V On/Off
put signals) is indicated.
P
• On: Closed
• Off: Open
Indicates the throttle control motor
relay control condition determined
THRTL RELAY On/Off
by the ECM according to the input
signals.

Monitor Item Selec-
tion
PUT SIG- SIG-
NALS NALS
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
control value computed by ECM
A/F S1 HTR(B1) %
• The current flow to the heater be-
comes larger as the value increas-
es.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
A/F S1 HTR(B2) %
• The current flow to the heater be-
es.
HO2S2 HTR (B1) On/Off Indicates [On/Off] condition of heat-
ed oxygen sensor 2 heater deter-
HO2S2 HTR (B2) On/Off mined by ECM according to the
input signals.
The control condition of the power
generation voltage variable control
ALT DUTY SIG On/Off
• On: Power generation voltage
variable control is active.
• Off: Power generation voltage
variable control is inactive.
I/P PULLY SPD rpm ed from the input speed sensor sig-
nal.
km/h or
VEHICLE SPEED the vehicle speed signal sent from
mph
TCM is displayed.
Displays the condition of idle air vol-
ume learning
• Yet: Idle Air Volume Learning has
Yet/CM-
IDL A/V LEARN not been performed yet.
PLT
• CMPLT: Idle Air Volume Learning
has already been performed suc-
cessfully.
km or Distance traveled while MIL is acti-
TRVL AFTER MIL
mile vated.
The engine oil temperature (deter-
mined by the signal voltage of the
ENG OIL TEMP °C or °F ×
engine oil temperature sensor) is
displayed.
km/h or
VHCL SPEED SE the vehicle speed signal sent from
mph
Indicates [On/Off] condition from
MAIN SW On/Off ×
MAIN switch signal.
CANCEL SW On/Off
CANCEL switch signal.
RESUME/ACC SW On/Off RESUME/ACCELERATE switch sig-
nal.

Monitor Item Selec-
tion A
PUT SIG- SIG-
NALS NALS EC
SET SW On/Off ×
SET/COAST switch signal.
Indicates [On/Off] condition from C
BRAKE SW1 On/Off Brake pedal position switch signal or
ASCD clutch switch.
Indicates [On/Off] condition of stop D
BRAKE SW2 On/Off
lamp switch signal.
• Indicates the vehicle cruise condi-
tion.
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained E
Non/ at the ASCD set speed.
VHCL SPD CUT
CUT CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to
excessively low compared with
the ASCD set speed, and ASCD
F
operation is cut off.
tion. G
NON: Vehicle speed is maintained
Non/
LO SPEED CUT at the ASCD set speed.
CUT
CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to
excessively low, and ASCD oper-
H
ation is cut off.
• Indicates [On/Off] condition of
AT OD MONITOR On/Off CVT O/D according to the input I
signal from the TCM.
AT OD CANCEL On/Off
CVT O/D cancel request signal. J
Indicates [On/Off] condition of
CRUISE LAMP On/Off CRUISE lamp determined by the
ECM according to the input signals.
K
SET LAMP On/Off SET lamp determined by the ECM
L
Indicates a command value for cool-
FAN DUTY % ing fan. The value is calculated by
ECM based on input signals.
Indicates the duty ratio of the power M
generation command value. The ra-
ALT DUTY %
tio is calculated by ECM based on
the battery current sensor signal.
N
The signal voltage of battery current
BAT CUR SEN mV
A/F ADJ-B1 — Indicates the correction of a factor O
stored in ECM. The factor is calcu-
lated from the difference between
A/F ADJ-B2 — the target air-fuel ratio stored in ECM
and the air-fuel ratio calculated from P
A/F sensor 1 signal.
P/N POSI SW On/Off × ×
park/neutral position (PNP) signal.
The intake air temperature (deter-
mined by the signal voltage of the in-
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F × ×
take air temperature sensor) is
indicated.

Monitor Item Selec-
tion
PUT SIG- SIG-
NALS NALS
The signal voltage from the refriger-
AC PRESS SEN V
ant pressure sensor is displayed.
Indicates the condition of EVAP leak
diagnosis.
Yet/CM- • YET: EVAP leak diagnosis has not
EVAP LEAK DIAG
PLT been performed yet.
• CMPLT: EVAP leak diagnosis has
been performed successfully.
Indicates the ready condition of
EVAP leak diagnosis.
• On: Diagnosis has been ready
EVAP DIAG READY On/Off
condition.
• Off: Diagnosis has not been ready
condition.
The signal voltage from the battery
BAT TEMP SEN V
temperature sensor is displayed.
THRTL STK CNT B1* — —
Indicates DTC P0139 self-diagnosis
(delayed response) condition.
INCMP/ • INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incom-
HO2 S2 DIAG1(B2)
CMPLT plete.
• CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is com-
plete.
Indicates DTC P015C or P015D
self-diagnosis condition.
A/F SEN1 DIAG1(B2)
CMPLT plete.
plete.
Indicates DTC P015A or P015B self-
diagnosis condition.
A/F SEN1 DIAG1(B1)
CMPLT plete.
plete.
Indicates DTC P014E or P014F self-
A/F SEN1 DIAG2(B2)
CMPLT plete.
plete.
Indicates DTC P014C or P014Dself-
A/F SEN1 DIAG2(B1)
CMPLT plete.
plete.
Indicates DTC P014E, P014F,
P015C or P015D self-diagnosis con-
dition.
ABSNT/
A/F SEN1 DIAG3(B2) • ABSNT: The vehicle condition is
PRSNT
not within the diagnosis range.
• PRSNT: The vehicle condition is
within the diagnosis range.

Monitor Item Selec-
tion A
PUT SIG- SIG-
NALS NALS EC
Indicates DTC P014C, P014D,
P015A or P015B self-diagnosis con-
dition.
A/F SEN1 DIAG3(B1)
ABSNT/
• ABSNT: The vehicle condition is
C
PRSNT
not within the diagnosis range.
within the diagnosis range. D
(slow response) condition.
HO2 S2 DIAG2(B2) E
CMPLT plete.
plete.
Indicates DTC P0139 self-diagnosis F
HO2 S2 DIAG2(B1)
CMPLT plete.
• CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is com- G
plete.
The signal voltage of EOP sensor is
EOP SENSOR mV
displayed. H
HO2 S2 DIAG1(B1) I
CMPLT plete.
plete.
Indicates [On/Off] condition from J
DIST SW On/Off
DISTANCE switch signal.
Indicates A/C evaporator tempera-
AC EVA TEMP °C or °F
ture sent from“A/C auto amp.”. K
Indicates target A/C evaporator tem-
AC EVA TARGET °C or °F
perature sent from“A/C auto amp.”.
MASS AIR FLOW The signal frequency of the mass air L
Hz ×
SENSOR (Hz) flow sensor is displayed.
EXH/V TIM B1 °CA × × Indicates [°CA] of exhaust camshaft
EXH/V TIM B2 °CA × × advance angle. M
VTC DTY EX B1 % —
VTC DTY EX B2 % —
N
Displays a determined value of at-
mospheric correction factor neces-
sary for correcting an A/F sensor
A/F-S ATMSPHRC O
— signal input to ECM. The signal used
CRCT B1
for the correction is an A/F sensor
signal transmitted while driving un-
der atmospheric pressure.
P
A/F-S ATMSPHRC
CRCT B2

Monitor Item Selec-
tion
PUT SIG- SIG-
NALS NALS
Displays the number of updates of
A/F-S ATMSPHRC
count the A/F sensor atmospheric correc-
CRCT UP B1
tion factor.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC
CRCT UP B2
tion factor.
• Indicates DTC P219B self-diagno-
sis condition.
SYSTEM 1 DIAGNO- INCMP/ - INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incom-
SIS A B2 CMPLT plete.
- CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is com-
plete.
• Indicates DTC P219A self-diagno-
sis condition.
SYSTEM 1 DIAGNO- INCMP/ - INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incom-
SIS A B1 CMPLT plete.
- CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is com-
plete.
• Indicates DTC P219B self-diagno-
SYSTEM 1 DIAGNO- ABSNT/ sis condition.
SIS B B2 PRSNT - ABSNT: Self-diagnosis standby
- PRSNT: Under self-diagnosis
• Indicates DTC P219A self-diagno-
SYSTEM 1 DIAGNO- ABSNT/ sis condition.
SIS B B1 PRSNT - ABSNT: Self-diagnosis standby
- PRSNT: Under self-diagnosis
*: The item is indicated, but not used
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item
WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE

IDLE AIR VOL LEARN The idle air volume that keeps the engine within the When learning the idle air volume
specified range is memorized in ECM.
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE Close the EVAP canister vent control valve in order to When detecting EVAP vapor leakage in the
make EVAP system close under the following conditions. EVAP system
• Ignition switch ON
• Engine not running
• Ambient temperature is above 0°C (32°F).
• No vacuum and no high pressure in EVAP system
• Fuel tank temperature is more than 0°C (32°F).
• Within 10 minutes after starting “EVAP SYSTEM
CLOSE”
• When trying to execute “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” un-
der the condition except above, CONSULT will discon-
tinue it and display appropriate instruction.
NOTE:
When starting engine, CONSULT may display
“BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BAT-
TERY”, even in using charged battery.
FUEL PRESSURE RE- Fuel pump will stop by touching “START” during idling. When releasing fuel pressure from fuel line
LEASE crank a few times after engine stalls.

WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE
A
SELF-LEARNING CONT The coefficient of self-learning control mixture ratio re- When clearing mixture ratio self-learning value
turns to the original coefficient.
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* Idle condition When adjusting target ignition timing
EC
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* Idle condition When setting target idle speed
VIN REGISTRATION In this mode, VIN is registered in ECM When registering VIN in ECM
CLSD THL POS LEARN Ignition on and engine stopped. When learning the throttle valve closed position C
SAVING DATA FOR RE-
In this mode, save data that is in ECM. When ECM is replaced.
PLC CPU
WRITING DATA FOR RE- In this mode, write data stored by “SAVE DATA FOR D
When ECM is replaced.
PLC CPU CPU REPLC” in work support mode to ECM.
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
E
ACTIVE TEST MODE
Test Item
F
TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY)
• Engine: Return to the original
• Harness and connectors
FUEL INJEC- non-standard condition If malfunctioning symptom disap-
• Fuel injector G
TION • Change the amount of fuel injec- pears, see CHECK ITEM.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
tion using CONSULT.
• Engine: Return to the original • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT non-standard condition If malfunctioning symptom disap- • Engine coolant temperature sen- H
TEMP • Change the engine coolant tem- pears, see CHECK ITEM. sor
perature using CONSULT. • Fuel injector
• Engine: After warming up, run en- I
gine at 1,500 rpm.
PURG VOL • Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to • Harness and connectors
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. • Solenoid valve
opening percent using CON- J
SULT.
FUEL/T TEMP
• Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT.
SEN K
INT V/T ASSIGN non-standard condition If malfunctioning symptom disap-
• Intake valve timing control sole-
ANGLE • Change intake valve timing using pears, see CHECK ITEM. L
noid valve
CONSULT.
EXH V/T ASSIGN non-standard condition If malfunctioning symptom disap-
• Exhaust valve timing control sole- M
ANGLE • Change exhaust valve timing us- pears, see CHECK ITEM.
noid valve
ing CONSULT.
FAN DUTY CON- • Ignition switch: ON • Cooling fan motor N
• Change duty ratio using CON- Cooling fan speed changes. • Cooling fan relay
TROL* SULT. • Cooling fan control module
• IPDM E/R
O
• Ignition switch: ON (Engine
stopped)
FUEL PUMP RE- Fuel pump relay makes the operat- • Harness and connectors
• Turn the fuel pump relay “ON”
LAY ing sound. • Fuel pump relay
and “OFF” using CONSULT and P
listen to operating sound.
• Ignition switch: ON
• Turn solenoid valve “ON” and Solenoid valve makes the operating • Harness and connectors
VIAS S/V-1
“OFF” using CONSULT and listen sound. • Solenoid valve
to operating sound.

ENGINE • Turn electronic controlled engine Electronic controlled engine mount • Harness and connectors
MOUNTING mount “IDLE” and “TRVL” with makes the operating sound. • Electronic controlled engine mount
CONSULT.
VIAS S/V-2
to operating sound.
non-standard condition
IGNITION TIM- If malfunctioning symptom disap-
• Timing light: Set Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
ING pears, see CHECK ITEM.
• Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT.
• Engine: After warming up, idle the • Harness and connectors
engine. • Compression
POWER BAL- • A/C switch OFF • Fuel injector
Engine runs rough or stops.
ANCE • Selector lever: P or N position • Power transistor
• Cut off each injector signal one at • Spark plug
a time using CONSULT. • Ignition coil
stopped)
VENT CON- Solenoid valve makes an operating • Harness and connectors
• Turn solenoid valve “ON” and
TROL/V sound. • Solenoid valve
“OFF” with the CONSULT and lis-
ten to operating sound.
*: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE
Test item
Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page
A/F SEN1(B1) P1276 P0130 EC-287
A/F SEN1(B2) P1286 P0150 EC-287
A/F SENSOR1(B1) P014C, P014D P014C, P014D EC-319
A/F SEN1
A/F SENSOR1(B2) P014E, P014F P014E, P014F EC-319
A/F SENSOR1(B1) P015A, P015B P015A, P015B EC-319
A/F SENSOR1(B2) P015C, P015D P015C, P015D EC-319
PURG FLOW P0441 P0441 EC-368
EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM
PURG VOL CN/V P1444 P0443 EC-373
HO2S2(B1) P1146 P0138 EC-303
HO2S2(B1) P1147 P0137 EC-297
HO2S2(B1) P0139 P0139 EC-310
HO2S2
HO2S2(B2) P1166 P0158 EC-303
HO2S2(B2) P1167 P0157 EC-297
HO2S2(B2) P0159 P0159 EC-310
SRT & P-DTC MODE

SRT STATUS Mode
• For items whose SRT codes are set, “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT screen; for items whose SRT
codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed.
• “SRT STATUS” provides the presence or absence of permanent DTCs stored in ECM memory.
PERMANENT DTC STATUS Mode
How to display permanent DTC status


4. Turn ignition switch ON. A
5. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT.
NOTE:
Permanent DTCs stored in ECM memory are displayed on the CONSULT screen to show if a driving pat-
EC
tern required for erasing permanent DTCs is complete (CMPLT) or incomplete (INCMP).
CAUTION:
Since the “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” screen displays the previous trip information, repeat the
following twice to update the information: “Ignition switch OFF”, “Wait for more than 10 seconds” C
and “Ignition switch ON”.
JSBIA0062GB
NOTE:
I
This mode is not used in regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law.
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status. J
PERMANENT DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to complete the driving pattern that is required for erasing
permanent DTC. K
NOTE:
This mode is not used in regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law.
L

ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ35DE FOR USA AND CANADA]
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

ECM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000012856807
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

NOTE:
• The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applica-
ble to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
• Numerical values in the following table are reference values.
• These values are input/output values that ECM receives/transmits and may differ from actual operations.
Example:
The ignition timing shown by the timing light may differ from the ignition timing displayed on the data monitor.
This occurs because the timing light shows a value calculated by ECM according to signals received from
the cam shaft position sensor and other sensors related to ignition timing.
For outlines of following items, refer to EC-79, "CONSULT Function".
Monitor Item Condition Values/Status

Almost the same speed as
ENG SPEED Run engine and compare CONSULT value with the tachometer indication.
the tachometer indication.
MAS AIR FLOW
See EC-182, "Description".
SENSOR (Hz)
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-182, "Description".
A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-182, "Description".
COOLANT TEMP/S Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
A/F SEN1 (B1) Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2 V
Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are
met.
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
HO2S2 (B1) • Engine: After warming up
1.0 V
• After keeping engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
idle for 1 minute under no load
met.
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
1.0 V
met.
HO2S2 MNTR(B1) • Engine: After warming up LEAN ←→ RICH
met.
Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT value with the speedometer indica- Almost the same speed as
VHCL SPEED SE
tion. speedometer indication
BATTERY VOLT Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14 V
Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.5 - 1.0 V

ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8 V

ACCEL SEN 2*1 (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8 V

ECM
A
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V
TP SEN 1-B1 (Engine stopped)
• Selector lever: D position Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V EC

TP SEN 2-B1*1 (Engine stopped)
FUEL T/TMP SE Ignition switch: ON

Indicates fuel tank tempera- C
ture
EVAP SYS PRES Ignition switch: ON Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V
Depending on fuel level of D
FUEL LEVEL SE Ignition switch: ON
fuel tank
START SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON → START → ON Off → On → Off
Accelerator pedal: Fully released On E
Ignition switch: ON
CLSD THL POS
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed Off
Air conditioner switch: OFF Off
Engine: After warming up, idle the F
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON
engine On
(Compressor operates.)
Engine: After warming up, idle the Steering wheel: Not being turned Off
PW/ST SIGNAL G
engine Steering wheel: Being turned On
Rear window defogger switch: ON
and/or On H
LOAD SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON Lighting switch: 2nd position
Rear window defogger switch and lighting
Off
switch: OFF
I
IGNITION SW Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON On → Off → On
Engine: After warming up, idle the Heater fan switch: ON On

HEATER FAN SW
engine Heater fan switch: OFF Off J
Brake pedal: Fully released Off
BRAKE SW Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed On
K
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec
• Selector lever: P or N position
INJ PULSE-B1
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec
• No load L
INJ PULSE-B2
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec M
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 7 - 17°BTDC
IGN TIMING N
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 25 - 45°BTDC
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 5 - 35%
CAL/LD VALUE
• Selector lever: P or N position O
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 5 - 35%
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 6.0 g/s P
MASS AIRFLOW
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 7.0 - 20.0 g/s
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle

• Selector lever: P or N position (Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even 0%
PURG VOL C/V slightly, after engine starting.)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF
• No load 2,000 rpm —

ECM
• Engine: After warming up Idle −5 - 5°CA
INT/V TIM (B1)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 30°CA
• No load
INT/V TIM (B2)
• No load
INT/V SOL(B1)
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 0 - 50%
• No load
INT/V SOL(B2)
• No load
• Selector lever: P or N position When revving engine up to 5,000 rpm
VIAS S/V-1 Off →On → Off
• Air conditioner switch: OFF quickly
• No load
Air conditioner switch: OFF Off
Engine: After warming up, idle the
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
engine On
(Compressor operates)
Below 950 rpm IDLE
ENGINE MOUNT Engine: After warming up
Above 950 rpm TRVL
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch: ON
On
FUEL PUMP RLY • Engine running or cranking
Except above Off
VENT CONT/V Ignition switch: ON Off
THRTL RELAY Ignition switch: ON On
Engine: After warming up, idle the engine
A/F S1 HTR(B2) 4 - 100%
(More than 140 seconds after starting engine)
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
On
HO2S2 HTR (B1) • Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm Off
On
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm Off
Power generation voltage variable control: Operating On
ALT DUTY SIG
Power generation voltage variable control: Not operating Off
I/P PULLY SPD Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
the tachometer indication
VEHICLE SPEED
tion. the speedometer indication
Idle air volume learning has not been per-
Yet
formed yet.
IDL A/V LEARN Engine: Running
Idle air volume learning has already been
CMPLT
performed successfully.
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has illumi- 0 - 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL Ignition switch: ON
nated. (0 - 40,723 miles)

ECM
A
ENG OIL TEMP Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
A/F S1 HTR(B1) 4 - 100%
EC
VHCL SPEED SE
The preset vehicle speed is
SET VHCL SPD Engine: Running ASCD: Operating C
displayed
MAIN switch: Pressed On
MAIN SW Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Released Off
D
CANCEL switch: Pressed On
CANCEL SW Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released Off
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: E
On
Pressed
RESUME/ACC SW Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Re-
Off
leased F
SET/COAST switch: Pressed On
SET SW Ignition switch: ON
SET/COAST switch: Released Off
G
BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal: Fully released On
(Brake pedal posi- Ignition switch: ON
tion switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Off
Brake pedal: Fully released Off H

BRAKE SW2
Ignition switch: ON
(Stop lamp switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed On
VHCL SPD CUT Ignition switch: ON Non
I
LO SPEED CUT Ignition switch: ON Non
AT OD MONITOR Ignition switch: ON Off
AT OD CANCEL Ignition switch: ON Off J
MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time →
CRUISE LAMP Ignition switch: ON On → Off
at the 2nd time
• MAIN switch: ON ASCD: Operating On K
• When vehicle speed is between
SET LAMP
40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h ASCD: Not operating Off
(89 MPH)
L
FAN DUTY Engine: Running 0 - 100%
ALT DUTY Engine: Idle 0 - 80%
• Engine: After warming up M
VIAS S/V-2 Off →On → Off
• No load
N
• Engine speed: Idle
• Battery: Fully charged*2
BAT CUR SEN • Selector lever: P or N position Approx. 2,600 - 3,500 mV
• Air conditioner switch: OFF O
• No load
A/F ADJ-B1 Engine: Running −0.330 - 0.330
A/F ADJ-B2 Engine: Running −0.330 - 0.330 P
Selector lever: P or N position On
P/N POSI SW Ignition switch: ON
Selector lever: Except above position Off
Indicates intake air tempera-
INT/A TEMP SE Ignition switch: ON
ture
• Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0 V
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)

ECM
Indicates the condition of
EVAP LEAK DIAG Ignition switch: ON
Indicates the ready condition
EVAP DIAG READY Ignition switch: ON
of EVAP leak diagnosis.
• Selector lever: P or N position Indicates the temperature
BAT TEMP SEN Idle
• Air conditioner switch: OFF around the battery.
• No load
THRTL STK CNT
— —
B1*3
DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (delayed response) has not been performed yet. INCMP
HO2 S2 DIAG1(B2) DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (delayed response) has already been performed suc-
CMPLT
cessfully.
A/F SEN1 DIAG1 DTC P015C and P015D self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP
(B2) DTC P015C and P015D self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
A/F SEN1 DIAG1 DTC P015A and P015B self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP
(B1) DTC P015A and P015B self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
A/F SEN1 DIAG2 DTC P014E and P014F self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP
(B2) DTC P014E and P014F self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
The vehicle condition is not within the diagnosis range of DTC P014E, P014F,
ABSNT
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 P015C or P015D.
(B2) The vehicle condition is within the diagnosis range of DTC P014E, P014F,
PRSNT
P015C or P015D.
The vehicle condition is not within the diagnosis range of DTC P014C, P014D,
ABSNT
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 P015A or P015B.
(B1) The vehicle condition is within the diagnosis range of DTC P014C, P014D,
PRSNT
P015A or P015B.
DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (slow response) has not been performed yet. INCMP
HO2 S2 DIAG2(B2) DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (slow response) has already been performed suc-
CMPLT
cessfully.
CMPLT
cessfully.
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 1,450 mV
EOP SENSOR
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 2,850 mV
• No load
CMPLT
cessfully.
DISTANCE switch: Pressed ON
DIST SW Ignition switch: ON
DISTANCE switch: Released OFF
Indicates A/C evaporator
AC EVA TEMP Engine: Running temperature sent from“A/C
auto amp.”.
Indicates target A/C evapora-
AC EVA TARGET Engine: Running tor temperature sent from “A/
C auto amp.”.

ECM
A
• Selector lever: N position
EXT/V TIM B1 Around 2,500 rpm while the engine speed
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0 - 30°CA
• No load is rising
EC
EXT/V TIM B2 Around 2,500 rpm while the engine speed
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0 - 30°CA
• No load is rising C
VTC DTY EX B1 Around 2,500 rpm while the engine speed D
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0 - 70%

• Selector lever: N position E
VTC DTY EX B2 Around 2,500 rpm while the engine speed
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Approx. 0 - 70%
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on vehicle

CRCT B1
environment.
F

CRCT B2 environment.
G
A/F-S ATMSPHRC Varies depending on the
Engine: Running
CRCT UP B1 number of updates.
CRCT UP B2
Engine: Running
number of updates. H
SYSTEM 1 DIAG- DTC P219A self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP

NOSIS A B1 DTC P219A self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
I
SYSTEM 1 DIAG- DTC P219B self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP
NOSIS A B2 DTC P219B self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
SYSTEM 1 DIAG- DTC P219A self-diagnosis is on standby. ABSENT J

NOSIS B B1 DTC P219A self-diagnosis is under diagnosis. PRSENT
SYSTEM 1 DIAG- DTC P219B self-diagnosis is on standby. ABSENT

K
NOSIS B B2 DTC P219B self-diagnosis is under diagnosis. PRSENT
*1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM inter-
nally. Thus, they differ from ECM terminals voltage signal. L
*2: Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-138, "How to
Handle Battery".
*3: The item is indicated, but not used.
M
TERMINAL LAYOUT
P
JSBIA5514ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
• ECM is located in the engine room left side near battery.
• Specification data are reference values.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT.

ECM
Terminal No. Description

Value
Input/ Condition
+ -– Signal name (Approx.)
Output
0 - 14 V
[Ignition switch: ON]

• Engine stopped
1 152
Throttle control motor (Close) Output • Selector lever: D position
(G) (B)
• Accelerator pedal: Fully re-
leased
JMBIA1125GB
2 152 Throttle control motor power BATTERY VOLTAGE

Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(R) (B) supply (11 - 14 V)
0 - 14 V

• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D position
• Accelerator pedal: Fully de-
pressed
3 152 JMBIA0031GB
Throttle control motor (Open) Output
(W) (B)
0 - 14 V

• Engine stopped
leased
JMBIA0032GB
Sensor ground
4
— [Knock sensor (bank 1), — — —
(GR)
Knock sensor (bank 2)]
5 4 [Engine is running]
(B) (GR)
Knock sensor (bank 1) Input
Idle speed 2.5 V*1
2.9 - 8.8 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition
6 152
A/F sensor 1 heater (bank 1) Output • Idle speed
(BR) (B)
(More than 140 seconds after
starting engine)
JMBIA0902GB
[Engine is running] 10 V
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm
after the following conditions are
met
• Engine: after warming up
• Keeping the engine speed be-
7 152 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm
Output for 1 minute and at idle for 1
(SB) (B) er (bank 1)
minute under no load JMBIA0902GB
• [Ignition switch: ON]

Engine stopped
BATTERY VOLTAGE
• [Engine is running]
(11 - 14 V)
Engine speed: Above 3,600
rpm

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
0 - 1.0 V → BATTERY VOLTAGE
8 152 [Ignition switch: ON → OFF] EC
Throttle control motor relay Output (11 - 14 V) → 0 V
(G) (B)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V
(W) (GR)
Idle speed 2.5 V*1 C
10
— ECM ground — — —
(B)
D
11 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Fuel injector No. 5
(Y) (11 - 14 V)
12
Fuel injector No. 4 E
(V) [Engine is running]
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
16
Fuel injector No. 2 F
(V)
152 JMBIA0048GB
Output
17 (B) BATTERY VOLTAGE
(Y)
Fuel injector No. 1 G
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
21
Fuel injector No. 6 • Warm-up condition
(V)
• Idle speed H
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes de-
22
Fuel injector No. 3 pending on rpm at idle
(Y)
I
JMBIA0047GB
0 - 4.8 V
13 15
Engine oil temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(G) (B) J
oil temperature.
1.3 V
K
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
L
14 18 JPBIA3359ZZ
Engine oil pressure sensor Input
(LG) (Y) M
2.7 V
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition N
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
JPBIA3360ZZ O
Sensor ground
15 (Engine oil temperature sen-
— — — —
(B) sor, engine oil pressure sen- P
sor)
15 Sensor power supply
18 (B) (Engine oil pressure sensor)
— [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(Y) 25 Sensor power supply
(V) (Refrigerant pressure sensor)

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
19 152 For 1 second after turning ig-
Fuel pump relay Output 0 - 1.0 V
(W) (B) nition switch ON
[Engine is running]
20 25
Refrigerant pressure sensor Input • Both A/C switch and blower 1.0 - 4.0 V
(SB) (V)
fan motor switch: ON (Com-
pressor operates)
25 Sensor ground
— — — —
Sensor power supply
[Exhaust valve timing control
position sensor (bank 1), ex-
28 40
haust valve timing control po- Input [Engine is running] 5V
(LG) (BR)
sition sensor (bank 2),
crankshaft position sensor
(POS), mass air flow sensor]
0 - 4.8 V
31 35 Engine coolant temperature
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(BR) (B) sensor
coolant temperature.
[Engine is running]
Revving engine from idle to
3,000 rpm quickly after the fol-
lowing conditions are met
32 152 Heated oxygen sensor 2
Input • Engine: after warming up 0 - 1.0 V
(L) (B) (bank 2)
tween 3,500 and 4,000 rpm
for 1 minute and at idle for 1
minute under no load
0 - 4.8 V
34 40
Intake air temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
(V) (BR)
air temperature.
Sensor ground
35 (Heated oxygen sensor 2, en-
— — — —
(B) gine coolant temperature sen-
sor)
4.0 - 5.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
pending on rpm at idle
36 40 Crankshaft position sensor JMBIA0041GB

Input
(L) (BR) (POS)
4.0 - 5.0 V
[Engine is running]
Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
JMBIA0042GB

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
4.0 – 5.0 V
EC
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: C
37 152 Exhaust valve timing control JMBIA0043GB

D
Input
(GR) (B) position sensor (bank 1)
4.0 – 5.0 V
[Engine is running] E
F
JMBIA0044GB
3,720 Hz
G

• Engine stopped
H
JSBIA2957ZZ
4,100 – 4,700 Hz I
[Engine is running]
38 40
Mass air flow sensor Input • Warm-up condition
J
(GR) (BR)
• Idle speed
JSBIA2957ZZ
K
[Engine is running] 4,100 – 4,700 → 8000 Hz

• Engine speed: idle to about
L
4,000 rpm
NOTE:
Check for linear frequency rise
M
in response to engine being in-
creased to about 4,000 rpm JSBIA2957ZZ

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
4.0 – 5.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
39 152 Exhaust valve timing control JMBIA0043GB

Input
(GR) (B) position sensor (bank 2)
4.0 – 5.0 V
[Engine is running]
JMBIA0044GB
Sensor ground
(Exhaust valve timing control
position sensor (bank 1), ex-
40
— haust valve timing control po- — — —
(BR)
sition sensor (bank 2),
crankshaft position sensor
(POS), mass air flow sensor)
[Engine is running]
(W) (B) (bank 1)
2.9 - 8.8 V
[Engine is running]
46 152
(Y) (B)
starting engine)
JMBIA0030GB
met

Engine stopped
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
rpm

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0 V EC
Idle speed
49 152 Electronic controlled engine
Output [Engine is running]
(BR) (B) mount control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
Engine speed: More than 950
(11 - 14 V)
rpm C
51 152 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Power supply for ECM (Valve) Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(L) (B) (11 - 14 V)
BATTERY VOLTAGE D
(11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed E
• Accelerator pedal: Not de-
pressed even slightly, after
engine starting
F
54 152 EVAP canister purge volume JMBIA0039GB
Output
(BR) (B) control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V) G
[Engine is running]
Engine speed: approximately
2,000 rpm (More than 100 sec- H
onds after starting engine)
JMBIA0040GB
I
55
(B)
J
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0V
58 152 Exhaust valve timing control • Idle speed
Output
(SB) (B) solenoid valve (bank 1) [Engine is running] K
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 – 14 V)
• Engine speed: 2,000rpm
[Engine is running] L
60 152 Exhaust valve timing control • Idle speed
Output
(BR) (B) solenoid valve (bank 2) [Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE M
(11 – 14 V)
• Engine speed: 2,000rpm
66 152
A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) Input [Ignition switch: ON] 1.8 V N
(W) (B)
[Engine is running] 2.2 V
67 152
A/F sensor 1 (bank 1) Input • Warm-up condition Output voltage varies with air fuel
(B) (B)
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm ratio. O
70
— Shield — — —
(GR)
P

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D position More than 0.36 V
71 152 leased
Throttle position sensor 1 Input
(B) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Selector lever: D position Less than 4.75 V
pressed
• Engine stopped
72 152 leased
(W) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
pressed
75 Sensor ground
— — — —
(R) (Throttle position sensor)
76 152
A/F sensor 1 (bank 2) Input [Ignition switch: ON] 1.8 V
(W) (B)
77 152
(B) (B)
• Engine speed: 2,000 rpm ratio.
80
— Shield — — —
(GR)
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Selector lever: P or N position (11 - 14 V)
83 152
PNP signal Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(R) (B)
Selector lever: Except above 0V
position
3.0 - 5.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:
84 90 Camshaft position sensor JMBIA0045GB

Input
(GR) (LG) (PHASE) (bank 1)
3.0 - 5.0 V
[Engine is running]
Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
JMBIA0046GB

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
• [Ignition switch: OFF] EC
0 - 1.5 V
A few seconds after turning
86 152 ECM relay ignition switch OFF
Output
(V) (B) (Self shut-off)
[Ignition switch: OFF]
BATTERY VOLTAGE C
More than a few seconds after
(11 - 14 V)
turning ignition switch OFF
3.0 - 5.0 V D
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE: E
89 90 Camshaft position sensor JMBIA0045GB F

Input
3.0 - 5.0 V
G
[Engine is running]
H
JMBIA0046GB
Sensor ground
[Camshaft position sensor I
90
— (PHASE) (bank 1), camshaft — — —
(LG)
position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 2)]
J
Sensor power supply
[Camshaft position sensor
92 90
(PHASE) (bank 1), camshaft — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(BR) (LG) K
position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 2)]
98 75 Sensor power supply
(G) (R) (Throttle position sensor) L
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
M
102 152 BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V)
VIAS control solenoid valve 2 Output [Engine is running]
(BR) (B) ↓
0 - 1.0 V
• When revving engine up to N
↓
5,000 rpm quickly
BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V)

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
103 0 - 0.2 V
Ignition signal No. 3
(LG)
[Engine is running]
104 • Warm-up condition
(LG) • Idle speed
NOTE:
106
Ignition signal No. 2 pending on rpm at idle
(LG)
152 JMBIA0035GB
Output
107 (B)
Ignition signal No. 5 0.1 - 0.4 V
(LG)
113
Ignition signal No. 1 [Engine is running]
(LG)
114
(LG)
JMBIA0036GB
105
(B)
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
(BR) (B) ↓
0 - 1.0 V
• When revving engine up to
↓
5,000 rpm quickly
110
(B)
116 152 Power supply for ECM (Back- BATTERY VOLTAGE
Input [Ignition switch: OFF]
(GR) (B) up) (11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
117 152 Intake valve timing control so-
(BR) (B) lenoid valve (bank 1)
• Warm-up condition BATTERY VOLTAGE
• When revving engine up to (11 - 14 V)
2,000rpm quickly
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
Intake valve timing intermedi-
ate lock control solenoid valve Output
(LG) (B) • Cold condition [Engine cool-
(bank 1) Battery voltage
ant temperature: below 60°C
(11 - 14 V)
(140°F)]
• Idle speed
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
(Y) (B) lenoid valve (bank 2)
• Warm-up condition BATTERY VOLTAGE
• When revving engine up to (11 - 14 V)
2,000rpm quickly

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0V EC
• Idle speed
Intake valve timing intermedi-
ate lock control solenoid valve Output
(R) (B) • Cold condition [Engine cool- C
(bank 2) Battery voltage
ant temperature: below 60°C
(11 - 14 V)
(140°F)]
• Idle speed
D
121 148 EVAP control system pres-
Input [Ignition switch: ON] 1.8 - 4.8 V
(W) (LG) sure sensor
123 CAN communication line Input/
— — — E
(P) (CAN-L) Output
— — —
(L) (CAN-H) Output
Sensor power supply
F
125 148
(EVAP control system pres- — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(R) (LG)
sure sensor)
0 - 4.8 V G
128 148
Fuel tank temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with fuel tank
(BR) (LG)
temperature.
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V H
133 152
Ignition switch Input BATTERY VOLTAGE
(SB) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14 V)
[Ignition switch: ON] I
4V
ASCD steering switch: OFF
0V
MAIN switch: Pressed J
1V
ASCD steering switch Input CANCEL switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON] K
RESUME/ACCELERATE 3V
switch: Pressed
[Ignition switch: ON] L
2V
SET/COAST switch: Pressed
4.2 V
ICC steering switch: OFF
134 135 M
(G) (R) [Ignition switch: ON]
0V
MAIN switch: Pressed
CANCEL switch: Pressed
1.0 V N
RESUME/ACCELERATE 2.6 V
ICC steering switch Input
switch: Pressed O
DYNAMIC DRIVE ASSIS- 3.2 V
TENCE switch: Pressed P
1.9 V
3.7 V
DISTANCE switch: Pressed
135 Sensor ground
— — — —
(R) (ASCD steering switch)

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
0V
139 152 Brake pedal: Fully released
Stop lamp switch Input
(R) (B) [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14 V)
0V
140 152 Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
Brake pedal position switch Input
(LG) (B) [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Fully released (11 - 14 V)
141 152 EVAP canister vent control BATTERY VOLTAGE
Output [Ignition switch: ON]
(Y) (B) valve (11 - 14 V)
144 Sensor power supply
142
(L)*3 (Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(Y)
(G)*4 sensor 2)

• Engine stopped
0.25 - 0.50 V
143 144
Accelerator pedal position leased
(B)*3 (L)*3 Input
*4 *4
sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON]
(P) (G)
• Engine stopped
2.0 - 2.5 V
pressed
144 Sensor ground
(L)*3 — (Accelerator pedal position — — —
(G)*4 sensor 2)

Power supply for ECM Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(LG) (B) (11 - 14 V)
(G)*3 (W)*3 (Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(R)*4 (R)*4 sensor 1)
147
(B)
149
(B)
152
(B)
Sensor ground
148 (EVAP control system pres-
— — — —
(LG) sure sensor, Fuel tank tem-
perature sensor)
• Engine stopped
0.5 - 1.0 V
150 151
(R)*3 (W)*3 Input
(W)*4 (R)*4
• Engine stopped
4.2 - 4.8 V
pressed
151 Sensor ground
(W)*3 — (Accelerator pedal position — — —
(R)*4 sensor 1)
:Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
*1:This may vary depending on internal resistance of the tester.

ECM
*2:Before measuring the terminal voltage, confirm that the battery is fully charged. Refer to PG-138, "How to
Handle Battery". A
*3:With ICC
:4:Without ICC
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000012856808 EC
C
P0011 Intake valve timing control • The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the
P0012 valve control does not function. D
P0016 • ECM activates the IVT intermediate lock control solenoid valve to bring the cam sprock-
P0018 et into an intermediate lock condition.
P0021
P0022 E
P0014 Exhaust valve timing con- The signal is not energized to the exhaust valve timing control magnet retarder and the
P0015 trol magnet retarder control does not function.
P0017 F
P0019
P0024
P0025
G
P0102
P0103
P0117 Engine coolant tempera- Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition. H
Condition
(CONSULT display) I
40°C (104°F)
or START
Approx 4 minutes or more after en- J
80°C (176°F)
gine starting
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
(Depends on the time) K
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in L
P0223 condition.
P2135 Therefore, the acceleration will be poor. M
P0197 sensor
P0198 N
Engine oil pressure • Engine speed will not rise more than 4,000 rpm due to the fuel cut. O
P052A
P052B Intake valve timing inter- P
—
P052C mediate lock control
P052D
P0603 ECM
Engine torque may be limited.
P0607

ECM
P0604 ECM • ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P0605 ECM NOTE:
P0606 Fail-safe may not occur depending on malfunction type.
P060B • ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P060A ECM NOTE:
Fail-safe may not occur depending on malfunction type.
• ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
• Engine torque may be limited.
P0643 Sensor power supply • ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
small range.

ECM
A
idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. EC
degrees or less.
C
The engine can restart in the N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm D
or more.
P2123 sensor order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. E
P2128 condition.
F
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000012856809
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart. G
Priority Detected items (DTC) Detected items (DTC)

H
1 U0101, U1000 CAN communication line
P0101, P0102, P0103 Mass air flow sensor
P0111, P0112, P0113, P0127 Intake air temperature sensor I
P0116, P0117, P0118, P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P1225, P1226, P2135 Throttle position sensor
P0128 Thermostat function J
P0181, P0182, P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor
P0196, P0197, P0198 Engine oil temperature sensor
K
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 Knock sensor
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
P0340, P0345 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) L
P0460, P0461, P0462, P0463 Fuel level sensor
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
M
P0520 EOP sensor
P0603, P0604, P0605, P0606, P0607, P060A, P060B, ECM
P062F, P2610
N
P0643 Sensor power supply
P0850 Transmission range switch
P1078, P1084 Exhaust valve timing control position sensor O
P1610 - P1615 NATS
P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor
P

ECM
2 P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0051, P0052 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058, P0141, P0161 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0075, P0081 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve/Intake valve
timing intermediate lock control solenoid valve
P0078, P0084 Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
P0130, P0131, P0132, P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P0150, P0151, P0152, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D,
P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099
P0137, P0138, P0139, P0157, P0158, P0159 Heated oxygen sensor 2
P0441 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring
P0443, P0444, P0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
P0447, P0448 EVAP canister vent control valve
P0451, P0452, P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor
P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT)
P1800, P1801 VIAS control solenoid valve
P1805 Brake switch
P2100, P2103 Throttle control motor relay
P2101 Electric throttle control function
P2118 Throttle control motor
3 P0011, P0012, P0016, P0018, P0021, P0022, P052A, Intake valve timing control
P052B, P052C, P052D
P0014, P0015, P0017, P0019, P0024, P0025 Exhaust valve timing control
P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175 Fuel injection system function
P0300 - P0306 Misfire
P0420, P0430 Three way catalyst function
P0456 EVAP control system (VERY SMALL LEAK)
P0506, P0507 Idle speed control system
P050A, P050E Cold start control
P0524 Engine oil pressure
P1148, P1168 Closed loop control
P1212 TCS communication line
P1564 ASCD steering switch / ICC steering switch
P1572 Brake pedal position switch
P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor / ICC vehicle speed sensor
P1715 Primary speed sensor
P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
P219A, P219B Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
DTC Index INFOID:0000000012856810
×:Applicable —: Not applicable

DTC*1 Perma-
Items SRT nent DTC Reference
CONSULT Trip MIL
*3 (CONSULT screen terms) code page
GST*2
ECM group*4
U0101 0101*5 LOST COMM (TCM) — 1 × B EC-194
U1000 1000*5 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 2 — — EC-195

ECM
DTC*1 Perma-
Items SRT nent DTC Reference A
CONSULT Trip MIL
(CONSULT screen terms) code page
ECM*3 group*4
GST*2
NO DTC IS DETECTED. EC
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING — — Blinking*6 — —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 × 2 × A or B EC-196
C
P0012 0012 A camshaft position B1 × 2 × A EC-200
P0014 0014 EXH/V TIM CONT-B1 — 2 × A or B EC-204
P0015 0015 B camshaft position B1 × 2 × A EC-210 D
Crankshaft position B1 sen-
P0016 0016 × 2 × A EC-216
sor A
Crankshaft position B1 sen- E
P0017 0017 × 2 × A EC-220
sor B
P0018 0018 × 2 × A EC-226
sor A F
P0019 0019 × 2 × A EC-230
sor B
P0021 0021 INT/V TIM CONT-B2 × 2 × A or B EC-196 G
P0022 0022 A camshaft position B2 × 2 × A EC-236
P0024 0024 EXH/V TIM CONT-B2 — 2 × A or B EC-204
H
P0025 0025 B camshaft position B2 × 2 × A EC-240
P0030 0030 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-246
P0031 0031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-246 I
P0032 0032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-246
P0036 0036 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) — 2 × B EC-246
J
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-249
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-249
P0051 0051 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) — 2 × B EC-246 K
P0052 0052 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) — 2 × B EC-246
P0057 0057 HO2S2 HTR (B2) — 2 × B EC-249
P0058 0058 HO2S2 HTR (B2) — 2 × B EC-249 L
P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 — 2 × B EC-252
P0078 0078 EX V/T ACT/CIRC-B1 — 2 × B EC-252
M
P0081 0081 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 — 2 × B EC-252
P0084 0084 EX V/T ACT/CIRC-B2 — 2 × B EC-256
P0101 0101 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × B EC-259 N
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × B EC-264
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × B EC-264
O
P0111 0111 IAT SENSOR 1 B1 — 2 × A EC-269
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × B EC-271
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × B EC-271 P
P0116 0116 ECT SEN/CIRC — 2 × A EC-273
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × B EC-275
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × B EC-275
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-277
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-277

ECM
DTC*1 Perma-
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3 group*4
GST*2
P0125 0125 ECT SENSOR — 2 × B EC-280
P0127 0127 IAT SENSOR-B1 — 2 × B EC-282
P0128 0128 THERMSTAT FNCTN — 2 × A EC-284
P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × A EC-287
P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × B EC-291
P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × B EC-294
P0137 0137 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × A EC-297
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × A EC-303
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × A EC-310
P0141 0141 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × B EC-316
P014C 014C A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-319
P014D 014D A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-319
P014E 014E A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × A EC-319
P014F 014F A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × A EC-319
P0150 0150 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × A EC-287
P0151 0151 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × B EC-291
P0152 0152 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × B EC-294
P0157 0157 HO2S2 (B2) × 2 × A EC-297
P0158 0158 HO2S2 (B2) × 2 × A EC-303
P0159 0159 HO2S2 (B2) × 2 × A EC-310
P015A 015A A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-319
P015B 015B A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × A EC-319
P015C 015C A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × A EC-319
P015D 015D A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × A EC-319
P0161 0161 HO2S2 HTR (B2) — 2 × B EC-316
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 — 2 × B EC-325
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 — 2 × B EC-329
P0174 0174 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 — 2 × B EC-325
P0175 0175 FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 — 2 × B EC-329
P0181 0181 FTT SENSOR — 2 × A and B EC-333
P0182 0182 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × B EC-337
P0183 0183 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × B EC-337
P0196 0196 EOT SENSOR — 2 × A and B EC-339
P0197 0197 EOT SEN/CIRC — 2 × B EC-343
P0198 0198 EOT SEN/CIRC — 2 × B EC-343
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-345
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-345
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-348
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-348

ECM
DTC*1 Perma-
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3 group*4
GST*2
P0305 0305 CYL 5 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × B EC-348 EC
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — — EC-354
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — — EC-354 C
D
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × B EC-356
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × B EC-359
P0345 0345 CMP SEN/CIRC-B2 — 2 × B EC-359 E
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 × 2 × A EC-363
P0430 0430 TW CATALYST SYS-B2 × 2 × A EC-363
F
P0441 0441 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON × 2 × A EC-368
P0443 0443 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × A EC-373
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × B EC-378 G
P0445 0445 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × B EC-378
P0447 0447 VENT CONTROL VALVE — 2 × B EC-381
H
P0448 0448 VENT CONTROL VALVE — 2 × B EC-384
P0451 0451 EVAP SYS PRES SEN — 2 × A EC-388
P0452 0452 EVAP SYS PRES SEN — 2 × B EC-391 I
P0453 0453 EVAP SYS PRES SEN — 2 × B EC-394
P0456 0456 EVAP VERY SML LEAK ×*7 2 × A EC-398
J
P0460 0460 FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH — 2 × A EC-404
P0461 0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR — 2 × B EC-405
P0462 0462 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC — 2 × B EC-407 K
P0463 0463 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC — 2 × B EC-407
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*8 — 2 × B EC-408
L
P0506 0506 ISC SYSTEM — 2 × B EC-410
P0507 0507 ISC SYSTEM — 2 × B EC-412
P050A 050A COLD START CONTROL — 2 × A EC-414 M
P050E 050E COLD START CONTROL — 2 × A EC-414
P0520 0520 EOP SENSOR/SWITCH — 2 — — EC-416
P0524 0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE — 1 — — EC-419
N
CAMSHAFT POSITION TIM-
P052A 052A × 2 × B EC-422
ING B1
O
P052B 052B × 2 × B EC-422
ING B1
P052C 052C × 2 × B EC-422 P
ING B2
P052D 052D × 2 × B EC-422
ING B2
P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT — 2 × or — B EC-428
P0604 0604 ECM — 1 × B EC-430
P0605 0605 ECM — 1 × B EC-431

ECM
DTC*1 Perma-
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3 group*4
GST*2
P0606 0606 CONTROL MODULE — 1 × or — B EC-432
P0607 0607 ECM — 1 or 2 × or — B EC-433
P060A 060A CONTROL MODULE — 1 × B EC-434
P060B 060B CONTROL MODULE — 1 × B EC-435
P062F 062F CONTROL MODULE — 1 × B EC-428
P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC — 1 × B EC-436
P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT — 2 × B EC-438
P1078 1078 EXH TIM SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × B EC-441
P1084 1084 EXH TIM SEN/CIRC-B2 — 2 × B EC-441
P1148 1148 CLOSED LOOP-B1 — 1 × A EC-445
P1168 1168 CLOSED LOOP-B2 — 1 × A EC-445
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC — 2 — — EC-446
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP — 1 × B EC-447
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — — EC-450
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — — EC-451
EC-452
(with ASCD)
P1564 1564 ASCD SW — 1 — —
EC-455
(with ICC)
EC-458
(with ASCD)
P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW — 1 — —
EC-464
(with ICC)
EC-469
(with ASCD)
P1574 1574 ASCD VHL SPD SEN — 1 — —
EC-471
(with ICC)
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE — 2 — — SEC-72
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM — 2 — — SEC-73
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU — 2 — — SEC-74
P1614 1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY — 2 — — SEC-75
P1715 1715 IN PULY SPEED — 2 — — EC-474
P1800 1800 VIAS S/V CIRC-B1 — 2 — — EC-475
P1801 1801 VIAS S/V CIRC-B2 — 2 — — EC-477
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT — 2 — — EC-479
POST CAT FUEL TRIM SYS
P2096 2096 — 2 × A EC-481
B1
P2097 2097 — 2 × A EC-481
B1
P2098 2098 — 2 × A EC-481
B2
P2099 2099 — 2 × A EC-481
B2
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 — 1 × B EC-485
P2101 2101 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 — 1 × B EC-487
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR-B1 — 1 × B EC-485
P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 — 1 × B EC-490

ECM
DTC*1 Perma-
CONSULT Trip MIL
ECM*3 group*4
GST*2
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 — 1 × B EC-492 EC
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × B EC-494
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × B EC-494
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × B EC-497 C
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × B EC-497
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 — 1 × B EC-500
D
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR — 1 × B EC-503
AIR FUEL RATIO IMBAL-
P219A 219A — 2 × A EC-507
ANCE B1 E
AIR FUEL RATIO IMBAL-
P219B 219B — 2 × A EC-507
ANCE B2
ECM/PCM INTERNAL ENG F
P2610 2610 — 2 × A and B EC-512
OFF TIMER
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. G
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: Refer to EC-176, "Description".
*5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT. H
*6: When the ECM is in the mode displays SRT status, MIL may blink. For the details, refer to “How to Display SRT Status”.
*7: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.
*8: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
I
*9: When erasing this DTC, always use CONSULT or GST.
Test Value and Test Limit INFOID:0000000013551310
J
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the K
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen.
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the L
ECM. (e.g., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed)

ECM
Test value and Test

limit
OBD- (GST display)
Item Self-diagnostic test item DTC Description
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Minimum sensor output voltage for test
P0131 83H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for
P0131 84H 0BH
test cycle
P0130 85H 0BH
cycle
P0130 86H 0BH
test cycle
Response rate: Response ratio (lean
P0133 87H 04H
to rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (rich to
P0133 88H 04H
lean)
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio (too
P2A00 or P2096 89H 84H
lean)
P2A00 or P2097 8AH 84H
rich)
P0130 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
P0133 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 O2 sensor slow response - Rich to
HO2S 01H P014C 8DH 04H
(Bank 1) lean bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor slow response - Rich to
P014C 8EH 04H
lean bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor slow response - Lean to rich
P014D 8FH 84H
bank 1 sensor 1
P014D 90H 84H
bank 1 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Rich to
P015A 91H 01H
P015A 92H 01H
O2 sensor delayed response - Lean to
P015B 93H 01H
rich bank 1 sensor 1
P015B 94H 01H
P0133 95H 04H
to rich)
P0133 96H 84H
lean)

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
P0138 07H 0CH
cycle
C
P0137 08H 0CH
test cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 2
02H
(Bank 1) P0138 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage D
P0139 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage
Rear O2 sensor delay response diag-
P0139 82H 11H
nosis E
P0143 07H 0CH
cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 3 P0144 08H 0CH

Maximum sensor output voltage for F
03H test cycle
(Bank 1)
P0146 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0145 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage G
P0151 83H 0BH
cycle
Maximum sensor output voltage for H
P0151 84H 0BH
test cycle
P0150 85H 0BH
cycle I
P0150 86H 0BH
test cycle
HO2S Response rate: Response ratio (lean J

P0153 87H 04H
to rich)
P0153 88H 04H
lean) K
P2A03 or P2098 89H 84H
lean)
The amount of shift in air fuel ratio (too L
P2A03 or P2099 8AH 84H
rich)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
05H
(Bank 2) P0150 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
P0153 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency M
P014E 8DH 04H
O2 sensor slow response - Rich to N
P014E 8EH 04H
P014F 8FH 84H
bank 2 sensor 1 O
P014F 90H 84H
bank 2 sensor 1
O2 sensor delayed response - Rich to P
P015C 91H 01H
P015C 92H 01H
P015D 93H 01H

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
P015D 94H 01H
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Response rate: Response ratio (lean
05H P0153 95H 04H
(Bank 2) to rich)
P0153 96H 84H
lean)
P0158 07H 0CH
cycle
P0157 08H 0CH
test cycle
HO2S 06H
(Bank 2) P0158 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage
P0159 82H 11H
nosis
P0163 07H 0CH
cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for

07H P0164 08H 0CH
(Bank2) test cycle
P0420 80H 01H O2 storage index
Switching time lag engine exhaust in-
P0420 82H 01H
Three way catalyst function dex value
21H
(Bank1) Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output
P2423 83H 0CH
voltage
CATA- P2423 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst

LYST P0430 80H 01H O2 storage index
P0430 82H 01H
22H
P2424 83H 0CH
voltage
P2424 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst
Low flow faults: EGR temp change rate
P0400 80H 96H
(short term)
P0400 81H 96H
(long term)
Low flow faults: Difference between
P0400 82H 96H max EGR temp and EGR temp under
EGR idling condition
31H EGR function
SYSTEM P0400 83H 96H Low flow faults: Max EGR temp
High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase
P1402 84H 96H
rate
P0402 85H FCH EGR differential pressure high flow
P0401 86H 37H EGR differential pressure low flow
P2457 87H 96H EGR temperature

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0011 80H 9DH
alignment check diagnosis)
C
VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC
P0014 81H 9DH
VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC D
P0011 82H 9DH
drive failure diagnosis)
P0014 83H 9DH
35H VVT Monitor (Bank1) E
P100A 84H 10H VEL slow response diagnosis
P1090 85H 10H VEL servo system diagnosis
VTC intake intermediate lock function F
P0011 86H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate position
VTC intake intermediate lock system
Advanced: P052A G
87H 9DH diagnosis (VTC intermediate lock posi-
Retarded: P052B
VVT tion check diagnosis)
SYSTEM VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0021 80H 9DH H
P0024 81H 9DH
I
P0021 82H 9DH
P0024 83H 9DH J
36H VVT Monitor (Bank2)
P100B 84H 10H VEL slow response diagnosis
K
VTC intake intermediate lock function
L
Advanced: P052C
Retarded: P052D
tion check diagnosis)
EVAP control system leak Difference in pressure sensor output M
39H P0455 80H 0CH
(Cap Off) voltage before and after pull down
EVAP control system leak Leak area index (for more than 0.04
3BH P0442 80H 05H
(Small leak) inch) N
Leak area index (for more than 0.02
P0456 80H 05H
inch)
EVAP
SYSTEM EVAP control system leak Maximum internal pressure of EVAP O
3CH P0456 81H FDH
(Very small leak) system during monitoring
Internal pressure of EVAP system at
P0456 82H FDH
the end of monitoring P
Difference in pressure sensor output
3DH Purge flow system P0441 83H 0CH voltage before and after vent control
valve close

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Low Input: P0031 Converted value of heater electric cur-
81H 0BH
41H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) High Input: P0032 rent to voltage
P0030 83H 0BH A/F sensor heater circuit malfunction
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- 80H 0CH
42H High Input: P0038 rent to voltage
er (Bank 1)
P0141 81H 14H Rear O2 sensor internal impedance
Heated oxygen sensor 3 heat- Converted value of heater electric cur-
O2 SEN- 43H P0043 80H 0CH
er (Bank 1) rent to voltage
SOR
HEATER Low Input: P0051 Converted value of heater electric cur-
81H 0BH
er (Bank 2)
P0161 81H 14CH Rear O2 sensor internal impedance
47H P0063 80H 0CH
Secondary air injection system incor-
P0411 80H 01H
rect flow detected
Bank1: P0491 Secondary air injection system insuffi-
81H 01H
Bank2: P0492 cient flow
Secondary air injection system pump
P2445 82H 01H
stuck off
SEC-
Secondary air injection system high
OND- 71H Secondary air system P2448 83H 01H
airflow
ARY AIR
Bank1: P2440 Secondary air injection system switch-
84H 01H
Bank2: P2442 ing valve stuck open
Secondary air injection system switch-
P2440 85H 01H
ing valve stuck open
P2444 86H 01H
stuck on

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
P0171 or P0172 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim
P0171 or P0172 81H 24H

The number of lambda control C
clamped
P117A / P219A 82H 03H Cylinder A/F imbalance monitoring
Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag- D
P219C 83H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen-
sor) method #1 cylinder parameter
Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag- E
P219D 84H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen-
Fuel injection system function
81H Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag-
(Bank 1)
P219E 85H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen-
F
Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag-
P219F 86H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen- G
P21A0 87H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen- H
FUEL sor) method #5 cylinder parameter
SYSTEM Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag-
P21A2 89H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen-
I
The number of lambda control J
P0174 or P0175 81H 24H
clamped
P117B / P219B 82H 03H Cylinder A/F imbalance monitoring
Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag- K
82H Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag- L
(Bank 2)
P219F 86H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen-
P21A1 88H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen- M
P21A3 8AH 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen- N

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of
P0301 80H 24H
the first cylinder
P0302 81H 24H
the second cylinder
P0303 82H 24H
the third cylinder
P0304 83H 24H
the fourth cylinder
P0305 84H 24H
the fifth cylinder
P0306 85H 24H
the sixth cylinder
P0307 86H 24H
the seventh cylinder
P0308 87H 24H
the eighth cylinder
P0300 88H 24H
the multiple cylinders
P0301 89H 24H
the first cylinder
MISFIRE A1H Multiple cylinder misfires
P0302 8AH 24H
the second cylinder
P0303 8BH 24H
the third cylinder
P0304 8CH 24H
the fourth cylinder
P0305 8DH 24H
the fifth cylinder
P0306 8EH 24H
the sixth cylinder
P0307 8FH 24H
P0308 90H 24H
the eighth cylinder
P0300 91H 24H
the single cylinder
P0300 92H 24H
the single cylinder
P0300 93H 24H

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving
P0301 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv-
ing cycles
C
A2H No. 1 cylinder misfire
Misfire counts for last/current driving
P0301 0CH 24H
cycles
D
A3H No. 2 cylinder misfire ing cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving E
P0302 0CH 24H
cycles
P0303 0BH 24H Average) misfire counts for last 10 driv- F
P0303 0CH 24H
cycles G
H
P0304 0CH 24H
cycles
MISFIRE
I
P0305 0CH 24H J
cycles
A7H No. 6 cylinder misfire ing cycles K
P0306 0CH 24H
cycles
EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving L
Misfire counts for last/current driving M
P0307 0CH 24H
cycles
ing cycles
N
A9H No. 8 cylinder misfire
P0308 0CH 24H
cycles
O

< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VQ35DE FOR USA AND CANADA]
WIRING DIAGRAM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000012856812
ABBWA1768GB

EC
ABBWA1769GB

ABBWA1770GB

EC
ABBWA1771GB

ABBWA1772GB

EC
ABBWA1773GB

ABBWA1774GB

EC
ABBIA3437GB

ABBIA3438GB

EC
ABBIA3439GB

ABBIA3440GB

EC
ABBIA3441GB

ABBIA3442GB

EC
ABBIA3443GB

ABBIA3444GB

EC
ABBIA3445GB

ABBIA3446GB

EC
ABBIA3447GB

ABBIA3448GB

EC
ABBIA3449GB

ABBIA3450GB

EC
ABBIA3451GB

ABBIA3452GB

EC
ABBIA3453GB

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ35DE FOR USA AND CANADA]
BASIC INSPECTION
Work Flow INFOID:0000000012856813
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JSBIA0123GB

*1: Include 1st trip DTC. A

*2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data.
DETAILED FLOW
EC
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
1. Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment
when the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. (Refer to EC-153, "Diagnostic C
Work Sheet".)
2. Ask if the customer requests I/M examination.
D
Malfunction information, obtained>>GO TO 2.
No Malfunction information, but a request for I/M examination>>GO TO 13.
2.CHECK DTC E
1. Check DTC of “All DTC Reading”.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT or GST.) F
- Erase only DTC of “ENGINE”.
With CONSULT: Refer to “How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-79, "CONSULT Function".
Without CONSULT: Refer to “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-76, "On Board Diagnosis G
Function".
- Turn ignition switch OFF.
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
H
(Symptom Table is useful. Refer to EC-554, "Symptom Table".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Are any symptoms described and any DTCs detected?
I
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM J
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-559, "Description" and EC- K
109, "Fail-safe".
Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident.
Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected.
L
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM M
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Refer to EC-559, "Description" and EC-
109, "Fail-safe". N
O
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is P
detected again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-111, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.

• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.
If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check according to GI-50, "Intermittent Incident".
6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-164, "Work Procedure".
Do you have CONSULT?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9.
7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE
With CONSULT
Make sure that “MAS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz), “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “A/F ALPHA-B2” are
within the SP value using CONSULT “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”. Refer to EC-182,
"Component Function Check".
Is the measurement value within the SP value?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-183, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is a malfunctioning part detected?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-554, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in
step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms.
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-52, "Circuit Inspec-
tion".
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT. Refer to EC-92, "Reference Value".
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace-
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it.
Without CONSULT: Refer to “How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-76, "On Board Diagnosis
Function".
>> GO TO 12.

12.FINAL CHECK A
When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been completely repaired.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
EC
that the symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10.
C
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO-1 >> No request for I/M examination from the customer: Before returning the vehicle to the customer,
always erase unnecessary DTC in ECM and TCM ( With CONSULT: Refer to “How to Read
DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-79, "CONSULT Function", Without CONSULT: Refer to “How to D
Read Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-76, "On Board Diagnosis Function").
NO-2 >> I/M examination, requested from the customer: GO TO 13.
13. PREPARE FOR I/M EXAMINATION E
1. Set SRT codes. Refer to EC-170, "Description".

2. Erase permanent DTCs. Refer to EC-176, "Description".
F
>> INSPECTION END.

Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000012856814 G
DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of H
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about symptoms. It is I
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the WORKSHEET SAMPLE
below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting. J
Some conditions may cause the MIL to illuminate or blink, and DTC
to be detected. Examples:
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. K
SEF907L
• Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.
L

WORKSHEET SAMPLE
MTBL0017

SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOVING ENGINE PARTS
SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOVING ENGINE PARTS
A
Description INFOID:0000000012856815
SPECIAL REPAIR REQUIREMENT EC

×: Applicable
Service performed
Part name Required service Reference
Replacement Removal*1
C
× Additional service when replacing ECM EC-156
Accelerator pedal released position learning EC-158 D
ECM Throttle valve closed position learning EC-159
×
Idle air volume learning EC-160
VIN registration EC-163 E
Accelerator Pedal × × Accelerator pedal released position learning EC-158
× × Throttle valve closed position learning EC-159
Electric throttle F
× Idle air volume learning EC-160
Throttle valve closed position learning*2 EC-159

×
Idle air volume learning*2 EC-160 G
Engine assembly
Accelerator pedal released position learning EC-158
×
Throttle valve closed position learning*2 EC-159 H
*1: Harness connector disconnection included.
*2: Replacement of engine with a electric throttle.
I

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM
When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed. (For details, refer to EC-156, "Work Proce-
dure".)
PROGRAMMING OPERATION
NOTE:
After replacing with a blank ECM, programming is required to write ECM information. Be sure to follow the pro-
cedure to perform the programming.
BEFORE REPLACEMENT
When replacing ECM, perform “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” of “ENGINE” by
using CONSULT to save current ECM data before replacement.
AFTER REPLACEMENT
After replacing ECM, the following items must be performed:
• Write data after replace CPU
• Accelerator pedal released position learning
• Throttle valve closed position learning
• Idle air volume learning
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000012856817
1.SAVE ECM DATA

With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected.
4. Select “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
5. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE:
• Necessary data in ECM is copied and saved to CONSULT.
• Go to Step 2 regardless of with or without success in saving data.
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM PART NUMBER
Check ECM part number to see whether it is blank ECM or not.
NOTE:
• Part number of blank ECM is 23703 - ×××××.
• Check part number when ordering ECM or the one included in the label on the container box.
Is the ECM a blank ECM?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.SAVE ECM PART NUMBER
Read out the part number from the old ECM and save the number, following the programming instructions.
Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual.
NOTE:
• The ECM part number is saved in CONSULT.
• Even when ECM part number is not saved in CONSULT, go to 4.
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM ECM PROGRAMMING
After replacing ECM, perform the ECM programming. Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual.
NOTE:
• Refer to EC-565, "Removal and Installation" for replacement of ECM.

• During programming, maintain the following conditions:
- Ignition switch: ON A
- Electric load: OFF
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
- Battery voltage: 12 – 13.5 V (Be sure to check the value of battery voltage by selecting “BATTERY VOLT” in
EC
“Data monitor” of CONSULT.)
>> GO TO 6.
C
5.REPLACE ECM
Replace ECM. Refer to EC-565, "Removal and Installation".
D
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF IVIS (NATS) SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL IVIS (NATS) IGNI- E
TION KEY IDS
Refer to SEC-70, "ECM : Description".
F
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK ECM DATA STATUS
G
Check if the data is successfully copied from the ECM at Step 1 (before replacement) and saved in CONSULT.
Is the data saved successfully?
YES >> GO TO 8. H
NO >> GO TO 9.
8.WRITE ECM DATA
I
With CONSULT
1. Select “WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
NOTE: J
The data saved by “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” is written to ECM.
>> GO TO 10. K
9.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION
Refer to EC-163, "Description". L
>> GO TO 10.
10.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING M
Refer to EC-158, "Description".

N
>> GO TO 11.
11.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
Refer to EC-159, "Description". O
>> GO TO 12.
P
12.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
>> END

ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each
time the harness connector of the accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected. Refer to EC-158,
"Work Procedure".
1.START
1. Check that accelerator pedal is fully released.
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds.
>> END

THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING
A
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle EC
valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time the harness con-
nector of electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected or electric throttle control actuator is
cleaned. Refer to EC-159, "Work Procedure".
C
1.START D
WITH CONSULT
2. Select “CLSD THL POS LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. E
3. Follow the instructions on the CONSULT display.
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
F
WITHOUT CONSULT
1. Start the engine.
NOTE:
Coolant temperature is less than 25°C (77°F) before engine starts. G
2. Warm up the engine.
NOTE:
Warm up the engine until “COOLANT TEMP/S” on “DATA MONITOR” of CONSULT reaches more than H
65°C (149°F).
NOTE:
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound. I
>> END
J

IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING
Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps engine idle speed within
the specific range. It must be performed under the following conditions:
• Each time the electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of the specification.
Refer to EC-160, "Work Procedure".
1.PRECONDITIONING
Check that all of the following conditions are satisfied.
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle)
• Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F)
• Selector lever position: P or N
• Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, head lamp, rear window defogger)
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking brake is applied before the engine is
started the head lamp will not illuminate.
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
• Transmission: Warmed-up
- With CONSULT: Drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “CVT” system indicates
less than 0.9 V.
- Without CONSULT: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
Will CONSULT be used?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
1. Perform Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning. Refer to EC-158, "Description".
2. Perform Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning. Refer to EC-159, "Description".
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
6. Repeat the following procedure quickly 5 times within 5 seconds.
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
- Fully release the accelerator pedal.
7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops blinking
and turns ON.

8. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turns ON.
9. Start engine and let it idle. A
10. Wait 20 seconds.
EC
D
SEC897C
>> GO TO 4. E
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING
Rev up the engine 2 or 3 times and check that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifications.
For procedure, refer to EC-560, "Work Procedure" and EC-561, "Work Procedure". F
For specifications, refer to EC-566, "Idle Speed" and EC-566, "Ignition Timing".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> INSPECTION END G
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-I H
Check the following
• Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
• Check PCV valve operation.
I
• Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
YES >> GO TO 6. J
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-II
Engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of K
the incident.
It is useful to perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE”. Refer to EC-182, "Description".
If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and L
perform Idle Air Volume Learning again:
• Engine stalls.
• Incorrect idle.
M
>> INSPECTION END

N

MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE CLEAR
This describes show to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. For the actual procedure, follow the instruc-
tions in “Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to EC-162, "Work Procedure".
1.START
With CONSULT
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”.
With GST
3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Check that DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102.
>> END

VIN REGISTRATION
VIN REGISTRATION
A
VIN Registration is an operation to register VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced. EC
NOTE:
Accurate VIN which is registered in ECM may be required for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M).
C
1.CHECK VIN D
Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-25, "Identification Plate".
>> GO TO 2. E
With CONSULT F
1. Turn ignition switch ON with engine stopped.
2. Select “VIN REGISTRATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
G
>> END
H

BASIC INSPECTION
BASIC INSPECTION
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
- Hoses and ducts for leakage
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Check that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
- Head lamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature

indicator points to the middle of gauge.
Check that engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF976U
5. Run engine at approximately 2,000 rpm for approximately 2 min-

utes under no load.
6. Check that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT or GST.
Are any DTCs detected?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
>> GO TO 3
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at approximately 2,000 rpm for approximately 2 minutes under no load.

BASIC INSPECTION
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) 2 or 3 times under no load,
then run engine at idle speed for approximately 1 minute. A
3. Check idle speed.
For procedure, refer to EC-560, "Work Procedure".
For specification, refer to EC-566, "Idle Speed".
EC
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 4.
C
PBIA8513J
4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING D
1. Stop engine.
2. Perform EC-158, "Description".
E
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING F
Perform EC-159, "Description".
G
>> GO TO 6.
Perform EC-160, "Description". H
Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4. I
7.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
K
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 8.
L
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
Check the Following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-359, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
• Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-356, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 9. N
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. Then GO TO 4.
9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION
O
1. Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of the incident,
although this is rare.)
2. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to
SEC-70, "ECM : Description". P
>> GO TO 4.
10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING
1. Run engine at idle.
2. Check ignition timing with a timing light.
BASIC INSPECTION
For specification, refer to EC-566, "Ignition Timing".
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 12.
>> GO TO 13.
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 17.
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 16.
16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-66, "Exploded View".
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair the timing chain installation. Then GO TO 4.
Check the following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-359, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 18.

BASIC INSPECTION
EC-156, "Description". A
>> GO TO 4.
19.INSPECTION END EC
If ECM is replaced during this BASIC INSPECTION procedure, perform EC-156, "Description".
C
>> INSPECTION END

FUEL PRESSURE
FUEL PRESSURE
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE

With CONSULT
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pressure.
Without CONSULT
1. Remove fuel pump fuse located in IPDM E/R.
2. Start engine.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK
CAUTION:
Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
NOTE:
• Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel
pressure cannot be completely released because this models do not have fuel return system.
• Be careful not to scratch or get the fuel hose connection area dirty when servicing, so that the quick
connector o-ring maintains seal ability.
• Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit [SST: — (J-44321)] and Fuel Pressure Adapter [SST: — (J-44321-6)] to
check fuel pressure.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Remove fuel hose using Quick Connector Release [SST: — (J-45488)].
• Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.
• Do not remove fuel hose from quick connector.
• Keep fuel hose connections clean.
3. Install Fuel Pressure Adapter [SST: — (J-44321-6)] (B) and Fuel
Pressure Gauge kit [SST: — (J-44321)] (A) as shown in figure.
: Quick connector
• Do not distort or bend fuel rail tube when installing fuel pres-
sure gauge adapter.
• When reconnecting fuel hose, check the original fuel hose for
damage and abnormality.
4. Turn ignition switch ON (reactivate fuel pump) and check for fuel
leakage.
ALBIA0771ZZ
5. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
6. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge kit [SST: — (J-44321)].
• During fuel pressure check, check for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.
At idling : Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

7. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step.
8. Check the following.
• Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
• Fuel filter for clogging
• Fuel pump

FUEL PRESSURE
• Fuel pressure regulator for clogging
9. If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator. A
If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part.
10. Before disconnecting Fuel Pressure Gauge kit [SST: — (J-44321)] and Fuel Pressure Adapter [SST: — (J-
44321-6)], release fuel pressure to zero. EC

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
HOW TO SET SRT CODE
OUTLINE
In order to set all SRTs, the self-diagnoses as in the “SRT ITEM” table must have been performed at least
once. Each diagnosis may require actual driving for a long period of time under various conditions.
SRT ITEM
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
SRT item*1 Performance Corresponding

Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”
(CONSULT indication) Priority*2 DTC No.
CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420, P0430
EVAP SYSTEM 2 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441
EVAP control system P0456
HO2S 2 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P014C, P014D,
P014E, P014F,
P015A,
P015B,P015C,
P015D
Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0137, P0157
EGR/VVT SYSTEM 3 Intake/Exhaust valve timing control function P0011, P0012,
P0015, P0016,
P0017, P0018,
P0019, P0021,
P0022, P0025,
P052A, P052B,
P052C, P052D
*1: Though displayed on the CONSULT screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item.
*2: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by
one based on the priority for models with CONSULT.
SRT SERVICE PROCEDURE

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence, referring to the following flowchart. A
EC
K
JSBIA0400GB
SRT Set Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000012856831

L
CAUTION:
M

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
Always drive the vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
JSBIA1932GB
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.
• “Zone A” is the fastest time where required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*. If the diagnosis is not
completed within “Zone A”, the diagnosis can still be performed within “Zone B”.

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
*: Normal conditions
- Sea level A
- Flat road
- Ambient air temperature: 20 – 30°C (68 – 86°F)
NOTE:
Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. However, under other conditions, EC
diagnosis may also be performed. [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 – 30°C (68 – 86°F)]
C
1.CHECK DTC
Check DTC. D
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-112, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2. E
2.CHECK SRT STATUS
With CONSULT
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT. F
Without CONSULT
Perform “SRT status” mode with EC-76, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
With GST G
Select Service $01 with GST.
Is SRT code(s) set?
YES >> GO TO 12. H
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3.
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 4.
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1. Select “SRT WORK SUPPORT” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT.
2. For SRT(s) that is not set, perform the corresponding “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” according to
J
the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-170, "Description".
3. Check DTC.
K
NO >> GO TO 11.
4.PERFORM ROAD TEST L
• Check the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-170, "Description".
• Perform the most efficient SRT set driving pattern to set the SRT properly. Refer to EC-171, "SRT Set Driv-
ing Pattern". M
In order to set all SRTs, the SRT set driving pattern must be performed at least once.
>> GO TO 5. N
5.PATTERN 1
1. Check the vehicle condition;
- Engine coolant temperature is −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F). O
- Fuel tank temperature is more than 0°C (32°F).
3. Keep engine idling until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F) P
NOTE:
ECM terminal voltage is follows;
• Engine coolant temperature
- −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F): 3.0 – 4.3 V
- 70°(158°F): Less than 4.1 V
• Fuel tank temperature: Less than 1.4 V
Refer to EC-92, "Reference Value".

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
>> GO TO 6.
6.PATTERN 2
1. Drive the vehicle. And depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then
release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds.
2. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again
NOTE:
• Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
>> GO TO 7.
7.PATTERN 3
• Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
• Release the accelerator pedal during deceleration of vehicle speed
from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH).
>> GO TO 8.
PBIB2244E
8.PATTERN 4
• Operate vehicle, following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
- Drive the vehicle in a proper gear at 60 km/h (38 MPH) and main-
tain the speed.
- Release the accelerator pedal fully at least 5 seconds.
- Repeat the above two steps at least 5 times.
>> GO TO 9.
JSBIA0160GB
9.PATTERN 5
• The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
• If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted again.
>> GO TO 10.
10.PATTERN 6
• Cool down the engine so that the engine coolant temperature lowers between 15 – 35°C (59 – 95°F).
CAUTION:
Never turn the ignition switch ON while cooling down the engine.
• Engine coolant temperature at engine start is between 15 – 35°C (59 – 95°F) and has lowered 45°C (113°F)
or more since the latest engine stop.
>> GO TO 11.
11.CHECK SRT STATUS
With CONSULT

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT.
Without CONSULT A
With GST
Select Service $01 with GST. EC
Is SRT(s) set?
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Call TECH LINE or take appropriate action. C
12.CHECK PERMANENT DTC
NOTE:
Permanent DTC cannot be checked with a tool other than CONSULT or GST. D
With CONSULT
With GST E
Select Service $0A with GST.
Is permanent DTC(s) detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-176, "Description". F
NO >> END

HOW TO ERASE PERMANENT DTC
OUTLINE
When a DTC is stored in ECM
When a DTC is stored in ECM and MIL is ON, a permanent DTC is erased with MIL shutoff if the same mal-
function is not detected after performing the driving pattern for MIL shutoff three times in a raw.
JSBIA0063GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL 3 times (driving pattern B) without
will illuminate. any malfunctions.
When a DTC is not stored in ECM

The erasing method depends on a permanent DTC stored in ECM. Refer to the following table.
NOTE:
If the applicable permanent DTC includes multiple groups, perform the procedure of Group B first. If the per-
manent DTC is not erased, perform the procedure of Group A.
Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” Driving pattern

Group* for applicable DTCs.
Reference
B D
EC-177, "Work Pro-
A × — —
cedure (Group A)"
EC-179, "Work Pro-
B — × ×
cedure (Group B)"
*: For group, refer to EC-112, "DTC Index".
PERMANENT DTC ITEM
For permanent DTC items, MIL turns ON. Refer to EC-112, "DTC Index".

PERMANENT DTC SERVICE PROCEDURE
A
EC
H
JSBIA0401GB
Work Procedure (Group A) INFOID:0000000012856834
JSBIA0064GB


tected in two consecutive trips, MIL
will illuminate.
1.CHECK DTC
Check DTC.
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-76, "On Board Diagnosis Function" or EC-79,
"CONSULT Function".
NO >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
5. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” mode with CONSULT.
With GST
5. Select Service $0A with GST.
Is any permanent DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> END
Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” for DTCs which are the same as permanent DTCs stored in
ECM. Refer to EC-112, "DTC Index".
>> GO TO 4.
With CONSULT
With GST
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO >> END

Work Procedure (Group B) INFOID:0000000012856835
EC
JSBIA0414GB
J
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: After experiencing driving pattern B *3: Indication does not change unless
tected in two consecutive trips, MIL and D, permanent DTC is erased. the ignition switch is turned from ON
will illuminate. to OFF twice even after experiencing K
driving pattern B or D.
NOTE:
Drive the vehicle according to only driving patterns indicating “INCMP” in driving patterns B and D on the L
“PERMANENT DTC STATUS” screen.
1.CHECK DTC
M
Check DTC.
YES >> Repair malfunction(s) and erase DTC. Refer to EC-76, "On Board Diagnosis Function" or EC-79, N
"CONSULT Function".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PERMANENT DTC O
With CONSULT
2. Turn ignition switch ON. P
With GST

YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> END
3.DRIVE DRIVING PATTERN B
CAUTION:
• Always drive at a safe speed.
• Never erase self-diagnosis results.
• If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, the counter of driving
pattern B and D is reset.
With CONSULT
2. Use “PERMANENT DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT to drive the vehicle according to driv-
ing pattern B. Refer to EC-79, "CONSULT Function", EC-73, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pat-
tern".
With GST
2. Drive the vehicle according to driving pattern B. Refer to EC-73, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving
Pattern".
>> GO TO 4.
With CONSULT
With GST
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> END
5.DRIVE DRIVING PATTERN D
CAUTION:
• Always drive at a safe speed.
• Never erase self-diagnosis results.
• If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, the counter of driving
pattern B and D is reset.
1. Drive the vehicle according to driving pattern D. Refer to EC-73, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving
Pattern".
>> GO TO 6.
With CONSULT

With GST A
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. EC
C
YES >> GO TO 1.
NO >> END
D

TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35DE FOR USA AND CANADA]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” in “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode of CONSULT during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC” in
“DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value
in “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one
or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not illuminate
the MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion)
• A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz) (The signal frequency of the mass air flow sensor)
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000012856837
1.START
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi)
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
- After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” (CVT
fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
• Electrical load: Not applied
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight
ahead.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM “SPEC” OF “DATA MONITOR” MODE
With CONSULT
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform basic inspection. Refer to EC-164, "Work Procedure".
2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” and “MAS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)” in
“SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check that monitor items are within the SP value.
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Proceed to EC-183, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012856838
A
OVERALL SEQUENCE
EC
P
JMBIA1468GB

PBIB3214E
DETAILED PROCEDURE
1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-182, "Component Function Check".
3. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each
indication is within the SP value.

NOTE:
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG A
if the indication is out of the SP value even a little.
YES >> GO TO 17. EC
NO-1 >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 2.
NO-2 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 3.
2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” C
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? D
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> More than the SP value: GO TO 19.
3.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” E
value. F
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 6. G
1. Stop the engine. H
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
4. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that each I
YES >> GO TO 5. J
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine. K
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving L
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
ditions.
M
>> INSPECTION END

6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE N
Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-168, "Work Procedure".)
O
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO-1 >> Fuel pressure is too high: Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”, refer to FL-6, "Removal
and Installation", and then GO TO 8.
NO-2 >> Fuel pressure is too low: GO TO 7. P
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging.
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”, refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation", and then
GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part and then GO TO 8.

1. Start engine.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Check that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop.
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 10.
Check the following below.
• Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-535, "Component Function Check".)
• Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-525, "Component Function Check".)
• Intake air leakage
• Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-22, "On-Vehicle Service".)
YES >> Replace fuel injector, refer to EM-49, "Removal and Installation", and then GO TO 11.
1. Start engine.
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
Perform all DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE related with A/F sensor 1.
• For DTC P0130, P0150, refer to EC-287, "DTC Logic".
• For DTC P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D, refer to EC-319, "DTC Logic".
• For DTC P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099, refer to EC-481, "DTC Logic".
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT
Perform Diagnostic Procedure according to corresponding DTC.
>> GO TO 14.
1. Start engine.
NO >> GO TO 15.

15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR A

1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
EC
>> GO TO 16.
C
1. Start engine.
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-554, "Symptom Table".
value. F
NO-1 >> More than the SP value: GO TO 18. G
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following. H
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive I
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction J
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
K
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.
19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM L
Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Crushed air ducts
• Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
M
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
N
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20.
20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” O
Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and
check that each indication is within the SP value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? P
NO >> “B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” are less than the SP value: GO TO
21.
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.

2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again.
>> GO TO 22.
1. Start engine.
YES >> Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-264, "Diagno-
sis Procedure". Then GO TO 29.
NO >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS AIR FLOW SENSOR (HZ)”
Select “MAS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication
is within the SP value.
YES >> GO TO 24.
NO >> More than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, refer to EM-24, "Removal and Installa-
tion", and then GO TO 29.
24.REPLACE ECM
>> GO TO 29.
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM
• Malfunctioning seal in air cleaner element
• Uneven dirt in air cleaner element
• Improper specification in intake air system
YES >> GO TO 27.
26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL”
value.
NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27.
27.CHECK “MAS AIR FLOW SENSOR (HZ)”
Select “MAS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication
is within the SP value.
YES >> GO TO 28.
NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, refer to EM-24, "Removal and Installation",
and then GO TO 30.
Check for the cause of air leakage after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following.
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
• Looseness of oil filler cap
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks in PCV valve
• Disconnection or cracks in EVAP purge hose, stuck open EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve A
• Malfunctioning seal in rocker cover gasket
• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks in hoses, such as a vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
• Malfunctioning seal in intake air system, etc.
EC
>> GO TO 30.
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” C
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then check that the indication is within
the SP value. F
NO >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-554, "Symptom Table". G

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
1.CHECK FUSE
Check that there is no blowout in the following fuses.
Location Fuse No. Capacity

#44 15 A
IPDM E/R
#56 10 A
Is the fuse blown (open)?
YES >> If the replaced fuse is blown again. Check IPDM E/R power supply.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTION
2. Check ground connection E9. Refer to GI-52, "Circuit Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
3.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ECM harness connectors.
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
147
E32 149
152
10 Ground Existed
F78
58
105
F79
110
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts.
4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN)-I
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector
Terminal
E32 145 152 Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.

5.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN) CIRCUIT A

3. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector.
EC
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
+ −
C
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E32 145 F19 59 Existed D
5. Also check harness for short to ground.
E
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for IPDM E/R power supply circuit.
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN)-II F
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
G
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal H
E32 145 152 After turning ignition switch OFF, battery voltage will exist for a few seconds Drop to 0 V
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL J
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
K
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal L
Ignition switch ON 0V
F79 86 E32 152
Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent Incident".
NO >> GO TO 8.
N
8.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. O
P
+ −
F79 86 F24 72 Existed
5. Also check harness for short to ground and to power.

YES >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PCS-31, "Removal and Installation".
9.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH SIGNAL
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Ignition switch OFF 0V
E32 133 152
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector.
+ −
E32 133 E119 21 Existed
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP)
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
+ − Voltage
F79 116 E32 152 Battery voltage
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP) CIRCUIT
+ −

Is the inspection result normal? A
EC

U0101 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000012856841
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
CONSULT screen terms

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content)
• CAN communication line between
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
LOST COMM (TCM) TCM and ECM
U0101 communication signal of OBD (emission-related
(Lost Communication with TCM) • CAN communication line open or
diagnosis) with TCM for 2 seconds or more.
shorted
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-194, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-28, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow
Chart".

A
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

E
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN com- • Harness or connectors
CAN COMM CIRCUIT F
U1000 munication signal of OBD (emission related diagno- (CAN communication line is open
(CAN COMM CIRCUIT)
sis) for 2 seconds or more. or shorted)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

2. Check DTC. H
Is DTC detected?
NO >> INSPECTION END I
J
Chart".
K

P0011, P0021 IVT CONTROL
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0011 or P0021 is displayed with DTC P0075 or P0081, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0075, P0081. Refer to EC-252, "DTC Logic".

INT/V TIM CONT-B1 • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
P0011 (“A” Camshaft Position - Timing Over-Ad- • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
vanced or System Performance bank 1) • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
There is a gap between angle
• Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
of target and phase-control
INT/V TIM CONT-B2 portion of the camshaft
angle degree.
P0021 (“B” Camshaft Position - Timing Over-Ad- • Timing chain installation
vanced or System Performance bank 2) • Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for
intake valve timing control

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at
idle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady
as possible.
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm

COOLANT TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F)
B/FUEL SCHDL More than 7.3 msec
Selector lever D position
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed.
4. Stop vehicle with engine running and let engine idle for 10 seconds.
5. Check 1st trip DTC.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above.
Is 1st trip DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-197, "Diagnosis Procedure"
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II
With CONSULT

1. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds.
A
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)
EC
Selector lever 1st or 2nd position
Driving vehicle uphill
Driving location uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving conditions re-
quired for this test.) C
CAUTION:
2. Check 1st trip DTC. D
With GST
Is 1st trip DTC detected? E
F
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP G

1. Start engine.
2. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illumi-
nated. H
Is oil pressure warming lamp illuminated?
YES >> Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-8, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 2. I
PBIA8559J
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE K

Check intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-198, "Component Inspection".
L
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-55, "Valve Timing
Control Solenoid Valves (Bank 1)",EM-56, "Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valves (Bank 2)".
M
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)
Check crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EC-357, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-37, "Removal and Installation (Upper Oil
Pan)". O
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)
Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EC-361, "Component Inspection".
P
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-44, "Removal and Instal-
lation (LH)", EM-46, "Removal and Installation (RH)".
5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE)

• Accumulation of debris on the signal plate of camshaft rear end
• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-80, "Removal
and Installation".
JMBIA0058ZZ

Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misalignment.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misalignment?
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-67, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT
Check lubrication circuit. Refer to EM-88, "Inspection after Installation".
NO >> Clean lubrication line.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012856848
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I

2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as per the following.
Intake valve timing control

solenoid valve
Condition
Resistance
+ −
Terminal
1 2 7.0 – 7.8 Ω
1 Temperature 20°C (68°F) ∞
Ground (Continuity
2 should not exist)
YES >> GO TO 2.
Control Solenoid Valves (Bank 1)", EM-56, "Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valves (Bank 2)".
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-55, "Valve Timing Control Solenoid
Valves (Bank 1)", EM-56, "Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valves (Bank 2)".

2. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the A
plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Never apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
EC
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve
timing control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control C
solenoid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA0079ZZ
YES >> INSPECTION END D

E

P0012 INTAKE CAMSHAFT CONTROL
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0012 is displayed with DTC P0075, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0075. Refer to
EC-252, "DTC Logic".
Trouble diagnosis
name
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
A camshaft position
• Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
B1
There is a gap between angle of target and • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
P0012 (“A” camshaft position
phase-control angle degree. portion of the camshaft
- timing over-retarded
• Timing chain installation
bank 1)
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for in-
take valve timing control

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
as possible.

COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F)
CAUTION:
With GST
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT

ENG SPEED 1,200 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.) A

EC
quired for this test.)
C
CAUTION:
With GST D
YES >> Proceed to EC-201, "Diagnosis Procedure" E
F
1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
1. Start engine. G
nated.
Is oil pressure warming lamp illuminated? H
NO >> GO TO 2.
I
J
PBIA8559J
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

K
YES >> GO TO 3. L
3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) M
YES >> GO TO 4. N
Pan)".
4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) O
P
YES >> GO TO 5.

YES >> GO TO 6.
and Installation".
JMBIA0058ZZ

NO >> GO TO 7.


solenoid valve
Condition
Resistance
+ −
Terminal
1 2 7.0 – 7.8 Ω
Ground (Continuity
2 should not exist)
YES >> GO TO 2.

CAUTION:
EC
NOTE:

E

P0014, P0024 EVT CONTROL
DTC Description INFOID:0000000012856849
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. DTC detecting condition
EXH/V TIM CONT-B1
P0014 [Exhaust valve timing control performance
(bank 1)]
There is a gap between angle of target and phase-control angle degree.
EXH/V TIM CONT-B2
P0024 [Exhaust valve timing control performance
(bank 2)]
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Crankshaft position sensor
• Camshaft position sensor
• Exhaust valve timing control position sensor
• Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
• Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the camshaft
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for exhaust valve timing control
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
1.CHECK DTC PRIORITY
If DTC P0014 or P0024 is displayed with DTC P0078, P0084, P1078, or P1084, first perform the confirmation
procedure (trouble diagnosis) for DTC P0078, P0084, P1078, or P1084.
Is applicable DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable.
• DTC P0078: Refer to EC-256, "DTC Logic".
• DTC P1078: Refer to EC-441, "DTC Description".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure
before conducting the next test.
2. Turn ignition switch ON
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at idle.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE - 1
With CONSULT
1. Turn the ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Warm engine up to the normal operating temperature.
as possible.

ENG SPEED 500 – 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is A

maintained)
Selector lever P or N position EC
4. Let engine idle for 10 seconds.

C
With GST
D
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE - 2 E
With CONSULT
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds. F
ENG SPEED 1,400 – 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is

maintained.) G
Driving location uphill Driving vehicle uphill H
(Increased engine load will help maintain
the driving conditions required for this test.)
CAUTION: I
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
With GST J
YES >> Proceed to EC-205, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012856850 L

If DTC P0014 or P0024 is displayed with DTC P0078, P0084, P1078, or P1084, first perform the confirmation M
procedure (trouble diagnosis) for DTC P0078, P0084, P1078, or P1084.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. N
• DTC P1078: Refer to EC-441, "DTC Description". O
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP P

2. Check that engine oil pressure warning lamp is not illuminated.
Is engine oil pressure warning lamp illuminated?
YES >> Proceed to LU-8, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 3.
PBIA8559J
3.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Check exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-209, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Valve
Timing Control Solenoid Valve)".
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-54, "Exploded
View".
4.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
Check exhaust valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EC-208, "Component Inspection (Exhaust Valve
Timing Control Position Sensor)".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning exhaust valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EM-54, "Exploded
View".
5.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Check crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EC-207, "Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor)".
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-43, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Check camshaft position sensor. Refer to EC-207, "Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor)".
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor. Refer to EM-43, "Exploded View".
7.CHECK CAMSHAFT (EXH)
YES >> GO TO 8.
and Installation".
JMBIA0058ZZ

Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned.
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned?

NO >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT A
Perform “Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (EXT) Oil Groove”. Refer to EM-88, "Inspection after Installation".
Is the inspection result normal? EC
Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000012856851 C
1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) - 1

D
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor.
3. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor. Refer to EM-44, "Removal and Installation (LH)", EM-46, "Removal and Installation E
(RH)".
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping.
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor
(PHASE). Refer to EM-44, "Removal and Installation G
(LH)", EM-46, "Removal and Installation (RH)".
JMBIA0065ZZ
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) - 2 I

Check resistance camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminals as follows.
J
Crankshaft position sensor
+ − Condition Resistance
Terminals K
1 2
1 3 Temperature 25°C (77°F) Except 0 Ω or ∞
L
2 3
YES >> INSPECTION END M
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000012856852 N
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) - 1

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor. Refer to EM-36, "Exploded View". P

YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-
36, "Exploded View".
JMBIA0063ZZ

Check resistance between crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminals as follows.

Terminals
1 2
2 3
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-36, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Exhaust Valve Timing Control Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000012856853
1.EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR - 1

2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing control position sensor harness connector.
4. Remove the sensor. Refer to EM-43, "Exploded View".
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning exhaust valve timing control
position sensor. Refer to EM-43, "Exploded View".
JMBIA0065ZZ

Check resistance exhaust valve timing control position sensor terminals as follows.

position sensor
Condition
Resistance
+ −
Terminal
1 2
1 3 Temperature 25°C (77°F) Except 0 Ω or ∞ Ω
2 3
NO >> Replace malfunctioning exhaust valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EM-43, "Exploded A
View".
Component Inspection (Exhaust Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve) INFOID:0000000012856854
EC
1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE - 1
2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. C
3. Check resistance between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows.

D
solenoid valve
Condition
Resistance
+ −
E
Terminal
1 2 7.0 – 7.8 Ω
1 Temperature 20°C (68°F) ∞ F
Ground (Continuity
2 should not exist)
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 2.
View".
H
1. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-43, "Exploded View".
2. Apply 12 V between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve I
terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the plunger
moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
J
Never apply 12 V continuously for 5 seconds or more.
Doing so may result in damage to the coil in exhaust valve
NOTE: K
Always replace O-ring when exhaust valve timing control sole-
noid valve is removed.
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA0079ZZ L
View". M

P0015 EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

B camshaft position B1
P0015 (“B” camshaft position - timing over-retard- There is a gap between angle of target and phase-control angle degree.
ed bank 1)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
If DTC P0015 is displayed with DTC P0078 or P1078, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diagno-
sis) for DTC P0078 or P1078.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
as possible.
ENG SPEED 500 – 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is

maintained)
Selector lever P or N position

With GST A
YES >> Proceed to EC-211, "Diagnosis Procedure" EC
NO >> GO TO 4.
C
With CONSULT
D

maintained.)
E
Driving location uphill Driving vehicle uphill F
CAUTION: G
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above. H
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent Incident". I
J

If DTC P0015 is displayed with DTC P0078 or P1078, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diagno- K
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. L
NO >> GO TO 2.
M
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP
2. Check that engine oil pressure warning lamp is not illuminated. N
NO >> GO TO 3. O
PBIA8559J


YES >> GO TO 4.
View".
YES >> GO TO 5.
View".
YES >> GO TO 6.
YES >> GO TO 7.
YES >> GO TO 8.
and Installation".
JMBIA0058ZZ

NO >> GO TO 9.
Component Inspection (Camshaft Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000013954706


4. Remove the sensor. Refer to EM-44, "Removal and Installation (LH)", EM-46, "Removal and Installation
(RH)". A
YES >> GO TO 2. EC
(PHASE). Refer to EM-44, "Removal and Installation
C
D
JMBIA0065ZZ

E

F
Terminals
1 2 G
2 3
H
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-44, "Removal and Instal- I
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position Sensor) INFOID:0000000013954707
J
2. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. K
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping. L
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM- M
JMBIA0063ZZ
O
P


Terminals
1 2
2 3

YES >> GO TO 2.
JMBIA0065ZZ


position sensor
Condition
Resistance
+ −
Terminal
1 2
2 3
View".

2. Disconnect exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector.

Exhaust valve timing control A

solenoid valve
Condition
Resistance
+ −
Terminal EC
1 2 7.0 – 7.8 Ω
C
Ground (Continuity
2 should not exist)
D
YES >> GO TO 2.
View".
E
2. Apply 12 V between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve F
CAUTION:
Never apply 12 V continuously for 5 seconds or more. G
NOTE: H
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA0079ZZ I
View".
J

P0016 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
Trouble diagnosis
name
Crankshaft position • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
B1 sensor A • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
(Crankshaft position - There is a gap between angle of target and • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
P0016
camshaft position cor- phase-control angle degree. portion of the camshaft
relation bank 1 sensor • Timing chain installation
A) • Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for in-

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
as possible.

CAUTION:
With GST
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT


EC
C
CAUTION:
With GST D
F
1. Start engine. G
nated.
NO >> GO TO 2.
I
J
PBIA8559J

K
YES >> GO TO 3. L
YES >> GO TO 4. N
Pan)".
P
YES >> GO TO 5.

YES >> GO TO 6.
and Installation".
JMBIA0058ZZ

NO >> GO TO 7.


solenoid valve
Condition
Resistance
+ −
Terminal
1 2 7.0 – 7.8 Ω
Ground (Continuity
2 should not exist)
YES >> GO TO 2.

CAUTION:
EC
NOTE:

E

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Crankshaft position B1 sensor B
P0017 (Crankshaft position - camshaft position There is a gap between angle of target and phase-control angle degree.
correlation bank 1 sensor B)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
as possible.

maintained)

With GST A
NO >> GO TO 4.
C
With CONSULT
D

maintained.)
E
CAUTION: G
With GST
J

NO >> GO TO 2.
M
NO >> GO TO 3. O
PBIA8559J


YES >> GO TO 4.
View".
YES >> GO TO 5.
View".
YES >> GO TO 6.
YES >> GO TO 7.
YES >> GO TO 8.
and Installation".
JMBIA0058ZZ

NO >> GO TO 9.


(RH)". A
YES >> GO TO 2. EC
C
D
JMBIA0065ZZ

E

F
Terminals
1 2 G
2 3
H
J
YES >> GO TO 2.
JMBIA0063ZZ
O
P


Terminals
1 2
2 3

YES >> GO TO 2.
JMBIA0065ZZ


position sensor
Condition
Resistance
+ −
Terminal
1 2
2 3
View".



solenoid valve
Condition
Resistance
+ −
Terminal EC
1 2 7.0 – 7.8 Ω
C
Ground (Continuity
2 should not exist)
D
YES >> GO TO 2.
View".
E
CAUTION:
NOTE: H
View".
J

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
Trouble diagnosis
name
Crankshaft position • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
B2 sensor A • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
(Crankshaft position - There is a gap between angle of target and • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
P0018
camshaft position cor- phase-control angle degree. portion of the camshaft
relation bank 2 sensor • Timing chain installation
A) • Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for in-

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
as possible.

CAUTION:
With GST
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT


EC
C
CAUTION:
With GST D
F
1. Start engine. G
nated.
NO >> GO TO 2.
I
J
PBIA8559J

K
YES >> GO TO 3. L
YES >> GO TO 4. N
Pan)".
P
YES >> GO TO 5.

YES >> GO TO 6.
and Installation".
JMBIA0058ZZ

NO >> GO TO 7.


solenoid valve
Condition
Resistance
+ −
Terminal
1 2 7.0 – 7.8 Ω
Ground (Continuity
2 should not exist)
YES >> GO TO 2.

CAUTION:
EC
NOTE:

E

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Crankshaft position B2 sensor B
P0019 (Crankshaft position - camshaft position There is a gap between angle of target and phase-control angle degree.
correlation bank 2 sensor B)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
as possible.

maintained)

With GST A
NO >> GO TO 4.
C
With CONSULT
D

maintained.)
E
CAUTION: G
With GST
J

NO >> GO TO 2.
M
NO >> GO TO 3. O
PBIA8559J


YES >> GO TO 4.
View".
YES >> GO TO 5.
View".
YES >> GO TO 6.
YES >> GO TO 7.
YES >> GO TO 8.
and Installation".
JMBIA0058ZZ

NO >> GO TO 9.


(RH)". A
YES >> GO TO 2. EC
C
D
JMBIA0065ZZ

E

F
Terminals
1 2 G
2 3
H
J
YES >> GO TO 2.
JMBIA0063ZZ
O
P


Terminals
1 2
2 3

YES >> GO TO 2.
JMBIA0065ZZ


position sensor
Condition
Resistance
+ −
Terminal
1 2
2 3
View".



solenoid valve
Condition
Resistance
+ −
Terminal EC
1 2 7.0 – 7.8 Ω
C
Ground (Continuity
2 should not exist)
D
YES >> GO TO 2.
View".
E
CAUTION:
NOTE: H
View".
J

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
Trouble diagnosis
name
A camshaft position
B2
There is a gap between angle of target and • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up
P0022 [“A” camshaft position
phase-control angle degree. portion of the camshaft
- timing over-retarded
bank 2)]
• Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for in-

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
as possible.

CAUTION:
With GST
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT


EC
C
CAUTION:
With GST D
F
1. Start engine. G
nated.
NO >> GO TO 2.
I
J
PBIA8559J

K
YES >> GO TO 3. L
YES >> GO TO 4. N
Pan)".
P
YES >> GO TO 5.

YES >> GO TO 6.
and Installation".
JMBIA0058ZZ

NO >> GO TO 7.


solenoid valve
Condition
Resistance
+ −
Terminal
1 2 7.0 – 7.8 Ω
Ground (Continuity
2 should not exist)
YES >> GO TO 2.

CAUTION:
EC
NOTE:

E

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

B camshaft position B2
P0025 (“B” camshaft position - timing over-retard- There is a gap between angle of target and phase-control angle degree.
ed bank 2)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
TESTING CONDITION:
idle.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
as possible.

maintained)

With GST A
NO >> GO TO 4.
C
With CONSULT
D

maintained.)
E
CAUTION: G
With GST
J

NO >> GO TO 2.
M
NO >> GO TO 3. O
PBIA8559J


YES >> GO TO 4.
View".
YES >> GO TO 5.
View".
YES >> GO TO 6.
YES >> GO TO 7.
YES >> GO TO 8.
and Installation".
JMBIA0058ZZ

NO >> GO TO 9.


(RH)". A
YES >> GO TO 2. EC
C
D
JMBIA0065ZZ

E

F
Terminals
1 2 G
2 3
H
J
YES >> GO TO 2.
JMBIA0063ZZ
O
P


Terminals
1 2
2 3

YES >> GO TO 2.
JMBIA0065ZZ


position sensor
Condition
Resistance
+ −
Terminal
1 2
2 3
View".



solenoid valve
Condition
Resistance
+ −
Terminal EC
1 2 7.0 – 7.8 Ω
C
Ground (Continuity
2 should not exist)
D
YES >> GO TO 2.
View".
E
CAUTION:
NOTE: H
View".
J

P0030, P0031, P0032, P0036, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Deterioration in A/F sensor 1 heater performance. • Harness or connectors
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
(Voltage signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1 heat- (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
P0030 (HO2S heater control circuit
er to ECM is higher/lower than voltage in the normal open or shorted.)
bank 1 sensor 1)
range.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
circuit is out of the normal range. (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM open or shorted.)
low bank 1 sensor 1)
through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
A/F SEN1 HTR (B1)
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM shorted.)
high bank 1 sensor 1)
Deterioration in A/F sensor 1 heater performance. • Harness or connectors
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2)
(Voltage signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1 heat- (The A/F sensor 1 heater circuit is
er to ECM is higher/lower than voltage in the normal open or shorted.)
bank 2 sensor 1)
range.) • A/F sensor 1 heater
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2)
low bank 2 sensor 1)
A/F SEN1 HTR (B2)
high bank 2 sensor 1)

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds.
NG >> INSPECTION END
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY

1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground.

A/F sensor 1 A
DTC Ground Voltage
Bank Connector Terminal
P0030, P0031, P0032 1 F72 1
Ground Battery voltage EC
P0036, P0051, P0052 2 F73 1
YES >> GO TO 3. C
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
D
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
E
A/F sensor 1 IPDM E/R
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
F
P0030, P0031, P0032 1 F72 1 52
F19 Existed
P0036, P0051, P0052 2 F73 1 53
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT H

I
3. Check harness continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity J
P0030, P0031, P0032 1 F72 2 6
F78 Existed
P0036, P0051, P0052 2 F73 2 46 K
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power.
L
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER M
Check A/F sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-247, "Component Inspection".
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent Incident". N
NO >> Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-31, "Removal and Installation
(bank 2)", EM-33, "Removal and Installation (bank 1)".
O
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

P
2. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
3. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as per the following.

+ −
A/F sensor 1 Resistance
Terminal
1 1.8 - 2.44 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2 3
4 ∞Ω
3 (Continuity should not exist)
1
4

P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
A
DTC DETECTION LOGIC EC

(Trouble diagnosis content) C
• The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen-
sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. • Harness or connectors
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0037 (HO2S heater control cir- D
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) circuit is open or shorted.)
cuit low bank 1 sensor 2)
• ECM detects the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
circuit is short to ground.
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors E
HO2S2 HTR (B1)
2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0038 (HO2S heater control cir-
(An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is shorted.)
cuit high bank 1 sensor 2)
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
F
• The current amperage in the heated oxygen sen-
sor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. • Harness or connectors
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM (The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
cuit low bank 2 sensor 2)
through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) circuit is open or shorted.) G
• ECM detects the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
circuit is short to ground.
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors H
HO2S2 HTR (B2)
cuit high bank 2 sensor 2)
I
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- J
ing the next test.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. K
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5 V and 16 V at
idle. L
>> GO TO 2.
M
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load.
O
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute.
Is 1st tip DTC detected?
P
1.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY

1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector.

P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
3. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and ground.
HO2S2
DTC Ground Voltage
P0037, P0038 1 F75 1
Ground Battery voltage
P0057, P0058 2 F76 1
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.
HO2S2 IPDM E/R

DTC Continuity
P0037, P0038 1 F75 1 52
F19 Existed
P0057, P0058 2 F76 1 53
3.CHECK HO2S2 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
P0037, P0038 1 F75 2 7
F78 Existed
P0057, P0058 2 F76 2 47
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Check heated oxygen sensor 2 heater. Refer to EC-250, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EM-31, "Removal and Installation

2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector.
3. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as per the following.

P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
+ − A
Heated oxygen sensor 2 Resistance
Terminal
EC
1 2 3.4 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1
3 2 C
4 ∞Ω
D
4 2
3
Is the inspection result normal? E
(bank 2)", EM-33, "Removal and Installation (bank 1)". F

P0075, P0081 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 • Harness or connectors
P0075 (Intake valve control solenoid (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
• ECM detects an abnormal voltage in the
circuit bank 1) circuit is open or shorted.)
intake valve timing control solenoid valve
(Intake valve timing intermediate lock
control circuit.
control solenoid valve circuit is open or
INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 • ECM detects an abnormal voltage in the
shorted.)
P0081 (Intake valve control solenoid intake valve timing intermediate lock
circuit bank 2) control solenoid valve control circuit.
• Intake valve timing intermediate lock con-
trol solenoid valve

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect intake valve timing (IVT) control solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground with
CONSULT or tester.
IVT control solenoid valve

DTC Ground Voltage
P0075 1 F77 1
P0081 2 F80 1
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between IVT control solenoid valve harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector.

IVT control solenoid valve IPDM E/R A

DTC Continuity
P0075 1 F77 1
F19 59 Existed EC
P0081 2 F80 1
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN D
AND SHORT
E
3. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
F
IVT control solenoid valve ECM
DTC Continuity
G
P0075 1 F77 2 117
F79 Existed
P0081 2 F80 2 119
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. H
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I
4.CHECK IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check the IVT control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-254, "Component Inspection (IVT Control Solenoid Valve)". J
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace IVT control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-54, "Exploded View". K
5.CHECK IVT INTERMEDIATE LOCK CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect IVT intermediate lock control solenoid valve harness connector.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. L
3. Check the voltage between IVT intermediate lock control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
IVT intermediate lock control sole- M

DTC noid valve Ground Voltage
P0075 1 F81 1
N
P0081 2 F82 1
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK IVT INTERMEDIATE LOCK CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT P
3. Check the continuity between IVT intermediate lock control solenoid valve harness connector and IPDM
E/R harness connector.

IVT intermediate lock control solenoid

IPDM E/R
DTC valve Continuity
P0075 1 F81 1
F19 59 Existed
P0081 2 F82 1
7.CHECK IVT INTERMEDIATE LOCK CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE GROUND CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between IVT intermediate lock control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM
harness connector.
IVT intermediate lock control solenoid

ECM
DTC valve Continuity
P0075 1 F81 2 118
F79 Existed
P0081 2 F82 2 120
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK IVT INTERMEDIATE LOCK CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check the IVT intermediate lock control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-255, "Component Inspection (IVT Inter-
mediate Lock Control Solenoid Valve)".
NO >> Replace IVT intermediate lock control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-54, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (IVT Control Solenoid Valve) INFOID:0000000012856863

3. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals as follows.

solenoid valve
Condition
Resistance
+ −
Terminal
1 2 7.0 – 7.8 Ω
Ground (Continuity
2 should not exist)
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-54, "Exploded View".
2. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid A
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Make sure that the
CAUTION:
EC
Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more.
NOTE: C
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA2107ZZ D
NO >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-54, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (IVT Intermediate Lock Control Solenoid Valve) INFOID:0000000012856864
E
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING INTERMEDIATE LOCK CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I

F
2. Disconnect intake valve timing intermediate lock control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing intermediate lock control solenoid valve terminals as fol-
lows. G
Intake valve timing interme-

diate lock control solenoid H
valve Condition
Resistance
+ −
Terminal I
1 2 7.0 – 7.8 Ω
Ground (Continuity J
2 should not exist)
K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace intake valve timing intermediate lock control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-54, "Exploded
View".
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING INTERMEDIATE LOCK CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II L
1. Remove intake valve timing intermediate lock control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-54, "Exploded View".
2. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing intermediate lock M
control solenoid valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it.
Make sure that the plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more. N
timing intermediate lock control solenoid valve.
NOTE: O
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing intermedi-
ate lock control solenoid valve is removed.
P
NO >> Replace intake valve timing intermediate lock control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-54, "Exploded
View".

P0078, P0084 EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
EX V/T ACT/CIRC-B1
[Exhaust valve timing control
P0078
solenoid valve (bank 1) cir- • Harness or connectors
cuit] An improper voltage is sent to the ECM
(Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
through exhaust valve timing control so-
EX V/T ACT/CIRC-B2 circuit is open or shorted.)
lenoid valve.
[Exhaust valve timing control • Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
P0084
solenoid valve (bank 2) cir-
cuit]

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start the engine and let it idle for 5 seconds.
1.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 1
4. Check the voltage between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground.
+
DTC Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve − Voltage
P0078 1 F86 1 Battery volt-
Ground
P0084 2 F85 1 age

YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK EVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

3. Check the continuity between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM
harness connector. A
+ −
DTC Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve ECM Continuity EC
P0078 1 F86 2 58
F79 Existed C
P0084 2 F85 2 60
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE E
Check exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-257, "Component Inspection".
View".
G
4.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT - 2
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. H
3. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and exhaust valve timing control solenoid
valve harness connector.
I
+ −
DTC IPDM E/R Continuity
solenoid valve J
P0075 F72 Existed
F19 59 1 K
P0081 F73 Existed
Is the inspection result normal? L
M

N
O
solenoid valve
Condition
Resistance P
+ −
Terminal
1 2 7.0 – 7.8 Ω
Ground (Continuity
2 should not exist)
YES >> GO TO 2.
View".
1. Remove exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-54, "Exploded View".
2. Apply 12 V between exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve
CAUTION:
Never apply 12 V continuously for 5 seconds or more.
NOTE:

View".

P0101 MAF SENSOR
P0101 MAF SENSOR
A

NOTE:
If DTC P0101 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC.
C
• Harness or connectors D
(The sensor circuit is open or short-
• A high voltage from the sensor is sent to
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 ed.)
ECM under light load driving condition.
P0101 (Mass or volume air flow “A” cir- • Intake air leaks
• A low voltage from the sensor is sent to E
cuit range/performance) • MAF sensor
ECM under heavy load driving condition.
• EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Intake air temperature sensor
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always perform the following proce- G
dure before conducting the next test.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. H
>> GO TO 2.
I
2. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 seconds under the following conditions: J
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at safe speed.
K
Selector lever Suitable position
Vehicle speed 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more
NOTE: L
• The gear must be fixed while driving the vehicle.
• Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
3. Check 1st trip DTC. M
NO >> INSPECTION END N
1.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM O
Check the following for connection.

• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses P
• Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Reconnect the parts.
2.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
P0101 MAF SENSOR
1. Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground.
+
MAF sensor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F74 1 Ground Approx. 5 V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between MAF sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
MAF sensor ECM

Continuity
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
MAF sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
5.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
MAF sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors.
6.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check intake air temperature sensor. Refer to EC-261, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 7.

P0101 MAF SENSOR
NO >> Replace MAF sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).
7.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR A
Check EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to EC-390, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor.
8.CHECK MAF SENSOR C
Check MAF sensor. Refer to EC-261, "Component Inspection".
D
NO >> Replace MAF sensor. Refer to EM-24, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012856870 E
1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR-I

With CONSULT F
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. G
4. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode.
5. Select “MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)” and check the indication.
H
Monitor item Condition Indication (Hz)
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 3,720 Hz
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz) Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 4,100 – 4,700 Hz I
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 4,100 – 4,700 to Approx. 8,000 Hz*
*: Check for linear frequency rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm.
J
Without CONSULT
3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. K
4. Check the frequency between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
ECM L
+ – Condition Frequency (Hz)
Connector
Terminal
M
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating
F78 38 40 4,100 – 4,700 Hz
temperature.)
N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MAF SENSOR P

2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through MAF sensor. Refer to the following.
- Crushed air ducts
- Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element
- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
- Improper specification of intake air system parts

P0101 MAF SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MAF SENSOR-II
With CONSULT
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz) Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 4,100 – 4,700 Hz
Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
Terminal
F78 38 40 4,100 – 4,700 Hz
temperature.)
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR-III
With CONSULT
2. Disconnect MAF sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.

Without CONSULT

P0101 MAF SENSOR
ECM A
Connector
Terminal
EC
F78 38 40 4,100 – 4,700 Hz
temperature.)
C
NO >> Clean or replace MAF sensor. Refer to EM-24, "Removal and Installation".
E

P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0102 or P0103 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643.
Refer to EC-436, "DTC Logic".

• Harness or connectors
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0102 (Mass or volume air flow
sent to ECM. • Intake air leakage
“A” circuit low input)
• Mass air flow sensor
MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 • Harness or connectors
An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0103 (Mass or volume air flow (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
sent to ECM.
“A” circuit high input) • Mass air flow sensor

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
Which DTC is detected?
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102
1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-I
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-II
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected DTC.
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM A

• Air duct
EC
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
C
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY D
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground. E
+
MAF sensor − Voltage F
Connector Terminal
G
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
H
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. I
MAF sensor ECM J

Continuity
K
L
5.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M
MAF sensor ECM N

Continuity
O
YES >> GO TO 6. P
6.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

MAF sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
Check mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-266, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-24, "Removal and Installation".
1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR-I

With CONSULT

Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
Terminal
F78 38 40 4,100 – 4,700 Hz
temperature.)
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MAF SENSOR
2. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through MAF sensor. Refer to the following.
- Crushed air ducts
- Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element

- Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
- Improper specification of intake air system parts A
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3. EC
3.CHECK MAF SENSOR-II
With CONSULT C
4. Select “MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR (Hz)” and check the indication. D

E
Idle to about 4,000 rpm 4,100 – 4,700 to Approx. 8,000 Hz* F
Without CONSULT
1. Repair or replace malfunctioning part. G
H
ECM
Connector
Terminal I
F78 38 40
temperature.)
4,100 – 4,700 Hz J
K
NO >> GO TO 4. L
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR-III
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. M
4. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. N
Monitor item Condition Indication (Hz) O

P
Without CONSULT

ECM
Connector
Terminal
F78 38 40 4,100 – 4,700 Hz
temperature.)
NO >> Clean or replace MAF sensor. Refer to EM-24, "Removal and Installation".

P0111 IAT SENSOR
P0111 IAT SENSOR
A

The comparison result of signals transmitted
to ECM from each temperature sensor (IAT
IAT SENSOR 1 B1 sensor, ECT sensor, FTT sensor, and EOT D
(High or low resistance in the IAT
P0111 (Intake air temperature sensor 1 sensor) shows that the voltage signal of the
sensor circuit)
circuit range/performance bank 1) IAT sensor is higher/lower than that of other
• IAT sensor
temperature sensors when the engine is
started with its cold state. E
1.INSPECTION START F
Is it necessary to erase permanent DTC?

YES >> GO TO 3. G
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK H
Perform component function check. Refer to EC-270, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Use the component function check to check the overall function of the IAT sensor circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. I
J
3.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always perform the following proce- K
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel.
• Before performing the following procedure, check that fuel level is between 1/4 and 4/4. M
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.
>> GO TO 4. N
1. Move the vehicle to a cool place. O
NOTE:
Cool the vehicle in an environment of ambient air temperature between −10°C (14°F) and 35°C (95°F).
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle for 12 hours.
CAUTION: P
Never turn ignition switch ON during this procedure.
NOTE:
The vehicle must be cooled with the hood open.
3. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch OFF during idling.

P0111 IAT SENSOR
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR

3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals as follows.
Terminals Condition Resistance (kΩ)

2 and 4 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1,800 – 2,200
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR

NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View".

3. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor terminals as per the following.
Mass air flow sensor

+ − Condition Resistance (kΩ)
Terminals
4 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200

P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR
A

IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1
An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0112 (Intake air temperature sen-
sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
sor 1 circuit low bank 1)
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) D
IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 • Intake air temperature sensor
P0113 (Intake air temperature sen-
sent to ECM.
sor 1 circuit high bank 1)
E
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- F
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2. H
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. I
YES >> Proceed to EC-271, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
K
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ground.
MAF sensor M
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. P
3. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
MAF sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.


Terminals
4 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200

P0116 ECT SENSOR
P0116 ECT SENSOR
A

The comparison result of signals transmitted
to ECM from each temperature sensor (IAT
ECT SEN/CIRC sensor, ECT sensor, FTT sensor, and EOT D
(High or low resistance in the ECT
P0116 (Engine coolant temperature sen- sensor) shows that the voltage signal of the
sensor circuit)
sor 1 circuit range/performance) ECT sensor is higher/lower than that of other
• ECT sensor
temperature sensors when the engine is start-
ed with its cold state. E
1.INSPECTION START F

YES >> GO TO 3. G
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK H
NOTE:
Use the component function check to check the overall function of the ECT sensor circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. I
J
3.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always perform the following proce- K
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, check that fuel level is between 1/4 and 4/4. M
>> GO TO 4. N
1. Move the vehicle to a cool place. O
NOTE:
CAUTION: P
NOTE:
CAUTION:

P0116 ECT SENSOR
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR

2. Disconnect ECT sensor harness connector.
3. Remove ECT sensor. Refer to CO-26, "Exploded View".
4. Check resistance between ECT sensor terminals by heating
with hot water as shown in the figure.

20 (68) 2.37 – 2.63
1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 – 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 – 0.260
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent JMBIA0080ZZ
Incident".
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR

Check ECT sensor. Refer to EC-274, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace ECT sensor. Refer to CO-26, "Exploded View".
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-26, "Exploded View".
4. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor
terminals as per the following.
ECT sensor
Resistance
+ − Condition
(kΩ)
Terminal
20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63
1 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 JMBIA0080ZZ

NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-26, "Exploded View".

P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR
A

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
ECT SEN/CIRC
P0117 (Engine coolant tempera-
ture sensor 1 circuit low)
ECT SEN/CIRC • Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0118 (Engine coolant tempera-
sent to ECM.
ture sensor 1 circuit high)
E
1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2. H
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
K
1.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ECT sensor harness connector and ground.
ECT sensor M
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
N
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ECT sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
Check engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to EC-276, "Component Inspection".

ECT sensor
Resistance
+ − Condition
(kΩ)
Terminal
20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63
1 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 JMBIA0080ZZ


P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR
A

NOTE:
Refer to EC-436, "DTC Logic". C

D
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor
P0122 (Throttle/Pedal position sen- • Harness or connectors
2 is sent to ECM.
sor/switch “A” circuit low) (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
E
TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 • Electric throttle control actuator
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor (TP sensor 2)
P0123 (Throttle/Pedal position sen-
2 is sent to ECM.
sor/switch “A” circuit high)
F
1.PRECONDITIONING
G
ing the next test.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. H
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J
1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
K
Is DTC detected?
L
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY M

1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground. N
+
Electric throttle control actuator − Voltage O
Connector Terminal
P
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.
Electric throttle control actuator ECM

Continuity
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT
nector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
nector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
Check throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-278, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-26, "Exploded View".

5. Set selector lever to D position.
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.

ECM A
+ – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
EC
Fully released More than 0.36 V
71
Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V
F79 75 Accelerator pedal
Fully released Less than 4.75 V C
72
Fully depressed More than 0.36 V
D
E

P0125 ECT SENSOR
P0125 ECT SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0116, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0116. Refer to EC-
273, "DTC Logic".
• If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117,
P0118. Refer to EC-275, "DTC Logic".

• Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not
ECT SENSOR practical, even when some time has passed
(High resistance in the circuit)
P0125 (Insufficient coolant tempera- after starting the engine.
• Engine coolant temperature sensor
ture for closed loop fuel control) • Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for
• Thermostat
closed loop fuel control.

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR FUNCTION
With CONSULT
2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check that “COOLANT TEMP/S” is above 10°C (50°F).
With GST
Is the temperature above 10°C (50°F)?
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed.
If “COOLANT TEMP/S” increases to more than 10°C (50°F) within 65 minutes, stop engine because
the test result will be OK.
CAUTION:
Never overheat engine.
With GST
YES >> EC-280, "Diagnosis Procedure"

P0125 ECT SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor.
2.CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION EC
When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm that the
engine coolant does not flow.
C
NO >> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-24, "Exploded View". D
1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR E

3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-26, "Exploded View". F
G
ECT sensor
Resistance
+ − Condition
(kΩ)
Terminal H
20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63
1 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
I
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 JMBIA0080ZZ

YES >> INSPECTION END J

P0127 IAT SENSOR
P0127 IAT SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

IAT SENSOR-B1 Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is • Harness or connectors
P0127 (Intake air temperature too sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
high) from engine coolant temperature sensor. • Intake air temperature sensor

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road
test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
1. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 96°C (205°F)
- Turn ignition switch ON.
- Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
- Check the engine coolant temperature.
- If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 96°C (205°F), turn ignition switch OFF and cool down
engine.
NOTE:
Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 96°C (205°F).
4. Start engine.
5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
With GST

NO >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor).

P0127 IAT SENSOR
A
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. EC
Mass air flow sensor C

Terminals
D
4 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200
YES >> INSPECTION END E

P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0128 is displayed with DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305 or P0306, first perform
the trouble diagnosis for P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, and P0306. Refer to EC-348, "DTC
Logic".
Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long
enough.
This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat being stuck open.

THERMSTAT FNCTN • Thermostat
The engine coolant temperature does not
[Coolant thermostat (coolant • Leakage from sealing portion of ther-
P0128 reach to specified temperature even though
temperature below thermostat mostat
the engine has run long enough.
regulating temperature)] • Engine coolant temperature sensor

NOTE:
Never refuel before and during the following procedure.
1.PRECONDITIONING-I
>> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING-II
With CONSULT
2. Check the following conditions:
Ambient temperature −10°C (14°F) or more

A/C switch OFF
Blower fan switch OFF
4. Check the following conditions:
COOLANT TEMP/S −10°C – 55°C (14 – 131°F)

Is the condition satisfied?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> 1. Satisfy the condition.
2. GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Drive the vehicle until the following condition is satisfied.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at safe speed.
- STEP 1

Drive the vehicle under the conditions instructed below until the difference between “COOLANT TEMP/S”
and “FUEL T/TMP SE” becomes at least 25°C (45°F). A
COOLANT TEMP/S 74°C (165°F) or less

FUEL T/TMP SE Less than the value calculated by sub- EC
tracting 25°C (45°F) from “COOLANT
TEMP/S”.*
*: Example C
COOLANT TEMP/S FUEL T/TMP SE
70°C (158°F) 45°C (113°F) or less
D
65°C (149°F) 40°C (104°F) or less
60°C (140°F) 35°C (95°F) or less
- STEP 2 E
Drive the vehicle at 50 km/h (32 MPH) or more with the difference between “COOLANT TEMP/S” and “FUEL
T/TMP SE” maintained at 25°C (45°F) or more.
NOTE: F
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
- STEP 3
Drive the vehicle at 50 km/h (32 MPH) or more until “COOLANT TEMP/S” increases by 6°C (43°F).
NOTE: G
Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during cruising.
Is the condition satisfied?
YES >> GO TO 4. H
NO >> GO TO 1.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II I
With CONSULT
1. Drive the vehicle until the following condition is satisfied.
J
COOLANT TEMP/S 71°C (160°F) or more
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at safe speed. K
YES >> Proceed to EC-285, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
M
N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. O
2.CHECK THERMOSTAT
Check thermostat. Refer to CO-24, "Removal and Installation".
Is the inspection result normal? P
NO >> Replace thermostat. Refer to CO-24, "Removal and Installation".

3. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-26, "Removal and Installation".
ECT sensor
Resistance
+ − Condition
(kΩ)
Terminal
20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63
1 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 JMBIA0080ZZ

NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-26, "Removal and Installation".

P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1
A

To judge malfunctions, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 sig-
nal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.
C
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
• Harness or connectors D
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) A) sensor 1 signal is constantly in a range other
than approx. 2.2 V. (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open
P0130 (O2 sensor circuit bank 1
or shorted.)
sensor 1) The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
B) • A/F sensor 1
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2 V. E
A) sensor 1 signal is constantly in a range other • Harness or connectors
A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
than approx. 2.2 V. (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open F
P0150 (O2 sensor circuit bank 2
or shorted.)
sensor 1) The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F
B) • A/F sensor 1
sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2 V.
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- H
ing the next test.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. I
TESTING CONDITION:
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A K
2. Let engine idle for 2 minutes.
3. Check 1st trip DTC. L
NO-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 3. M
NO-2 >> With GST: GO TO 7.
3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. N
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication.
Does the indication fluctuate around 2.2 V? O
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-I P
1. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” (for DTC P0130) or “A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286” (for DTC P0150) of “A/F
SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
2. Touch “START”.
3. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT screen.


VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 mph)
B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 10.0 msec
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2.
CAUTION:
Is “TESTING” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Check A/F sensor 1 function again. GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-II
Release accelerator pedal fully.
NOTE:
Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
Which does “TESTING” change to?
COMPLETED>>GO TO 6.
OUT OF CONDITION>>Retry DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. GO TO 4.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-III
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen?
OK >> INSPECTION END
NG >> Proceed to EC-289, "Diagnosis Procedure".
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK FOR MALFUNCTION B
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK

With GST
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
3. Shift the selector lever to the D position, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed
decreases to 50 km/h (31 MPH).
CAUTION:
NOTE:
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 5 times.
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine.
8. Stop the vehicle.

A
2. Turn ignition switch ON. EC
A/F sensor 1 C
DTC Ground Voltage
P0130 1 F72 1
Ground Battery voltage D
P0150 2 F73 1
YES >> GO TO 3. E
NO >> GO TO 2.
F
G
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
P0130 1 F72 1 52
F19 Existed
P0150 2 F73 1 53
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT J

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. K
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
A/F sensor 1 ECM L

DTC Continuity
3 66
P0130 1 F72
4 67 M
F79 Existed
3 76
P0150 2 F73
4 77
N
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector
and ground.
O
A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Continuity
3 P
P0130 1 F72
4
Ground Not existed
3
P0150 2 F73
4

ECM
Connector Terminal
66
P0130
67
F79 Ground Not existed
76
P0150
77
5. Also check harness for short to power.
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent Incident".
YES >> Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-31, "Removal and Installation

A

To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1
signal is not inordinately low.
C
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
D
P0131 (O2 sensor circuit low volt- • Harness or connectors
age bank 1 sensor 1) • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/ (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0 V. shorted.)
P0151 (O2 sensor circuit high volt- • A/F sensor 1 E
age bank 2 sensor 1)

F
1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test. G
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle.
I
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT J
3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” indication. K
With GST
Is the indication constantly approx. 0 V? L
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE M
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds.
2. Turn ignition switch ON. N
3. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine.
4. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine.
CAUTION: O
5. Maintain the following conditions for approximately 20 consecutive seconds.
P
NOTE:

• If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 1, return to step
1.
With GST

A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage
P0131 1 F72 1
P0151 2 F73 1
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

DTC Continuity
P0131 1 F72 1 52
F19 Existed
P0151 2 F73 1 53
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
3 66
P0131 1 F72
4 67
F79 Existed
3 76
P0151 2 F73
4 77
and ground.

A/F sensor 1 A
3
P0131 1 F72 EC
4
Ground Not existed
3
P0151 2 F73
4 C
ECM
DTC Ground Continuity D
Connector Terminal
66
P0131
67 E
76
P0151
77
F
YES >> GO TO 4. G
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent Incident". H
(bank 2)", EM-33, "Removal and Installation (bank 1)". I

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

signal is not inordinately high.

A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P0132 (O2 sensor circuit high volt- • Harness or connectors
age bank 1 sensor 1) • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
A/F SENSOR1 (B2) sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5 V. shorted.)
P0152 (O2 sensor circuit high volt- • A/F sensor 1
age bank 2 sensor 1)

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
With GST
Is the indication constantly approx. 5 V?
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
CAUTION:

NOTE:

1. A
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above. EC
NO >> INSPECTION END C
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY D

3. Check the voltage between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground. E
A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage F
P0132 1 F72 1
P0152 2 F73 1 G
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. H
I
J
DTC Continuity
P0132 1 F72 1 52 K
F19 Existed
P0152 2 F73 1 53
L
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT M
N
A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal O
3 66
P0132 1 F72
4 67
F79 Existed P
3 76
P0152 2 F73
4 77
and ground.

A/F sensor 1
3
P0132 1 F72
4
Ground Not existed
3
P0152 2 F73
4
ECM
Connector Terminal
66
P0132
67
76
P0152
77
YES >> GO TO 4.

P0137, P0157 HO2S2
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
A

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time
between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxy-
gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the C
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor
is sufficiently high during various driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
D
: 0.72 V
E
JSBIA4446GB
F
HO2S2 (B1) • Harness or connectors G
P0137 (O2 sensor circuit low voltage • The maximum voltage from the sensor (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
bank 1 sensor 2) does not reach the specified voltage. • Heated oxygen sensor 2
HO2S2 (B2) • ECM detects the heated oxygen sensor 2 • Fuel pressure
heater circuit is short to ground. • Fuel injector
H
P0157 (O2 sensor circuit low voltage
bank 2 sensor 2) • Intake air leakage
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT be used? J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5. K
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test. L
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. M
TESTING CONDITION:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F).
N
>> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT O
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. P
8. Check that “COOLANT TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLANT TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).
9. Open engine hood.

P0137, P0157 HO2S2
10. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” (for DTC P0137) or “HO2S2 (B2) P1167” (for DTC P0157) of “HO2S2” in
“DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
NOTE:
It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed.
12. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle).
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
>> GO TO 3.
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this
check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-I

Without CONSULT
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage
Connector
Terminal
P0137 41 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load The voltage should be above 0.72 V at least
F78 35
P0157 32 at least 10 times once during this procedure.

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
ECM
Connector
Terminal
P0137 41 The voltage should be above 0.72 V at
F78 35 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes
P0157 32 least once during this procedure.

P0137, P0157 HO2S2
YES >> INSPECTION END A
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III
EC
ECM C
Connector
Terminal
P0137 41 D
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) with se- The voltage should be above 0.72 V at
F78 35
P0157 32 lector lever in the D position least once during this procedure.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012856909 F
1.CLEAR MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE

1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-162, "Description". G
2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed.
Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?
H
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0174. Refer to EC-325, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT I
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. J
4. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector and ECM harness
connector.
K
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
P0137 1 F75 4 L
F78 35 Existed
P0157 2 F76 4
YES >> GO TO 3.
N
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
O
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
P0137 1 F75 3 41
P
F78 Existed
P0157 2 F76 3 32
2. Check the continuity between HO2S2 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector and
ground.

P0137, P0157 HO2S2
HO2S2
P0137 1 F75 3
Ground Not existed
P0157 2 F76 3
ECM
Connector Terminal
P0137 41
P0157 32
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2
Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-300, "Component Inspection".
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item
with CONSULT.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%.
JSBIA3451ZZ
: The voltage should be above 0.72 V at least on time.

: The voltage should be below 0.27 V at least on time.
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.72 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is + 25%.

P0137, P0157 HO2S2
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.27 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is − 25%.
(bank 2)", EM-33, "Removal and Installation (bank 1)". EC
3. CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I
Without CONSULT C
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. D
ECM E
Connector
Terminal
F
32 The voltage should be above 0.72 V at least once dur-
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load ing this procedure.
F78 35
41 at least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.27 V at least once dur-
ing this procedure. G
NO >> GO TO 4. H
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II

Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. I
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage J
Connector
Terminal
32 The voltage should be above 0.72 V at least once during
Keeping engine at idle for 10 this procedure. K
F78 35
41 minutes The voltage should be below 0.27 V at least once during
this procedure.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III M
N
ECM
Connector
Terminal O
32 The voltage should be above 0.72 V at least once during this
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) procedure.
F78 35
41 with selector lever in the D position The voltage should be below 0.27 V at least once during this P
procedure.

P0138, P0158 HO2S2
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching
time.
MALFUNCTION A
To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors
whether the voltage is unusually high during various driving condi-
tions such as fuel cut.
: 1.3 V
JSBIA4884GB
MALFUNCTION B
whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during var-
ious driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
JSBIA5834ZZ

An excessively high voltage from the sen-
A) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sor is sent to ECM.
• Heated oxygen sensor 2
HO2S2 (B1)
age bank 1 sensor 2) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
The minimum voltage from the sensor is
B) • Heated oxygen sensor 2
not reached to the specified voltage.
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
sor is sent to ECM.
HO2S2 (B2)
age bank 2 sensor2) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.

P0138, P0158 HO2S2
>> GO TO 2. EC
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A
C
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. D
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 5. F
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
NOTE:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). G
7. Let engine idle for 1 minute. I
9. Open engine hood. J
NOTE: K
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen? L
CON NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4. M
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). N
>> GO TO 3. O
NOTE: P

P0138, P0158 HO2S2
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-1

Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
Terminal
P0138 41 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load The voltage should be below 0.27 V at
F78 35
P0158 32 at least 10 times least once during this procedure.

NO >> GO TO 2.
ECM
Connector
Terminal
P0138 41 Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 The voltage should be below 0.27 V
F78 35
P0158 32 minutes at least once during this procedure.

NO >> GO TO 3.
ECM
Connector
Terminal
P0138 41 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) with se- The voltage should be below 0.27 V at
F78 35
P0158 32 lector lever in the D position least once during this procedure.

1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected malfunction (A or B). Refer to EC-303, "DTC Logic".
Which malfunction is detected?
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 6.
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
2.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER A

2. Check that water is not inside connectors.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace harness or connectors.
3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT C
3. Check the continuity between heated oxygen sensor 2 (HO2S2) harness connector and ECM harness D
connector.
HO2S2 ECM E
DTC Continuity
P0138 1 F75 4
F78 35 Existed F
P0158 2 F76 4
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT H
I
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
P0138 1 F75 3 41 J
F78 Existed
P0158 2 F76 3 32
ground. K
HO2S2
DTC Ground Continuity L
P0138 1 F75 3
Ground Not existed
P0158 2 F76 3 M
ECM
DTC Ground Continuity N
Connector Terminal
P0138 41
P0158 32 O
YES >> GO TO 5. P

P0138, P0158 HO2S2
1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-162, "Description".
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-329, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
P0138 1 F75 4
F78 35 Existed
P0158 2 F76 4
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
P0138 1 F75 3 41
F78 Existed
P0158 2 F76 3 32
ground.
HO2S2
P0138 1 F75 3
Ground Not existed
P0158 2 F76 3
ECM
Connector Terminal
P0138 41
P0158 32
YES >> GO TO 9.
Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-308, "Component Inspection"

P0138, P0158 HO2S2
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EM-31, "Removal and Installation A
EC
1.INSPECTION START
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
D
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. E
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. F
with CONSULT.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%. G
JSBIA3451ZZ J

: The voltage should be below 0.27 V at least on time. K
L
(bank 2)", EM-33, "Removal and Installation (bank 1)". M
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I

Without CONSULT N
O
P
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under procedure.
F78 35
41 no load at least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.27 V at least once during this
procedure.

P0138, P0158 HO2S2
NO >> GO TO 4.
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Keeping engine at idle for procedure.
F78 35
41 10 minutes The voltage should be below 0.27 V at least once during this
procedure.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-III
ECM
Connector
Terminal
32 The voltage should be above 0.72 V at least once dur-
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) ing this procedure.
F78 35
41 with selector lever in the D position The voltage should be below 0.27 V at least once dur-
ing this procedure.

P0139, P0159 HO2S2
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
A

gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer C
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's
voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions such
as fuel cut. D
E
SEF302U
NOTE: F
If DTC P0139 or P0159 is detected with DTC P0137, P0138, P0157 or P0158, perform trouble diagnosis
for DTC P0137, P0138, P0157 or P0158. Refer to EC-112, "DTC Index".
G
HO2S2 (B1) • Harness or connectors H
P0139 (O2 sensor circuit slow re- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
sponse bank 1 sensor 2) The switching time between rich and lean of a
heated oxygen sensor 2 signal delays more
HO2S2 (B2) • Fuel system
than the specified time computed by ECM. I
P0159 (O2 sensor circuit slow re- • EVAP system
sponse bank 2 sensor2) • Intake air system
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J

1.INSPECTION START
K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 7.
L
2.PRECONDITIONING
before conducting the next test. M
N
TESTING CONDITION:
O
>> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT P

P0139, P0159 HO2S2
8. Make sure that “COOLANT TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
9. Drive the vehicle in a proper gear at 60 km/h (38MPH) and maintain the speed.
CAUTION:
10. Release the accelerator pedal fully at least 5 seconds.
CAUTION:
• Enable the engine brake.
• Always drive carefully.
• Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
11. Repeat step 9 and 10 at least 8 times.
12. Check the following item of “DATA MONITOR”.
DTC Data monitor item Status

HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1)
P0139
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1)
CMPLT
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B2)
P0159
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B2)
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO-1: “CMPLT” is not displayed on DIAG 1>>Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
NO-2: “CMPLT” is not displayed on DIAG 2>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC WORK SUPPORT
2. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” or “HO2S2 (B2) P0159” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT.
3. Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE:
Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
>> GO TO 3.
6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
With CONSULT
Perform ECM self-diagnosis.
Is DTC “P0139” or “P0159” detected?
NOTE:

P0139, P0159 HO2S2
A
Without CONSULT
EC
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. C
7. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. D
ECM
DTC + – Condition Voltage E
Connector
Terminal
P0139 41 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no A change of voltage should be more than
F78 35 F
P0159 32 load at least 10 times 0.28 V for 1 second during this procedure.

NO >> GO TO 2.
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. H
ECM
I
Connector
Terminal
P0139 41 Keeping engine at idle for 10 min- A change of voltage should be more than J
F78 35
P0159 32 utes 0.28 V for 1 second during this procedure.

K
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III L
ECM M
Connector
Terminal
N
P0139 41 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in A change of voltage should be more than
F78 35
P0159 32 D position 0.28 V for 1 second during this procedure.

P

Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine?

P0139, P0159 HO2S2
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-325, "DTC Logic"
or EC-329, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2.
connector.
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
P0139 1 F75 4
F78 35 Existed
P0159 2 F76 4
YES >> GO TO 3.
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
P0139 1 F75 3 41
F78 Existed
P0159 2 F76 3 32
ground.
HO2S2
P0139 1 F75 3
Ground Not existed
P0159 2 F76 3
ECM
Connector Terminal
P0139 41
P0159 32
YES >> GO TO 4.

P0139, P0159 HO2S2
A
1.INSPECTION START
EC
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
C
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. D
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. E
with CONSULT.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%. F
JSBIA3451ZZ I

: The voltage should be below 0.27 V at least on time. J
Is the inspection result normal? K
(bank 2)", EM-33, "Removal and Installation (bank 1)". L
Without CONSULT M
4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. N
ECM
O
Connector
Terminal P
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under this procedure.
F78 35
41 no load at least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.27 V at least once during
this procedure.
NO >> GO TO 4.

P0139, P0159 HO2S2

ECM
Connector
Terminal
Keeping engine at idle for 10 min- this procedure.
F78 35
41 utes The voltage should be below 0.27 V at least once during
this procedure.
NO >> GO TO 5.
ECM
Connector
Terminal
32 The voltage should be above 0.72 V at least once
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) with during this procedure.
F78 35
41 selector lever in the D position The voltage should be below 0.27 V at least once dur-
ing this procedure.

P0141, P0161 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
A

HO2S2 HTR (B1) • Sensor temperature does not increase for 100
P0141 (O2 sensor heater circuit consecutive seconds or more despite the maxi-
bank 1 sensor 2) mum operating condition of the heated oxygen
(The heated oxygen sensor 2 heater D
sensor 2 heater.
HO2S2 HTR (B2) circuit is open or shorted.)
• Sensor temperature does not decrease for 100
P0161 (O2 sensor heater circuit • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
consecutive seconds or more despite the inactive
bank 2 sensor 2) condition of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.
E
1.PRECONDITIONING F
ing the next test.
G
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5 V and 16 V at H
idle.
>> GO TO 2. I
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. J
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 60 seconds under no K
load.
NO >> INSPECTION END M
1.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY N

3. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and ground. O
HO2S2
DTC Ground Voltage P
P0141 1 F75 1
P0161 2 F76 1
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.


HO2S2 IPDM E/R

DTC Continuity
P0141 1 F75 1 52
F19 Existed
P0161 2 F76 1 53
3.CHECK HO2S2 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
P0141 1 F75 2 7
F78 Existed
P0161 2 F76 2 47
YES >> GO TO 4.

+ −
Terminal
1 2 3.4 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1
3 2
4 ∞Ω
4 2
3

EC

P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D A/F SENSOR 1
P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, P015A, P015B, P015C, P015D A/F SENSOR
1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

To judge malfunctions, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/
F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback control con-
stant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F
signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.

A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P014C (O2 sensor slow response - rich
to lean bank 1 sensor 1)
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P014D (O2 sensor slow response - lean
to rich bank 1 sensor 1)
A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
P014E (O2 sensor slow response - rich
to lean bank 2 sensor 1)
A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
P014F (O2 sensor slow response - lean • Harness or connectors
to rich bank 2 sensor 1) • The response time of a A/F sensor 1 signal
(The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
delays more than the specified time com-
A/F SENSOR1 (B1) shorted.)
puted by ECM.
P015A (O2 sensor delayed response - • A/F sensor 1
rich to lean bank 1 sensor 1)
A/F SENSOR1 (B1)
P015B (O2 sensor delayed response -
lean to rich bank 1 sensor 1)
A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
P015C (O2 sensor delayed response -
rich to lean bank 2 sensor 1)
A/F SENSOR1 (B2)
P015D (O2 sensor delayed response -
lean to rich bank 2 sensor 1)

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1
With CONSULT

5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute. A
7. Increase the engine speed up to about 3,600 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds.
8. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute.
9. Check the items status of “DATA MONITOR” as follows.
EC
NOTE:
If “PRSNT” changed to “ABSNT”, refer to EC-182, "Component Function Check".
C
• P014C
• P014D
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 (B1) D
• P015A
• P015B
PRSNT
• P014E
• P014F
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 (B2)
E
• P015C
• P015D
Is “PRSNT” displayed on CONSULT screen? F
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2 G
With CONSULT
Perform DTC confirmation procedure-1 again.
H
Is “PRSNT” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Refer to EC-182, "Component Function Check".
I
With CONSULT
1. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle. J
NOTE:
If “CMPLT” changed to “INCMP”, refer to EC-182, "Component Function Check".
K

• P014C A/F SEN1 DIAG1 (B1) L
• P014D
• P015A A/F SEN1 DIAG2 (B1)
• P015B
CMPLT M
• P014E A/F SEN1 DIAG1 (B2)
• P014F
• P015C A/F SEN1 DIAG2 (B2)
• P015D N
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Refer to EC-182, "Component Function Check". O
With CONSULT P
Check the “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
6.CHECK AIR-FUEL RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
With GST

2. Select Service $01 with GST.
3. Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications.
Is the total percentage within ±15%?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
• Intake air leaks
• Exhaust gas leaks
• Incorrect fuel pressure
• Lack of fuel
• Fuel injector
• Incorrect PCV hose connection
• PCV valve
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.

1.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1

Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-31, "Removal and Installation (bank 2)", EM-33,
"Removal and Installation (bank 1)".
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK
1. Start engine and run it at idle.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst 1.
PBIB1922E
Is exhaust gas leak detected?

YES >> Repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 3.

3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK A

Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace. EC
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
C
D
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY E

2. Turn ignition switch ON. F
A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage G
• P014C
• P014D H
1 F72 1
• P015A
• P015B
• P014E
• P014F
I
2 F73 1
• P015C
• P015D
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT K

2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. L

DTC Continuity M
• P014C
• P014D N
1 F72 1 52
• P015A
• P015B
F19 Existed
• P014E
• P014F O
2 F73 1 53
• P015C
• P015D
7.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
• P014C 3 66
• P014D
1 F72
• P015A 4 67
• P015B
F79 Existed
• P014E 3 76
• P014F
2 F73
• P015C 4 77
• P015D
and ground.
A/F sensor 1
• P014C 3
• P014D
1 F72
• P015A 4
• P015B
Ground Not existed
• P014E 3
• P014F
2 F73
• P015C 4
• P015D
ECM
• P014C 66
• P014D
1
• P015A 67
• P015B
• P014E 76
• P014F
2
• P015C 77
• P015D
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Check air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-247, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 9.
Check both mass air flow sensor (bank 1 and bank 2). Refer to EC-261, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-24, "Removal and Installation".
10.CHECK PCV VALVE
Check PCV valve. Refer to EC-564, "Work Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace PCV valve. Refer to EC-22, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts A
Location".
EC
C

P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the
theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from A/F sensor 1. The ECM calculates
the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios.
In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too lean), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection
logic).

Density of oxygen in exhaust gas
A/F sensor 1 Fuel injection control Fuel injector
(Mixture ratio feedback signal)

FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 • Intake air leakage
P0171
(System too lean bank 1) • A/F sensor 1
• Fuel injector
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
• Exhaust gas leakage
• The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 • Incorrect fuel pressure
P0174 large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
(System too lean bank 2) • Lack of fuel

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2. Start engine.
Is it difficult to start engine?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction, too.
Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal.
NOTE:
• When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the
engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much.
Does engine start?
NO >> Check exhaust and intake air leakage visually.
1. Keep engine idle for at least 5 minutes.

YES >> Proceed to EC-326, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III
EC
2. Start engine.
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes.
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. C
VHCL SPEED SE 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 mph)

CAUTION: D
F
1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAKAGE G

2. Listen for an exhaust gas leakage before three way catalyst (manifold).
H
PBIB1216E
Is exhaust gas leakage detected? K

YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE L
1. Listen for an intake air leakage after the mass air flow sensor.
2. Check PCV hose connection.
Is intake air leakage detected? M
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT N

2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector.
O
P
A/F sensor 1 ECM
DTC Continuity
3 66
P0171 1 F72
4 67
F79 Existed
3 76
P0174 2 F73
4 77

and ground.
A/F sensor 1
3
P0171 1 F72
4
Ground Not existed
3
P0174 2 F73
4
ECM
Connector Terminal
66
P0171
67
76
P0174
77
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE
1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-168, "Work Procedure".
2. Install fuel pressure gauge kit [SST: — (J-44321)] and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-168, "Work Proce-
dure".
At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi)

YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
With CONSULT
1. Install all removed parts.
2. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
For specification, refer to EC-566, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
With GST
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST.
Is the measurement value within the specification?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or
ground. Refer to EC-264, "Diagnosis Procedure".
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR
With CONSULT

1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. A
3. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop.
With GST
1. Let engine idle. EC
2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound.
YES >> GO TO 8. C
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for FUEL INJECTOR, refer to
EC-525, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
E
PBIB3332E
8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle.
3. Disconnect all fuel injector harness connectors.
4. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-49, "Removal and Installation". G
Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube.
5. For DTC P0171, reconnect fuel injector harness connectors on bank 1.
For DTC P0174, reconnect fuel injector harness connectors on bank 2.
6. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. H
7. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector.
8. Crank engine for about 3 seconds.
For DTC P0171, check that fuel sprays out from fuel injectors on bank 1. I
For DTC P0174, check that fuel sprays out from fuel injectors on bank 2.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.

J
NO >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray out. Always replace O-ring with new ones. K
Refer to EM-49, "Removal and Installation".

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too rich), the ECM
judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection logic).


FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 • A/F sensor 1
P0172
(System too rich bank 1) • Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • Fuel injector
• The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too • Exhaust gas leakage
FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) • Incorrect fuel pressure
P0175
(System too rich bank 2) • Mass air flow sensor

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2. Start engine.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
NOTE:
Does engine start?
NO >> GO TO 5.

5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III A

2. Start engine.
EC
Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible.

C
CAUTION:
Is 1st trip DTC detected? D
E
1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAKAGE F

G
PBIB1216E
Is exhaust gas leakage detected? J

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE K
Listen for an intake air leakage after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leakage detected?
L
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT M
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. N
A/F sensor 1 ECM O

DTC Continuity
3 66
P0172 1 F72
4 67 P
F79 Existed
3 76
P0175 2 F73
4 77
and ground.

A/F sensor 1
3
P0172 1 F72
4
Ground Not existed
3
P0175 2 F73
4
ECM
Connector Terminal
66
P0172
67
76
P0175
77
YES >> GO TO 4.
dure".

YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
With CONSULT
With GST
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in “Service $01” with GST.
YES >> GO TO 6.
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
With GST
1. Let engine idle.

YES >> GO TO 7.
EC-525, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC
PBIB3332E
7.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR D
1. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-49, "Removal and Installation".

E
4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors.
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injectors. F
Check fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
NO >> Replace the fuel injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one. Refer
to EM-49, "Removal and Installation". H

P0181 FTT SENSOR
P0181 FTT SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Rationally incorrect voltage from the • Harness or connectors
sensor is sent to ECM, compared with (The FTT sensor circuit is open or
A)
the voltage signals from ECT sensor shorted)
and intake air temperature sensor. • FTT sensor
FTT SENSOR The comparison result of signals trans-

P0181 (Fuel temperature sensor a cir- mitted to ECM from each temperature
cuit range/performance) sensor (IAT sensor, ECT sensor, EOT • Harness or connectors
sensor, and FTT sensor) shows that (High or low resistance in the FTT
B)
the voltage signal of the FTT sensor is sensor circuit)
higher/lower than that of other temper- • FTT sensor
ature sensors when the engine is start-
ed with its cold state.

1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always perform the following proce-
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A-I
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
With CONSULT
1. Select “COOLANT TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” with CONSULT.
2. Check “COOLANT TEMP/S” value.
With GST
“COOLANT TEMP/S” less than 60°C (140°F)?
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A-II
With CONSULT
1. Cool engine down until “COOLANT TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F).

P0181 FTT SENSOR
2. Wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Check 1st trip DTC. A
With GST
Is 1st trip DTC detected? EC
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK (FOR MALFUNCTION B) C
NOTE:
Use the component function check to check the overall function of the FTT sensor circuit. During this check, a D
YES >> INSPECTION END E
7.PRECONDITIONING
F
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel. H
• Before performing the following procedure, check that fuel level is between 1/4 and 4/4.
I
>> GO TO 8.
8.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE B
J
1. Move the vehicle to a cool place.
NOTE:
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle for 12 hours. K
CAUTION:
NOTE: L
CAUTION:
Never turn ignition switch OFF during idling. M
YES >> Proceed to EC-335, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
O
1.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE (FTT) SENSOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. P
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
3. Remove fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".

P0181 FTT SENSOR
4. Check resistance between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump
terminals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.

20 (68) 2.3 – 2.7
1 and 3 Temperature [°C (°F)]
50 (122) 0.79 – 0.90
YES >> GO TO 2.
JMBIA0167ZZ

1.INSPECTION START
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 5.
2.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector and ground.
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
B72 3 Ground Approx. 5 V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between fuel tank temperature sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel

ECM
pump Continuity
B72 3 E32 128 Existed
4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

P0181 FTT SENSOR
3. Check the continuity between fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector and ECM harness
connector. A
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal EC
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connector. D
5.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check fuel tank temperature sensor. Refer to EC-336, "Component Inspection".
E
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
F
1.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR G

3. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” H
Mass air flow sensor I

Terminals
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 kΩ
J
3 1 Temperature [°C (°F)]
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA0167ZZ K
L

P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

FTT_SEN/CIRCUIT
P0182 (Fuel temperature sensor “A”
circuit low)
(The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
FTT_SEN/CIRCUIT • Fuel tank temperature sensor
P0183 (Fuel temperature sensor “A”
sent to ECM.
circuit high)

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground.
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
B72 3 Ground Approx. 5 V
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ECM harness
connector.

Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump ECM A

Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 3. C
3.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
D
3. Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ECM harness
connector. E
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump ECM

Continuity F
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. G
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. H
Check fuel tank temperature sensor. Refer to EC-338, "Component Inspection".
I
NO >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
J
1.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR K

3. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” L
Mass air flow sensor M

Terminals
N
20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 kΩ
3 1 Temperature [°C (°F)]
50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal? JMBIA0167ZZ O
P

P0196 EOT SENSOR
P0196 EOT SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0196 is displayed with DTC P0197 or P0198, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0197 or

Rationally incorrect voltage from the • Harness or connectors
sensor is sent to ECM, compared with (The EOT sensor circuit is open or
A)
the voltage signals from EOT sensor shorted)
and intake air temperature sensor. • EOT sensor
EOT SENSOR The comparison result of signals trans-

P0196 (Engine oil temperature sensor mitted to ECM from each temperature
range/performance) sensor (IAT sensor, ECT sensor, FTT • Harness or connectors
sensor, and EOT sensor) shows that the (High or low resistance in the EOT
B)
signal voltage of the EOT sensor is high- sensor circuit)
er/lower than that of other temperature • EOT sensor
sensors when the engine is started with
its cold state.

1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle.
>> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MULFUNCTION A-I
5. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes and 10 seconds.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MULFUNCTION A-II
With CONSULT
2. Check that “COOLANT TEMP/S” indicates above 70°C (158°F).
If it is above 70°C (158°F), go to the following steps.

P0196 EOT SENSOR
If it is below 70°C (158°F), warm engine up until “COOLANT TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
Then perform the following steps. A
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle in a cool place.
NOTE:
EC
Do not turn ignition switch OFF until step 8.
6. Check the following.
C
COOLANT TEMP/S Below 40°C (104°F)
INT/A TEMP SE Below 40°C (104°F)
D
Difference between “COOLANT TEMP/S” and “INT/A TEMP SE” Within 6°C (11°F)
If they are within the specified range, perform the following steps.
If they are out of the specified range, soak the vehicle to meet the above conditions. Then perform the fol- E
lowing steps.
NOTE:
• Do not turn ignition switch OFF.
• If it is supposed to need a long period of time, do not deplete the battery. F
7. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes.
With GST G
YES >> Proceed to EC-341, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK (FOR MULFUNCTION B)
I
NOTE:
Use the component function check to check the overall function of the EOT sensor circuit. During this check, a
1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. J
NO >> Proceed to EC-341, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
6.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE has been previously conducted, always perform the following proce- L
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. M
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, check that fuel level is between 1/4 and 4/4. N
>> GO TO 7. O
1. Move the vehicle to a cool place.
NOTE: P
CAUTION:
NOTE:

P0196 EOT SENSOR
CAUTION:
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE (EOT) SENSOR

2. Disconnect EOT sensor harness connector.
3. Remove EOT sensor. Refer to EC-22, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location".
4. Check resistance between EOT sensor terminals by heating
with hot water as shown in the figure.

20 (68) 2.37 – 2.63
1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 – 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 – 0.260
YES >> GO TO 2. JMBIA0080ZZ
1.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Check engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EC-341, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EC-22, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Compo-
nent Parts Location".

2. Disconnect engine oil temperature sensor harness connector.
3. Remove engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EC-22, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component
Parts Location".

P0196 EOT SENSOR
4. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor termi-
nals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. A

20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63 EC
1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
C
YES >> INSPECTION END JMBIA0080ZZ
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EC-22, D
"ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location".

P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

EOT SEN/CIRC
P0197 (Engine oil temperature sen-
sor circuit low)
EOT SEN/CIRC • Engine oil temperature sensor
P0198 (Engine oil temperature sen-
sent to ECM.
sor circuit high)

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK EOT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

1. Disconnect engine oil temperature (EOT) sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between EOT sensor harness connector and ground.
EOT sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EOT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between EOT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EOT sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3. A
EC
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent Incident". C
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EC-22, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Compo-
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012856941 D

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
Parts Location". F
nals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
G
20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63
1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 H
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
I
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EC-22,
"ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location".
J

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:

TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1
An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor
P0222 (Throttle/Pedal position sen- • Harness or connectors
1 is sent to ECM.
sor/switch “B” circuit low) (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 • Electric throttle control actuator
An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor (TP sensor 1)
P0223 (Throttle/Pedal position sen-
1 is sent to ECM.
sor/switch “B” circuit high)

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY

3. Check the voltage between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ground.
+
Electric throttle control actuator − Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator and ECM harness connector.
A
Continuity
EC
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. D
E
Continuity
F
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT H
I
Continuity
F50 6 F79 71 Existed J
K
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR L
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent Incident". M
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-26, "Removal and Installation".
N
O
5. Set selector lever to D position. P

ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
71
Fully released Less than 4.75 V
72

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
A

When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
C
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions. D
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the 1st trip, when a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to
overheating, the MIL will blink. E
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
F
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration) G
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
illuminate when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP
sensor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions. H
A misfire malfunction can be detected in any one cylinder or in multiple cylinders.
DTC No.
DTC detecting condition Possible cause I
MULTI CYL MISFIRE
P0300 Multiple cylinders misfire.
(Random/Multiple cylinder misfire detected) J
CYL 1 MISFIRE
P0301 No. 1 cylinder misfires. • Improper spark plug
(Cylinder 1 misfire detected)
• Insufficient compression
CYL 2 MISFIRE • Incorrect fuel pressure K
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfires.
(Cylinder 2 misfire detected) • The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
• Fuel injector
CYL 3 MISFIRE
P0303 No. 3 cylinder misfires. • Intake air leakage
• The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted L
CYL 4 MISFIRE • Lack of fuel
(Cylinder 4 misfire detected) • Signal plate
• A/F sensor 1
CYL 5 MISFIRE M
P0305 No. 5 cylinder misfires. • Incorrect PCV hose connection
CYL 6 MISFIRE
N
1.PRECONDITIONING
O
>> GO TO 2.
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
5. Restart engine and let it idle for approximately 15 minutes.
NO >> GO TO 3.
4. Start engine and drive the vehicle under similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below.
Similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data mean that the following conditions should be satisfied at
the same time.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when
driving.
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
Basic fuel schedule Basic fuel schedule in freeze frame data × (1 ± 0.1)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
Driving time varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data.
Engine speed Time

Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes

Check the following
• Connection condition of the ground F59 and F60
• Connection condition of the ground harness between engine assembly and vehicle body (If equipped)
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE AND PCV HOSE
1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leakage.
YES >> Discover air leakage location and repair.
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING A
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 4.
YES-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 5.
C
With CONSULT
1. Start engine. D
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR F

2. Listen to each fuel injector make operation sound.
G
Clicking sound should be heard.
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 6.
I
PBIB3332E
J
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I
CAUTION:
Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation. K
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE:
L
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following proce-
dure.
3. Start engine.
4. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pressure. M
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils.
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. N
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil.
10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 -
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal O
portion as shown in the figure.
11. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether
spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded P
metal portion.
Spark should be generated.

CAUTION:
• During the operation, always stay 0.5 m (19.7 in) or more
away from the spark plug and the ignition coil. Be careful JMBIA0066GB

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes
20 kV or more.
• It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunc-
tioning.
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug.
3. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark
plug and the grounded metal portion.

YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-535, "Diagnosis Procedure".
8.CHECK SPARK PLUG
Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc.
YES >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-139, "Spark Plug".
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 9.
SEF156I
9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III

1. Reconnect the initial spark plugs.
plug and the grounded portion.

NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to EM-139, "Spark
Plug".
10.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-22, "On-Vehicle Service".
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
dure".

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
At idle: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) A

YES >> GO TO 13.
EC
NO >> GO TO 12.
Check fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging. C
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. D
Check idle speed and ignition timing. E
For specification, refer to EC-566, "Idle Speed" and EC-566, "Ignition Timing".
F
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Follow the EC-164, "Work Procedure".
14.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT G
3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. H
A/F sensor 1 ECM I

Continuity
3 66
1 F72 J
4 67
F79 Existed
3 76
2 F73
4 77
K
and ground.
L
A/F sensor 1
Ground Continuity
3 M
1 F72
4
Ground Not existed
3
2 F73 N
4
ECM O
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
66
P
67
76
77
YES >> GO TO 15.

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
15.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-31, "Removal and Installation (bank 2)", EM-
33, "Removal and Installation (bank 1)".
With CONSULT
2. For specification, refer to EC-566, "Mass Air Flow Sensor".
With GST
YES >> GO TO 17.
17.CHECK SYMPTOM TABLE
Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-554, "Symptom Table".
YES >> GO TO 18.
18.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-79, "CONSULT Func-
tion".
>> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent Incident".

P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
A

DTC No. DTC detected condition Possible cause
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 An excessively low voltage from the sen-
P0327
(Knock sensor 1 circuit low bank 1) sor is sent to ECM.
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 An excessively high voltage from the sen- D
P0328 • Harness or connectors
(Knock sensor 1 circuit high bank 1) sor is sent to ECM.
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B2 An excessively low voltage from the sen- • Knock sensor
P0332
(Knock sensor 2 circuit low bank 2) sor is sent to ECM.
E
KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 An excessively high voltage from the sen-
P0333
(Knock sensor 2 circuit high bank 2) sor is sent to ECM.

1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- G
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
I
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? K
1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. M
2. Check the continuity between knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Knock sensor ECM

N
DTC Continuity
P0327, P0328 1 F202 2
F78 4 Existed O
P0332, P0333 2 F204 2
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
Knock sensor ECM

DTC Continuity
P0327, P0328 1 F202 1 5
F78 Existed
P0332, P0333 2 F204 1 9
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR
Check knock sensor. Refer to EC-355, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace malfunctioning knock sensor. Refer to EM-97, "Disassembly and Assembly".

2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between knock sensor terminal as per the following.
NOTE:
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
Knock sensor
+ - Resistance
Terminals
1 2 Approx. 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
CAUTION:
Never use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.

P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS)
A

NOTE:
EC-436, "DTC Logic". C

D
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal
is not detected by the ECM during the first
few seconds of engine cranking. • Harness or connectors
CKP SEN/CIRCUIT • The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft [CKP sensor (POS) circuit is open or E
P0335 (Crankshaft position sensor position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM shorted.]
“A” circuit) while the engine is running. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
• The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal • Signal plate
is not in the normal pattern during engine run- F
ning.

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test. H
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. I
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with igni-
tion switch ON.
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
If engine does not start, crank engine for at least 2 seconds.
NO >> INSPECTION END M
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY N
1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector.

2. Turn ignition switch ON. O
3. Check the voltage between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ground.
+
P
CKP sensor (POS) − Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
F11 1 Ground Approx. 5
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF
3. Check the continuity between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
CKP sensor (POS) ECM

Continuity
3.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 6.
Pan)".
6.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
NO >> Replace the drive plate. Refer to EM-117, "Disassembly and Assembly".
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-I

3. Remove the sensor. A
YES >> GO TO 2. EC
37, "Removal and Installation (Upper Oil Pan)".
C
D
JMBIA0063ZZ
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-II

E
Check the resistance between crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminals as per the following.

F
+ − Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]
Terminal (Polarity)
2 G
1
3 Except 0 or ∞ Ω
2 3
H
NO >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-37, "Removal and Installation (Upper Oil I
Pan)".

P0340, P0345 CMP SENSOR (PHASE)
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 • Harness or connectors
P0340 (Camshaft position sensor [CMP sensor (PHASE) circuit is open or
“A” circuit bank 1) shorted.]
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.)
(EOP sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor is shorted.)
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for
the first few seconds during engine cranking.
• Camshaft (INT)
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM
• Starter motor (Refer to STR-5, "System
CMP SEN/CIRC-B2 during engine running.
Description".)
P0345 (Camshaft position sensor • The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
• Starting system circuit (Refer to STR-5,
“A” circuit bank 2) pattern during engine running.
"System Description".)
• Dead (Weak) battery
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2)
• Engine oil pressure sensor
• Refrigerant pressure sensor

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
tion switch ON.
>> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
1. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM

Turn ignition switch to START position.

Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 2. A
NO >> Check starting system. (Refer to STR-11, "Work Flow (With GR8-1200 NI)" or STR-15, "Work
Flow (Without GR8-1200 NI)".)
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY EC
1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ground. C
CMP sensor (PHASE)

D
DTC + − Voltage (V)
Bank Connector
Terminal
P0340 1 F87 1 E
Ground Approx. 5
P0345 2 F88 1
YES >> GO TO 4. F
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT G
3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector. H
CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal I
P0340 1 F87 1
F79 92 Existed
P0345 2 F88 1
J
YES >> Check sensor power supply 2 circuit. Refer to EC-548, "Diagnosis Procedure".
K
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. L
3. Check the continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ECM harness connector.
CMP sensor (PHASE) ECM M

DTC Continuity
P0340 1 F87 2
F79 90 Existed N
P0345 2 F88 2
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT P


DTC Continuity
P0340 1 F87 3 84
F79 Existed
P0345 2 F88 3 89
YES >> GO TO 6.
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT)
• Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft rear end
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent
Incident".
and Installation".
JMBIA0058ZZ
1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-I

4. Remove the sensor.
YES >> GO TO 2.
JMBIA0065ZZ
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-II

Check the resistance camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminals as per the following.

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) A

+ − Resistance [Ω at 25°C (77°F)]
Terminals (Polarity)
EC
2
1
3 Except 0 or ∞
2 3 C
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-44, "Removal and Instal- D

P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of A/F sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor
2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (mani-
fold) malfunction is diagnosed.
PBIB2055E

TW CATALYST SYS-B1 • Three way catalyst (manifold)
P0420 (Catalyst system efficiency below • Exhaust tube
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not oper-
threshold bank 1) • Intake air leakage
ate properly.
• Fuel injector
TW CATALYST SYS-B2 • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
• Fuel injector leakage
P0430 (Catalyst system efficiency below enough oxygen storage capacity.
• Spark plug
threshold bank 2) • Improper ignition timing

1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 7.
2.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not maintain engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
>> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT

10. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
11. Rev engine between 2,000 and 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the acceler- A
ator pedal completely.
12. Check the indication of “CATALYST”.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen? EC
CMPLT >> GO TO 6.
INCMP >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II C
1. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
2. Rev engine between 2,000 and 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to
“CMPLT” (It will take approximately 5 minutes). D
Does the indication change to “CMPLT”?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5. E
1. Stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F). F
2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again.
>> GO TO 3. G
Check 1st trip DTC.
H
I
NOTE: J
Use component function check to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this
L

M
Without CONSULT
6. Let engine idle for 1 minute. O
P
ECM
DTC Connec- + – Condition Voltage (V)
tor Terminal Terminal
P0420 41 The voltage fluctuation cycle takes
Keeping engine speed at 2,500 rpm more than 5 seconds.
F78 35
P0430 32 constant under no load • 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 -
1.0

1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM

Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dents.
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAKAGE
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leakage before the three way catalyst (manifold).
PBIB1216E
Is exhaust gas leakage detected?

NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE
NO >> GO TO 4.
Check idle speed and ignition timing.
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS
1. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON.

ECM A
+ – Voltage
EC
11
12
16 C
F78 E32 152 Battery voltage
17
21
D
22
YES >> GO TO 6. E
NO >> Perform EC-525, "Diagnosis Procedure".
CAUTION: F
Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure. G
NOTE:
dure.
H
3. Start engine.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. I
7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked.
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. J
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal
11. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether K
spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded
metal portion.
L
CAUTION:
• During the operation, always stay 0.5 m (19.7 in) or more M
not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the

electrical discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or more.
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken. N
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is mal-
functioning. O
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 7. P
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuit. Refer to EC-535, "Diagnosis Procedure".
8.CHECK SPARK PLUG
SEF156I


Plug".
2. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-49, "Removal and Installation".
4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected.
6. Check that the fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
Does fuel drip from fuel injector?
YES >> Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping. Refer to EM-49, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> GO TO 11.
YES >> Replace three way catalyst assembly. Refer to EM-31, "Removal and Installation (bank 2)", EM-

P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM
A

NOTE:
If DTC P0441 is displayed with other DTC such as P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128 or P2138, first perform
trouble diagnosis for other DTC. C
In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions.
Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open to admit purge flow. Purge flow exposes the EVAP con-
trol system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum. D
Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow
are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined.
E
PBIB1026E
J

K
• EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve stuck closed
and the circuit L
• Loose, disconnected or improper con-
EVAP control system does not operate
EVAP PURG FLOW/MON nection of rubber tube
properly, EVAP control system has a leak-
P0441 (Evaporative emission system • Blocked rubber tube
incorrect purge flow)
age between intake manifold and EVAP
• Cracked EVAP canister
M
control system pressure sensor.
• EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve circuit
• Accelerator pedal position sensor N
• Blocked purge port
• EVAP canister vent control valve
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE O

1.INSPECTION START
P
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.

TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more.
>> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
6. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CON-
SULT.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT screen. Maintain the
conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 35 seconds.)

ENG SPEED 500 - 3,000 rpm
CAUTION:
If “TESTING” does not change for a long time, retry from step 2.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. GO TO 3.
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow
monitoring. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.

Without CONSULT
1. Lift up drive wheels. A
2. Start engine (VDC switch OFF) and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
7. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
C
ECM
+ –
Connector D
Terminal
E32 121 148
8. Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed and note it. E
9. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1 minute.
Air conditioner switch ON F

Head lamp switch ON
Rear window defogger switch ON
G
Engine speed Approx. 3,000 rpm
Gear position Any position other than P, N or R
10. Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1 V less than the value at idle speed (mea- H
sured at step 6) for at least 1 second.
YES >> INSPECTION END I
J
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
2. Check EVAP canister for cracks.
YES-1 >> With CONSULT: GO TO 2. L
NO >> Replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-18, "Removal and Installation".
2.CHECK PURGE FLOW M
With CONSULT
1. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser-
vice port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-53, "EVAPORATIVE N
EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description".
3. Select “PURG VOL C/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
O
4. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT screen to adjust “PURG VOL C/V” opening and check vacuum exist-
ence.
P
PURG VOL C/V Vacuum
100% Existed
0% Not existed
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 4.

3.CHECK PURGE FLOW

Without CONSULT
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser-
vice port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-53, "EVAPORATIVE
EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description".
Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly.
5. Check vacuum gauge indication before 60 seconds pass after starting engine.
Vacuum should not exist.

6. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm after 100 seconds pass after starting engine.
Vacuum should exist.

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE
2. Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection.
Refer to EC-53, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair EVAP purge line.
5.CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT
1. Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port A and
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B.
2. Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port C.
SEF367U
3. Check that air flows freely.

NO >> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port.
SEF368U
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “PURG VOL C/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. Check that engine speed varies
according to the valve opening.
Does engine speed vary according to the valve opening?
YES >> GO TO 8. A
NO >> GO TO 7.
EC
Check EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-376, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 8. C
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-22, "ENGINE CON-
TROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location".
8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR D
1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector.
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-22, "Removal and Installation".
9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION F
Check EVAP control system pressure sensor function. Refer to EC-391, "DTC Logic" for DTC P0452, EC-394,
"DTC Logic" for DTC P0453.
G
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-22, "Removal and Installation". H
10.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve.
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. I
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower. J
11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
Check EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection". K
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-22, "Removal and Installation". L
Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leakage.
Refer to EC-53, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description". M
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Repair EVAP purge line. N
13.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE

Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. O

P

P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. Possible cause
(Trouble diagnosis content) DTC detecting condition
The canister purge flow is detected dur-
ing the vehicle is stopped while the en- • EVAP control system pressure sensor
A gine is running, even when EVAP • EVAP canister purge volume control
canister purge volume control solenoid solenoid valve
PURG VOLUME CONT/V valve is completely closed. (The valve is stuck open.)
P0443 (Evaporative emission system • EVAP canister vent control valve
purge control valve circuit) The canister purge flow is detected dur- • EVAP canister
ing the specified driving conditions, even • Hoses
B
when EVAP canister purge volume con- (Hoses are connected incorrectly or
trol solenoid valve is completely closed. clogged.)

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
• Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and
vehicle is placed on flat level surface.
• Always perform test at a temperature of 5 to 60°C (41 to 140°F).
• Cool the vehicle so that engine coolant temperature becomes same level as ambient temperature.
Do you have CONSULT
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A
With CONSULT
2. Check that the following condition are met.
FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F)
IS 1st trip DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
6. Select “PURG VOL CN/V P1444” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT.
8. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approxi-
mately 10 seconds.)
If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2.
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen? A
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A EC
With GST
1. Turn ignition switch ON. C
2. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM D
+ – Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
E32 128 148 3.1 - 4.0 E
F
NO >> GO TO 5.
G
With GST
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. H
I
Is 1st trip DTC displayed?
J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012856963 K
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and M
ground.
EVAP canister purge volume control

N
solenoid valve Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
F16 1 Ground Battery voltage O
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. P
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ECM harness connector.

EVAP canister purge volume con-

ECM
trol solenoid valve Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
With CONSULT
2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected.
3. Start engine.
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING
2. Check the rubber tube for clogging.
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower.
Check EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-21, "Removal and Installation".
9.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER
Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and
EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. Refer to FL-22, A
"Removal and Installation".
Does water drain from the EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 10. EC
NO >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent
Incident".
C
JMBIA1134GB
10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER D
Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached.
E
The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb).
F
NO >> GO TO 11.
Check the following. G
• EVAP canister for damage
• EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection
H
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-18, "Removal and Installation".
I
With CONSULT J
3. Disconnect EVAP purge hoses connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
4. Start engine. K
6. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT screen to adjust “PURG
VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP L
canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following
conditions.
M
Condition Air passage continuity
(PURG VOL C/V value) between and
100% Existed N
0% Not existed
PBIB2058E
O
Without CONSULT
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. P

4. Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume
control solenoid valve under the following conditions.
Air passage continuity

Condition
between and
12 V direct current supply between
Existed
terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed
YES >> INSPECTION END PBIB2059E

P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
A
VALVE
EC
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
CONSULT screen terms C

PURG VOLUME CONT/V (The solenoid valve circuit is open or D
An excessively low voltage signal is
P0444 (Evaporative emission system shorted.)
sent to ECM through the valve
purge control valve circuit open) • EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve
E
PURG VOLUME CONT/V
An excessively high voltage signal is (The solenoid valve circuit is shorted.)
P0445 (Evaporative emission system
sent to ECM through the valve • EVAP canister purge volume control so-
purge control valve circuit shorted)
lenoid valve F
1.CONDITIONING G
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. I
>> GO TO 2.
J
2. Check 1st trip DTC. K
NO >> INSPECTION END L
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY M

2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. N
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.
O
Connector Terminal P
F16 1 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
VALVE

ECM
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
With CONSULT
2. Start engine.
NO >> GO TO 4.

With CONSULT
4. Start engine.
VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP
conditions.

(PURG VOL C/V value) between and
100% Existed
0% Not existed
PBIB2058E
Without CONSULT

VALVE
control solenoid valve under the following conditions. A

Condition
between and EC
Existed
terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed C
D

P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

(The valve circuit is open or shorted.)
VENT CONTROL VALVE
An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM • EVAP canister vent control valve
P0447 (Evaporative emission sys-
through EVAP canister vent control valve. • Hoses
tem vent control circuit open)
(Hoses are connected incorrectly or
clogged.)

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
>> GO TO 2.
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
2. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
3. Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT screen.
4. Check for operating sound of the valve.

YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector and ground. A
EVAP canister vent control valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal EC
B31 1 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT D
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and EVAP canister vent control valve harness con- E
nector.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
EVAP canister vent control valve ECM
Continuity
B31 2 E32 141 Existed G
H
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING I
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE K
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012856970 M
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-I

1. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. Refer to FL-21, "Removal and Installation". N
2. Check portion of EVAP canister vent control valve for rust.
Is it rusted?
O
YES >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-
21, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.
P
JMBIA0168ZZ
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-II

With CONSULT
3. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time.
Check that new O-ring is installed properly.
Condition VENT CONTROL/V Air passage continuity between and

ON Not existed
OFF Existed
Operation takes less than 1 second.
Without CONSULT
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the JMBIA0169ZZ
following conditions.
Condition Air passage continuity between and

Not existed
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Existed
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE-III
With CONSULT
1. Clean the air passage [portion to ] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.

ON No
OFF Yes
Without CONSULT
1. Clean the air passage [portion to ] of EVAP canister vent
JMBIA0169ZZ
control valve using an air blower.
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions.

No
terminals (1) and (2)
OFF Yes

A

VENT CONTROL VALVE
EVAP canister vent control valve remains and the circuit D
closed under specified driving conditions. • Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister
vent control circuit shorted)
vent control valve
• EVAP canister is saturated with water
E
1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2. H
With CONSULT I
4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute. J
5. Repeat next procedures 3 times.
- Increase the engine speed up to 3,000 to 3,500 rpm and keep it for 2 minutes and 50 seconds to 3 min-
utes. K
Never exceed 3 minutes.
- Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for about 5 seconds.
6. Repeat next procedure 20 times.
- Quickly increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 4,500 rpm or more and keep it for 25 to 30 seconds. L
- Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds.
O
PBIB0972E

Is 1st trip DTC detected? P
1.CHECK RUBBER TUBE

YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Clean rubber tube using an air blower.
Is he inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached. Refer to FL-21, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check if water will drain from the EVAP canister.
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6.
JMBIA1134GB

attached.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
6.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
YES >> GO TO 7.

A
1. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. Refer to FL-22, "Removal and Installation".
2. Check portion of EVAP canister vent control valve for rust. EC
Is it rusted?
C
21, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.
E
JMBIA0168ZZ

With CONSULT F
3. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. G
H
ON Not existed
OFF Existed I
Without CONSULT
1. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector. J
Check that new O-ring is installed properly. K

12 V direct current supply between L
Not existed
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Existed
M

N
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT O
1. Clean the air passage [portion to ] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
P


ON No
OFF Yes
Without CONSULT
1. Clean the air passage [portion to ] of EVAP canister vent
JMBIA0169ZZ
control valve using an air blower.
2. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions.

No
OFF Yes

P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR
A

EVAP SYS PRES SEN • Harness or connectors
(Evaporative emission sys- ECM detects a sloshing signal from the (EVAP control system pressure sensor
P0451
tem pressure sensor/switch EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) D
range/performance) • EVAP control system pressure sensor

NOTE: E
Never remove fuel filler cap during DTC confirmation procedure.
1.PRECONDITIONING
F
With CONSULT>>GO TO 2. H
Without CONSULT>>GO TO 5.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-1 I
With CONSULT
1. Start engine and let it idle for least 40 seconds.
NOTE: J
K
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-2 L
With CONSULT
1. Select “EVAP DIAG READY” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”.
2. Let it idle until “OFF” of “EVAP DIAG READY” changes to “ON”. M
NOTE:
It will take at most 2 hours until “OFF” of “EVAP DIAG READY” changes to “ON”.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 90 minutes.
N
NOTE:
Never turn ignition switch ON during 90 minutes.
5. Select “EVAP LEAK DIAG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”. O
6. Check that “EVAP LEAK DIAG” indication.
Which is displayed on CONSULT?
CMPLT >> GO TO 4. P
YET >> 1. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again.
2. GO TO 1.
With CONSULT
Check 1st trip DTC.

With GST
1. Start engine and let it idle for least 40 seconds.
NOTE:
NO >> GO TO 6.
With GST
1. Let it idle for at least 2 hours.
NOTE:
1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR WATER

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
2. Check the voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ground.
+
EVAP control system pressure sensor − Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
B36 3 Ground Approx. 5
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.
EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM

Continuity

YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent Incident". A
4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
EC
ness connector. C

Continuity D
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. E
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. F
G
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-22, "Removal and Installation". H
1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR I

2. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector. Refer to FL-22, "Removal and
Installation". J
Always replace O-ring with a new one.
3. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor.
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM terminals under the following conditions. K
ECM
Applied vacuum kPa
+ – Voltage L
Connector (kg/cm2, psi)
Terminal Terminal
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 V
E32 121 148
M
2.1 to 2.5 V lower than
-26.7 (-0.272, -3.87)
above value
CAUTION:
N
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it.
• Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2,
14.69 psi).
O
P

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

EVAP SYS PRES SEN
An excessively low voltage from the sensor (EVAP control system pressure sensor
is sent to ECM. circuit is open or shorted.)
pressure sensor/switch low)

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
7. Check that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F).
With GST
2. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions.
ECM
+ –
Connector
Terminal
E32 128 148
3. Check that the voltage is less than 4.2 V.

A
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
2. Check that water is not inside connector. EC
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace harness connector. C

1. Turn ignition switch ON. D
+ E
− Voltage (V)
EVAP control system pressure sensor
Connector Terminal F
G
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT H
3. Check the continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector and ECM har- I
ness connector.
EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM J

Continuity
K
NO >> Repair or replace harness connector.
L
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. M
ness connector.
N
Continuity
B36 1 E32 148 Existed O
P
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
ness connector.


Continuity
YES >> GO TO 6.

Installation".
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM terminals under the following conditions.
ECM
Applied vacuum kPa
+ – Voltage
Terminal Terminal
E32 121 148 2.1 to 2.5 V lower than
-26.7 (-0.272, -3.87)
above value
CAUTION:
14.69 psi).

A

(EVAP control system pressure sensor cir-
cuit is open or shorted.) D
EVAP SYS PRES SEN
An excessively high voltage from the • EVAP control system pressure sensor
sensor is sent to ECM. • EVAP canister vent control valve
pressure sensor/switch high)
• EVAP canister
• Rubber hose from EVAP canister vent E
control valve to vehicle frame

1.PRECONDITIONING F
ing the next test. G
TESTING CONDITION: H
>> GO TO 2. I

With CONSULT J
7. Check that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F). L
With GST M
N
ECM
+ –
Connector
Terminal O
E32 128 148
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. P

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
YES >> GO TO 2.
+
EVAP control system pressure sensor − Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
ness connector.

Continuity
NO >> Repair open circuit.
ness connector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
ness connector.

EVAP control system pressure sensor ECM A

Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 6. C
6.CHECK RUBBER TUBE
D
E
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube.
7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE F
YES >> GO TO 8. G
H
YES >> GO TO 9. I
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor J
Does water drain from the EVAP canister? K
YES >> GO TO 10.
Incident". L
JMBIA1134GB
10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER N
attached.
The weight should be less than 2.1 kg (4.6 lb). O
P
NO >> GO TO 11.


Installation".
ECM
Applied vacuum kPa
+ – Voltage
Terminal Terminal
E32 121 148 2.1 to 2.5 V lower than
-26.7 (-0.272, -3.87)
above value
CAUTION:
14.69 psi).

A

This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume control sole-
noid valve, using the negative pressure caused by decrease of fuel temperature in the fuel tank after turning
ignition switch OFF. C
If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK.
H
PBIB1026E
I
• Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve
• Incorrect fuel filler cap used J
• Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close.
• Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap.
• Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister
K
purge volume control solenoid valve.
• Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve.
• EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks
• EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks L
• EVAP purge line rubber tube bent
EVAP VERY SML LEAK • Loose or disconnected rubber tube
• EVAP system has a leak.
[Evaporative emission sys- • EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit
P0456 • EVAP system does not
tem leak detected (very • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the M
operate properly.
small leak)] circuit
• Fuel tank temperature sensor
• O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or
damaged N
• EVAP canister is saturated with water
• Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve
• ORVR system leaks O
• Fuel level sensor and the circuit
• Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge volume con-
trol solenoid valve
P
CAUTION:
• Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the
MIL may come on.
• If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on.
• Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement.

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “EVAP DIAG READY” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
2. Start engine and wait at idle until “OFF” of “EVAP DIAG READY” changes to “ON”.
NOTE:
It will take at most 2 hours until “OFF” of “EVAP DIAG READY” changes to “ON”.
NOTE:
4. Turn ignition switch ON and select “EVAP LEAK DIAG” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
5. Check that “EVAP LEAK DIAG” indication.
Which is displayed on CONSULT?
CMPLT >> GO TO 3.
YET >> Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. GO TO 1.
Check 1st trip DTC.
YES >> Go to EC-399, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END.
With GST
1. Start engine and wait engine idle for at least 2 hours.
NOTE:
NO >> INSPECTION END.
1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN


2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap.
EC
SEF915U
2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION D
Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. Then retighten
until ratcheting sound is heard.
F
3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION
Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
H
4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
Refer to EC-403, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one.
5.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK J

Is there any leak in EVAP line? K
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE L
• EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly.
Refer to FL-21, "Removal and Installation". M
• EVAP canister vent control valve.
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring.
7.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER O

1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve
and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached.
Does water drain from EVAP canister?
YES >> GO TO 8.
JMBIA1134GB

Weigh the EVAP canister assembly with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pres-
sure sensor attached.
NO >> GO TO 9.
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister.

With CONSULT
1. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
3. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
4. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum.

YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12.
Without CONSULT
2. Stop engine.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm.

YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-53, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM :
System Description".

YES >> GO TO 13. A
NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
EC
YES >> GO TO 14. C
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve.
Refer to EC-336, "Component Inspection". D
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. E

Refer to EC-390, "Component Inspection". F
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. G
Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection. H
Refer to EC-53, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description".
YES >> GO TO 17. I
NO >> Repair or reconnect the hose.
17.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE
Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. J
>> GO TO 18.
18.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE K
Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper con-
nection. For location, refer to EC-40, "On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)". L
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. M
19.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE
Check recirculation line between fuel filler tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and
improper connection. N
YES >> GO TO 20.
NO >> Repair or replace hose, tube or fuel filler tube. O
20.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE

Refer to EC-544, "Component Inspection". P
YES >> GO TO 21.
NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank.
21.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 22.
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit.
Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent Incident".
>> INSPECTION END

1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP

2. Remove fuel filler cap. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
3. Wipe clean valve housing.
SEF445Y
4. Install fuel filler cap adapter (commercial service tool) to fuel filler cap.
5. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum.
Pressure: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 -

2.90 psi)
Vacuum: −6.0 to −3.3 kPa (−0.061 to −0.034 kg/cm2,
−0.87 to −0.48 psi)
NO >> GO TO 2.
SEF943S
2.REPLACE FUEL FILLER CAP

Replace fuel filler cap. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may
illuminate.
>> INSPECTION END

P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
A

NOTE:
• If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
• If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer C
to EC-433, "DTC Logic".
When the vehicle is parked, the fuel level in the fuel tank is naturally stable. It means that output signal of the
fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunc-
tion is detected. D

DTC No. DTC detecting condition Possible cause E
(The CAN communication line is open
Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal or shorted) F
FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH
P0460 being varied is sent from the fuel level sensor • Harness or connectors
(Fuel level sensor “A” circuit)
to ECM. (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Combination meter
• Fuel level sensor G
1.PRECONDITIONING H
ing the next test.
J
>> GO TO 2.
K
1. Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes.
L
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012856987 M
1.CHECK COMBINATION METER FUNCTION

Check combination meter function. Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)". N
NO >> Proceed to MWI-74, "COMBINATION METER : Diagnosis Procedure". O

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer
Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level.
This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has
been driven.

The output signal of the fuel level sensor does
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR or shorted)
not change within the specified range even
P0461 (Fuel level sensor “A” circuit • Harness or connectors
though the vehicle has been driven a long dis-
range/performance) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
tance.
• Fuel level sensor

Use component function check to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor. During this check, a 1st
trip DTC might not be confirmed.
1.PRECONDITIONING
WARNING:
When performing the following procedure, always observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-6,
TESTING CONDITION:
Before starting component function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
NOTE:
Start from step 10, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/
8 Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose.
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-562, "Work Procedure".
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit.
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds then turn ON.
6. Select “FUEL LEVEL SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
7. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
8. Select “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
9. Touch “ON” and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) and stop it.
10. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it. A
11. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal).
12. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it.
13. Confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03 V during step 7 to 10 and 10 to 12. EC
NO >> Proceed to EC-406, "Diagnosis Procedure". C
Without CONSULT
NOTE: D
Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8
Imp gal) in advance.
1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose. E
2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-562, "Work Procedure".
3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".
4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed.
6. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel tank using proper equipment.
7. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
8. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal). G
9. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies.
YES >> INSPECTION END H
I
Check combination meter function. Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)". J
NO >> Proceed to MWI-74, "COMBINATION METER : Diagnosis Procedure". K

P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
UXXXX.
• If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC
P0607.Refer to EC-433, "DTC Logic".

FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC An excessively low voltage from the • Harness or connectors
P0462
(Fuel level sensor “A” circuit low) sensor is sent to ECM. (The CAN communication line is open or
shorted)
FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC An excessively high voltage from the (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
P0463
(Fuel level sensor “A” circuit high) sensor is sent to ECM. • Combination meter
• Fuel level sensor

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at ignition
switch ON.
>> GO TO 2.

Check combination meter function. Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)".
NO >> Proceed to MWI-74, "COMBINATION METER : Diagnosis Procedure".

P0500 VSS
P0500 VSS
A
ECM receives vehicle speed signals from two different paths via CAN communication line: One is from the EC
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via the combination unit and the other is from TCM.
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. D
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-
433, "DTC Logic".
E
• Harness or connector
At 20 km/h (13 MPH), ECM detects the fol- F
(The CAN communication line is open or
lowing status continuously for 5 seconds or
shorted.)
more: The difference between a vehicle
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC speed calculated by a output speed sensor
P0500 • ABS actuator and electric unit (control
(Vehicle speed sensor “A”) transmitted from TCM to ECM via CAN com-
unit)
G
munication and the vehicle speed indicated
• Wheel sensor
on the combination meter exceeds 15km/h
• TCM
(10 MPH).
• Output speed sensor H
1.PRECONDITIONING I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. J
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 10 V or more at idle. K
>> GO TO 2.
L
1. Start engine.
2. Shift the selector lever to D range and wait at least for 2 seconds. M
3. Drive the vehicle at least 5 seconds at 20 km/h (13 MPH) or more.
CAUTION:
NOTE: N
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.
4. Check 1st trip DTC. O
NO >> INSPECTION END P
1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-48, "CONSULT Function".
YES >> GO TO 2.
P0500 VSS
NO >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated.
2.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check DTC with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-37, "CONSULT Function".
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)".
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
Check output speed sensor. Refer to TM-174, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace or replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
Check wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-157, "Diagnosis Procedure".

P0506 ISC SYSTEM
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
A
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let EC
into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is
varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The crankshaft position sensor (POS) detects
the actual engine speed and sends a signal to the ECM.
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value C
memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily.
The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions,
such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan D
operation, etc.).
E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC. F

(Trouble diagnosis content) G
ISC SYSTEM
The idle speed is less than the target idle speed • Electric throttle control actuator
P0506 (Idle air control system RPM lower
by 100 rpm or more. • Intake air leakage
than expected)
H
1.PRECONDITIONING I
ing the next test.
If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-160, "Description", before conducting
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. K
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle.
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C(14°F). L
>> GO TO 2.

5. Restart engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed.

P0506 ISC SYSTEM
NO >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-565, "Removal and Installation".

P0507 ISC SYSTEM
P0507 ISC SYSTEM
A
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let EC
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value C
such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan D
operation, etc.).
E
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC. F

(Trouble diagnosis content) G
ISC SYSTEM • Electric throttle control actuator
The idle speed is more than the target idle
P0507 (Idle air control system RPM • Intake air leakage
speed by 200 rpm or more.
higher than expected) • PCV system
H
1.PRECONDITIONING I
ing the next test.
J
If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-160, "Description", before conducting
DTC Confirmation Procedure. K
TESTING CONDITION:
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C(14°F). L
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION

Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly.
YES >> GO TO 2.
P0507 ISC SYSTEM

P050A, P050E COLD START CONTROL
A
ECM controls ignition timing and engine idle speed when engine is started with pre-warming up condition. EC
This control promotes the activation of three way catalyst by heating the catalyst and reduces emissions.
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
If DTC P050A, P050E is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC. D

(Trouble diagnosis content) E
COLD START CONTROL ECM does not control engine idle speed properly
P050A (Cold start idle air control system perfor- when engine is started with pre-warming up con-
mance) dition. • Lack of intake air volume
• Fuel injection system F
COLD START CONTROL The temperature of the catalyst inlet does not rise • ECM
P050E (Cold start engine exhaust temperature to the proper temperature when the engine is
too low) started with pre-warming up condition.
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
H
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-I K
With CONSULT
L
4. Check the indication of “COOLANT TEMP/S”.
With GST M
Is the value of “COOLANT TEMP/S” between 4°C (39°F) and 36°C (97°F)?
YES >> GO TO 3. N
NO-1 [If it is below 4°C (39°F)]>>Warm up the engine until the value of “COOLANT TEMP/S” reaches 4°C
(39°F) or more. Retry from step 1.
NO-2 [If it is above 36°C (97°F)]>>Cool engine down to less than 36°C (97°F). Retry from step 1. O
With CONSULT
1. Set the select lever in N range. P
2. Start the engine and warm up in idle with the value of “COOLANT TEMP/S” between 4°C (39°F) and 40°C
(104°F) for more than 15 seconds.
With GST


YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning.
Check for the cause of intake air volume lacking. Refer to the following.
• Crushed intake air passage
• Intake air passage clogging
• Clogging of throttle body
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION
Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure for DTC P0171, P0174. Refer to EC-325, "DTC Logic".
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC-326, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0171, P0174.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure.
See EC-414, "DTC Logic".
Is the 1st trip DTC P050A, P050E displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-565, "Removal and Installation".

P0520 EOP SENSOR
P0520 EOP SENSOR
A
DTC CONSULT screen terms

DTC detecting condition Possible cause
No. (Trouble diagnosis content) C
(EOP sensor circuit is open or short-
ed)
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.) D
ECM detects the following status continuously [CMP sensor (PAHSE) circuit is open
for 5 seconds or more: or shorted.]
EOP SENSOR/SWITCH
• A voltage signal transmitted from the engine (Refrigerant pressure sensor is short-
P0520 (Engine oil pressure sensor/ E
oil pressure sensor is lower than 0.26 V. ed.)
switch circuit)
• A voltage signal transmitted from the engine • Engine oil temperature (EOP) sensor
oil pressure sensor is higher than 4.9 V. • Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 2) F
• Camshaft position (CMP) sensor
(PHESE)
G
1.PRECONDITIONING
H
>> GO TO 2. J
2.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL
2. Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-8, "Inspection".
Is inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3. L
NO >> Check engine oil leak. Refer to LU-8, "Inspection".
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. M
O
1.CHECK EOP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-I
2. Disconnect EOP sensor harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between EOP sensor harness connector terminals.

P0520 EOP SENSOR
EOP sensor
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
terminal
F54 3 1 5V
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK EOP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between EOP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EOP sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EOP SENSOR
Check EOP sensor. Refer to EC-418, "Component Inspection".
4.CHECK EOP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-II
Check the voltage between EOP sensor harness connector terminal and ground.
+
Voltage
EOP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F54 3 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EOP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
EOP sensor ECM

Continuity

P0520 EOP SENSOR
6.CHECK EOP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT A

EC
EOP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
YES >> GO TO 7. D
7.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT E
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
ECM F
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
147
G
E32 149
152
10 Ground Existed H
F78
55
105
F79 I
110
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent Incident". J
K
1.CHECK EOP SENSOR
2. Disconnect EOP sensor harness connector. L
3. Check resistance between EOP sensor connector terminals.
EOP sensor M
Resistance
+ − Condition
(kΩ)
Terminal
N
2 4 – 10
1
3 2–8
1 4 – 10 O
2 None
3 1–3
1 2–8
3 P
2 1–3
YES >> INSPECTION END.
NO >> Replace EOP sensor. Refer to EC-22, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
tion".

P0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• Decrease in engine oil pressure
An EOP sensor signal voltage applied to
• Decrease in engine oil level
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE ECM remains lower than the specified value
P0524 • Engine oil condition
(Engine oil pressure too low) continuously for 10 seconds or more when
• EOP sensor
the engine speed is 1,000 rpm or more.
• Engine body

CAUTION:
If “EC-420, "Diagnosis Procedure"” is unfinished, be sure to perform Step 3 and 4.
1.PRECONDITIONING-1
TEST CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING-2
Is “Diagnosis Procedure” of DTC P0524 finished?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
2. Maintain the following conditions for about 10 consecutive seconds.

Engine coolant temperature 70°C (158°F) or more
Engine speed 1,000 rpm or more
NOTE:
With engine speed set around 4,000 rpm, the phenomenon can be reproduced more easily.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-8, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
With CONSULT

2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. A
3. Start the engine and check that “EOP SENSOR” changes, according to engine speeds.
Monitor item Condition

Value EC
(Approx.)
• Engine oil temperature: 80°C (176°F) Engine speed:

1,450 mV or more
• Selector lever: P or N position Idle
EOP SENSOR C
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Engine speed:
• No load 2,850 mV or more
2,000 rpm
Without CONSULT D
Check engine oil pressure. Refer to LU-8, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 3. E
F
G
YES >> GO TO 2. H
NO >> GO TO 4.
With CONSULT I
3. Start the engine and check that “EOP SENSOR” changes, according to engine speeds. J
Value
(Approx.) K
1,450 mV or more
EOP SENSOR
• Air conditioner switch: OFF Engine speed: L
2,000 rpm
Without CONSULT
Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-8, "Inspection". M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check oil pump. Refer to LU-12, "Removal and Installation". N
3.CHECK EOP SENSOR
Check EOP sensor. Refer to EC-421, "Component Inspection". O
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. P
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEAKAGE
Check engine oil leakage. Refer to LU-6, "Lubrication Circuit".
YES >> GO TO 5.

5.CHECK CAUSE OF ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION

Check the following item.
Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference

1 PCV valve EC-564, "Work Procedure"
• No blocking
2 Exhaust front tube Visual —
• No abnormal sounds
3 Oil pump LU-12, "Removal and Installation"
• Piston • Piston to piston pin oil clearance
4 • Piston pin • Piston ring side clearance EM-126
• Piston ring • Piston ring end gap
• Cylinder block top surface distortion
5 Cylinder block EM-117
• Piston to cylinder bore clearance
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

1.CHECK EOP SENSOR

EOP sensor
Resistance
+ − Condition
(kΩ)
Terminal
2 4 – 10
1
3 2–8
1 4 – 10
2 None
3 1–3
1 2–8
3
2 1–3
tion".

P052A, P052B, P052C, P052D INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
A

NOTE:
If DTC P052A, P052B, P052C and P052D is displayed with DTC P0075 or P0081, perform the trouble
diagnosis for DTC P0075 or P0081. Refer to EC-252. C
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. Detecting condition Possible cause
D
ING B1
P052A (Cold start “A” camshaft posi-
tion timing over-advanced E
bank 1)
CAMSHAFT POSITION TIM- • Crankshaft position sensor
ING B1 • Camshaft position sensor F
P052B (Cold start “A” camshaft posi- • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
tion timing over-retarded • Intake valve timing intermediate lock control
There is a gap between the target
bank 1) solenoid valve
phase angle and the detected phase
• Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up G
CAMSHAFT POSITION TIM- angle when the engine is operating in
portion of the camshaft
ING B2 cold conditions.
P052C (Cold start “A” camshaft posi- • Foreign matter caught in the intake valve tim-
tion timing over-advanced ing control (or intermediate lock control) sole- H
bank 2) noid valve
ING B2
I
P052D (Cold start “A” camshaft posi-
tion timing over-retarded
bank 2)
J
1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION: K
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. L
4. Turn ignition switch ON. M
5. On the CONSULT screen, select “ENGINE” >> “DATA MONITOR” >> “COOLAN TEMP/S”.
6. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication value.
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above. N
Is the value of “COOLAN TEMP/S”−5°C (23°F) and 45°C (113°F)?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO-1 [if it is below − 5°C (23°F)]>>Warm up the engine until the value of “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates −5°C O
(23°F) and 45°C (113°F). And then GO TO 2.
NO-2 [if it is above 45°C (113°F)]>>Cool the engine down to the value of “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates −5°C
(23°F) and 45°C (113°F). And then GO TO 2. P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at 10 seconds.
3. Set the selector lever in N range.
4. Start the engine and let it idle for 20 seconds or more.

1.INSPECTION START
With CONSULT>>GO TO 2.
Without CONSULT>>GO TO 3.
2.CHECK VTC POSITION
With CONSULT
2. On the CONSULT screen, select “ENGINE” >> “DATA MONITOR” >> “COOLAN TEMP/S”.
3. Check that the “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication value is between −5°C (23°F) and 45°C (113°F).
5. On the CONSULT screen, select “ENGINE” >> “DATA MONITOR” >> “INT/V TIM (B1)”.
6. Check that the data monitor item indicates as follows:
Item Value (°CA)

INT/V TIM (B1) 10 ± 2
INT/V TIM (B2) 10 ± 2
NO >> GO TO 3.
1. Start engine.
2. Check that oil pressure warning lamp is not illuminated.
Is oil pressure warning lamp illuminated?
YES >> Refer to LU-8, "Inspection".
NO >> GO TO 4.
PBIA8559J
4.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING INTERMEDIATE LOCK CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

Perform Component Inspection of the intake valve timing intermediate lock control solenoid valve. Refer to
EC-425, "Component Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Intermediate Lock Control Solenoid Valve)".
YES >> GO TO 5.
Perform Component Inspection of the intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-424, "Compo-
nent Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve)".
YES >> GO TO 6.
Perform Component Inspection of the crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EC-426, "Component Inspection
(Crankshaft Position sensor)". A
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. EC
7. CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR
Perform Component Inspection of the camshaft position sensor. Refer to EC-426, "Component Inspection
C
(Camshaft position sensor)".
YES >> GO TO 8. D
Check the following. E
1. Accumulation of debris on the signal plate of camshaft front end
2. Chipping signal plate of camshaft front end
YES >> GO TO 9.
front end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-80, G
H
JPBIA5855ZZ

I
YES >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-67, "Removal and Installation". J
NO >> GO TO 10.
Perform “Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove”. Refer to EM-88, "Inspection after Installation". K
L
Component Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve) INFOID:0000000012857013
M
2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. N
Intake valve timing control O

solenoid valve
Condition
Resistance
+ −
Terminal P
1 2 7.0 – 7.8 Ω
Ground (Continuity
2 should not exist)
YES >> GO TO 2.

NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-54, "Exploded
View".
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the
CAUTION:
NOTE:

View".
Component Inspection (Intake Valve Timing Intermediate Lock Control Solenoid Valve)
INFOID:0000000012857014
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING INTERMEDIATE LOCK CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-I

2. Disconnect intake valve timing intermediate lock control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Check resistance between intake valve timing intermediate lock control solenoid valve terminals as per
the following.
Intake valve timing interme-

diate lock control solenoid
valve Condition
Resistance
+ −
Terminal
1 2 7.0 – 7.8 Ω
Ground (Continuity
2 should not exist)
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing intermediate lock control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING INTERMEDIATE LOCK CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II
1. Remove intake valve timing intermediate lock control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-54, "Exploded View".
2. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing intermediate lock
control solenoid valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it.
Check that the plunger moves as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
timing intermediate lock control solenoid valve.
NOTE:
Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing intermedi-
ate lock control solenoid valve is removed.

NO >> Replace malfunctioning intake valve timing intermediate lock control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-
54, "Exploded View". A
Component Inspection (Crankshaft Position sensor) INFOID:0000000012857015
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-1 EC

3. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector. C
YES >> GO TO 2.
116, "Exploded View". E
JMBIA0063ZZ
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-2 G
H
Terminal (Polarity) I
2
1
J
2 3
YES >> INSPECTION END K
Component Inspection (Camshaft position sensor) INFOID:0000000012857016
L
1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-1
5. Visually check the sensor for chipping. N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). O
JMBIA0065ZZ
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-2



2
1
3 Except 0 or ∞
2 3
NO >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-44, "Removal and Installation (LH)",
EM-46, "Removal and Installation (RH)".

P0603, P062F ECM
P0603, P062F ECM
A

ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT
ECM buck up system does not function
P0603 [Internal Control Module Keep • Harness or connectors
properly.
Alive Memory (KAM) Error] [ECM power supply circuit is open or D
CONTROL MODULE EEPROM (built-in microcomputer) sys- shorted.]
P062F (Internal control module EE- tem internal ECM does not function • ECM
PROM error) properly.
E
1.PRECONDITIONING F
Perform the following procedure before performing DTC Confirmation Procedure.
G
>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P062F
5. Erase DTC. J
K
NO >> GO TO 3.
L
2. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. M
YES >> Proceed to EC-428, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
P
1.INSPECTION START
Check that the battery negative terminal is not disconnected during ignition switch ON.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

P0603, P062F ECM
2.ERASE DTC
1. Start the engine and let it idle at least 10 seconds.
4. Erase DTC.
6. Start the engine and let it idle for 10 seconds.
Is DTC P062F detected again?
3.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
Check ECM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-190, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-428, "DTC Logic".
Is the DTC P0603 or P062F detected again?

P0604 ECM
P0604 ECM
A

ECM
[Internal control module
P0604 Malfunction in the internal RAM of ECM. ECM
random access memory D
(RAM) error]

1.PRECONDITIONING E

F
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more with ignition
switch ON. G
>> GO TO 2.
H
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 20 minutes.
CAUTION: I
Never start engine during this procedure.
4. Check 1st trip DTC. J
NO >> INSPECTION END K
L
2. Erase DTC. M
Is the 1st trip DTC P0604 displayed again?
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-565, "Removal and Installation". N

P0605 ECM
P0605 ECM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECM
[Internal control module
P0605 Malfunction in the internal ROM of ECM. ECM
read only memory (ROM)
error]

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
switch ON.
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 20 minutes.
CAUTION:
1.INSPECTION START
2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.

P0606 ECM
P0606 ECM
A

CONTROL MODULE
P0606 Malfunction in ECM processor. ECM
(Control module processor)
D
1.PRECONDITIONING
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. E
TESTING CONDITION: F
switch ON.
G
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait at least 10 seconds. H
CAUTION:
Is 1st trip DTC detected? J
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-II K
1. Start engine.
2. Rev up the engine quickly to approximately 3,000 rpm under unloaded condition and completely release
the accelerator pedal. L
3. Let the engine idle and wait at least 10 seconds.
O
2. Erase DTC. P
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure for 3 times. Refer to EC-432, "DTC Logic".

P0607 ECM
P0607 ECM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ECM
ECM internal communication system is malfunc-
P0607 (Control module perfor- ECM
tioning.
mance)

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
switch ON.
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 10 seconds.

2. Erase DTC.

P060A ECM
P060A ECM
A

CONTROL MODULE
(Internal control module ECM internal monitoring processor is malfunction-
P060A ECM
monitoring processor per- ing. D
formance)

1.PRECONDITIONING E

F
TESTING CONDITION:
switch ON. G
>> GO TO 2.
H
3. Repeat step 1 and 2 for 5 times.
J
K
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE L

2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to EC-434, "DTC Logic". M
Is the 1st trip DTC P060A displayed again?

P060B ECM
P060B ECM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONTROL MODULE
ECM internal analog/digital conversion processing
P060B (Internal control module A/ ECM
system is malfunctioning.
D processing performance)

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
switch ON.
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON (engine stopped) and wait least 10 seconds.

2. Erase DTC.
Is the 1st trip DTC P060B displayed again?

P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
A
ECM supplies a voltage of 5 V to some of the sensors systematically divided into 2 groups, respectively. EC
Accordingly, when a short circuit develops in a sensor power source, a malfunction may occur simultaneously
in the sensors belonging to the same group as the short-circuited sensor.
Sensor power supply 1 C
• Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor 1
• Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS)
• Exhaust valve timing (EVT) control position sensor
D
• Mass air flow (MAF) sensor
• Throttle position (TP) sensor
NOTE:
If sensor power supply 1 circuit is malfunctioning, DTC P0643 is displayed. E
Sensor power supply 2
• Camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) F
• Engine oil pressure (EOP) sensor
G
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

H

I
SENSOR POWER/CIRC ECM detects a voltage of power source
P0643 Sensor power supply 1 circuit
(Sensor reference voltage “A” circuit high) for sensor is excessively low or high.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE J

1.PRECONDITIONING
K
TESTING CONDITION:
M
>> GO TO 2.
N
1. Start the engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012857033 P
1.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1

4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground.

+
Voltage
ECM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E32 146
F78 28 Ground 5V
F79 98
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1 CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect following sensor harness connector.
3. Check harness for short to power and to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
APP sensor 1 (without ICC) E31 4
E32 146
APP sensor 1 (with ICC) E74 4
CKP sensor (POS) F11 1
MAF sensor F74 1
F78 28
EVT control position sensor (bank 1) F83 1
EVT control position sensor (bank 2) F84 1
F79 98 TP sensor F50 5
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
• Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor 1 (Refer to EC-496, "Component Inspection".)
• Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-357, "Component Inspection".)
• Exhaust valve timing (EVT) control position sensor [Refer to EC-208, "Component Inspection (Exhaust
Valve Timing Control Position Sensor)".]
• Mass air flow (MAF) sensor (Refer to EC-261, "Component Inspection".)
• Throttle position (TP) sensor (Refer to EC-278, "Component Inspection".)
NO >> Replace malfunctioning component.

P0850 PNP SWITCH
P0850 PNP SWITCH
A
When the selector lever position is P or N, park/neutral position (PNP) signal from the transmission range EC
switch is sent to ECM.
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
CONSULT screen terms D

P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP)
[The park/neutral position (PNP) signal E
P0850 (Park/Neutral switch input signal does not change during driving after the
circuit is open or shorted.]
circuit) engine is started.
• TCM

1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT be used? G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5. H
2.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test. I
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL K
With CONSULT
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal
under the following conditions.
M
Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal
N or P position ON
Except above position OFF N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Proceed to EC-439, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
1. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. P
CAUTION:


P0850 PNP SWITCH
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit.
During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.

ECM
Connector Connector
Terminal Terminal
Selector lever P or N Approx. 0 V

F79 83 E32 152
position Except above Battery voltage
1.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect transmission range switch harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between transmission range switch harness connector and ground.
+
Transmission range switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector.

P0850 PNP SWITCH
Transmission range switch IPDM E/R A

Continuity
EC
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. C
3.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
D
3. Check the continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
E
Transmission range switch ECM
Continuity
F
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH H
Check the transmission range switch. Refer to TM-114, "Component Inspection".

NO >> There is malfunction of transmission range switch. Replace transaxle assembly. Refer to TM-229,
J

P1078, P1084 EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:

EXH TIM SEN/CIRC-B1
P1078 [Exhaust valve timing (EVT) control position
sensor (bank 1) circuit]
An excessively high or low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM.
EXH TIM SEN/CIRC-B2
P1084 [Exhaust valve timing (EVT) control position
sensor (bank 2) circuit]
POSSIBLE CAUSE
DTC P1078
• Harness or connectors [EVT control position sensor (bank 1) circuit is open or shorted.]
• EVT control position sensor
• Crankshaft position (CKP) sensor
• Camshaft position (CMP) sensor (bank 1)
DTC P1084
• Harness or connectors [EVT control position sensor (bank 2) circuit is open or shorted.]
• EVT control position sensor (bank 2)
• Each sensor, connected with sensor power supply 2 circuit
If DTC P1078 or P0184 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diagno-
sis) for DTC P0643.
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-436, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 3.

A
If DTC P1078 or P1084 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the confirmation procedure (trouble diagno-
sis) for DTC P0643. EC
YES >> Perform diagnosis of applicable. Refer to EC-436, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2. C
2.CHECK EXHAUST VALVE TIMING (EVT) CONTROL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect EVT control position sensor harness connector. D
3. Check the voltage between EVT control position sensor harness connector and ground.
E
+
DTC EVT control position sensor − Voltage (V)
Bank Connector Terminal F
P1078 1 F83 1
Ground Approx. 5
P1084 2 F84 1
G
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3. H
3.CHECK EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. I
3. Check the continuity between EVT control position sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
J
EVT control position sensor ECM
DTC Continuity
K
P1078 1 F83 1
F78 28 Existed
P1084 2 F84 1
4.CHECK EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT M
3. Check the continuity between EVT control position sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec- N
tor.
EVT control position sensor ECM O

DTC Continuity
P1078 1 F83 2
F78 40 Existed P
P1084 2 F84 2
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Check the continuity between exhaust valve timing control position sensor harness connector and ECM
harness connector.
+ −
DTC EVT control position sensor ECM Continuity
P1078 1 F83 3 37
F78 Existed
P1084 2 F84 3 39
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK EVT CONTROL POSITION SENSOR
Check exhaust valve timing control position sensor. Refer to EC-443, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning EVT control position sensor. Refer to EM-43, "Exploded View".
7.CHECK CKP SENSOR
Check Crankshaft position sensor. Refer to EC-357, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK CMP SENSOR
Check camshaft position sensor. Refer to EC-361, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 9.
and Installation".
JMBIA0059ZZ


YES >> GO TO 2.
position sensor. Refer to EM-43, "Exploded View". EC
JMBIA0065ZZ
2.EXHAUST VALVE TIMING CONTROL POSITION SENSOR - 2 D
E
position sensor
Condition
Resistance
+ − F
Terminal
1 2
1 3 Temperature 25°C (77°F) Except 0 Ω or ∞ Ω G
2 3
View".
I

P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
DTC P1148 or P1168 is displayed with another DTC for A/F sensor 1.
Perform the trouble diagnosis for the corresponding DTC.

The closed loop control function for bank
CLOSED LOOP-B1
P1148 1 does not operate even when vehicle is • Harness or connectors
(Closed loop bank 1)
being driven in the specified condition. (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
The closed loop control function for bank • A/F sensor 1
CLOSED LOOP-B2 • A/F sensor 1 heater
P1168 2 does not operate even when vehicle is
(Closed loop bank 2)
being driven in the specified condition.

P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE
A
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse EC
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC D

NOTE:
E
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
CONSULT screen terms F

ECM cannot receive the information G
TCS C/U FUNCTN (The CAN communication line is open or shorted.)
P1212 from “ABS actuator and electric unit
(TCS control unit function) • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
(control unit)” continuously.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- I
ing the next test
TESTING CONDITION:
K
>> GO TO 2.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? M
N
Perform the trouble diagnosis for brake control system. Refer to BRC-78, "Work Flow".
NOTE: O
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC UXXXX and/or P0607, perform the following trouble diagnosis.
• Trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX Refer to EC-112, "DTC Index".
• Trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607 Refer to EC-433, "DTC Logic".
P

P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.

(Cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- • IPDM E/R
heat). • Cooling fan control module
• Cooling fan system does not operate properly • Cooling fan motor
ENG OVER TEMP
(Overheat). • Radiator hose
P1217 [Engine over temperature
• Engine coolant was not added to the system • Radiator
(Overheat)]
using the proper filling method. • Radiator cap
• Engine coolant is not within the specified • Reservoir tank
range. • Water pump
• Thermostat
• Water control valve
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-10, "System Inspection".
Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to LU-9, "Changing Engine Oil".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-22, "ENGINE COOLANT : Changing Engine
Coolant".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might
not be confirmed.

WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.

Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. A
Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the
proper range?
YES >> Proceed to EC-448, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC
NO >> GO TO 2.
SEF621W
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II D
Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not.

Did customer fill the coolant? E
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III F
With CONSULT
2. Perform “FAN DUTY CONTROL” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. G
3. Check that cooling fan speed varies according to the percentage.
Without CONSULT
1. Activate IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation. Refer to PCS-30, "Diagnosis H
Procedure".
2. Check that cooling fan operates.
J
1.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

K
With CONSULT
2. Perform “FAN DUTY CONTROL” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Check that cooling fan speed varies according to the percentage. L
Without CONSULT
1. Activate IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation. Refer to PCS-30, "Diagnosis
Procedure". M
YES >> GO TO 2. N
2.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-I
O
Check cooling system for leak. Refer to MA-20, "ENGINE COOLANT : System Inspection".
Is leakage detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
P
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-II
Check the following for leak.
• Hose (Refer to CO-10, "System Inspection".)
• Radiator (Refer to CO-10, "System Inspection".)
• Water pump (Refer to CO-10, "System Inspection".)

4.CHECK RADIATOR CAP
Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-10, "System Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace radiator cap. Refer to CO-15, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK THERMOSTAT
YES >> GO TO 6.
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. Refer to CO-26, "Removal and Installation".
7.OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS
If the cause cannot be isolated, check the CO-6, "Troubleshooting Chart".
>> INSPECTION END

P1225 TP SENSOR
P1225 TP SENSOR
A

CTP LEARNING-B1
Closed throttle position learning value is excessively • Electric throttle control actuator
P1225 (Closed throttle position learning
low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
performance) D
1.PRECONDITIONING E
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. F
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. G
>> GO TO 2.
H
Is 1st trip DTC detected? J
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012857049 K
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY

2. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-24, "Removal and Installation".
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and
the housing. M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle N
control actuator inside, and then perform throttle valve
closed position learning. Refer to EC-159, "Description".
O
JSBIA2864ZZ
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR P
1. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-26, "Removal and Installation".
2. Go to EC-160, "Description".
>> INSPECTION END

P1226 TP SENSOR
P1226 TP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CTP LEARNING-B1
Closed throttle position learning is not performed • Electric throttle control actuator
P1226 (Closed throttle position learn-
successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
ing performance)

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.

the housing.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle
JSBIA2864ZZ
2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR

>> INSPECTION END

P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH
A

NOTE:

D
• An excessively high voltage signal from the
ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM.
• ECM detects that input signal from the
ASCD SW (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
P1564
(ASCD steering switch)
ASCD steering switch is out of the specified
• ASCD steering switch E
range.
• ECM
• ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch
is stuck ON.
F
1.PRECONDITIONING
G
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2. I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. J
2. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
3. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 sec-
onds. K
5. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
6. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? L
M
1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT

N
With CONSULT
2. Select “MAIN SW”, “CANCEL SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW” and “SET SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT. O
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item Condition Indication

P
ON/OFF (MAIN) Pressed ON

MAIN SW
switch Released OFF
Pressed ON
CANCEL SW CANCEL switch
Released OFF

Pressed ON
RESUME/ACC SW ACCEL/RES switch
Released OFF
Pressed ON
SET SW COAST/SET switch
Released OFF
Without CONSULT
ECM
Con- + – Condition Voltage (V)

nector Terminal Terminal
ON/OFF (MAIN) switch: Pressed Approx. 0
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 1
E32 134 135 COAST/SET switch: Pressed Approx. 2
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed Approx. 3
All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
3. Disconnect combination switch harness connector M149.
4. Check the continuity between combination switch and ECM harness connector.
Combination switch ECM

Continuity
Terminal Connector Terminal
16 E32 135 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

Continuity
13 E32 134 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Check ASCD steering switch. Refer to EC-454, "Component Inspection".

NO >> Replace ASCD steering switch. Refer to EC-22, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component
Parts Location". A
1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH EC

2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
3. Check resistance between combination switch harness connector terminals as per the following. C
Combination switch
Condition Resistance (Ω) D
Connector Terminals
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 250 E
M149 13 and 16 COAST/SET switch: Pressed Approx. 660
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed Approx. 1,480
F
All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4,000
Parts Location".
H

P1564 ICC STEERING SWITCH
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
Trouble diagnosis name

ICC steering switch is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
ASCD SW • ECM detects that input signal from the ICC (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
P1564
(ICC steering switch) steering switch is out of the specified range. • ICC steering switch
• ECM detects that the ICC steering switch is • ECM
stuck ON.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
onds.
6. Press DISTANCE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Press LDP switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it at wait at least 10 seconds.
8. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT


ECM A
+ – Condition Voltage (V)
Connector
Terminal
EC
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 1.0
COAST/SET switch: Pressed Approx. 1.9 C
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed Approx. 2.6
E32 134 135
DYNAMIC DRIVE ASSISTANCE switch:
Approx. 3.2 D
Pressed
DISTANCE switch: Pressed Approx. 3.7
All ICC steering switches: Released Approx. 4.2
E
NO >> GO TO 2. F
2.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. G
H
Continuity
16 E32 135 Existed
I

YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT K
L
Continuity
13 E32 134 Existed M
YES >> GO TO 4. N
4.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH O
Check ICC steering switch. Refer to EC-456, "Component Inspection (ICC Steering Switch)".
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent Incident". P
NO >> Replace ICC steering switch. Refer to EC-22, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts
Location".
Component Inspection (ICC Steering Switch) INFOID:0000000012857073
1.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH


2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector M303.
3. Check resistance between combination switch harness connector terminals under the following condi-
tions.
Combination switch
Condition Resistance (Ω)
Connector Terminals
COAST/SET switch: Pressed Approx. 620
M149 13 and 16
Approx. 1,810
Pressed
DISTANCE switch: Pressed Approx. 3,000
All ICC steering switches: Released Approx. 5,420
NO >> Replace ICC steering switch. Refer to CCS-190, "Exploded View".

P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
A
When the brake pedal is depressed, brake pedal position switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned EC
ON. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-49, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for the ASCD func-
tion.
C

NOTE:
E
• This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not
stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed.
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected in two
consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory. F

G
When the vehicle speed is above 30 • Harness or connectors
km/h (19 MPH), ON signals from the (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
A) stop lamp switch and the brake pedal • Harness or connectors
position switch are sent to the ECM at (The brake pedal position switch circuit is H
ASCD BRAKE SW the same time. shorted.)
P1572 (Brake pedal position • Stop lamp switch
switch) • Brake pedal position switch
brake pedal position switch signal is not • Incorrect stop lamp switch installation I
B) sent to ECM for extremely long time • Incorrect brake pedal position switch in-
while the vehicle is driving. stallation
• ECM J
1.INSPECTION START K
YES >> GO TO 2. L
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
M
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
NOTE:
Procedure for malfunction B is not described here. It takes extremely long time to complete procedure for mal- N
function B. By performing procedure for malfunction A, the incident that causes malfunction B can be
detected.
O
>> GO TO 3.
P
1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF).
3. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE lamp lights up.
4. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following conditions.
CAUTION:
NOTE:

This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle.
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A-II
CAUTION:
NOTE:

Depress the brake pedal for more than
Driving location five seconds so as not to come off from
the above-mentioned vehicle speed.
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of brake pedal position switch. During this check,
a DTC might not be confirmed.
NO >> Go to EC-460, "Diagnosis Procedure".

2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors.
ECM
Con- + – Condition Voltage

Slightly
Approx. 0 V
depressed
E32 140 152 Brake pedal
Fully re-
Battery voltage
leased
NO >> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II A

Check the voltage between ECM harness connectors.
ECM EC
C
Slightly
Battery voltage
depressed
Fully re-
Approx. 0 V D
leased
E
F
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I
With CONSULT
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions.
H
Slightly depressed OFF
BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal I
Fully released ON
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON. J
ECM K

L
Slightly
Approx. 0 V
depressed
Fully re- M
Battery voltage
leased
YES >> GO TO 2. N
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II
O
With CONSULT
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
P
Slightly depressed ON
BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal
Fully released OFF
Without CONSULT

ECM

Slightly
Battery voltage
depressed
Fully re-
Approx. 0 V
leased
NO >> GO TO 6.
3.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ground.
Brake pedal position switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
E76 1 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
Brake pedal position switch ECM

Continuity
E76 2 E32 140 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
Check brake pedal position switch. Refer to EC-462, "Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch)".
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-20, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
Stop lamp switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal

YES >> GO TO 7. A
7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
EC
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
C
Stop lamp switch ECM
Continuity
E38 2 E32 139 Existed D
E
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH F
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to EC-462, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent Incident". G
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-20, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Brake Pedal Position Switch) INFOID:0000000012857078
H
1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-I
I
3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch terminals under the following conditions.
J
Terminals Condition Continuity
Fully released Existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed K
NO >> GO TO 2. L
2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-II
1. Adjust brake pedal position switch installation. Refer to BR-13, "Adjustment". M

N
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-20, "Removal and Installation".
P
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000012857079
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-I

3. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.


Fully released Not existed
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Existed
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH-II
1. Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-13, "Adjustment".

1 and 2 Brake pedal

P1572 ICC BRAKE SWITCH
A

NOTE:
to EC-431, "DTC Logic". C
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch is turned OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected
in two consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory. D

ON signals from the stop lamp switch • Harness or connectors
and the brake pedal position switch (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
A)
(ICC brake switch) are sent to ECM at • Harness or connectors
the same time. (The brake pedal position switch circuit is F
shorted.)
ASCD BRAKE SW • Stop lamp switch
P1572
(ICC brake switch) Brake pedal position switch (ICC • Brake pedal position switch G
brake switch) signal is not sent to • ICC brake hold relay
B) • Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
ECM for extremely long time while the
vehicle is being driven • Incorrect brake pedal position switch instal-
lation H
• ECM

1.PRECONDITIONING I

NOTE:
The procedure for malfunction B is not described. It takes an extremely long time to complete the procedure
for malfunction B. By performing the procedure for malfunction A, the condition that causes malfunction B can K
be detected.
>> GO TO 2. L

1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF). M
2. Press MAIN switch and check that CRUISE indicator is displayed in combination meter.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. N
NOTE:
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. O
Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 mph)

Selector lever Suitable position P
NO >> GO TO 3.
CAUTION:
NOTE:

Depress the brake pedal for more than 5 seconds so as
Driving location
not to come off from the above-mentioned vehicle speed.

With CONSULT
BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal Slightly depressed OFF

(ICC brake switch) Brake pedal Fully released ON
Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Brake
Slightly depressed Approx. 0
pedal
E32 140 152
Brake
Fully released Battery voltage
pedal
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
Select “BRAKE SW2” and check indication under the following conditions.
BRAKE SW2 Slightly depressed ON

Brake pedal
(Stop lamp switch) Fully released OFF
Without CONSULT

ECM A
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
Brake Slightly depressed Battery voltage
E32 139 152
pedal Fully released Approx. 0
C
NO >> GO TO 6. D
2. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector. E
F
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
G
YES >> GO TO 4. H
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. I
tor. J

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal K
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. L
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. M
Check brake pedal position switch. Refer to EC-467, "Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)".
N
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-20, "Exploded View".
O
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. P
3. Disconnect ICC brake hold relay harness connector.
Stop lamp switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal

5. Check the voltage between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ground.
ICC brake hold relay

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 7.

Continuity
3. Check the continuity between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ICC brake hold relay ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-20, "Exploded View".
9.CHECK ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY
Check ICC brake hold relay. Refer to EC-468, "Component Inspection (ICC Brake Hold Relay)".
NO >> Replace ICC brake hold relay.
Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch) INFOID:0000000012857082


1 and 2 Brake pedal
NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-II A

1. Adjust brake pedal position switch installation. Refer to BR-13, "Adjustment".
EC
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed C
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-20, "Exploded View". D
E
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. F
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals Condition Continuity G

1 and 2 Brake pedal
H
NO >> GO TO 2.
I
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions. J

Fully released Not existed K
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Component Inspection (ICC Brake Hold Relay) INFOID:0000000012857084 M

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. N
2. Remove ICC brake hold relay.
3. Check the continuity between ICC brake hold relay terminals
under the following conditions. O

12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Existed P
3 and 5
No current supply Not existed
NO >> Replace ICC brake hold relay
JMBIA0848ZZ

P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
The ECM receives two vehicle speed signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combination
meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD con-
trol. Refer to EC-49, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for ASCD func-
tions.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:

shorted.)
ASCD VHL SPD SEN
The difference the between two vehicle • Combination meter
P1574 (ASCD vehicle speed sen-
speed signals is out of the specified range. • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
sor)
• Wheel sensor
• TCM
• ECM

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH).
CAUTION:
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?


YES >> GO TO 2. A
EC
YES >> GO TO 3. C
Check combination meter function. Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)". D
>> INSPECTION END

E

P1574 ICC VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
The ECM receives two vehicle speed signals by the CAN communication line. One is sent from “combination
meter”, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ICC con-
trol. Refer to CCS-13, "System Description" for ICC functions.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:

shorted.)
ASCD VHL SPD SEN ECM detects a difference between two vehicle
(ICC vehicle speed sensor) speed signals is out of the specified range.
unit)
• Wheel sensor
• TCM
• ECM

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Perform Diagnosis Procedure corresponding to the DTC indicated.
2.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)” A
Refer to BRC-37, "CONSULT Function".

YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DTC WITH “COMBINATION METER” C
Check combination meter function.
Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)".
D
>> INSPECTION END

P1700 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
This DTC is displayed with other DTC regarding TCM. Perform the trouble diagnosis for corresponding DTC.
Refer to EC-112, "DTC Index". When this DTC is detected, the ASCD control is canceled.

P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR (PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR)
A
ECM receives input speed sensor signal from TCM via the CAN communication line. ECM uses this signal for EC
engine control.
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC UXXXX first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. D
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340, P0345, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340,
E
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer F
DTC No.
DTC detecting condition Possible cause
G
IN PULY SPEED Input speed sensor signal is different
(The CAN communication line is open or shorted) H
[Input speed sensor (Pri- from the theoretical value calculated by
mary speed sensor) (TCM ECM from output speed sensor signal
(Input speed sensor circuit is open or shorted)
output)] and engine rpm signal.
• TCM
I
1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2. L
1. Start engine.
M
2. Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 50 km/h (31 MPH) for at least 5 seconds.
N
O

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-64, "DTC Index". P
YES >> Replace TCM. Refer to TM-202, "Removal and Installation".

P1800 VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

An excessively low or high voltage signal
VIAS S/V CIRC-B1 (The solenoid valve 1 circuit is open
P1800 is sent to ECM through the VIAS control
(VIAS solenoid valve circuit bank 1) or shorted.)
solenoid valve 1.
• VIAS control solenoid valve 1

1.CONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1 POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve 1 harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between VIAS control solenoid valve 1 harness connector and ground.
VIAS control solenoid valve 1

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between VIAS control solenoid valve 1 harness connector and ECM harness con-
nector.

VIAS control solenoid valve 1 ECM A

Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 3. C
3.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1
D
Check VIAS control solenoid valve 1. Refer to EC-476, "Component Inspection".
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent Incident". E
NO >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve 1. Refer to EC-22, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Compo-
F

With CONSULT G
3. Disconnect vacuum hoses connected to VIAS control solenoid valve 1. H
5. Select “VIAS S/V-1” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
6. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the
following conditions. I
Condition Air passage continuity Air passage continuity

(VIAS S/V-1) between and between and
J
ON Existed Not existed

OFF Not existed Existed
K
JMBIA0180ZZ
L
Without CONSULT
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve 1 harness connector. M
3. Disconnect vacuum hoses connected to VIAS volume control solenoid valve 1.
following conditions. N
Air passage continuity Air passage continuity

Condition
between and between and O
12 V direct current supply
Existed Not existed
between terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed Existed P

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

VIAS S/V CIRC-B2 An excessively low or high voltage signal
(The solenoid valve 2 circuit is open or
P1801 (VIAS solenoid valve circuit is sent to ECM through the VIAS control
shorted.)
bank 2) solenoid valve 2.

1.CONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.


Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
nector.

VIAS control solenoid valve 2 ECM A

Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 3. C
D
F

With CONSULT G
3. Disconnect vacuum hoses connected to VIAS control solenoid valve 2. H
5. Select “VIAS S/V-2” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
following conditions. I

(VIAS S/V-2) between and between and
J

K
JMBIA0180ZZ
L
Without CONSULT
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve 2 harness connector. M
following conditions. N

Condition
between and between and O
12 V direct current supply
Existed Not existed
between terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed Existed P

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM via the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed. This
signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driven.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM • Harness or connectors
BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT
P1805 for extremely long time while the vehicle is (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.)
(Stop lamp switch circuit)
driving. • Stop lamp switch

2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT.
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT

2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
Brake pedal Stop lamp

Fully released Not illuminated
Slightly depressed Illuminated
NO >> GO TO 2.
Stop lamp switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
Stop lamp switch ECM A

Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 4. C
D
F
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. G
Terminals Condition Continuity H

1 and 2 Brake pedal
I
NO >> GO TO 2. J
2. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions. K

L
1 and 2 Brake pedal
N

P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1
P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The output voltage computed by ECM from the A/ • A/F sensor 1 (bank 1)
B1
P2096 F sensor 1 signal is shifts to the lean side for a • A/F sensor 1 heater
(Post catalyst fuel trim system
specified period. • Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1)
too lean bank 1)
• Fuel pressure
POST CAT FUEL TRIM SYS • Fuel injector
B1 • Intake air leaks
P2097 sensor 1 signal is shifts to the rich side for a spec-
(Post catalyst fuel trim system • Exhaust gas leaks
ified period.
too rich bank 1)
The output voltage computed by ECM from the A/ • A/F sensor 1 (bank 2)
B2
P2098 F sensor 1 signal is shifts to the lean side for a • A/F sensor 1 heater
(Post catalyst fuel trim system
specified period. • Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2)
too lean bank 2)
• Fuel pressure
POST CAT FUEL TRIM SYS • Fuel injector
B2 • Intake air leaks
P2099 sensor 1 signal is shifts to the rich side for a spec-
(Post catalyst fuel trim system • Exhaust gas leaks
ified period.
too rich bank 2)

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load.
7. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes.
1.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1 AND HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2

Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EM-31, "Removal and Installa-
tion (bank 2)", EM-33, "Removal and Installation (bank 1)".
>> GO TO 2.

P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1
2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST GAS LEAK A

2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst 2.
Is exhaust gas leak detected? EC
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE C
Is intake air leakage detected? D
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CLEAR THE MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE E

2. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. F
or EC-329, "DTC Logic". G
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. H
3. Check harness connector for water.
I
Water should not exit.
YES >> GO TO 6. J
6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY K
L
A/F sensor
DTC Ground Voltage (V)
Bank Connector Terminal M
P2096
1 F72 1
P2097
P2098 N
2 F73 1
P2099
YES >> GO TO 8. O
NO >> GO TO 7.
P

P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1

DTC Continuity
P2096
1 F72 1 52
P2097
F19 Existed
P2098
2 F73 1 53
P2099
A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
P2096 3 66
1 F72
P2097 4 67 Existed
F79
P2098 3 76
2 F73
P2099 4 77
and ground.
A/F sensor 1
P2096 3
1 F72
P2097 4
Ground Not existed
P2098 3
2 F73
P2099 4
ECM
Connector Terminal
P2096 66
P2097 67
P2098 76
P2099 77
YES >> GO TO 9.
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 12.
P2096, P2097, P2098, P2099 A/F SENSOR 1
YES >> GO TO 11. A
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2.
EC
Check intermittent incident. Perform GI-50, "Intermittent Incident".
YES >> GO TO 12. C
12.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1
Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-31, "Removal and Installation (bank 2)", EM- D
YES >> GO TO 13. E
NO >> GO TO 14.
13.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA F
With CONSULT
2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” and “A/F ADJ-B2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. G
3. Make sure that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT screen.
Is “0.000” displayed?
YES >> INSPECTION END H
NO >> GO TO 14.
Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-162, "Description". I
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> INSPECTION END J
15.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA
With CONSULT K
2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” and “A/F ADJ-B2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Make sure that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT screen.
L
>> INSPECTION END

M

P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

ETC MOT PWR-B1 ECM detects that the voltage of power • Harness or connectors
P2100 (Throttle actuator “A” con- source for throttle control motor is exces- (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open)
trol motor circuit/open) sively low. • Throttle control motor relay
ETC MOT PWR-B1 • Harness or connectors
ECM detects that the throttle control motor
P2103 (Throttle actuator “A” con- (Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted)
relay is stuck ON.
trol motor circuit high) • Throttle control motor relay

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V.
Witch DTC is detected?
P2100 >> GO TO 2.
P2103 >> GO TO 3.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector.
IPDM E/R ECM

Continuity

YES >> GO TO 2. A
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
EC
IPDM E/R ECM C

Continuity
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. D
E

P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:

ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 • Harness or connectors
Electric throttle control function
P2101 (Throttle actuator “A” control mo- (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted)
does not operate properly.
tor circuit range/performance) • Electric throttle control actuator

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V when
engine is running.
>> GO TO 2.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL

ECM
Connector Terminal Condition Terminal
Ignition switch OFF Approx. 0 V
F78 8 E32 152
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.

4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector. A
IPDM E/R ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
E
IPDM E/R ECM
Continuity
F
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT H

I
nector.
J
Continuity
K
1 Not existed
1
3 Existed
F50 F78
1 Existed L
2
3 Not existed
M
YES >> GO TO 5.
N
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve and O
the housing.
YES >> GO TO 6. P
control actuator inside, refer to EM-26, "Removal and
Installation", and then perform throttle valve closed posi-
tion learning. Refer to EC-159, "Description".
JSBIA2864ZZ

6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR

Check throttle control motor. Refer to EC-489, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 7.
YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-26, "Removal and Installation".

3. Check resistance between electric throttle control actuator terminals as per the following.
Terminals Resistance
1 and 2 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR
A

ETC MOT-B1 • Harness or connectors
(Throttle actuator control mo- ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
P2118
tor current range/perfor- ECM and throttle control motor. • Electric throttle control actuator D
mance) (Throttle control motor)

E
1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test. F
G
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
3. Check DTC. I
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K

L
nector.

M
Continuity
1 Not existed N
1
3 Existed
F50 F78
1 Existed
2
3 Not existed O
P
YES >> GO TO 2.


1 and 2 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR
A

Electric throttle control actuator does not function
A)
ETC ACTR-B1 properly due to the return spring malfunction.
(Throttle actuator control D
P2119 Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is • Electric throttle control actuator
throttle body range/perfor- B)
not in specified range.
mance)
C) ECM detects that the throttle valve is stuck open.
E
1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2. H
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
I
2. Shift selector lever to the D position and wait at least 3 seconds.
3. Shift selector lever to the P position.
5. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. J
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON. K
9. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
YES >> Proceed to EC-492, "Diagnosis Procedure". L
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. M
3. Shift selector lever to the N or P position.
4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds. N
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
P

the housing.
YES >> GO TO 2.
JSBIA2864ZZ

>> INSPECTION END

P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR
A

NOTE:

D
APP SEN 1/CIRC
An excessively low voltage from the APP
P2122 (Throttle/Pedal position sensor/ • Harness or connectors
sensor 1 is sent to ECM.
switch “D” circuit low) (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
E
APP SEN 1/CIRC • Accelerator pedal position sensor
An excessively high voltage from the APP (APP sensor 1)
P2123 (Throttle/Pedal position sensor/
switch “D” circuit high)
F
1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
I
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? K
L
1.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY M

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground. N
+
Voltage
APP sensor − O
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E31*1
4 Ground 5V P
E74*2
*1:Without ICC
*2:With ICC
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

1. Turn ignition switch OFF
3. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground.
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
E31*1
4 E32 146 Existed
E74*2
*1:Without ICC
*2:With ICC
3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
E31*1 2
E32 151 Existed
*2 5
E74
*1:Without ICC
*2:With ICC
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
E31*1 3
E32 150 Existed
E74*2 6
*1:Without ICC
*2:With ICC
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK APP SENSOR
Check APP sensor. Refer to EC-496, "Component Inspection".

NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CON-
TROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" or ACC-5, "MODELS WITH DISTANCE A
CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation".
EC
1.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR
2. Turn ignition switch ON. C
ECM
D

Connector
Terminal E
Fully released 0.5 - 1.0
150 151
Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8
E32 Accelerator pedal
Fully released 0.25 - 0.50 F
143 144
G
TROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation" or ACC-5, "MODELS WITH DISTANCE
CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation". H

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

APP SEN 2/CIRC • Harness or connectors
An excessively low voltage from the APP
P2127 (Throttle/Pedal position sen- (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
sor/switch “E” circuit low) [CMP sensor (PHASE) circuit is open or
shorted.]
(EOP sensor circuit is shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor is shorted.)
APP SEN 2/CIRC • Accelerator pedal position sensor
An excessively high voltage from the APP
P2128 (Throttle/Pedal position sen- (APP sensor 2)
sor/switch “E” circuit high) • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY

+
APP sensor − Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
E31*1 5
Ground Approx. 5
E74*2 10
*1:Without ICC
*2:With ICC
YES >> GO TO 3.

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

EC
APP sensor ECM

Continuity C
E31*1 5
E32 142 Existed
E74*2 10 D
*1:Without ICC
*2:With ICC
E
F
APP sensor ECM H

Continuity
E31*1 1
E32 144 Existed I
E74*2 11
*1:Without ICC
*2:With ICC J
YES >> GO TO 4. K
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT L
APP sensor ECM M

Continuity
E31*1 6
E32 143 Existed N
E74*2 12
*1:Without ICC
*2:With ICC O
YES >> GO TO 5. P
5.CHECK APP SENSOR


ECM
Connector
Terminal
150 151
143 144

P2135 TP SENSOR
P2135 TP SENSOR
A

NOTE:

D
TP SENSOR-B1 • Harness or connector
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
(Throttle/Pedal position (TP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
P2135 compared with the signals from TP sensor 1
sensor/switch “A” / “B” volt- • Electric throttle control actuator
and TP sensor 2. E
age correlation) (TP sensor 1 or 2)

1.PRECONDITIONING F
ing the next test.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. G
>> GO TO 2. I
J
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
K
L
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
+ N
Electric throttle control actuator − Voltage (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
O
F50 5 Ground 5V
YES >> GO TO 3. P
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
nector.

P2135 TP SENSOR

Continuity
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
nector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
nector.

Continuity
3 72
F50 F79 Existed
6 71
YES >> GO TO 5.

5. Shift selector lever position to D.

P2135 TP SENSOR
ECM A
Connector
Terminal
EC
71
Fully released Less than 4.75 V C
72
D
E

P2138 APP SENSOR
P2138 APP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:

(APP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
[CMP sensor (PHASE) circuit is open or
APP SENSOR shorted.]
Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
(Throttle/Pedal position (EOP sensor circuit is shorted.)
P2138 compared with the signals from APP sensor 1
sensor/switch “D” / “E” volt- (Refrigerant pressure sensor is shorted.)
and APP sensor 2.
age correlation) • Accelerator pedal position sensor
(APP sensor 1 or 2)

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

+
Voltage
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E31*1
4 Ground 5V
E74*2
*1:Without ICC

P2138 APP SENSOR
*2:With ICC
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT EC

C
APP sensor ECM

Continuity D
E31*1
4 E32 146 Existed
E
E74*2
*1:Without ICC
*2:With ICC
F
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. G
2. Check the voltage between APP sensor harness connector and ground. H
+
Voltage I
APP sensor −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E31*1 5 J
Ground 5V
*2 10
E74
*1:Without ICC
K
*2:With ICC
YES >> GO TO 5. L
NO >> GO TO 4.
N
APP sensor ECM
Continuity
O
E31*1 5
E32 142 Existed
E74*2 10
*1:Without ICC P
*2:With ICC
5.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
P2138 APP SENSOR
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
1 144
E31*1 E32 Existed
2 151
11 144
E74*2 E32 Existed
15 151
*1:Without ICC
*2:With ICC
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
3 150
E31*1 E32 Existed
6 143
6 150
E74*2 E32 Existed
12 143
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK APP SENSOR


P2138 APP SENSOR
ECM A
Connector
Terminal
EC
143 144
Fully released 0.5 - 1.0 C
150 151
D
CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Removal and Installation". E

P219A, P219B AIR FUEL RATIO
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P219A or P219B is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other
DTC. Refer to EC-112, "DTC Index".

AIR FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE B1 • Fuel injector
P219A
(Air-fuel ratio imbalance bank 1) • Exhaust gas leaks
• Lack of fuel
ECM detects a lean/rich air fuel ratio state in any • Incorrect PCV hose connection
AIR FUEL RATIO IMBALANCE B2 cylinder for a specified length of time. • Improper spark plug
P219B • Insufficient compression
(Air-fuel ratio imbalance bank 2)
• The fuel injector circuit is open
or shorted
• ignition coil
• The ignition signal circuit is
open or shorted

1.PRECONDITIONING-1
ing the next test.
NOTE:
>> GO TO 2.
2.PRECONDITIONING-2
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
3. Start engine.
4. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 80°C (176°F).
>> GO TO 4.
With CONSULT
1. Select “SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS B B1” and “SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS A B1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of
“ENGINE” using CONSULT.
2. Drive vehicle under the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds.
CAUTION:
• Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
A
ENG SPEED 1,000 – 1,600rpm
EC
B/FUEL SCHDL 5 – 12 msec
SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS B B1 PRSENT C
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at approximately 88 km/h (55MPH) allows easy diagnosis.
• Keep the accelerator pedal as possible during crusing. D
3. Check “SYSTEM 1 DIAGNOSIS A B1” indication.

Is “CMPLT” displayed? E
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-3 F
Check 1st trip DTC.
G
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-4 H
Without CONSULT
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Drive vehicle under the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. I
CAUTION:
• Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
J
Engine speed 1,000 – 1,600 rpm
Calculated load value 27 – 63 %
Selector lever D position K
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at approximately 88 km/h (55MPH) allows easy diagnosis.
• Keep the accelerator pedal as possible during crusing. L
YES >> Proceed to EC-508, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
N
1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK
1. Stop engine and check the following for connection.
O
- Air duct
- Vacuum hoses
- PCV hose
- Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold P
3. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
YES >> GO TO 2.
1. Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents connection.
3. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold).
PBIB1922E

YES >> GO TO 3.
2. Check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-168, "Work Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 9.
With CONSULT
Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
With GST
Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 using GST.
YES >> GO TO 5.
grounds. Refer to EC-259, "Diagnosis Procedure".
5.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-1
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.
Clicking noise should be heard.

YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for fuel injector, refer to EC-
526, "Component Inspection".
PBIB3332E
6.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTOR-2

CAUTION:

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. A
4. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-49, "Removal and Installation".
EC
7. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds. C
• Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.

• Fuel must not drip from the tip of fuel injector. D
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace fuel injector. Refer to EM-49, "Removal and E
Installation".
PBIA9666J F
7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-1
CAUTION: G
Perform the following steps in a well-ventilated area with no combustibles.
2. Remove fuel pump fuse from IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure.
NOTE: H
CONSULT must not be used to release fuel pressure. It develops again during the following steps,
if released by using CONSULT.
3. Start the engine. I
4. After an engine stall, crank the engine two or three times to release all the fuel pressure.
6. Disconnect all the harness connectors of ignition coil to prevent electric discharge from occurring in igni-
tion coil. J
7. Remove ignition coil assembly and spark plug of cylinder. Refer to EM-42, "Removal and Installation LH",
EM-42, "Removal and Installation RH".
8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. K
10. Allow a 13-17mm (0.52-0.66 in) spacing between spark plug and
grounded metal portion as shown in the figure to fix the ignition
coil with a rope or an equivalent. L
11. Crank the engine for approximately 3 seconds to see if sparking
occurs between spark plug and the grounded metal portion.
M
CAUTION:
• The discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or higher. There- N
fore, always stay away from the spark plug and ignition
coil at least 50 cm (19.7 in) during the inspection. JMBIA0066GB
• Leaving a space of more than 17mm (0.66 in) may damage O

the ignition coil.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a the spark might be generated even if the coil is mal-
functioning. P
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 10.
Check compression pressure. Refer to EC-168, "Work Procedure".

NO >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets.
YES >> Replace fuel filter and fuel pump assembly. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation".

YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-535, "Component Function
Check".
11.CHECK SPARK PLUG
YES >> 1. Repair or clean spark plug. Refer to EM-16,
2. GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For
spark plug type, refer to EM-16, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
SEF156I


Plug".

P2610 ECM INTERNAL TIMER
A
This ECM contains a timer and measures time between an ignition switch OFF and the next ignition switch EC
ON. This enables the judging of the state of engine cooling at an engine start.
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
CONSULT screen terms D

• ECM internal engine off timer is malfunction-
ing. E
ECM/PCM INTERNAL ENG
• The time calculated by ECM based on a de-
OFF TIMER • ECM
P2610 scent allowance of engine coolant tempera-
(ECM/PCM internal engine off • ECM power supply
tures during ignition switch OFF is extremely
timer performance) F
shorter than the time counted by the Engine
internal OFF timer.

1.INSPECTION START
H
It is necessary to erase permanent DTC?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
I
2.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 12 V or more under ignition
switch OFF condition. K
>> GO TO 3.
L
2. Check 1st trip DTC. M
4.PRECONDITIONING
O
TESTING CONDITION:
• Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 12 V or more under igni- P
tion switch OFF condition.
• Before performing the following procedure, check that fuel level is between 2/8 and 7/8.
>> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
CAUTION:
To start this self-diagnosis, the conditions listed bellow are required to be satisfied. Perform the fol-
lowing steps to satisfy the conditions.
• Engine coolant temperature decrease by 55°C (131°F) or more during the time between an ignition
switch OFF (after engine warm-up) and the second ignition switch ON.
• A fuel temperature at the second ignition switch ON is −5°C (23°F) or more and less than 35°C (95°F).
• The temperature difference between engine coolant and fuel is 5°C (41°F) or more.
NOTE:
This self-diagnosis is not performed if the distance traveled is extremely short.
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle for at least 12 hours.
CAUTION:
• Never turn ON the ignition switch during soaking.
• Never open the fuel filler cap and perform refueling during soaking.
1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check ECM power supply and ground circuit. Refer to EC-190, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Check that DTCs related to the fuel system and the cooling system are not detected.
YES >> Check the DTC. Refer to EC-112, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3.
1. Erase DTC.
2. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure again. Refer to EC-512, "DTC Logic".

ASCD INDICATOR
ASCD INDICATOR
A
1.CHECK ASCD INDICATOR FUNCTION EC

Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions.
ASCD INDICATOR CONDITION SPECIFICATION C

• MAIN switch: Pressed at the
CRUISE • Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
1st time →at the 2nd time
E
1.CHECK DTC F
Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed.
YES >> GO TO 2. G
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX.
H
YES >> GO TO 3. I
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent Incident". J
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-94, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. K

BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH
1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH FUNCTION

With CONSULT

Fully released ON
Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
Terminal
Slightly depressed Approx. 0 V
1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT


Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. Disconnect fuse block (J/B) harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and fuse block (J/B) harness
connector.
Brake pedal position switch Fuse block (J/B)

Continuity
E76 1 E28 1M Existed
3.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT A

EC
tor.

C
Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4. E
F
H
2. Disconnect BRAKE pedal position switch harness connector. I
3. Check the continuity between BRAKE pedal position switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals Condition Continuity J

1 and 2 Brake pedal
K
NO >> GO TO 2. L
1. Adjust BRAKE pedal position switch installation. Refer to BR-13, "Adjustment".
2. Check the continuity between BRAKE pedal position switch terminals under the following conditions. M

N
1 and 2 Brake pedal
NO >> Replace BRAKE pedal position switch. Refer to BR-20, "Removal and Installation".
P

COOLING FAN
COOLING FAN
1.CHECK COOLING FAN FUNCTION

With CONSULT
Without CONSULT
Description".
1.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect cooling fan control nodule harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between cooling fan control nodule harness connector and ground.
+
Cooling fan control module − Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect cooling fan relay harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between cooling fan control nodule harness connector and cooling fan relay harness
connector.
+ −
Cooling fan control module Cooling fan relay Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

COOLING FAN
+ − A
Cooling fan relay IPDM E/R Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY D
Check cooling fan relay. Refer to EC-519, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)".
NO >> Replace cooling fan relay.
5.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT F
2. Check the continuity between cooling fan control nodule harness connector and ground.
G
+
Cooling fan control module − Continuity
H
Connector Terminal
E225 1 Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power. I
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
6.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. K
2. Check the continuity between cooling fan control nodule harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector.
L
+ −
Cooling fan control module IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
N
YES >> GO TO 7.
O
7.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect cooling fan control module harness connector. P
4. Check the voltage between cooling fan control module terminals and ground.

COOLING FAN
+
Connector Terminal
E245 4
E246 6
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS -1 AND -2
Check the cooling fan motor. Refer to EC-519, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)".

NO >> Replace cooling motor. Refer to CO-17, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) INFOID:0000000012857141
1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR

2. Disconnect cooling fan control module harness connector.
3. Supply cooling fan control module harness connector terminals with battery voltage as per the following,
and check operation.
Cooling fan control module

Terminal Operation
Motor Connector
+ −
1 E245 4 5
Cooling fan operates.
2 E246 6 7
NO >> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-17, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) INFOID:0000000012857142
1.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY

2. Remove cooling fan relay.
3. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay terminals under
the following conditions.
Cooling fan relay

+ − Conditions Continuity
Terminal
Existed
3 5 terminals and
JSBIA5799ZZ


ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL
A
The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred via EC
the CAN communication.
C
1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION
2. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. D
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item Condition Indication E

ON ON
LOAD SIGNAL Rear window defogger switch
OFF OFF
F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC-520, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
2.CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH FUNCTION
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions.
H
ON at 2nd position ON
LOAD SIGNAL Lighting switch I
OFF OFF
YES >> GO TO 3. J
3.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTION
K
Select “HEATER FAN SW” and check indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item Condition Indication L

ON ON
HEATER FAN SW Heater fan control switch
OFF OFF
N
1.INSPECTION START O
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-520, "Compo-
nent Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident? P
Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2.
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Heater fan>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Check rear window defogger system. Refer to DEF-22, "Work Flow".

>> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM
Check headlamp system. Refer to EXL-105, "Work Flow".
>> INSPECTION END

4.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM
Check heater fan control system. Refer to HAC-73, "Work Flow".
>> INSPECTION END

A
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION EC

2. Shift selector position is D while depressing the brake pedal and parking brake pedal.
3. Disconnect electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve harness connector. C
4. Check that body vibration increases compared to the condition of step 2 above (with vehicle stopped).
NO >> EC-522, "Diagnosis Procedure".
E
1.CHECK VACUUM SOURCE
F
2. Reconnect electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve harness connector.
3. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to electronic controlled engine mount.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum existence. G

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK VACUUM HOSES AND VACUUM GALLERY I

2. Check vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery for clogging, cracks or improper connection. Refer to EC-50, J
"ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT : System Description".
YES >> GO TO 3. K
NO >> Repair or replace vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery.
3.CHECK ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve harness connector. L
3. Check the voltage between front electronic controlled engine mount harness connector and ground.
M
control solenoid valve Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal N
O
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY P
CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between electronic controlled engine mount harness connector and fuse block (J/B)
harness connector.

Electronic controlled engine

Fuse block (J/B)
mount control solenoid valve Continuity
F64 1 E28 1M Existed
5.CHECK ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIG-
NAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and electronic controlled engine mount control
solenoid valve harness connector.

ECM
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
6.CHECK ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
Check electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-523, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-22, "ENGINE
CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location".
7.CHECK ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
2. Install vacuum pump (A) to electronic controlled engine mount
.
3. Check that a vacuum is maintained when applying the vacuum
of -40 kPa (-0.41 kg/cm2, -5.8 psi) to electronic controlled engine
mount.
4. Also visually check electronic controlled engine mount.
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace electronic controlled engine mount.
MBIB1237E

YES >> Replace intake manifold collector. Refer to EM-26, "Removal and Installation".

With CONSULT
3. Disconnect vacuum hoses connected to electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve. A
5. Select “ENGINE MOUNTING” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
EC

C
(ENGINE MOUNTING) between and between and
TRVL Existed Not existed
IDLE Not existed Existed D
Without CONSULT
2. Disconnect electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid JMBIA0180ZZ
E
3. Disconnect vacuum hoses connected to electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve.
F

Condition G
between and between and
12 V direct current supply be-
Existed Not existed
tween terminals 1 and 2
H
No supply Not existed Existed
I
J

FUEL INJECTOR
FUEL INJECTOR
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START.
Are any cylinders ignited?
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine.

PBIB3332E
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and ground.
Fuel injector
Ground Voltage
Cylinder Connector Terminal
1 F30 1
2 F18 1
3 F41 1
4 F20 1
5 F42 1
6 F22 1
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

FUEL INJECTOR
Fuel injector IPDM E/R A

Continuity
Cylinder Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
1 F30 1 54
EC
2 F18 1 60
3 F41 1 54
F19 Existed
4 F20 1 60 C
5 F42 1 54
6 F22 1 60
D
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Fuel injector ECM G

Continuity
1 F30 2 17
H
2 F18 2 16
3 F41 2 22
F78 Existed
4 F20 2 12 I
5 F42 2 11
6 F22 2 21
J
YES >> GO TO 4. K
Check fuel injector. Refer to EC-526, "Component Inspection". L
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-49, "Removal and Installation". M
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent Incident". N
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. O
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR P


FUEL INJECTOR
3. Check resistance between fuel injector terminals as per the fol-
lowing.
1 and 2 11.1 - 14.5 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-49,
PBIB1727E

FUEL PUMP
FUEL PUMP
A
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION EC

2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
C
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed
hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
E
JMBIA1696ZZ
F
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY-I G

ECM
I
+ – Voltage
F78 19 E32 152 Battery voltage J
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2. K
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY-II

Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground. L
IPDM E/R
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 11.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT O
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. P
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
FUEL PUMP
4.CHECK CONDENSER-2 POWER SUPPLY
3. Disconnect condenser-2 harness connector.
5. Check the voltage between condenser-2 harness connector and ground.
Condenser-2
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
Battery voltage should exist for 1 second
B52 1 Ground
after ignition switch is turned ON.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CONDENSER-2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and condenser-2 harness connector.
IPDM E/R Condenser-2

Continuity
E121 15 B52 1 Existed
YES >> GO TO 11.
6.CHECK CONDENSER-2 GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between condenser-2 harness connector and ground.
Condenser-2
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
B52 2 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors.
7.CHECK CONDENSER-2
Check condenser-2. Refer to EC-530, "Component Inspection (Condenser-2)".
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace condenser-2.
8.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel
pump” harness connector.

FUEL PUMP
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel A

IPDM E/R
pump Continuity
E121 15 B72 6 Existed EC

YES >> GO TO 9. C
9.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. D
2. Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground.
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel E

pump Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
B72 4 Ground Existed F
YES >> GO TO 10.
G
10.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Check fuel pump. Refer to EC-530, "Component Inspection (Fuel Pump)". H
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace fuel pump. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation". I
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump) INFOID:0000000012857154
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP L

2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit (fuel pump)” harness connector.
3. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit (fuel pump)” terminals as follows. M
Terminals Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

N
4 and 6 0.2 - 5.0 Ω
YES >> INSPECTION END O
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and
Installation".
Component Inspection (Condenser-2) INFOID:0000000012857155 P
1.CHECK CONDENSER-2
3. Check resistance between condenser-2 terminals as per the following.

FUEL PUMP
1 and 2 Above 1 MΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]

ICC BRAKE SWITCH
ICC BRAKE SWITCH
A
1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH FUNCTION EC

WITH CONSULT
2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. C
Monitor item Condition Indication D

BRAKE SW1 Slightly depressed OFF
Brake pedal
(ICC brake switch) Fully released ON
E
WITHOUT CONSULT
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following. F
ECM
G
Connector
Terminal
Slightly depressed Approx. 0 V H
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012857157 J

4. Check the voltage between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ground. L
Brake pedal position

switch Ground Voltage M
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT O

P
connector.

Continuity

ICC BRAKE SWITCH
tor.

ECM
switch Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.


1 and 2 Brake pedal
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Adjust brake pedal position switch installation. Refer to BR-20, "Removal and Installation".

1 and 2 Brake pedal
Component Inspection (ICC Brake Hold Relay) INFOID:0000000012857159


ICC BRAKE SWITCH
3. Check the continuity between ICC brake hold relay terminals A
Terminals Condition Continuity EC

12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Existed
3 and 5
C
JMBIA0848ZZ D

IGNITION SIGNAL
IGNITION SIGNAL
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Does the engine start?
2.CHECK IGNITION SIGNAL FUNCTION
With CONSULT
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM harness connector terminals with an oscilloscope.
ECM
+ – Voltage signal
103
104
106
F79 E32 152
107
113
114 JMBIA0035GB
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.
1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY

1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON.
ECM
Voltage
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refer to EC-190, "Diagnosis Procedure".

IGNITION SIGNAL
2.CHECK CONDENSER-1 POWER SUPPLY A

EC
Condenser-1
Ground Voltage C
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CONDENSER-1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E

F

Continuity G
YES >> Refer to EC-190, "Diagnosis Procedure".
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
Condenser-1 K
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F21 2 Ground Existed
L
YES >> GO TO 5. M
5.CHECK CONDENSER-1
Check condenser-1. Refer to EC-539, "Component Inspection (Condenser-1)" N
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace condenser-1. O
6.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. P
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector-1.
4. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground.

IGNITION SIGNAL
Ignition coil
Ground Voltage
1 F47 3
2 F8 3
3 F48 3
4 F9 3
5 F49 3
6 F10 3
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
Ignition coil
Ground Continuity
1 F47 2
2 F8 2
3 F48 2
Ground Existed
4 F9 2
5 F49 2
6 F10 2
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Ignition coil ECM

Continuity
1 F47 1 113
2 F8 1 106
3 F48 1 103
F79 Existed
4 F9 1 114
5 F49 1 107
6 F10 1 104
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Check ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EC-538, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
Transistor)".

IGNITION SIGNAL
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-42, "Removal and Installa-
tion LH", EM-42, "Removal and Installation RH".
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000012857162
EC
1.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-I

C
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as per the following.
D
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2 Except 0 or ∞
E
1 and 3
Except 0
2 and 3
YES >> GO TO 2.
tion LH", EM-42, "Removal and Installation RH". G
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-II
CAUTION: H
3. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure. I
NOTE:
dure. J
4. Start engine.
7. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. K
10. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. L
12. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether M
metal portion.
N
CAUTION:
• During the operation, always stay 0.5 m (19.7 in) or more O

electrical discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or more. P
• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE:
functioning.

IGNITION SIGNAL
tion LH", EM-42, "Removal and Installation RH".
Component Inspection (Condenser-1) INFOID:0000000012857163
1.CHECK CONDENSER-1
1 and 2 Above 1 MΩ [at 25C° (77C°)]

INFORMATION DISPLAY (ASCD)
A
1.CHECK INFORMATION DISPLAY EC

1. Start engine.
2. Press MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch.
3. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH). C
CAUTION:
4. Press SET/COAST switch.
D
5. Check that the reading of the speedometer shows the same value as the set speed indicated in the infor-
mation display while driving the vehicle on a flat road.
E
F
1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX, P0500 or P1574 is not displayed. G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO-1 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. H
NO-2 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer to EC-408, "DTC Logic".
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER I
J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated.
3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT K
YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-94, "Removal and Installation". L
NO >> Repair or replace.

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR LAMP
1.CHECK MIL FUNCTION

2. Check that MIL illuminates.
1.CHECK DTC
YES >> GO TO 2.
YES >> GO TO 3.

ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR)
A
1.CHECK ORVR FUNCTION EC

Check whether the following symptoms are present.
• Fuel odor from EVAP canister is strong.
• Cannot refuel/Fuel odor from the fuel filler opening is strong while refueling. C
Are any symptoms present?
NO >> INSPECTION END D
1.INSPECTION START E

A: Fuel odor from EVAP canister is strong.
F
B: Cannot refuel/Fuel odor from the fuel filler opening is strong while refueling.
A or B
A >> GO TO 2. G
B >> GO TO 7.
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor H
2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor
attached. I
YES >> GO TO 3. J
NO >> GO TO 4.
Check if water will drain from EVAP canister K
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6. L
JMBIA1134GB
N
4.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER

Replace EVAP canister with a new one. Refer to FL-18, "Removal and Installation". O
>> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P
Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection.
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose. Refer to FL-18, "Removal and Installation".
Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve. Refer to EC-544, "Component Inspection".

NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
attached.
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 9.
Check if water will drain from EVAP canister.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 11.
JMBIA1134GB

Replace EVAP canister with a new one. Refer to FL-18, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 10.
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose. Refer to FL-20, "Removal and Installation".
11.CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES
Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling control valve for clogging, kinks, looseness and
improper connection.
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
12.CHECK FILLER NECK TUBE
Check recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks.
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Replace filler neck tube.
YES >> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE
Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks.
YES >> GO TO 15. A
NO >> Replace fuel filler tube. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
15.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I
EC
Check one-way valve for clogging.
YES >> GO TO 16. C
NO >> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
16.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II
1. Check that fuel is drained from the tank. D
2. Remove fuel filler tube and hose. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
3. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as per the following.
When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing E
stick it should close.
Do not drop any material into the tank.
NO >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve
with fuel tank. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installa-
G
tion".
SEF665U
H
1.INSPECTION START I
YES >> GO TO 2. J
NO >> GO TO 3.
K
With CONSULT
2. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
3. Drain fuel from the tank as per the following: L
- Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
- Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other
side to a fuel container. M
- Drain fuel using “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
4. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as per the following.
Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that
the air flows freely into the tank. N
5. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as per the following.
- Connect vacuum pump to hose end.
- Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit. O
Always replace O-ring with new one.
- Turn fuel tank upside down.
P

- Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−0.136 kg/cm2, −1.93 psi)] with fuel gauge retainer
remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable.
JSBIA1399GB

Without CONSULT
2. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-13, "Removal and Installation".
3. Drain fuel from the tank as per the following:
- Remove fuel gauge retainer.
- Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container.
the air flows freely into the tank.
- Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
JSBIA1399GB


REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
A
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION EC

2. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. C
ECM
+ – Voltage (V) D
Connector
Terminal
F78 20 25 1.0 - 4.0
E
NO >> Proceed to EC-546, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY G

1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground. H
+
I
Refrigerant pressure sensor − Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
E244 1 Ground Approx. 5 J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. K
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec-
tor.
M
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM
Continuity
N
E244 1 F78 18 Existed
YES >> Check sensor power supply 2 circuit. Refer to EC-548, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
P
tor.


Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
tor.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HAC-166, "Removal and Installation".

SENSOR POWER SUPPLY2 CIRCUIT
A
• Exhaust valve timing (EVT) control position sensor
D
• Mass air flow (MAF) sensor
• Throttle position (TP) sensor
NOTE:
If sensor power supply 1 circuit is malfunctioning, DTC P0643 is displayed. E
• Camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) F
• Engine oil pressure (EOP) sensor
G
1.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 H

2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors
4. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector and ground. I
+
Voltage J
ECM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
E32 142 K
F78 18
Ground 5V
87
F79 L
92
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent Incident". M
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. Disconnect following sensors harness connector.
3. Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
O
ECM Sensor
Connector Terminal Name Connector Terminal
P
APP sensor 2 (without ICC) E31 5
E32 142
APP sensor 2 (with ICC) E74 10
Refrigerant pressure sensor E244 1
F78 18
EOP sensor F54 3
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) F87 1
F79 92
CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) F88 1

YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
• Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor 2 (Refer to EC-496, "Component Inspection".)
• Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) (Refer to EC-361, "Component Inspection".)
• Engine oil pressure (EOP) sensor (Refer to EC-418, "Component Inspection".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-546, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
YES >> Perform GI-50, "Intermittent Incident".

VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM
A
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I EC

With CONSULT
2. Perform “VIAS S/V-1” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. C
3. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve 1 “ON” and “OFF”, and check that power valve actuator 1 rod moves.
JMBIA1129ZZ
G
Power valve actuator 1 Power valve actuator 1 rod Power valve actuator 2
Power valve actuator 2 rod
: Vehicle front H
Without CONSULT
2. Rev engine quickly up to approximately 5,000 rpm. I
3. Check that power valve actuator 1 rod moves.
JMBIA1386ZZ
M
: Vehicle front N

YES >> GO TO 2. O
With CONSULT P
1. Perform “VIAS S/V-2” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.

JMBIA1129ZZ
: Vehicle front
Without CONSULT
1. When revving engine up to 5,000 rpm quickly.
2. Rev engine quickly up to approximately 5,000 rpm.
JMBIA1386ZZ
: Vehicle front

1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the malfunctioning system (power valve 1 or power valve 2). Refer to EC-550, "Component Function
Check".
Which system is related to the incident?
Power valve 1>>GO TO 2.
2.CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE-I
With CONSULT
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to power valve actuator 1.
4. Turn VIAS control solenoid valve 1 ON and OFF, and check vacuum existence under the following condi-
tions.

VIAS S/V-1 Vacuum A

ON Existed
OFF Not existed
EC
Without CONSULT
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve 1 harness connector. C
3. Start engine.
5. Check vacuum existence under the following conditions.
D
Condition Vacuum
Idle Existed
E
Rev engine quickly up to approximately 5,000 rpm Not existed
YES >> Repair or replace power valve actuator 1. Refer to EC-22, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Com- F
ponent Parts Location".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK VACUUM TANK G
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to intake manifold collector.
3. Check vacuum existence from intake manifold collector. H
Does vacuum existence from the intake manifold collector?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace intake manifold collector. Refer to EM-26, "Removal and Installation". I
4.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
1. Stop engine. J
2. Check vacuum hose for crack, clogging, improper connection or
disconnection. Refer to EC-60, "VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR
SYSTEM : System Description".
K
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair hoses or tubes.
L
M
SEF109L

Check VIAS control solenoid valve 1. Refer to EC-476, "Component Inspection". N
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve 1. Refer to EC-22, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Compo- O
6.CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE-II P
With CONSULT
tions.

VIAS S/V 2 Vacuum

ON Existed
OFF Not existed
Without CONSULT
3. Start engine.
Condition Operation
Idle Existed
YES >> Repair or replace power valve actuator 2. Refer to EC-22, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Com-
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
1. Stop engine.
YES >> GO TO 8.
SEF109L


ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35DE FOR USA AND CANADA]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000012857177
EC
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

C
SYMPTOM
OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH

LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION
D
HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA)
BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE)

HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT
EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION
EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION

E
SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION
SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE

Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

F
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
H
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-528
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-168 I
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-525
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-53
J
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-39
tem 3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 1 1 1 1 1 EC-164
K
EC-487,
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-492
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-164
L
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-535
Power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-190
EC-259, M
Mass air flow sensor circuit 2
EC-264
1
EC-275,
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 3
EC-280 N
EC-287,
3 EC-291,
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-294,
EC-319,
O
EC-481
EC-277,
EC-345, P
Throttle position sensor circuit EC-450,
EC-451,
2 2 EC-500
EC-436,
EC-494,
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1
EC-497,
EC-503

SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
Warranty symptom code AA ENGINE STALL
AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-354
EC-339,
Engine oil temperature sensor 4 2 3
EC-343
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-356
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-359
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-408
EC-428,
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
EC-431
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir-
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-252
cuit
Intake valve timing intermediate lock control
EC-422
solenoid valve circuit
Exhaust valve timing control solenoid valve 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-256
PNP signal circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-438
VIAS control solenoid valve 1 circuit 1 EC-475
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4 EC-546
Cooling fan control module circuit 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 EC-517
Electrical load signal circuit 3 EC-520
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 HAC-73
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4 BRC-47
1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection.
(continued on next page)
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER

SYMPTOM A

EC



C
Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA F

Fuel Fuel tank
5 FL-5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5
Vapor lock — G
5
Valve deposit —
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
— H
Low octane)
Air Air duct EM-24
Air cleaner EM-24 I
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — electric EM-24
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5 J
Electric throttle control actuator EM-26
Air leakage from intake manifold/ EM-26,
Collector/Gasket EM-29
K
Cranking Battery PG-138
CHG-11
(With EXP- L
800 NI or
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 GR8-1200
Generator circuit NI)*, CHG-
14(Without M
EXP-800
NI or GR8-
1200 NI)*
1 N
CHG-11
(With GR8-
1200 NI)*,
Starter circuit 3 CHG-14 O
(Without
GR8-1200
NI)*
P
Signal plate 6 EM-126
PNP signal 4 TM-111

SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-117
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-117
Connecting rod
Bearing
Crankshaft
Valve Timing chain EM-67
mecha-
Camshaft EM-80
nism
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-54
Intake valve
3 EM-94
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket EM-31,
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
EM-33
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- EM-36, LU-
Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil
tion 10, LU-12,
filter/Oil gallery/Oil cooler 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 LU-15
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-8
Cooling CO-15,
Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
CO-26
Thermostat 5 CO-24
Water pump CO-19
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Water gallery CO-8
Cooling fan CO-17
Coolant level (Low)/Contaminat- 5
CO-10
ed coolant
NVIS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System —
1 1 SEC-9
NATS)
*: For the details of the EXP-800 NI or GR8-1200 NI, refer to CO-4, "Special Service Tool".

INFINITI DRIVE MODE SELECTOR
A
SYSTEM−DRIVE MODE SELECTOR− EC
Probable malfunctioning part/

Malfunction Check item
Action C
The central switch of the navi- Perform self-diagnosis of the
gation system operates nor- engine control system.
mally. Refer to EC-112, "DTC Index".
D
Perform self-diagnosis of the
navigation system.
Only ECO pedal reaction force Refer to the following.
is not generated. • AV-127 (BASE AUDIO) E
[Intelligent pedal (distance con- • AV-324 (BOSE AUDIO W/O
trol assist) operates normally.] The central switch of the navi-
SURROUND SOUND)
gation system malfunctions.
• AV-897 (BOSE AUDIO
WITH SURROUND F
ECO pedal reaction force is not SOUND)
generated when in ECO mode. • AV-1070 (TELEMATICS
SYSTEM)
G
ADAS control unit, ICC sensor,
and Accelerator pedal actuator.
• ADAS C/U: Refer to BRC- H
Intelligent pedal (distance control assist) reaction force is not 57.
generated as well. • ICC SENSOR: Refer to
DAS-266.
• ACCELERATOR PEDAL I
ACTUATOR: Refer to EC-
112.
Perform self-diagnosis of the J
• ADAS C/U: Refer to BRC-
Intelligent pedal (distance control assist) reaction force has a 57. K
malfunction as well. • ICC SENSOR: Refer to
DAS-266.
• ACCELERATOR PEDAL
L
112.
When in ECO mode, settings
of ECO pedal reaction force M
cannot be changed or vehicle
behavior does not agree to the
settings. Perform self-diagnosis of the
navigation system. N
Intelligent pedal (distance con- Refer to the following.
trol assist) reaction force is nor- • AV-127 (BASE AUDIO)
mal. • AV-601 (BOSE AUDIO W/O
The central switch of the navi-
SURROUND SOUND) O
gation system malfunctions.
• AV-897 (BOSE AUDIO
WITH SURROUND
SOUND)
• AV-1070 (TELEMATICS P
SYSTEM)

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED)

If the engine speed is above 2,000 rpm under no load (for example, the selector lever position is P or N and
engine speed is over 2,000 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off var-
ies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,100 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-45,
"MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description".

IDLE SPEED
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [VQ35DE FOR USA AND CANADA]
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE A
IDLE SPEED
EC
1.CHECK IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT C
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
With GST
Check idle speed with Service $01 of GST. D
>> INSPECTION END

E

IGNITION TIMING
IGNITION TIMING

1. Attach timing light to loop wires as shown.
: Timing light
: Vehicle front
ALBIA0772ZZ
2. Check ignition timing.
>> INSPECTION END
JMBIA1135GB

EVAP LEAK CHECK
EVAP LEAK CHECK
A
CAUTION: EC
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Never exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE:
C
• Do not start engine.
• Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool) to the EVAP service port may
cause a leakage.
D
WITH CONSULT
1. To locate the EVAP leakage, install EVAP service port adapter
(commercial service tool) and pressure pump to EVAP service E
port.
3. Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT F
MODE” with CONSULT.
4. Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will
appear on the screen.
G
5. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure
indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph. SEF462UA
6. Remove EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool) H
and hose with pressure pump.
7. Locate the leakage using a leakage detector (commercial ser-
vice tool). Refer to EC-53, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYS-
TEM : System Description". I
SEF200U
WITHOUT CONSULT L
(commercial service tool) and pressure pump to EVAP service
port. M
2. Apply battery voltage between the terminals of EVAP canister
vent control valve to make a closed EVAP system.
3. To locate the leakage, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP sys- N
tem until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to
0.028 kg/cm2, 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
4. Remove EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool) O
SEF462UA

EVAP LEAK CHECK
5. Locate the leakage using a leak detector (commercial service
tool). Refer to EC-53, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM :
SEF200U

POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
A
1.CHECK PCV VALVE EC

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is C
placed over valve inlet.
NO >> Replace PCV valve.
E
PBIB1589E

ECM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [VQ35DE FOR USA AND CANADA]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

ECM
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012857184
CAUTION:
Perform ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM. Refer to EC-156, "Description".
REMOVAL
1. Remove front air duct. Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View".
2. Remove battery. Refer to PG-147, "Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect the harness connectors from ECM. Refer to PG-11, "Harness Connector".
4. Remove ECM nuts (A), and then remove ECM (1).
JSBIA1367GB
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [VQ35DE FOR USA AND CANADA]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A

Idle Speed INFOID:0000000012857185
EC
Condition Specification
C
No load* (in P or N position) 625 ± 50 rpm
*: Under the following conditions
• A/C switch: OFF D
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger)
• Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position
Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000012857186

E
Condition Specification F
No load* (in P or N position) 12 ± 2° BTDC
• A/C switch: OFF G
H
Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000012857187
I
Condition Specification (Using CONSULT or GST)
At idle 10 – 35 %
At 2,500 rpm 10 – 35 % J
Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000012857188
K
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 – 14 V)
Output frequency at idle (in N position) 4,100 – 4,700 Hz*
L
2.0 – 6.0 g/s at idle*
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT or GST)
7.0 – 20.0 g/s at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
M

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [VQ35DE FOR MEXICO]
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000012857189
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system may only deploy
one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front passenger seat is occupied.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SR and SB section of this Service Man-
ual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, it is recommended that all mainte-
nance and repair be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper repair, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury
caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module,
see the SR section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery or batteries, and wait at least three minutes before performing any service.
Precautions For Xenon Headlamp Service INFOID:0000000012857190
WARNING:
Comply with the following warnings to prevent any serious accident.
• Disconnect the battery cable (negative terminal) or the power supply fuse before installing, remov-
ing, or touching the xenon headlamp (bulb included). The xenon headlamp contains high-voltage
generated parts.
• Never work with wet hands.
• Check the xenon headlamp ON-OFF status after assembling it to the vehicle. Never turn the xenon
headlamp ON in other conditions. Connect the power supply to the vehicle-side connector.
(Turning it ON outside the lamp case may cause fire or visual impairments.)
• Never touch the bulb glass immediately after turning it OFF. It is extremely hot.
CAUTION:
Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction.
• Install the xenon bulb securely. (Insufficient bulb socket installation may melt the bulb, the connec-
tor, the housing, etc. by high-voltage leakage or corona discharge.)
• Never perform HID circuit inspection with a tester.
• Never touch the xenon bulb glass with hands. Never put oil and grease on it.
• Dispose of the used xenon bulb after packing it in thick vinyl without breaking it.
• Never wipe out dirt and contamination with organic solvent (thinner, gasoline, etc.).

PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000012857191
A
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield. EC
D
PIIB3706J
On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and CVT INFOID:0000000012857192

E
The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will illuminate the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the
driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION: F
• Always to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair
or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will
cause the MIL to illuminate.
• Always to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will G
cause the MIL to illuminate due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-lock- H
ing type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect.
• Always route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with a
bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the short circuit.
I
• Always to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system,
etc.
• Always to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and J
TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer.
General Precautions INFOID:0000000012857193
K
• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.
• Never attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is
running. L
• Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness con-
nector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative bat-
tery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because
battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is M
turned OFF.
• Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then dis-
connect battery ground cable. N
SEF289H
• Never disassemble ECM. O

• If a battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to the ECM value.
The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial value. Thus, engine operation can vary slightly in
this case. However, this is not an indication of a malfunction. Never replace parts because of a slight P
variation.
• If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related diagnostic information will be lost
within 24 hours.
- Diagnostic trouble codes
- 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes
- Freeze frame data
- 1st trip freeze frame data
- System readiness test (SRT) codes
PRECAUTIONS
- Test values
• When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten (B) it
securely with a lever (1) as far as it will go as shown in the fig-
ure.
- ECM (2)
- Loosen (A)
PBIB2947E
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

from ECM, never damage pin terminals (bends or break).
Check that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin ter-
minal, when connecting pin connectors.
• Securely connect ECM harness connectors.
A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) volt-
age to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in dam-
age to ICs.
• Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away
from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system mal-
functions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation
PBIB0090E
of ICs, etc.
• Keep engine control system parts and harness dry.
• Before replacing ECM, perform ECM Terminals and Reference
Value inspection and check ECM functions properly. Refer to
EC-637, "Reference Value".
• Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage.
• Never clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent.
• Never disassemble electric throttle control actuator.
• Even a slight leakage in the air intake system can cause seri-
ous incidents.
• Never shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE),
crankshaft position sensor (POS).
MEF040D
• After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC

Confirmation Procedure or Component Function Check.
The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation
Procedure if the repair is completed. The Component Func-
tion Check should be a good result if the repair is completed.
JSBIA1315ZZ

PRECAUTIONS
• When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow
the two tester probes to contact. A
Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and
damage the ECM power transistor.
EC
G
SEF348N
• B1 indicates bank 1, B2 indicates bank 2 as shown in the fig- H

ure.
• Never operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines.
• Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque.
I
SEC893C
K
• Never depress accelerator pedal when starting.

• Immediately after starting, never rev up engine unnecessarily. L
• Never rev up engine just prior to shutdown.
SEF709Y

PRECAUTIONS
• When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to
observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic
control systems depending on installation location.
- Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic con-
trol units.
- Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away
from the harness of electronic controls.
Never let them run parallel for a long distance.
- Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave
ratio can be kept smaller.
- Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body.
SEF708Y

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [VQ35DE FOR MEXICO]
PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000012857194
EC
The actual shape of the tools may differ from those illustrated here.
Tool number
(TechMate No.) Description C
Tool name
— Checks fuel pressure
(J-44321) D
Fuel pressure gauge
kit
LEC642
— Connects fuel pressure gauge to quick connector F

(J-44321-6) type fuel lines
Fuel pressure adapter
G
LBIA0376E
H
Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000012857195
Tool name
Description
(TechMate No.)
J
Quick connector re- Removes fuel tube quick connectors in engine
lease room
(J-45488)
K
L
PBIC0198E
Leak detector Locates the EVAP leakage

i.e.: (J-41416)
M
S-NT703
EVAP service port Applys positive pressure through EVAP service O

adapter port
i.e.: (J-41413-OBD)
P
S-NT704

PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [VQ35DE FOR MEXICO]
Tool name
Description
(TechMate No.)
Fuel filler cap adapter Checks fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening
i.e.: (J-42909) pressure
S-NT815
Socket wrench Removes and installs engine coolant temperature

( — ) sensor. Refer to CO-26, "Exploded View".
S-NT705
Oxygen sensor thread Reconditions the exhaust system threads before

cleaner installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with anti-
i.e.: (J-43897-18) seize lubricant shown below.
(J-43897-12) a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirco-
nia Oxygen Sensor
b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Tita-
nia Oxygen Sensor
AEM488
Anti-seize lubricant Lubricates oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool

(PermatexTM
i.e.: when reconditioning exhaust system threads.
133AR or equivalent
meeting MIL specifica-
tion MIL-A-907)
S-NT779

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [VQ35DE FOR MEXICO]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
EC
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000012857196
ENGINE ROOM C
J
JSBIB0178ZZ
No. Component Function K

IPDM E/R activates the internal control circuit to perform the relay
ON-OFF control according to the input signals from various sen-
1. IPDM E/R
sors and the request signals received from control units via CAN L
communication.
Refer to PCS-4, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installa-
tionlocation.
M
EC-588, "Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sen-
2. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor)
sor)"
3. Electric throttle control actuator EC-582, "Electric Throttle Control Actuator"
N
5. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve EC-584, "EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve"
6. VIAS control solenoid valve 2 EC-589, "VIAS Control Solenoid Valve 1 and 2" O
P
9. Electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve EC-583, "Electronic Controlled Engine Mount"

COMPONENT PARTS
12. ECM EC-582, "ECM"
EC-589, "Refrigerant Pressure Sensor"
Refer to HAC-11, "FRONT AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING
13. Refrigerant pressure sensor
SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for detailed installationlo-
cation.
ENGINE
JPBIA4686ZZ
A. Engine rear upper-left B. Engine top center C. Engine front lower-right

:Vehicle front

1. EC-581, "Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)"
(bank 1)
Ignition coil (with power transistor)
2. EC-587, "Ignition Coil (With Power Transistor)"
(bank 1)
3. PCV valve EC-590, "Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV)"
4. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 1) EC-587, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
5. Engine oil pressure sensor EC-584, "Engine Oil Pressure Sensor"
6. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve (bank 2) EC-587, "Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve"
7. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) EC-581, "Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS)"
Ignition coil (with power transistor)
8. EC-587, "Ignition Coil (With Power Transistor)"
(bank 2)
9. EC-581, "Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE)"
(bank 2)

COMPONENT PARTS
A
10. Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-583, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"
11. Fuel injector (bank 1) EC-585, "Fuel Injector"
12. Knock sensor (bank 1) EC-587, "Knock Sensor" EC
13. Knock sensor (bank 2) EC-587, "Knock Sensor"
14. Fuel injector (bank 2) EC-585, "Fuel Injector"
15. Engine oil temperature sensor EC-584, "Engine Oil Temperature Sensor" C
EXHAUST
D
JPBIA4687ZZ
K

1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 2) EC-580, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1" L
2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) EC-586, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2"
3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) EC-586, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2"
M
4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 1) EC-580, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1"
BODY
N

COMPONENT PARTS
ALBIA0770ZZ
A. Instrument panel periphery (driver B. Front side of engine room (cooling C. Pedal periphery
side) fan assembly)
D. Under of rear seat (fuel tank) E. Under the spare tire housing
:Vehicle front

COMPONENT PARTS
No. Component Function A

Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) EC-587, "Malfunction Indicator lamp (MIL)"
The operation mode of the ASCD is indicated on the information
1. Combination meter display in the combination meter. EC
Information display
ECM transmits the status signal to the combination meter via CAN
communication according to ASCD operation.
2. ASCD Steering switch / ICC steering switch EC-580, "ASCD Steering Switch" / EC-587, "ICC Steering Switch" C
3. Cooling fan control module EC-581, "Cooling Fan Motor & Cooling Fan Control Module"
4. Stop lamp switch EC-589, "Stop Lamp Switch&Brake Pedal Position Switch"
5. Brake pedal position switch EC-589, "Stop Lamp Switch&Brake Pedal Position Switch" D
6. Accelerator pedal position sensor EC-579, "Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor"
EC-585, "Fuel Level Sensor Unit and Fuel Pump (With Fuel Tank
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (with fuel tank temper- E
7. Temperature Sensor)"
ature sensor)
Refer to FL-6, "Exploded View" for detailed installation location.
8. EVAP control system pressure sensor EC-585, "EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor"
F
9. EVAP canister vent control valve EC-585, "EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve"
10. EVAP canister EC-584, "EVAP Canister"
Infiniti Drive Mode Selector G
Infiniti Drive Mode Selector : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000012857197
L
JSBIA2350ZZ

M
Controls accelerator pedal reaction force of the accelerator pedal actuator when in ECO mode,
1. ADAS control unit based on an ECO pedal* reaction force control signal received from ECM.
Refer to BRC-9, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
N
Transmits an ON/OFF state signal of STANDARD, SPORT, ECO, or SNOW mode to the A/C auto
2. Drive mode select switch amp.
• Indicates a mode state on the vehicle information display, based on a mode state signal received O
Combination meter
(Vehicle information dis-
3. • Turns ON or blinks (with ECO pedal*) the ECO drive indicator according to a request from ECM
play, and ECO drive indi-
when in ECO mode.
cator)
Refer to PCS-4, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation location.
P

COMPONENT PARTS
Transmits an ECO pedal* reaction force setting signal (Standard/Soft/OFF) to ECM via CAN com-
munication. This signal determines reaction force of the accelerator pedal.
• AV-21, "Component Parts Location" (BASE AUDIO)
• AV-155, "Component Parts Location" (BOSE AUDIO W/O NAVIGATION)
4. AV control unit
• AV-363, "Component Parts Location" (BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION W/O SURROUND
SOUND)
• AV-655, "Component Parts Location" (BOSE AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION AND SURROUND
SOUND)
• AV-952, "Component Parts Location" (TELEMATICS SYSTEM)
Transmits a state of a mode received from the A/C auto amp. to ECM.
5. TCM Refer to TM-15, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for detailed installation lo-
cation.
• Receives a ECO mode signal from TCM and controls throttle angle characteristics.
• Determines reaction force in accordance with the accelerator pedal operation when in ECO mode
and transmits an ECO pedal* reaction force control signal to the ADAS control unit. When receiv-
ing the ECO pedal* reaction force setting signal (Standard/Soft/OFF) from the AV control unit,
ECM updates ECO pedal* reaction force. Furthermore, ECM sends back the received signal to the
6. ECM
AV control unit for confirmation.
• Controls the ECO drive indicator when in ECO mode. The ECO drive indicator turns ON or blinks
(with ECO pedal*) according to accelerator pedal operation.
Refer to EC-574, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for detailed installa-
tion location.
Transmits an input signal (ON/OFF state of each mode) received from the drive mode select switch
to the TCM, combination meter and ADAS control unit via CAN communication.
• HAC-11, "FRONT AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Component Parts Location"
7. A/C auto amp. (FRONT AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM)
• HAC-15, "REAR AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM : Component Parts Location"
(REAR AUTOMATIC AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM)
• HAC-17, "ACCS (ADVANCED CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM) : Component Parts Location"
(ACCS)
Applies reaction force to the accelerator pedal when in ECO mode, based on an accelerator pedal
8. Accelerator pedal actuator reaction force control signal received from the ADAS control unit.
*: ECO pedal control is only for vehicles with intelligent pedal (distance control assist).
Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor INFOID:0000000012857198
The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end

of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelera-
tor position and sends a signal to the ECM.
JPBIA4615ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors
are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal A
position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM.
In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of
the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The
EC
ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from
these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these
signals.
Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM C
receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The
ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut.
PBIB1741E
D
Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000012857199
DESCRIPTION E
The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sen-
sor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an elec-
trode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element.
The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the F
lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor
outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range.
The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at G
the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current
relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocar-
bon density in rich. H
JMBIA0112GB
Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this I
electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the
sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approxi-
mately 800°C (1,472°F).
J
PBIB3354E L
A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
A/F sensor 1 heater is integrated in the sensor.
The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating M
condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element within the specified range.
ASCD Steering Switch INFOID:0000000012857200
N
ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation
of switch, and determines which button is operated.
O

COMPONENT PARTS
Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) INFOID:0000000012857202
The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the retraction of

intake camshaft to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft posi-
tion sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position.
When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoper-
ative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various con-
trols of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification
signals.
the gap with the sensor to change.
JMBIA0064ZZ
change.
Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes.
JMBIA0001GB
Cooling Fan Motor & Cooling Fan Control Module INFOID:0000000012857203
COOLING FAN MOTOR

Cooling fan motor receives cooling fan motor operating voltage from cooling fan control module. The revolu-
tion speed of cooling fan motor is controlled by duty cycle of the voltage.
COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE
Cooling fan control module receives ON/OFF pulse duty signal from IPDM E/R. Corresponding to this ON/OFF
pulse duty signal, cooling fan control module sends cooling fan motor operating voltage to cooling fan motor.
The revolution speed of cooling fan motor is controlled by duty cycle of the voltage.
Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) INFOID:0000000012857204
The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the oil pan facing
the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate. It detects the fluctuation of
When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth
cause the gap with the sensor to change.
change.
changes.
The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of
JMBIA0062ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
A
EC
JMBIA0001GB
D
ECM INFOID:0000000012857205
• ECM (Engine Control Module) controls the engine.

• ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input E
and output and for power supply.
• Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition
switch is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC F
memory, the air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory,
the idle air volume learning value memory, etc.
PBIA9222J
H
Electric Throttle Control Actuator INFOID:0000000012857206
I
OUTLINE
Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle body, throttle valve, throttle control motor and throttle posi-
tion sensor.
J
N
JSBIA0270GB
THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR O

The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve.
The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feed-
back to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in
response to driving condition. P
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR

The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement.

COMPONENT PARTS
The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a
kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into
output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition,
these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle
valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the
current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the
ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve
opening angle properly in response to driving condition.
PBIB0145E
Electronic Controlled Engine Mount INFOID:0000000012857207
In the idle range, ECM turns OFF the electronically-controlled engine mount control solenoid valve and applies
manifold pressure to the electronically-controlled engine mount. This decreases damping force of the electron-
ically-controlled engine mount and absorbs vibrations traveling from the engine to the body for improving the
quietness.
In the driving range, ECM turns ON the electronically-controlled engine mount control solenoid valve and cuts
manifold pressure applied on the electronically-controlled engine mount. This increases damping force of the
electronically-controlled engine mount and reduces vibrations generated during driving.
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000012857208
The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine

coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the
ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant
temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to
the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the ther-
mistor decreases as temperature increases.
SEF594K
<Reference data>
Engine coolant temperature

–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4

20 (68) 3.5 2.37 - 2.63
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
SEF012P

COMPONENT PARTS
Engine Oil Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000012857209
A
The engine oil pressure (EOP) sensor is detects engine oil pressure
and transmits a voltage signal to the ECM.
EC
D
JSBIA0292ZZ
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000012857210

E
The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil
temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM.
The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil tempera- F
ture input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
G
H
SEF594K
<Reference data> I
Engine oil temperature

[°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) J
–10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4
20 (68) 3.5 2.37 - 2.63
K
50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260
110 (230) 0.6 0.143 - 0.153 L
SEF012P
EVAP Canister INFOID:0000000012857211

M
For details, refer to EC-603, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description". N
EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000012857212
The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is used to O

control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP
canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF
pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the P
amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve.
PBIB3489E

COMPONENT PARTS
EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve INFOID:0000000012857213
The EVAP canister vent control valve is located on the EVAP canis-
ter and is used to seal the canister vent.
This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the
ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized.
A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal
the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative
emission control system components.
This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains
opened.
When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evapo-
rative emission control system is depressurized and allows “EVAP
JSBIA1337GB
Control System” diagnosis.
EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000012857214
The EVAP control system pressure sensor detects pressure in the

purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pres-
sure increases.
PBIB3370E
Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000012857215
The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM
supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injec-
tor is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and
allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold.
The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse dura-
tion. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains
open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on
engine fuel needs.
PBIA9664J
Fuel Level Sensor Unit and Fuel Pump (With Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor)
INFOID:0000000012857216
FUEL PUMP
The ECM activates the fuel pump for 1 second after the ignition
switch is turned ON to improve engine start ability. If the ECM
receives a engine speed signal from the camshaft position sensor
(PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump
to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when the igni-
tion switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation
and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The
ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It sends the control signal
to the fuel pump control module, which in turn controls the fuel
pump.
JSBIA1282ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
Condition Fuel pump operation A

Ignition switch is turned to ON. Operates for 1 second.
Engine running and cranking Operates.
EC
When engine is stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds.
Except as shown above Stops.
FUEL LEVEL SENSOR C

The fuel level sensor is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit.
The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the combination meter. The combina-
tion meter sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM via the CAN communication line. D
It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output volt-
age changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float.
FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR E
The fuel tank temperature sensor is used to detect the fuel tempera-
ture inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from
the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temper- F
ature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the
<Reference data> G
Fluid temperature Voltage* Resistance

[°C (°F)] (V) (kΩ) H
20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7 SEF012P
50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90

I
*: These data are reference values and are measured between ECM terminals 95 (Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground.
Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 INFOID:0000000012857217
J
DESCRIPTION
The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold),
monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. K
Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
are shifted, the air fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the sig-
nal from the heated oxygen sensor 2.
L
This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates volt-
age from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner con-
ditions.
Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for M
engine control operation.
SEF327R
N
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER
Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater is integrated in the sensor.
The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed,
amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature. O
Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater

Above 3,600 rpm OFF P
Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met.
ON
• Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1
minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load

COMPONENT PARTS
ICC Steering Switch INFOID:0000000012857218
ICC steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation of
switch, and determines which button is operated.
Ignition Coil (With Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000012857219
The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the
power transistor. The power transistor turns ON and OFF the ignition
coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high
voltage in the coil secondary circuit.
JPBIA4613ZZ
Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000012857220
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF

pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM.
The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil
amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit
or stops oil flow.
The longer pulse width advances valve angle.
The shorter pulse width retards valve angle.
stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control
position.
PBIB1842E
Knock Sensor INFOID:0000000012857221
The knock sensor is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine

knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from
the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is
converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM.
JSBIA0284ZZ
Malfunction Indicator lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000012857222
Malfunction Indicator lamp (MIL) is located on the combination

meter.
MIL will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON without the
engine running. This is a bulb check.
When the engine is started, MIL should turn OFF. If the MIL remains
illuminated, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine
system malfunction.
For details, refer to EC-614, "Diagnosis Description".
JSBIA1315ZZ

COMPONENT PARTS
Mass Air Flow Sensor (With Intake Air Temperature Sensor) INFOID:0000000012857223
A
MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It
measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire EC
intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the
hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is
reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater C
the heat loss.
Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to
maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The
ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. D
PBIA9559J
E
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor. The sensor detects intake air temperature
and transmits a signal to the ECM.
The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical F
resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise.
<Reference data> G
Intake air temperature

[°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) H
25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200
80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359
I
J
SEF012P
Oil Pressure Warning Lamp INFOID:0000000012857224
K
Oil pressure warning lamp is located on the combination meter.
It indicates the low pressure of the engine oil and the malfunction of
the engine oil pressure system.
Combination meter turns the oil pressure warning lamp ON/OFF L
according to the oil pressure warning lamp signal received from
ECM via CAN communication.
For details, refer to EC-605, "ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT M
LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE : System Description".
N
PBIA8559J
Power Valve Actuator 1 and 2 INFOID:0000000012857225
O
The power valves are used to control the suction passage of the variable induction air control system. They
are set in the fully closed or fully opened position by the power valve actuators operated by the vacuum stored
in the vacuum tank. The vacuum to power valve actuators is controlled by the VIAS control solenoid valves.
P

COMPONENT PARTS
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000012857226
The refrigerant pressure sensor is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an
electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent
to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system.
PBIB2657E
Stop Lamp Switch&Brake Pedal Position Switch INFOID:0000000012857227
Stop lamp switch and brake pedal position switch are installed to brake pedal bracket.
ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal).
Brake pedal Brake pedal position switch Stop lamp switch

Released ON OFF
Depressed OFF ON
VIAS Control Solenoid Valve 1 and 2 INFOID:0000000012857228
The VIAS control solenoid valve cuts the intake manifold vacuum signal for power valve control. It responds to
ON/OFF signals from the ECM. When the solenoid is OFF, the vacuum signal from the intake manifold is cut.
When the ECM sends an ON signal the coil pulls the plunger downward and sends the vacuum signal to the
power valve actuator.

A
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) INFOID:0000000012857229
EC
SEC921C
This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold. G

The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake
manifold.
During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV
valve. H
Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air.
The ventilating air is drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through
the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. I
Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve.
The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction.
On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not
meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go J
through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all condi-
tions.
K
PBIB1588E
M

On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR) INFOID:0000000012857230
PBIB1068E
From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut
valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is
released to the atmosphere.
When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and
refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged
during driving.
WARNING:
When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following:
• Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in workshop.
• Never smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area.
• Always to furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher.
CAUTION:
• Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures:
- Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely.
- Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-707, "Work Procedure".
- Disconnect battery ground cable.
• Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed.
• Never kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed.
• Never tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses.
• After installation, run engine and check for fuel leakage at connections.
• Never attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically.
Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire.

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
A
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012857231
EC
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
C
JSBIB0180GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

SYSTEM
ECM controls the engine by various functions.
Function Reference
EC-594, "MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System De-
Multiport fuel injection system
scription"
Electric ignition system EC-597, "ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description"
EC-598, "AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Descrip-
Air conditioning cut control
tion"
EC-598, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) :
Automatic speed control device (ASCD)
System Description"
Cooling fan control EC-600, "COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description"
EC-600, "ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT : Sys-
tem Description"
EC-603, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Descrip-
Evaporative emission system
tion"
Throttle control EC-604, "THROTTLE CONTROL : System Description"
EC-604, "INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Descrip-
tion"
EC-605, "ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE
Engine protection control at low engine oil pressure
OIL PRESSURE : System Description"
EC-606, "VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM : System Descrip-
Variable induction air system
tion"
Infiniti Drive Mode Selector EC-608, "Infiniti Drive Mode Selector : System Description"
EC-610, "INTEGRATED CONTROL OF ENGINE, CVT, AND ABS
Integrated control of engine, CVT, and ABS
: System Description"
CAN communication EC-610, "CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description"
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000013556357

P0011 Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve
P0021 control does not function.
P0103
Condition
(CONSULT display)
40°C (104°F)
or START
Approx 4 minutes or more after en-
80°C (176°F)
gine starting
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
(Depends on the time)
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in
P0223 condition.

SYSTEM
A
P0198 sensor
EC
Engine oil pressure • Engine speed will not rise more than 4,000 rpm due to the fuel cut.
P0605 ECM (When ECM calculation function is malfunctioning:) C
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
ECM deactivates ASCD operation. D
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
P1805 Brake switch ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a E
small range.
F
P2100 Throttle control motor relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a G
function fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. H
P2119 Electric throttle control ac- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring I
J
degrees or less.
(When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:) K
The engine can restart in the N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm L
or more.
P2127 The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal M
P2128 condition.
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM N
MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012857233
O
SYSTEM DIAGRAM

SYSTEM
JSBIA3401GB
*1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
*2: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of
time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the
ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined
by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position
sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor.
VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION
In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operat-
ing conditions as listed below.
<Fuel increase>
• During warm-up
• When starting the engine
• During acceleration
• Hot-engine operation
• When selector lever position is changed from N to D
• High-load, high-speed operation
<Fuel decrease>
• During deceleration
• During high engine speed operation

SYSTEM
MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL)
A
EC
PBIB3020E
The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air-fuel mixture ratio for drive ability and emission control. D
The three way catalyst (manifold) can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses A/F sen-
sor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the
injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about A/F sensor 1, refer to
EC-580, "Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1". This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric E
(ideal air-fuel mixture).
This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition.
Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching F
characteristics of A/F sensor 1 shift, the air-fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated
oxygen sensor 2.
• Open Loop Control
G
The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback
control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion.
- Deceleration and acceleration
- High-load, high-speed operation H
- Malfunction of A/F sensor 1 or its circuit
- Insufficient activation of A/F sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature
- High engine coolant temperature I
- During warm-up
- After shifting from N to D
- When starting the engine
J
MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL
The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from A/F sensor 1.
This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoret-
ical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally K
designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes dur-
ing operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio.
Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is L
then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between
the two ratios.
“Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim
M
includes “short-term fuel trim” and “long-term fuel trim”.
“Short-term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical
value. The signal from A/F sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the the-
oretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in N
fuel volume if it is lean.
“Long-term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out over time to compensate for continual deviation
of the “short-term fuel trim” from the central value. Continual deviation will occur due to individual engine differ-
O
ences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment.

SYSTEM
FUEL INJECTION TIMING
SEF179U
Two types of systems are used.

• Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the ignition order. This system is
used when the engine is running.
• Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System
Fuel is injected simultaneously into all six cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of
the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM.
The six injectors will then receive the signals 2 times for each engine cycle.
This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating.
FUEL SHUT-OFF
Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or oper-
ation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds.
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM
ELECTRIC IGNITION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012857234
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA3403GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Ignition order: 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6
The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the
engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM.
The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) sig-
nal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor.
During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in
the ECM.
• At starting
• During warm-up
• At idle

SYSTEM
• At low battery voltage
• During acceleration A
The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed
within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not
operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition.
EC
The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition.
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL
AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000012857235 C
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
D
JSBIA2361GB I
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used. J
Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned OFF.
• When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed.
• When cranking the engine. K
• At high engine speeds.
• When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high.
• When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed.
• When engine speed is excessively low. L
• When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high.
M
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description INFOID:0000000012857236
SYSTEM DIAGRAM N

SYSTEM
JSBIA3516GB
BASIC ASCD SYSTEM

Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions.
Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed
without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/
h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH).
ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed.
Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any
malfunction occurs in the ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control.
NOTE:
Always drive vehicle in a safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
SET OPERATION
Press MAIN switch. (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.)
When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89
MPH), press SET/COAST switch. (Then SET lamp in combination meter illuminates.)
ACCELERATE OPERATION
If the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until
the switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system.
And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed.
CANCEL OPERATION
• CANCEL switch is pressed
• Selector lever is in the N, P, R position
the driver by blinking indicator lamp.
• Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing SET/COAST switch or RESUME/
ACCELERATE switch.
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF while ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
COAST OPERATION
When the SET/COAST switch is pressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the
switch is released. And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed.
RESUME OPERATION

SYSTEM
When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed after cancel operation other than pressing MAIN switch
is performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must A
meet following conditions.
• Brake pedal is released
• A/T selector lever is in the P and N positions
EC
• Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH)
COOLING FAN CONTROL
COOLING FAN CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000012857237 C
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
D
H
JSBIA2351GB
*: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage.
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION I
ECM controls cooling fan speed corresponding to engine speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pres-
sure, battery voltage, vehicle speed, A/C ON signal, A/C evaporator temperature, target A/C evaporator tem-
perature and blower fan ON signal. J
Cooling fan speed request signal is sent to IPDM E/R from ECM via the CAN communication line. Then, IPDM
E/R sends ON/OFF pulse duty signal to cooling fan control module. Corresponding to this ON/OFF pulse duty
signal, cooling fan control module gives cooling fan motor operating voltage to cooling fan motors. Cooling fan
K
speed is controlled by duty cycle of cooling fan motor operating voltage sent from cooling fan control module.
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT : System Description INFOID:0000000012857238
L
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
M
JMBIA1827GB
P

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Electronic controlled en-
Engine speed Engine mount
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) gine mount control solenoid
control
Combination meter Vehicle speed* valve
*: This signal is sent to the ECM via the CAN communication line.

SYSTEM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
The ECM controls the engine mount operation corresponding to the engine speed. The control system has a
2-step control [Soft/Hard]
Vehicle condition Engine mount control

Engine speed: Below 950 rpm Soft
Engine speed: Above 950 rpm Hard
ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT LINE DRAWING
JMBIA2161ZZ
1. Electronic controlled engine mount 2. Intake manifold collector

control solenoid valve
: From next figure

SYSTEM
EC
JMBIA2072ZZ
K
1. Front electronic controlled engine mount 2. Rear electronic controlled engine mount
: To previous figure L
NOTE:
Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose.
M
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM

SYSTEM
EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012857239
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA0371GB
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
PBIB1631E
The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel
system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister.
The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the
engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the
engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is
proportionally regulated as the air flow increases.
EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and
idling.
THROTTLE CONTROL

SYSTEM
THROTTLE CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000012857240
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
EC
JSBIA1917GB F
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
ECM calculates the value of signal transmitted from the accelerator pedal and activates the throttle valve by G
transmitting a control signal to the electric throttle control actuator. This allows the optimum throttle angle and
improves drivability and fuel consumption. In addition, ECM learns the fully closed position every time when
the ignition switch is turned OFF to improve the accuracy in throttle valve position. H
When a malfunction occurs in the throttle control system, the throttle valve is closed by the return spring and
maintains the minimum engine speed by holding a slightly opened condition which is close to the fully opened
condition. This allows the securing of brake system, power steering system, and electric system and the
ensuring of the safety. I
INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000012857241 J
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
K
JMBIA1830GB

SYSTEM
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
JMBIA0060GB
This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake
valve.
The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant
temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing (IVT) control sole-
noid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake
valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range.
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
ENGINE PROTECTION CONTROL AT LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE : System De-
scription INFOID:0000000012857242
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSBIA1588GB

Engine oil pressure sensor Engine oil pressure
Engine protection control
Crankshaft position sensor • Oil pressure warning lamp Combination meter
Engine speed
(POS) signal (Oil pressure warning lamp)
• Fuel cut control
Engine oil temperature sensor Engine oil temperature
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
• The engine protection control at low engine oil pressure warns the driver of a decrease in engine oil pres-
sure by the oil pressure warning lamp before the engine becomes damaged.
• When detecting a decrease in engine oil pressure at an engine speed less than 1,000 rpm, ECM transmits
an oil pressure warning lamp signal to the combination meter.The combination meter turns ON the oil pres-
sure warning lamp, according to the signal.
• When detecting a decrease in engine oil pressure at an engine speed 1,000 rpm or more, ECM transmits an
oil pressure warning lamp signal to the combination meter.

SYSTEM
The combination meter turns ON the oil pressure warning lamp, according to the signals. When detecting a
decrease in engine oil pressure, ECM cuts fuel if the engine speed exceeds the specified value. A
Combination meter
Decrease in engine oil pressure Engine speed Fuel cut
Oil pressure warning lamp EC
Less than 1,000 rpm ON* NO
Detection
1,000 rpm or more ON YES
C
*: When detecting a normal engine oil pressure, ECM turns OFF the oil pressure warning lamp.
VARIABLE INDUCTION AIR SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000012857243
D
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
E
JMBIA1831GB J
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
K
JMBIA0181GB
In the medium speed range, the ECM sends the ON signal to the VIAS control solenoid valve. This signal P
introduces the intake manifold vacuum into the power valve actuator and therefore closes the power valve.
Under this condition, the pressure waves of the exhaust stroke do not disturb the pressure waves of the intake
stroke of each opposite bank. Therefore, charging efficiency is increased together with the effect of the long
intake passage.
However, in the high speed range, the ECM sends the OFF signal to the VIAS control solenoid valve and the
power valve is opened. Under this condition, the pressure waves of intake stroke are resonant with those of
each opposite bank exhaust stroke. Therefore, charging efficiency is also increased.

SYSTEM
In addition, both valves 1 and 2 are opened or closed in other ranges mentioned above. Thus maximum
charging efficiency is obtained for the various driving conditions.
VACUUM HOSE DRAWING
JMBIA0172ZZ
1. Power valve actuator 1 2. VIAS control solenoid valve 1 3. VIAS control solenoid valve 2
4. Power valve actuator 2 5. Intake manifold collector
Infiniti Drive Mode Selector

SYSTEM
Infiniti Drive Mode Selector : System Description INFOID:0000000012857244
A
System Diagram
EC
JSBIA2348GB F
NOTE:
• This section provides descriptions only about the control by ECM.
For overall control, refer to DMS-7, "Infiniti Drive Mode Selector : System Description". G
• ECO pedal control is only for vehicles with intelligent pedal (distance control assist).
Infiniti drive mode selector
• A/C auto amp. receives an operation state signal of the drive mode select switch and transmits a mode sig- H
nal (see below) to TCM via CAN communication.
- STANDARD: ON/OFF
- SPORT: ON/OFF
- ECO: ON/OFF I
- SNOW: ON/OFF
• TCM transmits a mode state signal to ECM via CAN communication, based on a ECO mode signal received
from the A/C auto amp. J
• ECM controls throttle angle characteristics appropriate to each mode, based on a ECO mode signal
received from TCM via CAN communication.
• The combination meter turns ON or blinks (with ECO pedal) the ECO drive indicator when in ECO mode,
based on a ECO drive indicator control signal received from ECM via CAN communication. K
ECO pedal control

• The AV control unit transmits an ECO pedal reaction force setting signal (Standard/Soft/OFF) to ECM via L
CAN communication.
NOTE:
An ECO pedal reaction force setting signal which determines reaction force of the accelerator pedal can be
selected on the settings screen of the Multi AV system. M
• ECM transmits an ECO pedal reaction force control signal to the ADAS control unit via CAN communication,
based on a ECO mode signal received from TCM via CAN communication and an ECO pedal reaction force
setting signal received from the AV control unit via CAN communication. N
• ECM sends back an ECO pedal reaction force setting signal received from the AV control unit to the AV con-
trol unit for confirmation.
• The ADAS control unit controls pedal reaction force of the accelerator pedal actuator via ITS communica-
tion, based on an ECO pedal reaction force control signal received from the ADAS control unit. O
Control
• With the drive mode selector, a drive mode select switch installed at the top of the center console switches a
vehicle drive mode, changes throttle angle characteristics, and controls ECO pedal. P
• Vehicle characteristics are controlled in the following modes, on the basis of STANDARD mode (“z” position
of the drive mode select switch).
- SPORT: Not controlled by engine control system.
- ECO: The ECO indicator lamp turns ON or blinks. The ECO mode enhances fuel economy by changing
throttle characteristics and activating the ECO pedal.
- SNOW: Changing throttle angle characteristics enhances driving performance on roads with a low coeffi-
cient of friction.

SYSTEM
Vehicle drive mode

Control item Description
SPORT ECO SNOW
Engine × × Changes throttle angle and the ECO drive indicator*1.
ECO pedal*2 × Controls ECO pedal (Accelerator pedal reaction force control).
*1: The ECO drive indicator is available only when in ECO mode.
*2: ECO pedal control is only for vehicles with an intelligent pedal (distance control assist).
ECO drive indicator control

• ECO drive indicator turns ON or blinks (with ECO pedal) when in ECO mode, according to the operation of
the accelerator pedal.
• For vehicles with ECO pedal, the blinking timing of the ECO drive indicator (green) synchronizes to the gen-
eration timing of ECO pedal reaction force.
ECO drive indicator (color) Driving condition

ON (Green) Within the ECO drive range.
Blink (Green) (if so equipped ECO pedal) Likely over the ECO drive range.
• Over the ECO drive range.
OFF • Low-speed range [approx. 2 MPH (3.2 km/h) or less] and high-speed range [approx. 90
MPH (144 km/h) or more]
JSBIA2349GB
NOTE:
ECO drive indicator turns OFF under the following conditions.
• Intelligent cruise control in operation.
• Selector lever is in R range.
ECO pedal control
• Increasing reaction force of the accelerator pedal supports ECO driving in accordance with the accelerator
pedal operation when in ECO mode.
• The level of reaction force to the accelerator pedal can be changed among Standard/Soft/OFF on the navi-
gation screen. ECO pedal reaction force can be turned OFF even when in ECO mode.
• The generation timing of ECO pedal reaction force synchronizes to the blinking timing of the ECO drive indi-
cator (Green).

SYSTEM
EC
JSBIA0497GB
E
NOTE:
reaction force is generated in common with ECO mode until the accelerator pedal is released. F
- Selector lever is in N or R range. G
INTEGRATED CONTROL OF ENGINE, CVT, AND ABS
INTEGRATED CONTROL OF ENGINE, CVT, AND ABS : System Description H
INFOID:0000000012857245
Real time communications (signal exchange) among control units (e.g. ECM, CVT, ABS, and combination
meter) via CAN communication optimizes engine torque and lock-up during gear shift and prevents engine I
speed from decreasing during deceleration.
CAN COMMUNICATION
J
CAN COMMUNICATION : System Description INFOID:0000000012857246
K
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. L
Refer to LAN-49, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communication Signal Chart", about CAN com-
munication for detail. M

OPERATION
OPERATION
AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : Switch Name and Function
INFOID:0000000012857247
SWITCHES AND INDICATORS
JSBIA0376ZZ
1. CRUISE indicator 2. SET indicator 3. CANCEL switch

4. ON/OFF (MAIN) switch 5. COAST/SET switch 6. ACCEL/RES switch
(ACCELERATE/RESUME)
A. On the combination meter (Information display)
B. On the steering wheel
SET SPEED RANGE

ASCD system can be set the following vehicle speed.
Minimum speed (Approx.) Maximum speed (Approx.)

40 km/h (25 MPH) 144 km/h (89 MPH)
SWITCH OPERATION
Item Function
CANCEL switch Cancels the cruise control driving.
ACCEL/RES switch • Resumes the set speed.
(RESUME/ACCELERATE) • Increases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
COAST/SET switch • Sets desired cruise speed.
(SET/COAST) • Decreases speed incrementally during cruise control driving.
ON/OFF (MAIN) switch Master switch to activate the ASCD system.
CANCEL OPERATION
• CANCEL switch is pressed
• ON/OFF (MAIN) switch pressed (Set speed is cleared)
• Selector lever position is changed to N, P or R
the driver by blinking indicator.
• Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator may
blink slowly.
When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE indicator will
stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing COAST/SET switch or ACCEL/RES
switch.

OPERATION
If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle
speed memory will be erased. A
EC

HANDLING PRECAUTION
HANDLING PRECAUTION
Infiniti Drive Mode Selector INFOID:0000000012857248
ECO DRIVE INDICATOR LAMP CONTROL

• ECO drive indicator turns OFF under the following conditions.
- While driving at low speeds [2 MPH (3.2 km/h) or less] or high speeds [90 MPH (144 km/h) or more].
- Selector lever is in R range.
ECO PEDAL CONTROL
- ECO pedal reaction force setting is OFF.
NOTE:
ECO pedal control is only for vehicles with an intelligent pedal (distance control assist).
ENGINE OUTPUT CHARACTERISTICS AFTER SWITCHING MODE
• Engine output characteristics after switching mode by operating the drive mode select switch are as follows.
- After switching mode to a mode that engine output increase, engine output characteristics are changed by
releasing the accelerator pedal.
- After switching mode to a mode that engine output decreases, engine output characteristics are changed
immediately.
• When an accelerator angle is constant, engine output characteristics are as follows.
- SPORT = STANDARD > ECO > SNOW
Output characteristics of each mode
Control mode Engine output
SPORT Normal*
STANDARD Normal
ECO Decrease
SNOW Decrease (More reduction than ECO mode)
*: Not controlled by engine control system.

A
Diagnosis Description INFOID:0000000012857249
This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information EC
and detects a sensors/actuator-related malfunction. A malfunction is indicated by the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with the diag-
nostic tool (GST: Generic Scan Tool).
C
GST (Generic Scan Tool) INFOID:0000000012857250
When GST is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the
control unit equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to EC-614, "Diag- D
nosis Description".
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated. E

DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1st Trip Detection Logic and Two Trip Detection Logic
INFOID:0000000012857251
When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the
ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in
the ECM memory, and the MIL illuminates. The MIL illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored.
<2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is per-
formed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink
the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below.
MIL DTC 1st trip DTC

1st trip 2nd trip 2nd trip
Items 1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip
Illuminat- Illuminat- display-
Blinking Blinking displaying displaying displaying
ed ed ing

damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0308 × — — — — — × —
is being detected
damage) — DTC: P0300 – P0308 — — × — — × — —
is being detected
One trip detection diagnoses (Re-
— × — — × — — —
fer to EC-654, "DTC Index".)
Except above — — — × — × × —
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and Freeze Frame Data INFOID:0000000012857252
DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC

The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic
result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not recur, the 1st trip DTC
will not be displayed.
If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is saved in the ECM memory. The MIL will not
light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required
driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the
2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are saved in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words,
the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consec-
utive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd
trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the
1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory.
For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to EC-654, "DTC Index". These items are
required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored
non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT.
1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illu-
minating the MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction.
When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame
data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-690, "Work Flow". Then perform DTC Confirma-
tion Procedure or Component Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is dupli-
cated, the item requires repair.
FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA
The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant tem-
perature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base
fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected.
Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data.
The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT or
GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT screen.

Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the
ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority A
for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once
freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no
longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol-
EC
lowing priorities to update the data.
Priority Items
C
Freeze frame data Misfire — DTC: P0300 – P0308
1
Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175
2 Except the above items
D
3 1st trip freeze frame data
For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was saved in the 2nd
trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated E
from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different mal-
function is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is
stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st
trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze F
frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the
ECM memory.
Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM mem- G
ory is erased.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System INFOID:0000000012857253
H
RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS
• When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory. I
• When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are
stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on.
• The MIL will turn OFF after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is
J
counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs
while counting, the counter will reset.
• The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) with-
out the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injec- K
tion System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern
C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CON-
SULT will count the number of times the vehicle is driven. L
• The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip.
COUNTER SYSTEM CHART
M
Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other
MIL (turns OFF) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B)
DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A) N
1st Trip DTC (clear) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B)
1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B)
O
For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see “EXPLANATION FOR
DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYS-
TEM”.
For details about patterns A and B under Other, see “EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MIS- P
FIRE <EXHAUST QUALITY DETERIORATION>”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”.
• *1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected.
• *2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip.
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality De-
terioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”

JMBIA1417GB
*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de-
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at
vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected.
without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM.
DTC and the freeze frame data still
remain in ECM.)
*7: When the same malfunction is de- *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when ve-
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip hicle is driven once (pattern C) with-
freeze frame data will be cleared. out the same malfunction after DTC
is stored in ECM.
Explanation for Driving Patterns for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
Driving Pattern B

Driving Pattern C
Refer to EC-619, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern". A
Example:
If the stored freeze frame data is as per the following:
Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F)
EC
To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions:
Engine speed: 475 – 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 – 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than
70°C (158°F)
C
Relationship Between MIL, DTC, 1st Trip DTC and Driving Patterns Except For “Misfire <Exhaust
Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection System”
D
JMBIA1418GB

*1: When the same malfunction is de- *2: MIL will turn OFF after vehicle is driv- *3: When the same malfunction is de-
stored in ECM.
*4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehi-
will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without
vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction.
without the same malfunction. stored in ECM.
(The DTC and the freeze frame data
still remain in ECM.)
tected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip
freeze frame data will be cleared.
Explanation for Driving Patterns Except for “Misfire <Exhaust Quality Deterioration>”, “Fuel Injection
System”
Driving Pattern A
Driving Pattern B
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000012857254
CAUTION:
DRIVING PATTERN A
Driving pattern A means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
• Engine coolant temperature rises by 20°C (36°F) or more after starting the engine.
• The ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF.
NOTE:
A.
pattern A.
DRIVING PATTERN B
Driving pattern B means a trip satisfying the following conditions.
closed loop.
closed loop.
• Under the closed loop control condition, the following state reaches 12 seconds or more in total: Vehicle
speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less with idling condition.
• The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total.
• A lapse of 22 minutes or more after engine start.
NOTE:
• Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity.
B.
pattern B.
DRIVING PATTERN C
Driving pattern C means operating vehicle as per the following:
The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time:
Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm

Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%]
Engine coolant temperature condition: A
• When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should be lower
than 70°C (158°F).
• When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), engine coolant temperature should
EC
be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
NOTE:
• When the same malfunction is detected regardless of the above vehicle conditions, reset the counter of driv-
ing pattern C. C
pattern C.
• The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is D
stored in ECM.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code INFOID:0000000012857255
E
System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of
SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and com-
ponents. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed. F
If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use
the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT G
status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains
“CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased.
Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's
normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items. H
NOTE:
The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM mem-
ory power supply is interrupted for several hours. I
NOTE:
If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will con-
tinue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the
J
vehicle is returned to the customer untested.
SRT SET TIMING
SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is K
done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and
is shown in the table below.
Example
L
Diagnosis
M
All OK Case 1 P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2)
P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2)
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2) N
SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
Case 2 P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1)
P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1) O
P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT”
P

Example
Diagnosis
NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — —
P0402 — — — —
NG
P1402 NG — NG (Consecutive
NG)
(1st trip) DTC
1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC
DTC (= MIL ON)
SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT”
OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK.
NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG.
—: Self-diagnosis is not carried out.
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will
indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above
When all SRT related self-diagnoses show OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate
“CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above
If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses show NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate
“CMPLT”. → Case 3 above
The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is the number one (1)
for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or the number two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in
preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice
(Case 3) for the following reasons:
• The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result.
• The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results.
• During SRT driving pattern, the 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT and the self-diagnosis
memory must be erased from the ECM after repair.
• If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”.
NOTE:
SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out
prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”.
NOTE:
If MIL is ON during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested
even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”)
and DTC (No DTCs) before the inspection.
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000012857256
When emission-related ECU detects a malfunction in the emission

control systems components and/or the powertrain control compo-
nents (which affect vehicle emissions), it turns on/blinks MIL to
inform the driver that a malfunction has been detected.
1. The MIL illuminates when ignition switch is turned ON (engine is
not running).
NOTE:
Check the MIL circuit if MIL does not illuminate. Refer to EC-
932, "Component Function Check".
2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off.
NOTE:
JSBIA1315ZZ
If MIL continues to illuminate/blink, perform self-diagnoses and
inspect/repair accordingly because an emission-related ECU has detected a malfunction in the emission
control systems components and/or the powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions).
On Board Diagnosis Function INFOID:0000000012857257
ON BOARD DIAGNOSIS ITEM

The on board diagnostic system has the following functions.

Diagnostic test mode Function A

Bulb check MIL can be checked.
SRT status ECM can read if SRT codes are set.
EC
Malfunction warning If ECM detects a malfunction, it illuminates or blinks MIL to inform the driver that a malfunction has
been detected.
Self-diagnostic results DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM can be read.
C
Accelerator pedal released po- ECM can learn the accelerator pedal released position. Refer to EC-701, "Description".
sition learning
Throttle valve closed position ECM can learn the throttle valve closed position. Refer to EC-702, "Description".
learning D
Idle air volume learning ECM can learn the idle air volume. Refer to EC-703, "Description".
Mixture ratio self-learning value Mixture ratio self-learning value can be erased. Refer to EC-705, "Description".
E
clear
BULB CHECK MODE

Description F
This function allows damage inspection in the MIL bulb (blown, open circuit, etc.).
Operation Procedure
G
2. The MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON.
If it remains OFF, check MIL circuit. Refer to EC-932, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
SRT STATUS MODE
Description
This function allows to read if ECM has completed the self-diagnoses of major emission control systems and I
components. For SRT, refer to EC-620, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : System Readiness Test (SRT) Code".
Operation Procedure
J
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds.
2. SRT status is indicated as shown blow.
• ECM continues to illuminate MIL if all SRT codes are set.
K
• ECM blinks MIL for about 10 seconds if all SRT codes are not set.
P
JMBIA1515GB
MALFUNCTION WARNING MODE

Description
In this function ECM turns on or blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction in the emission control system com-
ponents and/or the powertrain control components (which affect vehicle emissions) to inform the driver that a
malfunction has been detected.
Operation Procedure
• For two trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects the same malfunction twice in
the two consecutive driving cycles.
• For 1st trip detection logic diagnoses, ECM turns on MIL when it detects a malfunction in one driving
cycle.
• ECM blinks MIL when it detects a malfunction that may damage the three way catalyst (misfire).
SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS MODE
Description
This function allows to indicate DTCs or 1st trip DTCs stored in ECM according to the number of times MIL is
blinking.
How to Set Self-diagnostic Results Mode
NOTE:
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a mal-
function.
• After ignition switch is turned off, ECM is always released from the “self-diagnostic results” mode.
2. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds.
• Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
• Fully release the accelerator pedal.
3. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for approx. 10 seconds until the
MIL starts blinking.
NOTE:
Do not release the accelerator pedal for 10 seconds if MIL starts blinking during this period. This blinking
is displaying SRT status and is continued for another 10 seconds.
4. Fully release the accelerator pedal.
ECM has entered to “Self-diagnostic results” mode.
NOTE:
Wait until the same DTC (or 1st trip DTC) appears to completely confirm all DTCs.
PBIB0092E
How to Read Self-diagnostic Results

The DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below.
The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test
mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL
illuminates in “malfunction warning” mode, it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either

DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These unidentified codes can be identified by
using the CONSULT or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code. A
EC
PBIB3005E
A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes per the following.
J
Number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Flashes 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 12 13 14 15 16
K
The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-sec-
onds) - OFF (0.6-seconds) cycle.
The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-seconds ON and 0.3-seconds OFF cycle.
A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later L
numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared.
A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-seconds OFF.
In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no mal- M
function. Refer to EC-654, "DTC Index".
How to Erase Self-diagnostic Results
By performing this procedure, ECM memory is erased and the following diagnostic information is erased as N
well.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
O
• Test values P
NOTE:
Also, if a battery terminal is disconnected, ECM memory is erased and the diagnostic information as listed
above is erased. (The amount of time required for erasing may vary from a few seconds to several hours.)

5. Set ECM in “self-diagnostic results” mode.
6. The diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM.
Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it depressed for more than 10 seconds.
7. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed.
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000012857258
FUNCTION
Diagnostic test mode Function

Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data
Self Diagnostic Result
can be read and erased quickly.*
Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read.
This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the in-
Work support
dications on the CONSULT unit.
Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts
Active Test
some parameters in a specified range.
ECU identification ECM part number can be read.
DTC Work Support The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/results can be confirmed.
*: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased.
• Diagnostic trouble codes
• Test values
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE
Self Diagnostic Item
Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-654, "DTC Index".
How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC
DTCs and 1st trip DTCs related to the malfunction are displayed in “self-diag results”.
• When ECM detects a 1st trip DTC, 1t” is displayed for “TIME”.
• When ECM has detected a current DTC, “0” is displayed for “TIME”.
• If “TIME” is neither “0” nor “1t”, the DTC occurred in the past and ECM shows the number of times the vehi-
cle has been driven since the last detection of the DTC.
How to Erase DTC and 1st Trip DTC
NOTE:
• If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10
seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again.
• If the DTC is not for A/T related items (see EC-654, "DTC Index"), skip step 1.
1. Erase DTC in TCM. Refer to TM-45, "Description".
2. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT.
3. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”.
4. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.)
Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data

DIAG TROUBLE CODE The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code that is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer
[PXXXX] to EC-654, "DTC Index".)

A
FUEL SYS-B1 • “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• One of the following mode is displayed.
Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction
FUEL SYS-B2 Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment) EC
Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control
Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop
COMBUST CONDITION These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
C
CAL/LD VALUE [%] The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
COOLANT TEMP [°C] or
The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°F] D
L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule
L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] than short-term fuel trim.
E
S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
• The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel
S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] schedule.
ENGINE SPEED [rpm] The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
F
VEHICL SPEED
The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[km/h] or [mph]
G
INT MANI PRES [kPa] These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model.
ABSOL TH·P/S [%] The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. H
INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or
The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed.
[°F]
*: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data. I
DATA MONITOR MODE
NOTE:
• The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applica- J
• For reference values of the following items, refer to EC-637, "Reference Value".
Monitored Item K
×: Applicable
Monitor Item Selec-
tion L
PUT SIG- SIG-
NALS NALS M
* — —
IDLE REQUEST
MIL ON REQUEST* — —
N
ENGINE NO-LOAD* — —
READY STATE* — —
• Accuracy becomes poor if engine
O
speed drops below the idle rpm.
ed from the signal of the crankshaft
ENG SPEED rpm × × • If the signal is interrupted while
position sensor (POS) and camshaft
the engine is running, an abnor- P
position sensor (PHASE).
mal value may be indicated.
• When the engine is stopped, a
The signal voltage of the mass air
MAS A/F SE-B1 V × × • When engine is running, specifi-
flow sensor is displayed.
“SPEC”.

Monitor Item Selec-
tion
PUT SIG- SIG-
NALS NALS
“Base fuel schedule” indicates the
fuel injection pulse width pro-
B/FUEL SCHDL ms × × cation range is indicated in
grammed into ECM, prior to any
“SPEC”.
learned on board correction.
A/F ALPHA-B1 • When the engine is stopped, a
• This data also includes the data
The mean value of the air-fuel ratio
for the air-fuel ratio learning con-
% feedback correction factor per cycle
A/F ALPHA-B2 trol.
is indicated.
“SPEC”.
When the engine coolant tempera-
The engine coolant temperature (de-
ture sensor is open or short-circuit-
termined by the signal voltage of the
COOLAN TEMP/S °C or °F × × ed, ECM enters fail-safe mode. The
engine coolant temperature sensor)
engine coolant temperature deter-
is displayed.
mined by the ECM is displayed.
A/F SEN1 (B1) × × The A/F signal computed from the
V input signal of the air fuel ratio (A/F)
A/F SEN1 (B2) × × sensor 1 is displayed.
HO2S2 (B1) × × The signal voltage of the heated ox-
V
HO2S2 (B2) × × ygen sensor 2 is displayed.
HO2S2 MNTR(B1) × Display of heated oxygen sensor 2

signal:
• RICH: means the amount of oxy-
RICH/ gen after three way catalyst is rel- When the engine is stopped, a cer-
HO2S2 MNTR(B2) LEAN × atively small. tain value is indicated.
• LEAN: means the amount of oxy-
gen after three way catalyst is rel-
atively large.
km/h or
VHCL SPEED SE × × the vehicle speed signal sent from
mph
km/h or • The preset vehicle speed is dis-
SET VHCL SPD
mph played.
The power supply voltage of ECM is
BATTERY VOLT V
displayed.
ACCEL SEN 1 ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted
The accelerator pedal position sen-
V by ECM internally. Thus, it differs
ACCEL SEN 2 sor signal voltage is displayed.
from ECM terminal voltage signal.
TP SEN 1-B1 × × TP SEN 2-B1 signal is converted by
The throttle position sensor signal
V ECM internally. Thus, it differs from
TP SEN 2-B1 × × voltage is displayed.
ECM terminal voltage signal.
The fuel temperature (determined by
FUEL T/TMP SE °C or °F the signal voltage of the fuel tank
temperature sensor) is displayed.
The signal voltage of EVAP control
EVAP SYS PRES V system pressure sensor is dis-
played.
The signal voltage of the fuel level
FUEL LEVEL SE V ×

Monitor Item Selec-
tion A
PUT SIG- SIG-
NALS NALS EC
Indicates start signal status [On/Off]
After starting the engine, [Off] is dis-
computed by the ECM according to
START SIGNAL On/Off played regardless of the starter sig-
the signals of engine speed and bat-
tery voltage.
nal. C
Indicates idle position [On/Off] com-
puted by ECM according to the ac-
CLSD THL POS On/Off × × D
celerator pedal position sensor
signal.
Indicates [On/Off] condition of the air
AIR COND SIG On/Off × × conditioner switch as determined by E
the air conditioner signal.
[On/Off] condition of the power
steering system (determined by the
PW/ST SIGNAL On/Off × ×
signal voltage of the power steering
F
pressure sensor) is indicated.
electrical load signal. G
• On: Rear window defogger switch
is ON and/or lighting switch is in
LOAD SIGNAL On/Off × ×
2nd position.
• Off: Both rear window defogger
H
switch and lighting switch are
OFF.
Indicates [On/Off] condition from ig- I
IGNITION SW On/Off × ×
nition switch signal.
HEATER FAN SW On/Off ×
heater fan switch signal. J
BRAKE SW On/Off
stop lamp switch signal.
INJ PULSE-B1 Indicates the actual fuel injection
K
msec pulse width compensated by ECM
INJ PULSE-B2 tain computed value is indicated.
Indicates the ignition timing comput- L
IGN TIMING BTDC × ed by ECM according to the input
tain value is indicated.
signals.
“Calculated load value” indicates the
CAL/LD VALUE % value of the current air flow divided M
by peak air flow.
Indicates the mass air flow comput-
MASS AIRFLOW g/s ed by ECM according to the signal N
voltage of the mass air flow sensor.
• Indicates the EVAP canister purge
volume control solenoid valve O
control value computed by the
PURG VOL C/V % ECM according to the input sig-
nals.
• The opening becomes larger as P
the value increases.
INT/V TIM (B1) Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft
°CA
INT/V TIM (B2) advance angle.

Monitor Item Selec-
tion
PUT SIG- SIG-
NALS NALS
INT/V SOL(B1) • The control value of the intake
valve timing control solenoid valve
INT/V SOL(B2) % the input signals) is indicated.
• The advance angle becomes larg-
er as the value increases.
nals) is indicated.
VIAS S/V-1 On/Off
is operating.
is not operating.
nals) is indicated.
VIAS S/V-2 On/Off
is operating.
is not operating.
The air conditioner relay control con-
AIR COND RLY On/Off dition (determined by ECM accord-
ing to the input signals) is indicated.
The control condition of the electron-
ic controlled engine mount (deter-
mined by ECM according to the
IDLE/ input signals) is indicated.
ENGINE MOUNT
TRVL • IDLE: Engine speed is below 950
rpm
• TRVL: Engine speed is above 950
rpm
Indicates the fuel pump relay control
FUEL PUMP RLY On/Off condition determined by ECM ac-
cording to the input signals.
The control condition of the EVAP
canister vent control valve (deter-
mined by ECM according to the in-
VENT CONT/V On/Off
put signals) is indicated.
• On: Closed
• Off: Open
Indicates the throttle control motor
relay control condition determined
THRTL RELAY On/Off
by the ECM according to the input
signals.
A/F S1 HTR(B1) • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
%
A/F S1 HTR(B2) • The current flow to the heater be-
es.
HO2S2 HTR (B1) Indicates [On/Off] condition of heat-
ed oxygen sensor 2 heater deter-
On/Off
HO2S2 HTR (B2) mined by ECM according to the
input signals.

Monitor Item Selec-
tion A
PUT SIG- SIG-
NALS NALS EC
The control condition of the power
generation voltage variable control
C
ALT DUTY SIG On/Off
• On: Power generation voltage
variable control is active.
• Off: Power generation voltage D
variable control is inactive.
I/P PULLY SPD rpm ed from the input speed sensor sig-
nal. E
km/h or
VEHICLE SPEED the vehicle speed signal sent from
mph
TCM is displayed. F
Displays the condition of idle air vol-
ume learning
• Yet: Idle Air Volume Learning has G
Yet/Cm-
IDL A/V LEARN not been performed yet.
plt
• Cmplt: Idle Air Volume Learning
has already been performed suc-
cessfully. H
km or Distance traveled while MIL is acti-
TRVL AFTER MIL
mile vated.
The engine oil temperature (deter- I
mined by the signal voltage of the
ENG OIL TEMP °C or °F
engine oil temperature sensor) is
displayed.
J
km/h or
VHCL SPEED SE the vehicle speed signal sent from
mph
K
MAIN SW On/Off
MAIN switch signal.
CANCEL SW On/Off L
CANCEL switch signal.
RESUME/ACC SW On/Off RESUME/ACCELERATE switch sig-
nal. M
SET SW On/Off
SET/COAST switch signal.
Indicates [On/Off] condition from N
BRAKE SW1 On/Off brake pedal position switch signal or
ASCD clutch switch.
Indicates [On/Off] condition of stop O
BRAKE SW2 On/Off
lamp switch signal.
DIST SW On/Off
DISTANCE switch signal.
P
tion.
NON/ at the ASCD set speed.
VHCL SPD CUT
CUT CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to
excessively low compared with
the ASCD set speed, and ASCD
operation is cut off.

Monitor Item Selec-
tion
PUT SIG- SIG-
NALS NALS
tion.
NON/
LO SPEED CUT at the ASCD set speed.
CUT
CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to
excessively low, and ASCD oper-
ation is cut off.
AT OD MONITOR On/Off CVT O/D according to the input
signal from the TCM.
AT OD CANCEL On/Off
CVT O/D cancel request signal.
Indicates [On/Off] condition of
CRUISE LAMP On/Off CRUISE lamp determined by the
ECM according to the input signals.
Indicates a command value for cool-
FAN DUTY % ing fan. The value is calculated by
ECM based on input signals.
Indicates A/C evaporator tempera-
AC EVA TEMP °C or °F
ture sent from“A/C auto amp.”.
Indicates target A/C evaporator tem-
AC EVA TARGET °C or °F
perature sent from“A/C auto amp.”.
Indicates the duty ratio of the power
generation command value. The ra-
ALT DUTY %
tio is calculated by ECM based on
the battery current sensor signal.
SET LAMP On/Off SET lamp determined by the ECM
The signal voltage of battery current
BAT CUR SEN mV
A/F ADJ-B1 Indicates the correction of a factor
stored in ECM. The factor is calcu-
lated from the difference between
—
A/F ADJ-B2 the target air-fuel ratio stored in ECM
and the air-fuel ratio calculated from
A/F sensor 1 signal.
P/N POSI SW On/Off × ×
park/neutral position (PNP) signal.
The intake air temperature (deter-
mined by the signal voltage of the in-
INT/A TEMP SE °C or °F × ×
take air temperature sensor) is
indicated.
The signal voltage from the refriger-
AC PRESS SEN V
ant pressure sensor is displayed.
VTC DTY EX B2* — —

The signal voltage from the battery
BAT TEMP SEN V
temperature sensor is displayed.
THRTL STK CNT B1* — —

Monitor Item Selec-
tion A
PUT SIG- SIG-
NALS NALS EC
HO2 S2 DIAG1(B2)
CMPLT plete.
C
plete.
Indicates DTC P015C or P015D D
A/F SEN1 DIAG1(B2)
CMPLT plete.
• CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is com- E
plete.
Indicates DTC P015A or P015B self-
diagnosis condition. F
A/F SEN1 DIAG1(B1)
CMPLT plete.
plete. G
Indicates DTC P014E or P014F self-
A/F SEN1 DIAG2(B2)
INCMP/ • INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incom- H
CMPLT plete.
plete.
I
Indicates DTC P014C or P014D
A/F SEN1 DIAG2(B1)
CMPLT plete. J
plete.
K
dition.
ABSNT/
PRSNT
not within the diagnosis range. L
M
dition.
ABSNT/
PRSNT
not within the diagnosis range. N
(slow response) condition. O
HO2 S2 DIAG2(B2)
CMPLT plete.
P
plete.
HO2 S2 DIAG2(B1)
CMPLT plete.
plete.

Monitor Item Selec-
tion
PUT SIG- SIG-
NALS NALS
The signal voltage of EOP sensor is
EOP SENSOR mV
displayed.
HO2 S2 DIAG1(B1)
CMPLT plete.
plete.
Indicates the condition of EVAP leak
diagnosis.
YET/ • YET: EVAP leak diagnosis has not
EVAP LEAK DIAG
CMPLT been performed yet.
• CMPLT: EVAP leak diagnosis has
been performed successfully.
Indicates the ready condition of
• On: Diagnosis has been ready
EVAP DIAG READY On/Off
condition.
• Off: Diagnosis has not been ready
condition.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC
CRCT B1
A/F-S ATMSPHRC
CRCT B2
A/F-S ATMSPHRC
CRCT UP B1
tion factor.
A/F-S ATMSPHRC
CRCT UP B2
tion factor.
*: The item is indicated, but not used.
NOTE:
Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically.
WORK SUPPORT MODE
Work Item

WORK ITEM CONDITION USAGE A

IDLE AIR VOL LEARN The idle air volume that keeps the engine within the specified When learning the idle air volume
range is memorized in ECM.
EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE Close the EVAP canister vent control valve in order to make When detecting EVAP vapor leak- EC
EVAP system close under the following conditions. age in the EVAP system
• Ignition switch ON
• Engine not running
• Ambient temperature is above 0°C (32°F). C
• No vacuum and no high pressure in EVAP system
• Fuel tank temperature is more than 0°C (32°F).
• Within 10 minutes after starting “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE”
• When trying to execute “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” under
D
the condition except above, CONSULT will discontinue it
and display appropriate instruction.
NOTE: E
When starting engine, CONSULT may display “BAT-
TERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BATTERY”, even in
using charged battery.
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE Fuel pump will stop by touching “START” during idling. When releasing fuel pressure from F
crank a few times after engine stalls. fuel line
SELF-LEARNING CONT The coefficient of self-learning control mixture ratio returns to When clearing mixture ratio self-
the original coefficient. learning value G
TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* Idle condition When adjusting target ignition tim-
ing
TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* Idle condition When setting target idle speed H
VIN REGISTRATION In this mode, VIN is registered in ECM When registering VIN in ECM
When learning the throttle valve
CLSD THL POS LEARN Ignition on and engine stopped. I
closed position
SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU In this mode, save data that is in ECM. When ECM is replaced.
In this mode, write data stored by “SAVE DATA FOR CPU
WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU When ECM is replaced. J
REPLC” in work support mode to ECM.
*: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure.
ACTIVE TEST MODE K

Test Item

L

FUEL INJEC- non-standard condition If malfunctioning symptom disap-
• Fuel injector M
TION • Change the amount of fuel injec- pears, see CHECK ITEM.
• Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
tion using CONSULT.
• Engine: Return to the original • Harness and connectors
ENG COOLANT non-standard condition If malfunctioning symptom disap- • Engine coolant temperature sen- N
TEMP • Change the engine coolant tem- pears, see CHECK ITEM. sor
perature using CONSULT. • Fuel injector
• Engine: After warming up, run en-
gine at 1,500 rpm.
O
PURG VOL • Change the EVAP canister purge Engine speed changes according to • Harness and connectors
CONT/V volume control solenoid valve the opening percent. • Solenoid valve
opening percent using CON- P
SULT.
FUEL/T TEMP
• Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT.
SEN

FAN DUTY CON- • Ignition switch: ON • Cooling fan motor
• Change duty ratio using CON- Cooling fan speed changes. • Cooling fan relay
TROL*1 SULT. • Cooling fan control module
• IPDM E/R
ALTERNATOR • Engine: Idle • Harness and connectors

• Change duty ratio using CON- Battery voltage changes. • IPDM E/R
DUTY*2 SULT. • Alternator
stopped)
FUEL PUMP RE- Fuel pump relay makes the operat- • Harness and connectors
• Turn the fuel pump relay “ON”
LAY ing sound. • Fuel pump relay
and “OFF” using CONSULT and
listen to operating sound.
VIAS S/V-1
to operating sound.
ENGINE • Turn electronic controlled engine Electronic controlled engine mount • Harness and connectors
MOUNTING mount “IDLE” and “TRVL” with makes the operating sound. • Electronic controlled engine mount
CONSULT.
VIAS S/V-2
to operating sound.
non-standard condition
IGNITION TIM- If malfunctioning symptom disap-
• Timing light: Set Perform Idle Air Volume Learning.
ING pears, see CHECK ITEM.
• Retard the ignition timing using
CONSULT.
• Engine: After warming up, idle the • Harness and connectors
engine. • Compression
POWER BAL- • A/C switch OFF • Fuel injector
Engine runs rough or stops.
ANCE • Selector lever: P or N position • Power transistor
• Cut off each injector signal one at • Spark plug
a time using CONSULT. • Ignition coil
stopped)
VENT CON- Solenoid valve makes an operating • Harness and connectors
• Turn solenoid valve “ON” and
TROL/V sound. • Solenoid valve
“OFF” with the CONSULT and lis-
ten to operating sound.
V/T ASSIGN AN- non-standard condition If malfunctioning symptom disap-
• Intake valve timing control sole-
GLE • Change intake valve timing using pears, see CHECK ITEM.
noid valve
CONSULT.
*1: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat.
DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE

Test Item
A/F SEN1(B1) P1276 P0130 EC-750
A/F SEN1
A/F SEN1(B2) P1286 P0150 EC-750

A
HO2S2(B1) P1146 P0138 EC-766
HO2S2(B1) P1147 P0137 EC-760
HO2S2(B1) P0139 P0139 EC-773 EC
HO2S2
HO2S2(B2) P1166 P0158 EC-766
HO2S2(B2) P1167 P0157 EC-760
HO2S2(B2) P0159 P0159 EC-773 C
SRT & P-DTC MODE

SRT STATUS Mode D
• For items whose SRT codes are set, “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT screen; for items whose SRT
codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed.
• “SRT STATUS” provides the presence or absence of permanent DTCs stored in ECM memory. E
SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode
This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status.
F

ECM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [VQ35DE FOR MEXICO]
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION

ECM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000012857259
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

NOTE:
• The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applica-
• Numerical values in the following table are reference values.
• These values are input/output values that ECM receives/transmits and may differ from actual operations.
Example: The ignition timing shown by the timing light may differ from the ignition timing displayed on the
data monitor. This occurs because the timing light shows a value calculated by ECM according to signals
received from the cam shaft position sensor and other sensors related to ignition timing.
• For outlines of following items, refer to EC-625, "CONSULT Function".

ENG SPEED Run engine and compare CONSULT value with the tachometer indication.
the tachometer indication.
MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-714, "Description".
B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-714, "Description".
COOLAN TEMP/S Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
met.
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
1.0 V
met.
0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 -
1.0 V
met.
met.
VHCL SPEED SE
tion. speedometer indication
The preset vehicle speed is
SET VHCL SPD Engine: Running ASCD: Operating
displayed
BATTERY VOLT Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) 11 - 14 V

ACCEL SEN 1
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8 V

ECM
A
ACCEL SEN 2*1 (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.2 - 4.8 V
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V EC
TP SEN 1-B1 (Engine stopped)
• Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V

TP SEN 2-B1*1 (Engine stopped) C
Indicates fuel tank tempera-

FUEL T/TMP SE Ignition switch: ON
ture D
EVAP SYS PRES Ignition switch: ON Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V
Depending on fuel level of
FUEL LEVEL SE Ignition switch: ON E
fuel tank
START SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON → START → ON OFF → ON → OFF
Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON

CLSD THL POS F
(Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
AIR COND SIG Air conditioner switch: ON G
engine ON
(Compressor operates.)
Engine: After warming up, idle the Steering wheel: Not being turned OFF
PW/ST SIGNAL
engine Steering wheel: Being turned ON H
Rear window defogger switch: ON
and/or ON
LOAD SIGNAL Ignition switch: ON Lighting switch: 2nd position I
Rear window defogger switch and lighting
OFF
switch: OFF
IGNITION SW Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON ON → OFF → ON J
Engine: After warming up, idle the Heater fan switch: ON ON
HEATER FAN SW
engine Heater fan switch: OFF OFF
K
Brake pedal: Fully released OFF
BRAKE SW Ignition switch: ON
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec L
INJ PULSE-B1
• No load
M
INJ PULSE-B2
• No load N
• Engine: After warming up Idle 7 - 17°BTDC
IGN TIMING
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm 25 - 45°BTDC
• No load
O

CAL/LD VALUE P
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 5 - 35%
• No load
• Engine: After warming up Idle 2.0 - 6.0 g/s
MASS AIRFLOW
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,500 rpm 7.0 - 20.0 g/s
• No load

ECM
• Engine: After warming up Idle

• Selector lever: P or N position (Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even 0%
PURG VOL C/V slightly, after engine starting.)
• No load 2,000 rpm —
INT/V TIM (B1)
• No load
INT/V TIM (B2)
• No load
INT/V SOL(B1)
• No load
INT/V SOL(B2)
• No load
VIAS S/V-1 OFF →ON → OFF
• No load
VIAS S/V-2 OFF →ON → OFF
• No load
Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF
AIR COND RLY Air conditioner switch: ON
engine ON
(Compressor operates)
Below 950 rpm IDLE
ENGINE MOUNT Engine: After warming up
Above 950 rpm TRVL
• For 1 second after turning ignition switch: ON
ON
FUEL PUMP RLY • Engine running or cranking
Except above OFF
VENT CONT/V Ignition switch: ON OFF
THRTL RELAY Ignition switch: ON ON
A/F S1 HTR(B1) 4 - 100%
A/F S1 HTR(B2) 4 - 100%
ON
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
ON
Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF
Power generation voltage variable control: Operating ON
ALT DUTY SIG
Power generation voltage variable control: Not operating OFF

ECM
A
I/P PULLY SPD Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH)
the tachometer indication
VEHICLE SPEED EC
Idle air volume learning has not been per-
YET
formed yet.
IDL A/V LEARN Engine: Running C
Idle air volume learning has already been
CMPLT
performed successfully.
Vehicle has traveled after MIL has illumi- 0 - 65,535 km
TRVL AFTER MIL Ignition switch: ON
nated. (0 - 40,723 miles) D
ENG OIL TEMP Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F)
VHCL SPEED SE E
MAIN switch: Pressed ON
MAIN SW Ignition switch: ON
MAIN switch: Released OFF
F
CANCEL switch: Pressed ON
CANCEL SW Ignition switch: ON
CANCEL switch: Released OFF
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: G
ON
Pressed
RESUME/ACC SW Ignition switch: ON
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Re-
OFF
leased H
SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON
SET SW Ignition switch: ON
SET/COAST switch: Released OFF
BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal: Fully released ON I
(Brake pedal posi- Ignition switch: ON
tion switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF
BRAKE SW2 Brake pedal: Fully released OFF J

Ignition switch: ON
(Stop lamp switch) Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON
DISTANCE switch: Pressed ON
DIST SW Ignition switch: ON K
DISTANCE switch: Released OFF
VHCL SPD CUT Ignition switch: ON NON
LO SPEED CUT Ignition switch: ON NON L
AT OD MONITOR Ignition switch: ON OFF
AT OD CANCEL Ignition switch: ON OFF
M
MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time →
CRUISE LAMP Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
at the 2nd time
FAN DUTY Engine: Running 0 - 100%
N
Indicates A/C evaporator
AC EVA TEMP Engine: Running temperature sent from“A/C
auto amp.”.
Indicates target A/C evapora- O
AC EVA TARGET Engine: Running tor temperature sent from “A/
C auto amp.”.
ALT DUTY Engine: Idle 0 - 80% P
• MAIN switch: ON ASCD: Operating ON
• When vehicle speed is between
SET LAMP
40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h ASCD: Not operating OFF
(89 MPH)

ECM
• Battery: Fully charged*2
BAT CUR SEN • Selector lever: P or N position Approx. 2,600 - 3,500 mV
• No load
Selector lever: P or N position ON
P/N POSI SW Ignition switch: ON
Selector lever: Except above position OFF
Indicates intake air tempera-
INT/A TEMP SE Ignition switch: ON
ture
• Engine: Idle
AC PRESS SEN 1.0 - 4.0 V
• Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates)
VTC DTY EX B2*3 — —

• Selector lever: P or N position Indicates the temperature
BAT TEMP SEN Idle
• Air conditioner switch: OFF around the battery.
• No load
THRTL STK CNT
— —
B1*3
CMPLT
cessfully.
A/F SEN1 DIAG1 DTC P015A and P015B self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP
(B1) DTC P015A and P015B self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
A/F SEN1 DIAG2 DTC P014E and P014F self-diagnosis is incomplete. INCMP
(B2) DTC P014E and P014F self-diagnosis is complete. CMPLT
The vehicle condition is not within the diagnosis range of DTC P014E, P014F,
ABSNT
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 P015C or P015D.
(B2) The vehicle condition is within the diagnosis range of DTC P014E, P014F,
PRSNT
P015C or P015D.
The vehicle condition is not within the diagnosis range of DTC P014C, P014D,
ABSNT
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 P015A or P015B.
(B1) The vehicle condition is within the diagnosis range of DTC P014C, P014D,
PRSNT
P015A or P015B.
CMPLT
cessfully.
CMPLT
cessfully.
• Engine: After warming up Idle Approx. 1,450 mV
• Selector lever: P or N
EOP SENSOR
• Air conditioner switch: OFF 2,000 rpm Approx. 2,850 mV
• No load

ECM
A
CMPLT
cessfully.
EC
Indicates the condition of
EVAP LEAK DIAG Ignition switch: ON
Indicates the ready condition
EVAP DIAG READY Ignition switch: ON C
of EVAP leak diagnosis.
D
Engine: Running E
Engine: Running
F
*1: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM inter-
nally. Thus, they differ from ECM terminals voltage signal.
Handle Battery". G
TERMINAL LAYOUT
H
JSBIA0505ZZ
K
PHYSICAL VALUES
NOTE:
• ECM is located in the engine room left side near battery. L
• Specification data are reference values.
• Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT.
M
Value
Input/ Condition
Output N
1 128 Throttle control motor power BATTERY VOLTAGE
Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(R) (B) supply (11 - 14 V)
0 - 14 V O
• Engine stopped
2 128
Throttle control motor (Close) Output • Selector lever: D position P
(G) (B)
leased
JMBIA1125GB

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
2.9 - 8.8 V
[Engine is running]
3 128
(Y) (B)
starting engine)
JMBIA0030GB
1.3 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
4 107 JPBIA3359ZZ
Engine oil pressure sensor Input
(LG) (W)
2.7 V
[Engine is running]
• Engine speed is 2,000 rpm
JPBIA3360ZZ
0 - 14 V

• Engine stopped
pressed
5 128 JMBIA0031GB
Throttle control motor (Open) Output
(W) (B)
0 - 14 V

• Engine stopped
leased
JMBIA0032GB
2.9 - 8.8 V
[Engine is running]
6 128 A/F sensor 1 heater
Output • Idle speed
(BR) (B) (bank 1)
starting engine)
JMBIA0902GB

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
9 0 - 0.2 V
Ignition signal No. 3 EC
(LG)
[Engine is running]
10 • Warm-up condition
(LG) • Idle speed
NOTE: C
11
Ignition signal No. 1 pending on rpm at idle
(LG)
128 JMBIA0035GB
D
Output
13 (B)
Ignition signal No. 6 0.1 - 0.4 V
(LG)
14 E
Ignition signal No. 5 [Engine is running]
(LG)
15
Ignition signal No. 4 F
(LG)
JMBIA0036GB
12
(B) G
16
(B)
19 Sensor ground H
— — — —
(R) (Throttle position sensor)
• Engine stopped I
22 128 leased
Throttle position sensor 1 Input J
(B) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
• Engine stopped
• Accelerator pedal: Fully de- K
pressed
• Engine stopped
L
23 128 leased
(W) (B) [Ignition switch: ON] M
• Engine stopped
pressed N
(G) (R) (Throttle position sensor)
26 128 Power supply for ECM (Back- BATTERY VOLTAGE
O
Input [Ignition switch: OFF]
(GR) (B) up) (11 - 14 V)
• [Ignition switch: OFF] P
0 - 1.5 V
A few seconds after turning
31 128 ECM relay ignition switch OFF
Output
(V) (B) (Self shut-off)
BATTERY VOLTAGE
More than a few seconds after
(11 - 14 V)
turning ignition switch OFF

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
33 BATTERY VOLTAGE
Fuel injector No. 1
(Y) (11 - 14 V)
[Engine is running]
44
Fuel injector No. 2 • Warm-up condition
(V)
• Idle speed
NOTE:
45
Fuel injector No. 6 pending on rpm at idle
(V)
128 JMBIA0047GB
Output
46 (B) BATTERY VOLTAGE
Fuel injector No. 5
(Y) (11 - 14 V)
47
Fuel injector No. 4
(V) [Engine is running]
48
Fuel injector No. 3
(Y)
JMBIA0048GB
0 - 1.0 V → BATTERY VOLTAGE

34 128 [Ignition switch: ON → OFF]
Throttle control motor relay Output (11 - 14 V) → 0 V
(G) (B)
[Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V
met

Engine stopped
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
rpm
[Engine is running]
0 - 1.0 V
Idle speed
38 128 Electronic controlled engine
(BR) (B) mount control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
Engine speed: More than 950
(11 - 14 V)
rpm
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
(BR) (B) ↓
0 - 1.0 V
↓
5,000 rpm quickly
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
(BR) (B) ↓
0 - 1.0 V
↓
5,000 rpm quickly

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm EC
met
C
D
Engine stopped
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V) E
rpm
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V) F
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
• Accelerator pedal: Not de- G
pressed even slightly, after
engine starting
H
42 128 EVAP canister purge volume JMBIA0039GB
Output
(BR) (B) control solenoid valve BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
I
[Engine is running]
Engine speed: approximately
2,000 rpm (More than 100 sec-
onds after starting engine) J
JMBIA0040GB
K
43 128 For 1 second after turning ig-
Fuel pump relay Output 0 - 1.0 V
(W) (B) nition switch ON
• [Engine is running] L
Sensor power supply
54 84
[Crankshaft position sensor — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(LG) (Y)
(POS)] M
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
N
7 - 12 V
Output
(BR) (B) lenoid valve (bank 1) [Engine is running] O
P
JMBIA0038GB

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
[Engine is running]
BATTERY VOLTAGE
(11 - 14 V)
• Idle speed
7 - 12 V
Output
(Y) (B) lenoid valve (bank 2) [Engine is running]
JMBIA0038GB
[Engine is running]
(L) (B) (bank 1)
[Engine is running]
(L) (B) (bank 2)
59 Sensor ground
— — — —
(B) (Heated oxygen sensor 2)
[Engine is running]
63 64
Refrigerant pressure sensor Input • Both A/C switch and blower 1.0 - 4.0 V
(SB) (V)
fan motor switch: ON (Com-
pressor operates)
64 Sensor ground
— — — —
69 128
(B) (B)
0 - 4.8 V
70 76 Engine coolant temperature
Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(BR) (B) sensor
coolant temperature.
73 128
(W) (B)
0 - 4.8 V
74 80
Intake air temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with intake
(V) (BR)
air temperature.
Sensor ground
76 (Engine coolant temperature
— — — —
(B) sensor, engine oil tempera-
ture sensor)
77 128
(B) (B)

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
0 - 4.8 V
78 76 EC
Engine oil temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with engine
(G) (B)
oil temperature.
Sensor ground
80
(BR)
— (Mass air flow sensor, intake — — — C
air temperature sensor)
81 128
(W) (B) D
[Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 0.9 - 1.2 V
82 80 • Idle speed
Mass air flow sensor Input E
(P) (BR) [Engine is running]
• Warm-up condition 1.6 - 1.9 V
Sensor power supply
F
83 88
[Camshaft position sensor — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(BR) (LG)
(PHASE) (bank 1)]
Sensor ground G
84
— [Crankshaft position sensor — — —
(Y)
(POS)]
85 91 [Engine is running] H
(B) (Shield)
Idle speed 2.5 V*1
(W) (Shield)
Idle speed 2.5 V*1
I
Sensor power supply
87 92
[Camshaft position sensor — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(V) (SB)
(PHASE) (bank 2)]
J
Sensor ground
88
— [Camshaft position sensor — — —
(LG)
(PHASE) (bank 1)]
K
4.0 - 5.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed L
NOTE:
M
89 84 Crankshaft position sensor JMBIA0041GB
Input
(L) (Y) (POS)
4.0 - 5.0 V
N
[Engine is running]
Engine speed: 2,000 rpm
O
JMBIA0042GB
Sensor ground P
91
— [Knock sensor (bank 1), — — —
(Shield)
knock sensor (bank 2)]
Sensor ground
92
— [Camshaft position sensor — — —
(SB)
(PHASE) (bank 2)]

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
3.0 - 5.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:

Input
(LG) (SB) (PHASE) (bank 2)
3.0 - 5.0 V
[Engine is running]
JMBIA0046GB
3.0 - 5.0 V
[Engine is running]
• Idle speed
NOTE:

Input
3.0 - 5.0 V
[Engine is running]
JMBIA0046GB

(P) (V) (Refrigerant pressure sensor)
• Engine stopped
0.5 - 1.0 V
97 100
(W)*3 (R)*3 Input
*4 *4
(R) (W)
• Engine stopped
4.2 - 4.8 V
pressed
• Engine stopped
0.25 - 0.50 V
98 116
(P)*3 (G)*3 Input
*4 *4
(B) (L)
• Engine stopped
2.0 - 2.5 V
pressed
(R)*3 (R)*3 (Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(G)*4 (W)*4 sensor 1)

ECM
Value A
Input/ Condition
Output
100 Sensor ground
(R)*3 — (Accelerator pedal position — — —
EC
(W)*4 sensor 1)

4V C
ASCD steering switch: OFF
0V
D
1V
ASCD steering switch Input CANCEL switch: Pressed
RESUME/ACCELERATE 3V E
switch: Pressed
2V
SET/COAST switch: Pressed F
4.2 V
ICC steering switch: OFF
101 108
(G) (R) [Ignition switch: ON] G
0V
1.9 V
CANCEL switch: Pressed H
RESUME/ACCELERATE 3.7 V
ICC steering switch Input
switch: Pressed
I
3.2 V
[Ignition switch: ON] J
2.6 V
DISTANCE switch: Pressed
DYNAMIC DRIVE ASSIS- 1.0 V
TANCE switch: Pressed K
102 112 EVAP control system pres-
Input [Ignition switch: ON] 1.8 - 4.8 V
(O) (G) sure sensor
L
(W)*3 (G)*3 (Accelerator pedal position — [Ignition switch: ON] 5V
(Y)*4 (L)*4 sensor 2)
M
104 Input/
— Data link connector — —
(P) Output
106 128 EVAP canister vent control BATTERY VOLTAGE
Output [Ignition switch: ON] N
(Y) (B) valve (11 - 14 V)
Sensor power supply
107 112 (EVAP control system pres-
(W) (G) sure sensor, engine oil pres- O
sure sensor)
108 Sensor ground
— — — —
(R) (ASCD steering switch) P
[Ignition switch: OFF] 0V
109 128
Ignition switch Input BATTERY VOLTAGE
(SB) (B) [Ignition switch: ON]
(11 - 14 V)
0 - 4.8 V
111 120
Fuel tank temperature sensor Input [Engine is running] Output voltage varies with fuel tank
(BR) (LG)
temperature.

ECM
Value
Input/ Condition
Output
Sensor ground
112 (EVAP control system pres-
— — — —
(G) sure sensor, engine oil pres-
sure sensor)
— — —
(P) (CAN-L) Output
— — —
(L) (CAN-H) Output
116 Sensor ground
(G)*3 — (Accelerator pedal position — — —
(L)*4 sensor 2)
[Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE

Selector lever: P or N position (11 - 14 V)
118 128
PNP signal Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(W) (B)
Selector lever: Except above 0V
position
Sensor ground
120
— (Fuel tank temperature sen- — — —
(LG)
sor)
Power supply for ECM Input [Ignition switch: ON]
(LG) (B) (11 - 14 V)
0V
122 128 Brake pedal: Fully released
Stop lamp switch Input
(R) (B) [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (11 - 14 V)
123
(B)
124
(B)
0V
126 128 Brake pedal: Slightly depressed
Brake pedal position switch Input
(LG) (B) [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE
Brake pedal: Fully released (11 - 14 V)
127
(B)
128
(B)
: Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.)
*1: This may vary depending on internal resistance of the tester.
Handle Battery".
*3: Without ICC.
*4: With ICC.
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000012857260

P0011 Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve and the valve
P0021 control does not function.
P0103

ECM
A
Condition EC
(CONSULT display)
40°C (104°F)
or START
Approx 4 minutes or more after en- C
80°C (176°F)
gine starting
40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F)
(Depends on the time) D
P0122 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in E
P0223 condition.
F
P0198 sensor
G
Engine oil pressure • Engine speed will not rise more than 4,000 rpm due to the fuel cut.
• Fail-safe is canceled when ignition switch OFF → ON. H
P0605 ECM (When ECM calculation function is malfunctioning:)
ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. I
ECM deactivates ASCD operation.
P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. J
small range.
K
When accelerating Poor acceleration L
P2101 Electric throttle control ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a M
fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. N

ECM
degrees or less.
The engine can restart in the N or P position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm
or more.
P2128 condition.
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000012857261
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart.

1 U0101, U1001 CAN communication line
P0102, P0103 Mass air flow sensor
P0112, P0113 Intake air temperature sensor
P0117, P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0122, P0123, P0222, P0223, P1225, P1226, P2135 Throttle position sensor
P0197, P0198 Engine oil temperature sensor
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 Knock sensor
P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
P0340, P0345 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
P0500 Vehicle speed sensor
P0520 EOP sensor
P0605, P0607 ECM
P0643 Sensor power supply
P0850 Transmission range switch
P1610 - P1614 NATS
P1700 CVT control system
P2122, P2123, P2127, P2128, P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor

ECM
A
2 P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater
P0075, P0081 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve EC
P0130, P0131, P0132, P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
P0150, P0151, P0152
P0137, P0138, P0139, P0157, P0158, P0159 Heated oxygen sensor 2 C
P0444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve
P0447 EVAP canister vent control valve
D
P0452, P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor
P0603 ECM power supply
P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT) E
P1800, P1801 VIAS control solenoid valve
P1805 Brake switch
P2100, P2103 Throttle control motor relay F
P2101 Electric throttle control function
P2118 Throttle control motor
G
3 P0011, P0021 Intake valve timing control
P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175 Fuel injection system function
P0300 - P0306 Misfire H
P0420, P0430 Three way catalyst function
P0506, P0507 Idle speed control system
I
P0524 Engine oil pressure
P1212 TCS communication line
P1564 ASCD steering switch / ICC steering switch J
P1572 Brake pedal position switch
P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor / ICC vehicle speed sensor
K
P1715 Primary speed sensor
P2119 Electric throttle control actuator
DTC Index INFOID:0000000012857262

L
×:Applicable —: Not applicable

DTC*1 M
Items Reference
CONSULT SRT code Trip MIL
(CONSULT screen terms) page
ECM*3
GST*2
N
U0101 0101*4 LOST COMM (ECM) — 1 × EC-726
U1001 1001*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT — 1*5 or 2*6 — EC-727

NO DTC IS DETECTED. O
P0000 0000 FURTHER TESTING — — Blinking*7 —
MAY BE REQUIRED.
P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 × 2 × EC-728 P
P0021 0021 INT/V TIM CONT-B2 × 2 × EC-728
P0031 0031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-732
P0032 0032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-732
P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-735
P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) — 2 × EC-735

ECM
DTC*1
Items Reference
ECM*3
GST*2
P0051 0051 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) — 2 × EC-732
P0052 0052 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) — 2 × EC-732
P0057 0057 HO2S2 HTR (B2) — 2 × EC-735
P0058 0058 HO2S2 HTR (B2) — 2 × EC-735
P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 — 2 × EC-738
P0081 0081 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B2 — 2 × EC-738
P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × EC-740
P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 1 × EC-740
P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × EC-744
P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 — 2 × EC-744
P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × EC-746
P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC — 1 × EC-746
P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-748
P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-748
P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × EC-750
P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × EC-754
P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) — 2 × EC-757
P0137 0137 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-760
P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-766
P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) × 2 × EC-773
P014C 014C A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × EC-779
P014D 014D A/F SENSOR1 (B1) × 2 × EC-779
P014E 014E A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × EC-779
P014F 014F A/F SENSOR1 (B2) × 2 × EC-779
P0150 0150 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × EC-750
P0151 0151 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × EC-754
P0152 0152 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) — 2 × EC-757
P0157 0157 HO2S2 (B2) × 2 × EC-760
P0158 0158 HO2S2 (B2) × 2 × EC-766
P0159 0159 HO2S2 (B2) × 2 × EC-773
P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 — 2 × EC-784
P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 — 2 × EC-788
P0174 0174 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 — 2 × EC-784
P0175 0175 FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 — 2 × EC-788
P0197 0197 EOT SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-792
P0198 0198 EOT SEN/CIRC — 2 × EC-792
P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-794
P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-794
P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × EC-796
P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × EC-796

ECM
DTC*1
Items Reference A
ECM*3
GST*2
P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE — 1 or 2 × EC-796 EC
P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — EC-802 C
P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 — EC-802
D
P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT — 2 × EC-804
P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 — 2 × EC-807 E
P0345 0345 CMP SEN/CIRC-B2 — 2 × EC-807
P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 × 2 × EC-810
F
P0430 0430 TW CATALYST SYS-B2 × 2 × EC-810
P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V — 2 × EC-815
P0447 0447 VENT CONTROL VALVE — 2 × EC-818 G
P0452 0452 EVAP SYS PRES SEN — 2 × EC-821
P0453 0453 EVAP SYS PRES SEN — 2 × EC-824
H
P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*9 — 2 × EC-828
P0506 0506 ISC SYSTEM — 2 × EC-830
P0507 0507 ISC SYSTEM — 2 × EC-832 I
P0520 0520 EOP SENSOR/SWITCH — 2 — EC-834
P0524 0524 ENGINE OIL PRESSURE — 1 — EC-837
J
P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT*8 — 2 × or — EC-840
P0605 0605 ECM — 1 × EC-842
P0607 0607 ECM — 1 or 2 × or — EC-843 K
P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC — 1 × EC-844
P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT — 2 × EC-846
L
P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC — 2 — EC-849
P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP — 1 × EC-850
P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — EC-853 M
P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING-B1 — 2 — EC-854
EC-855
(with AS- N
P1564 1564 ASCD SW — 1 — CD)
EC-858
(with ICC)
O
EC-861
(with AS-
P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW — 1 — CD)
EC-867 P
(with ICC)
EC-872
(with AS-
P1574 1574 ASCD VHL SPD SEN — 1 — CD)
EC-874
(with ICC)
P1610 1610 LOCK MODE — 2 — SEC-72

ECM
DTC*1
Items Reference
ECM*3
GST*2
P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM — 2 — SEC-73
P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU — 2 — SEC-74
P1614 1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY — 2 — SEC-75
P1700 1700 CVT C/U FUNCT — 1 — EC-876
P1715 1715 IN PULY SPEED — 2 — EC-877
P1800 1800 VIAS S/V-1 — 2 — EC-878
P1801 1801 VIAS S/V-2 — 2 — EC-880
P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT — 2 — EC-882
P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 — 1 × EC-884
P2101 2101 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 — 1 × EC-886
P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR — 1 × EC-884
P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 — 1 × EC-889
P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 — 1 × EC-891
P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × EC-893
P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC — 1 × EC-893
P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × EC-896
P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC — 1 × EC-896
P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 — 1 × EC-899
P2138 2138 APP SENSOR — 1 × EC-901
*1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No.
*2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN.
*4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT.
*5: With ICC.
*6: Without ICC.
*7: When the ECM is in the mode displays SRT status, MIL may blink. For the details, refer to “How to Display
SRT Status”.
*8: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG.
*9: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates.
Test Value and Test Limit INFOID:0000000013556420
The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5.
The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while
being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the
maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored.
These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and
Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen.
The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the
ECM. (e.g., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed)

ECM
Test value and Test A

limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
EC
TID Scaling
ID
P0131 83H 0BH C
cycle
P0131 84H 0BH
test cycle
Minimum sensor output voltage for test D
P0130 85H 0BH
cycle
P0130 86H 0BH
test cycle E
P0133 87H 04H
to rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (rich to F
P0133 88H 04H
lean)
P2A00 or P2096 89H 84H
lean) G
P2A00 or P2097 8AH 84H
rich)
P0130 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage H
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 O2 sensor slow response - Rich to
HO2S 01H P014C 8DH 04H
(Bank 1) lean bank 1 sensor 1 I
P014C 8EH 04H
J
P014D 8FH 84H
bank 1 sensor 1
P014D 90H 84H
bank 1 sensor 1 K
P015A 91H 01H
O2 sensor delayed response - Rich to L
P015A 92H 01H
P015B 93H 01H
rich bank 1 sensor 1 M
P015B 94H 01H
Response rate: Response ratio (lean N
P0133 95H 04H
to rich)
P0133 96H 84H
lean) O

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
P0138 07H 0CH
cycle
P0137 08H 0CH
test cycle
02H
P0139 82H 11H
nosis
P0143 07H 0CH
cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for

03H P0144 08H 0CH
(Bank 1) test cycle
P0151 83H 0BH
cycle
P0151 84H 0BH
test cycle
P0150 85H 0BH
cycle
P0150 86H 0BH
test cycle
HO2S Response rate: Response ratio (lean

P0153 87H 04H
to rich)
P0153 88H 04H
lean)
P2A03 or P2098 89H 84H
lean)
P2A03 or P2099 8AH 84H
rich)
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
05H
(Bank 2) P0150 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage
P014E 8DH 04H
P014E 8EH 04H
P014F 8FH 84H
bank 2 sensor 1
P014F 90H 84H
bank 2 sensor 1
P015C 91H 01H
P015C 92H 01H
P015D 93H 01H

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
P015D 94H 01H
C
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Response rate: Response ratio (lean
05H P0153 95H 04H
(Bank 2) to rich)
Response rate: Response ratio (rich to D
P0153 96H 84H
lean)
P0158 07H 0CH
cycle
E
P0157 08H 0CH
test cycle
HO2S 06H
F
P0159 82H 11H
nosis
G
P0163 07H 0CH
cycle
Heated oxygen sensor 3 Maximum sensor output voltage for H

07H P0164 08H 0CH
(Bank2) test cycle
P0165 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage I
P0420 80H 01H O2 storage index
P0420 82H 01H J
21H
P2423 83H 0CH
voltage
P2423 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst K
CATA-
LYST P0430 80H 01H O2 storage index
P0430 82H 01H L
22H
P2424 83H 0CH
voltage
M
P2424 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst
P0400 80H 96H
(short term)
N
P0400 81H 96H
(long term)
Low flow faults: Difference between
P0400 82H 96H max EGR temp and EGR temp under
O
EGR idling condition
31H EGR function
SYSTEM P0400 83H 96H Low flow faults: Max EGR temp
P
High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase
P1402 84H 96H
rate
P0402 85H FCH EGR differential pressure high flow
P0401 86H 37H EGR differential pressure low flow
P2457 87H 96H EGR temperature

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
P0011 80H 9DH
P0014 81H 9DH
P0011 82H 9DH
P0014 83H 9DH
P100A 84H 10H VEL slow response diagnosis
Advanced: P052A
Retarded: P052B
VVT tion check diagnosis)
SYSTEM VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC
P0021 80H 9DH
P0024 81H 9DH
P0021 82H 9DH
P0024 83H 9DH
P100B 84H 10H VEL slow response diagnosis
Advanced: P052C
Retarded: P052D
tion check diagnosis)
EVAP control system leak Difference in pressure sensor output
39H P0455 80H 0CH
(Cap Off) voltage before and after pull down
EVAP control system leak Leak area index (for more than 0.04
3BH P0442 80H 05H
(Small leak) inch)
Leak area index (for more than 0.02
P0456 80H 05H
inch)
EVAP
SYSTEM EVAP control system leak Maximum internal pressure of EVAP
3CH P0456 81H FDH
(Very small leak) system during monitoring
Internal pressure of EVAP system at
P0456 82H FDH
the end of monitoring
Difference in pressure sensor output
3DH Purge flow system P0441 83H 0CH voltage before and after vent control
valve close

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
81H 0BH
C
42H High Input: P0038 rent to voltage D
er (Bank 1)
P0141 81H 14H Rear O2 sensor internal impedance
O2 SEN- 43H P0043 80H 0CH
er (Bank 1) rent to voltage E
SOR
HEATER Low Input: P0051 Converted value of heater electric cur-
81H 0BH
P0036 83H 0BH A/F sensor heater circuit malfunction F
er (Bank 2)
P0161 81H 14CH Rear O2 sensor internal impedance G
47H P0063 80H 0CH
Secondary air injection system incor- H
P0411 80H 01H
rect flow detected
Bank1: P0491 Secondary air injection system insuffi-
81H 01H
Bank2: P0492 cient flow I
P2445 82H 01H
stuck off
SEC- J
Secondary air injection system high
OND- 71H Secondary air system P2448 83H 01H
airflow
ARY AIR
Bank1: P2440 Secondary air injection system switch-
84H 01H
Bank2: P2442 ing valve stuck open K
Secondary air injection system switch-
P2440 85H 01H
ing valve stuck open
Secondary air injection system pump L
P2444 86H 01H
stuck on

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
The number of lambda control
P0171 or P0172 81H 24H
clamped
P117A / P219A 82H 03H Cylinder A/F imbalance monitoring
P219C 83H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen-
(Bank 1)
P219E 85H 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen-
FUEL sor) method #5 cylinder parameter
SYSTEM Air-fuel ratio cylinder imbalance diag-
The number of lambda control
P0174 or P0175 81H 24H
clamped
P117B / P219B 82H 03H Cylinder A/F imbalance monitoring
(Bank 2)
P21A3 8AH 83H nosis CPS (Crankshaft Position Sen-

ECM
Test value and Test
limit A
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling EC
ID
P0301 80H 24H
the first cylinder
C
P0302 81H 24H
the second cylinder
Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of D
P0303 82H 24H
the third cylinder
P0304 83H 24H
the fourth cylinder
E
P0305 84H 24H
the fifth cylinder
P0306 85H 24H
the sixth cylinder
F
P0307 86H 24H
G
P0308 87H 24H
the eighth cylinder
P0300 88H 24H H
P0301 89H 24H
the first cylinder
MISFIRE A1H Multiple cylinder misfires I
P0302 8AH 24H
the second cylinder
P0303 8BH 24H J
the third cylinder
P0304 8CH 24H
the fourth cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of K
P0305 8DH 24H
the fifth cylinder
P0306 8EH 24H
the sixth cylinder L
P0307 8FH 24H
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of M
P0308 90H 24H
the eighth cylinder
P0300 91H 24H
the single cylinder N
P0300 92H 24H
the single cylinder
Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of O
P0300 93H 24H

ECM
Test value and Test
limit
OBD- (GST display)
MID Unit and
TID Scaling
ID
P0301 0CH 24H
cycles
P0302 0CH 24H
cycles
P0303 0CH 24H
cycles
P0304 0CH 24H
cycles
MISFIRE
P0305 0CH 24H
cycles
P0306 0CH 24H
cycles
P0307 0CH 24H
cycles
P0308 0CH 24H
cycles

< WIRING DIAGRAM > [VQ35DE FOR MEXICO]
WIRING DIAGRAM A
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000012857264
EC
ABBWA1776GB

ABBWA1777GB

EC
ABBWA1778GB

ABBWA1779GB

EC
ABBWA1780GB

ABBWA1781GB

EC
ABBWA1782GB

ABBWA1783GB

EC
ABBIA3454GB

ABBIA3455GB

EC
ABBIA3456GB

ABBIA3457GB

EC
ABBIA3458GB

ABBIA3459GB

EC
ABBIA3460GB

ABBIA3461GB

EC
ABBIA3462GB

ABBIA3463GB

EC
ABBIA3464GB

ABBIA3465GB

EC
ABBIA3466GB

ABBIA3467GB

EC
ABBIA3468GB

ABBIA3469GB

< BASIC INSPECTION > [VQ35DE FOR MEXICO]
BASIC INSPECTION A
Work Flow INFOID:0000000012857265
EC
OVERALL SEQUENCE
C
JMBIA1416GB

*1: Include 1st trip DTC.

*2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data.
DETAILED FLOW
1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM
Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. (Refer to EC-693, "Diagnostic Work
Sheet".)
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Check DTC of “All DTC Reading”.
2. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed.
- Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT or GST.)
- Erase only DTC of “ENGINE”.
Function".
- Turn ignition switch OFF.
- Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer.
(Symptom Table is useful. Refer to EC-945, "Symptom Table".)
3. Check related service bulletins for information.
Are any symptoms described and any DTCs detected?
Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3.
Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4.
Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5.
3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON).
651, "Fail-safe".
>> GO TO 5.
4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM
Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer.
651, "Fail-safe".
>> GO TO 6.
Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is
detected again.
If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-653, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble
diagnosis order.
NOTE:
• Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected.
• Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service
Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during
this check.

If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIR-
MATION PROCEDURE. A
Is DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check according to GI-50, "Intermittent Incident". EC
6. PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION
Perform EC-695, "Work Procedure".
C
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 9. D
7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE
With CONSULT
Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “MAS A/F SE-B2”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “A/F ALPHA- E
B2” are within the SP value using CONSULT “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “ENGINE”. Refer to EC-
714, "Component Function Check".
Is the measurement value within the SP value? F
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE G
Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-715, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Is a malfunctioning part detected? H
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE I
Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-945, "Symptom Table" based on the confirmed symptom in
step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms.
J
>> GO TO 10.
10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE K
Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system.
NOTE:
The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection L
is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-52, "Circuit Inspec-
tion".
M
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CON-
SULT. Refer to EC-637, "Reference Value".
N
11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART
1. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
2. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replace- O
ment.
3. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it.
P
Function".
>> GO TO 12.
12.FINAL CHECK

When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function
Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been completely repaired.
When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure
that the symptom is not detected.
Is DTC detected and does symptom remain?
YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10.
YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6.
NO >> Before returning the vehicle to the customer, always erase unnecessary DTC in ECM and TCM
( With CONSULT: Refer to “How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC” in EC-625, "CONSULT Func-
tion", Without CONSULT: Refer to “How to Read Self-diagnostic Results” in EC-621, "On Board
Diagnosis Function").
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000012857266
DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of
engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make trou-
bleshooting faster and more accurate.
In general, each customer feels differently about symptoms. It is
important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a cus-
tomer complaint.
Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like the WORKSHEET SAMPLE
below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting.
Some conditions may cause the MIL to illuminate or blink, and DTC
to be detected. Examples:
• Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire.
SEF907L
• Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to
evaporate into the atmosphere.

WORKSHEET SAMPLE
A
EC
L
MTBL0017

BASIC INSPECTION
BASIC INSPECTION
1.INSPECTION START
1. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for
scheduled maintenance.
2. Open engine hood and check the following:
- Harness connectors for improper connections
- Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut
- Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections
- Hoses and ducts for leakage
- Air cleaner clogging
- Gasket
3. Check that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied.
- Head lamp switch is OFF.
- Air conditioner switch is OFF.
- Rear window defogger switch is OFF.
SEF983U
- Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc.
4. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature

indicator points to the middle of gauge.
Check that engine stays below 1,000 rpm.
SEF976U
5. Run engine at approximately 2,000 rpm for approximately 2 min-

utes under no load.
6. Check that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT or GST.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
SEF977U
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE
Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure.
>> GO TO 3
3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED
1. Run engine at approximately 2,000 rpm for approximately 2 minutes under no load.

BASIC INSPECTION
2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) 2 or 3 times under no load,
then run engine at idle speed for approximately 1 minute. A
EC
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 4.
C
PBIA8513J
4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING D
1. Stop engine.
E
>> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING F
G
>> GO TO 6.
Perform EC-703, "Description". H
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4. I
1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. J
K
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 8.
L
Check the Following.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-807, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
YES >> GO TO 9. N
O
SEC-70, "ECM : Description". P
>> GO TO 4.
BASIC INSPECTION
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 11.
11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING
1. Stop engine.
>> GO TO 12.
>> GO TO 13.
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Then GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 17.
15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN
YES >> GO TO 19.
NO >> GO TO 16.
Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-66, "Exploded View".
YES >> GO TO 17.
NO >> Repair the timing chain installation. Then GO TO 4.
• Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-807, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 18.

BASIC INSPECTION
SEC-70, "ECM : Description". A
>> GO TO 4.
19.INSPECTION END EC
If ECM is replaced during this BASIC INSPECTION procedure, perform EC-699, "Work Procedure".
C
>> INSPECTION END

When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed. (For details, refer to EC-699, "Work Proce-
dure".)
PROGRAMMING OPERATION
NOTE:
After replacing with a blank ECM, programming is required to write ECM information. Be sure to follow the pro-
cedure to perform the programming.
BEFORE REPLACEMENT
When replacing ECM, perform “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” of “ENGINE” by
using CONSULT to save current ECM data before replacement.
AFTER REPLACEMENT
After replacing ECM, the following items must be performed:
• Write data after replace CPU
• Accelerator pedal released position learning
• Throttle valve closed position learning
• Idle air volume learning
1.SAVE ECM DATA

With CONSULT
4. Select “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
NOTE:
• Necessary data in ECM is copied and saved to CONSULT.
• Go to Step 2 regardless of with or without success in saving data.
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM PART NUMBER
Check ECM part number to see whether it is blank ECM or not.
NOTE:
• Part number of blank ECM is 23703 - ×××××.
• Check part number when ordering ECM or the one included in the label on the container box.
Is the ECM a blank ECM?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.SAVE ECM PART NUMBER
Read out the part number from the old ECM and save the number, following the programming instructions.
Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual.
NOTE:
• The ECM part number is saved in CONSULT.
• Even when ECM part number is not saved in CONSULT, go to 4.
>> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM ECM PROGRAMMING
After replacing ECM, perform the ECM programming. Refer to CONSULT Operation Manual.
NOTE:
• Refer to EC-956, "Removal and Installation" for replacement of ECM.

• During programming, maintain the following conditions:
- Ignition switch: ON A
- Electric load: OFF
- Brake pedal: Not depressed
- Battery voltage: 12 – 13.5 V (Be sure to check the value of battery voltage by selecting “BATTERY VOLT” in
EC
“Data monitor” of CONSULT.)
>> GO TO 6.
C
5.REPLACE ECM
D
>> GO TO 6.
6.PERFORM INITIALIZATION OF IVIS (NATS) SYSTEM AND REGISTRATION OF ALL IVIS (NATS) IGNI- E
TION KEY IDS
Refer to SEC-70, "ECM : Description".
F
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK ECM DATA STATUS
G
Check if the data is successfully copied from the ECM at Step 1 (before replacement) and saved in CONSULT.
Is the data saved successfully?
YES >> GO TO 8. H
NO >> GO TO 9.
8.WRITE ECM DATA
I
With CONSULT
1. Select “WRITING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT.
NOTE: J
The data saved by “SAVING DATA FOR REPLC CPU” is written to ECM.
>> GO TO 10. K
Refer to EC-706, "Description". L
>> GO TO 10.
10.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING M

N
>> GO TO 11.
Refer to EC-702, "Description". O
>> GO TO 12.
P
>> END

Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the
accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each
time the harness connector of the accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected. Refer to EC-701,
"Work Procedure".
1.START
1. Check that accelerator pedal is fully released.
>> END

A
Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle EC
valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time the harness con-
nector of electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected or electric throttle control actuator is
cleaned. Refer to EC-702, "Work Procedure".
C
1.START D
WITH CONSULT
2. Select “CLSD THL POS LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. E
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound.
F
WITHOUT CONSULT
NOTE:
Coolant temperature is less than 25°C (77°F) before engine starts. G
2. Warm up the engine.
NOTE:
Warm up the engine until “COOLAN TEMP/S” on “DATA MONITOR” of CONSULT reaches more than H
65°C (149°F).
NOTE:
Check that throttle valve moves during the above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound. I
>> END
J

Idle Air Volume Learning is a function of ECM to learn the idle air volume that keeps engine idle speed within
the specific range. It must be performed under the following conditions:
• Each time the electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced.
• Idle speed or ignition timing is out of the specification.
1.PRECONDITIONING
Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment.
• Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle)
• Selector lever position: P or N
• Electric load switch: OFF
(Air conditioner, head lamp, rear window defogger)
On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking brake is applied before the engine is
started the head lamp will not illuminate.
• Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position)
• Vehicle speed: Stopped
- With CONSULT: Drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “CVT” system indicates
less than 0.9 V.
- Without CONSULT: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
4. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode.
5. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds.
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 5.
Without CONSULT
NOTE:
• It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has
a malfunction.
6. Repeat the following procedure quickly 5 times within 5 seconds.
- Fully depress the accelerator pedal.
- Fully release the accelerator pedal.
7. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops blinking
and turns ON.

8. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turns ON.
9. Start engine and let it idle. A
10. Wait 20 seconds.
EC
D
SEC897C
>> GO TO 4. E
4.CHECK IDLE SPEED AND IGNITION TIMING
Rev up the engine 2 or 3 times and check that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifications.
For procedure, refer to EC-951, "Work Procedure" and EC-952, "Work Procedure". F
For specifications, refer to EC-957, "Idle Speed" and EC-957, "Ignition Timing".
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-I H
Check the following
• Check that throttle valve is fully closed.
• Check PCV valve operation.
I
• Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage.
YES >> GO TO 6. J
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART-II
Engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of K
the incident.
It is useful to perform “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE”. Refer to EC-714, "Description".
If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and L
perform Idle Air Volume Learning again:
• Engine stalls.
• Incorrect idle.
M
>> INSPECTION END

N

This describes show to erase the mixture ratio self-learning value. For the actual procedure, follow the instruc-
tions in “Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to EC-705, "Work Procedure".
1.START
With CONSULT
2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. Clear mixture ratio self-learning value by touching “CLEAR”.
With GST
4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds.
5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector.
6. Select Service $03 with GST. Check that DTC P0102 is detected.
7. Select Service $04 with GST to erase the DTC P0102.
>> END

VIN REGISTRATION
VIN REGISTRATION
A
VIN Registration is an operation to register VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced. EC
C
1.CHECK VIN
Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-25, "Identification Plate".
D
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM VIN REGISTRATION E
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON with engine stopped.
2. Select “VIN REGISTRATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. F
>> END G

FUEL PRESSURE
FUEL PRESSURE
FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE

With CONSULT
2. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. Start engine.
Without CONSULT
1. Remove fuel pump fuse (2) located in IPDM E/R (1).
: Vehicle front
2. Start engine.
3. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pres-
sure.
5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system.
JMBIA1659ZZ
FUEL PRESSURE CHECK

CAUTION:
Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger.
NOTE:
• Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel
pressure cannot be completely released because this models do not have fuel return system.
• Be careful not to scratch or get the fuel hose connection area dirty when servicing, so that the quick
connector o-ring maintains seal ability.
• Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit [SST: — (J-44321)] and Fuel Pressure Adapter [SST: — (J-44321-6)] to
check fuel pressure.
1. Release fuel pressure to zero.
2. Remove fuel hose using Quick Connector Release [SST: — (J-45488)].
• Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose.
• Do not remove fuel hose from quick connector.
• Keep fuel hose connections clean.
3. Install Fuel Pressure Adapter [SST: — (J-44321-6)] (B) and Fuel
Pressure Gauge kit [SST: — (J-44321)] (A) as shown in figure.
: Quick connector
• Do not distort or bend fuel rail tube when installing fuel pres-
sure gauge adapter.
• When reconnecting fuel hose, check the original fuel hose for
damage and abnormality.
4. Turn ignition switch ON (reactivate fuel pump) and check for fuel
leakage.
ALBIA0771ZZ
5. Start engine and check for fuel leakage.
6. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge kit [SST: — (J-44321)].
• During fuel pressure check, check for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes.

FUEL PRESSURE
At idling : Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) A
7. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step.

8. Check the following. EC
• Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging
• Fuel filter for clogging
• Fuel pump
• Fuel pressure regulator for clogging C
9. If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator.
If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part.
10. Before disconnecting Fuel Pressure Gauge kit [SST: — (J-44321)] and Fuel Pressure Adapter [SST: — (J- D
44321-6)], release fuel pressure to zero.

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
HOW TO SET SRT CODE
OUTLINE
In order to set all SRTs, the self-diagnoses as in the “SRT ITEM” table must have been performed at least
once. Each diagnosis may require actual driving for a long period of time under various conditions.
SRT ITEM
The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”.
SRT item*1 Performance Corresponding

Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”
(CONSULT indication) Priority*2 DTC No.
CATALYST 1 Three way catalyst function P0420, P0430
HO2S 1 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P014C, P014D,
P014E, P014F
EGR/VVT SYSTEM 2 Intake value timing control function P0011, P0021
*1: Though displayed on the CONSULT screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item.
*2: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by
one based on the priority for models with CONSULT.
SRT SERVICE PROCEDURE

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review
the flowchart diagnostic sequence, referring to the following flowchart. A
EC
K
JSBIA0399GB
SRT Set Driving Pattern INFOID:0000000012857282

L
CAUTION:
M

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
Always drive the vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws.
JSBIA1455GB
*1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal
and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h
(56 MPH) again.
*2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving
habits, etc.
• “Zone A” is the fastest time where required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*. If the diagnosis is not
completed within “Zone A”, the diagnosis can still be performed within “Zone B”.

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
*: Normal conditions
- Sea level A
- Flat road
- Ambient air temperature: 20 – 30°C (68 – 86°F)
NOTE:
Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. However, under other conditions, EC
diagnosis may also be performed. [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 – 30°C (68 – 86°F)]
C
1.CHECK DTC
Check DTC. D
NO >> GO TO 2. E
2.CHECK SRT STATUS
With CONSULT
Select “SRT STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT. F
Without CONSULT
With GST G
Is SRT code(s) set?
YES >> END. H
3.DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I
1. Select “SRT WORK SUPPORT” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT.
2. For SRT(s) that is not set, perform the corresponding “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” according to
J
the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-709, "Description".
3. Check DTC.
K
NO >> GO TO 9.
4.PERFORM ROAD TEST L
• Check the “Performance Priority” in the “SRT ITEM” table. Refer to EC-709, "Description".
• Perform the most efficient SRT set driving pattern to set the SRT properly. Refer to EC-710, "SRT Set Driv-
ing Pattern". M
In order to set all SRTs, the SRT set driving pattern must be performed at least once.
>> GO TO 5. N
5.PATTERN 1
1. Check the vehicle condition;
- Engine coolant temperature is −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F). O
- Fuel tank temperature is more than 0°C (32°F).
3. Keep engine idling until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F) P
NOTE:
ECM terminal voltage is follows;
• Engine coolant temperature
- −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F): 3.0 – 4.3 V
- 70°(158°F): Less than 4.1 V
• Fuel tank temperature: Less than 1.4 V
Refer to EC-637, "Reference Value".

HOW TO SET SRT CODE
>> GO TO 6.
6.PATTERN 2
1. Drive the vehicle. And depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then
release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds.
2. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again
NOTE:
• Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised.
• When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted.
In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended.
>> GO TO 7.
7.PATTERN 3
• Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure.
• Release the accelerator pedal during deceleration of vehicle speed
from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH).
>> GO TO 8.
PBIB2244E
8.PATTERN 4
• The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving.
• If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted again.
>> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK SRT STATUS
With CONSULT
Without CONSULT
With GST
Is SRT(s) set?
YES >> END.
NO >> Call TECH LINE or take appropriate action.

< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35DE FOR MEXICO]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
EC
The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” in “DATA MONI-
TOR” mode of CONSULT during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC” in
“DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value C
in “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one
or more malfunctions.
The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not illuminate D
the MIL.
The SP value will be displayed for the following three items:
• B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correc-
tion) E
• A/F ALPHA-B1/B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle)
• MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor)
F
1.START
G
• Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles)
• Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi) H
• Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)
- After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” (CVT I
fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F).
• Electrical load: Not applied
- Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight J
ahead.
K
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM “SPEC” OF “DATA MONITOR” MODE
L
With CONSULT
NOTE:
Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display.
1. Perform basic inspection. Refer to EC-695, "Work Procedure". M
2. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA
MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
3. Check that monitor items are within the SP value.
N

OVERALL SEQUENCE
JMBIA1468GB

EC
PBIB3214E
DETAILED PROCEDURE P
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
2. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-714, "Component Function Check".

NOTE:
Check “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG
if the indication is out of the SP value even a little.
YES >> GO TO 17.
value.
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> More than the SP value: GO TO 19.
value.
YES >> GO TO 6.
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it.
3. Start engine.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL
1. Stop the engine.
2. Change engine oil.
NOTE:
This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving
conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too
short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving con-
ditions.
>> INSPECTION END

Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-707, "Work Procedure".)
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO-1 >> Fuel pressure is too high: Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”, refer to FL-6, "Exploded
View", and then GO TO 8.
NO-2 >> Fuel pressure is too low: GO TO 7.
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”, refer to FL-6, "Exploded View", and then GO TO 8.

8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” A

1. Start engine.
EC
NO >> GO TO 9.
C
9. PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST
1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode.
2. Check that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop. D
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> GO TO 10. E
Check the following below. F
• Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-926, "Component Function Check".)
• Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-916, "Component Function Check".)
• Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-22, "On-Vehicle Service".) G
YES >> Replace fuel injector, refer to EM-49, "Exploded View", and then GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part and then GO TO 11. H

1. Start engine. I
Is the measurement value within the SP value? J
NO >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION K
Perform all DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE related with A/F sensor 1.
• For DTC P0131, P0151, refer to EC-754, "DTC Logic". L
• For DTC P014C, P014D, P014E, P014F, refer to EC-779, "DTC Logic".
Are any DTCs detected? M
YES >> GO TO 15.
NO >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT N
Perform Diagnostic Procedure according to corresponding DTC.
O
>> GO TO 14.
1. Start engine. P
NO >> GO TO 15.
15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it.
>> GO TO 16.
1. Start engine.
value.
1. Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following.
- Engine oil level is too high
- Engine oil viscosity
- Belt tension of power steering, alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive
- Noise from engine
- Noise from transmission, etc.
2. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following.
- Valve clearance malfunction
- Intake valve timing control function malfunction
- Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc.
>> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30.

• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element
• Improper specification of intake air system
YES >> GO TO 21.
20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
NO >> “B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” are less than the SP value: GO TO
21.
21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR
1. Stop the engine.
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and
then reconnect it again.

>> GO TO 22.
22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” A
1. Start engine.
EC
YES >> Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-740, "Diagno-
C
sis Procedure". Then GO TO 29.
NO >> GO TO 23.
23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” D
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? E
YES >> GO TO 24.
NO >> More than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, refer to EM-24, "Exploded View", and then
GO TO 29. F
24.REPLACE ECM
G
>> GO TO 29.
25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM H
• Malfunctioning seal in air cleaner element I
• Uneven dirt in air cleaner element
• Improper specification in intake air system
YES >> GO TO 27.
26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” K
value.
Is the measurement value within the SP value? L
NO >> Less than the SP value: GO TO 27.
27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” M
Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP
value. N
YES >> GO TO 28.
NO >> Less than the SP value: Replace mass air flow sensor, refer to EM-24, "Exploded View",and then O
GO TO 30.
Check for the cause of air leakage after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. P
• Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct
• Looseness of oil filler cap
• Disconnection of oil level gauge
• Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks in PCV valve
• Disconnection or cracks in EVAP purge hose, stuck open EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid
valve
• Malfunctioning seal in rocker cover gasket

• Disconnection, looseness, or cracks in hoses, such as a vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts
• Malfunctioning seal in intake air system, etc.
>> GO TO 30.
29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2”, AND “B/FUEL SCHDL”
Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then check that the indication is within
the SP value.

A
1.CHECK FUSE EC
Check that there is no blowout in the following fuses.

C
#44 15 A
IPDM E/R
#56 10 A D
Is the fuse blown (open)?
YES >> If the replaced fuse is blown again. Check IPDM E/R power supply.
NO >> GO TO 2. E
2. Check ground connection E9. Refer to PG-104, "Harness Layout". F
YES >> GO TO 3.
G
NO >> Repair or replace ground connection.
1. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. H
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
+ I
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
J
12
F51
16
123 K
Ground Existed
124
E16
127
L
128
YES >> GO TO 4. M
4.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN)-I
1. Reconnect ECM harness connector. N
O
ECM
+ − Voltage
Connector P
Terminal
E16 121 128 Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN) CIRCUIT
+ −
E16 121 E121 13 Existed
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for IPDM E/R power supply circuit.
6.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (MAIN)-II
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following.
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
After turning ignition switch
E16 121 128 OFF, battery voltage will ex- Drop to 0 V
ist for a few seconds
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition
(Approx.)
Ignition switch ON 0V
F51 31 E16 128 Turn ignition switch OFF

and wait at least 10 sec- Battery voltage
onds.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK ECM RELAY CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
+ −

9.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH SIGNAL EC

C
ECM
Voltage
+ − Condition D
Connector (Approx.)
Terminal
Ignition switch OFF 0V
E16 109 128 E
YES >> GO TO 11. F
NO >> GO TO 10.
10.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
4. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. H
+ −
ECM IPDM E/R Continuity I
J
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. K
11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP)
L
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals.
ECM
M
+ − Voltage
F51 26 E16 128 Battery voltage N
NO >> GO TO 12. O
12.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP) CIRCUIT

+ −

A
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

E
• CAN communication line between
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN
Lost communication TCM and ECM
U0101 communication signal of OBD (emission-related F
with TCM • CAN communication line open or
diagnosis) with TCM for 2 seconds or more.
shorted

2. Check DTC. H
Is DTC detected?
NO >> INSPECTION END I
J
Chart".
K

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Trouble diagnosis
name
When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN com- • Harness or connectors
CAN communication
U1001 munication signal other than OBD (emission related (CAN communication line is open or
line
diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. shorted)

2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
Chart".

A

NOTE:
If DTC P0011 or P0021 is displayed with DTC P0075 or P0081, first perform the trouble diagnosis for
DTC P0075, P0081. Refer to EC-738, "DTC Logic". C
Trouble diagnosis
name
D
Intake valve timing • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
P0011 control performance • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
(bank 1) • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
There is a gap between angle of target and • Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up E
Intake valve timing phase-control angle degree. portion of the camshaft
P0021 control performance • Timing chain installation
(bank 2) • Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for in-
take valve timing control F

1.PRECONDITIONING G
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: I
idle.
J
>> GO TO 2.
K
With CONSULT
3. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady L
as possible.
ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm M

B/FUEL SCHDL More than 7.3 msec
N
CAUTION:
Always drive at a safe speed. O
With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above. P
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT

ENG SPEED 1,400 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.)

CAUTION:
With GST

1. Start engine.
nated.
Is oil pressure warming lamp illuminated?
NO >> GO TO 2.
PBIA8559J

YES >> GO TO 3.
View".
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-43, "Exploded View".

• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end A
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft EC
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-80,
"Exploded View".
C
JMBIA0058ZZ
6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION D
Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misalignment? E
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT F
Check lubrication circuit. Refer to EM-85, "Inspection After Removal".
G
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012857296 H

J
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
+ − Resistance
Terminal K
1 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 ∞Ω L
Ground

YES >> GO TO 2. M
View".
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE-II N
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the O
CAUTION:
Never apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more. P
NOTE:

View".

P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER
A
The current amperage in the A/F sensor 1 heater • Harness or connectors C
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor
P0031 1 heater (bank 1) control
circuit low
D
circuit high
through the A/F sensor 1 heater.) • A/F sensor 1 heater E
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM open or shorted.) F
circuit low
P0052 1 heater (bank 2) control G
circuit high

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test. I
TESTING CONDITION:
K
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. L
YES >> Proceed to EC-732, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NG >> INSPECTION END
N

1. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector. O
P
A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage
P0031, P0032 1 F65 4
P0051, P0052 2 F5 4
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

DTC Continuity
P0031, P0032 1 F65 4 52
F19 Existed
P0051, P0052 2 F5 4 53
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check harness continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector.
A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
P0031, P0032 1 F65 3 6
F51 Existed
P0051, P0052 2 F5 3 3
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-31, "Exploded View".
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1

3. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as per the following.
+ −
A/F sensor 1 Resistance
Terminal
4 1.8 - 2.44 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
3 1
2 ∞Ω
4
2

A
EC

P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor • Harness or connectors
P0037 heater (bank 1) control
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit low
circuit high
(An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit low
circuit high

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10.5 V and 16 V at
idle.
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY

3. Check the voltage between HO2S2 harness connector and ground.

P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
HO2S2 A
DTC Ground Voltage
P0037, P0038 1 F13 2
Ground Battery voltage EC
P0057, P0058 2 F12 2
YES >> GO TO 3. C
NO >> GO TO 2.
D
E
HO2S2 IPDM E/R
DTC Continuity
F
P0037, P0038 1 F13 2 52
F19 Existed
P0057, P0058 2 F12 2 53
3.CHECK HO2S2 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H

I
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity J
P0037, P0038 1 F13 3 37
F51 Existed
P0057, P0058 2 F12 3 41 K
L
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER M
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent Incident". N
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EM-31, "Exploded View".
O

P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER
+ −
Terminal
2 3 3.4 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
2
1 3
4 ∞Ω
4 2
3

A
C
Intake valve timing control so- • Harness or connectors
P0075 An improper voltage is sent to the ECM
lenoid valve (bank 1) circuit (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve
through intake valve timing control solenoid
Intake valve timing control so- circuit is open or shorted.)
P0081 valve.
lenoid valve (bank 2) circuit • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve D

1.PRECONDITIONING E
ing the next test.
G
>> GO TO 2.
H
I
1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect intake valve timing (IVT) control solenoid valve harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ground with L
CONSULT or tester.
IVT control solenoid valve M

DTC Ground Voltage
P0075 1 F62 2
Ground Battery voltage N
P0081 2 F63 2
YES >> GO TO 2. O
2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
AND SHORT P
3. Check the continuity between intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector and ECM har-
ness connector.

IVT control solenoid valve ECM

DTC Continuity
P0075 1 F62 1 55
F52 Existed
P0081 2 F63 1 56
YES >> GO TO 3.
View".

Intake valve timing control solenoid valve

+ − Resistance
Terminal
1 2 7.0 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)]
1 ∞Ω
Ground

YES >> GO TO 2.
View".
valve terminals 1 and 2, and then interrupt it. Check that the
CAUTION:
NOTE:

View".

A
Trouble diagnosis
name C
Mass air flow sensor An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
P0102
circuit low input to ECM. • Intake air leakage
• Mass air flow sensor D
Mass air flow sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0103 (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.)
circuit high input sent to ECM.
• Mass air flow sensor E

1.PRECONDITIONING F
ing the next test.
Which DTC is detected? H
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102 I
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? J
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-I K

2. Check DTC. L
Is DTC detected?
NO >> GO TO 4. M
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103-II
2. Check DTC. N
Is DTC detected?
NO >> INSPECTION END O
P
1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the detected DTC.
P0102 >> GO TO 2.
P0103 >> GO TO 3.
• Air duct
• Vacuum hoses
• Intake air passage between air duct to intake manifold
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between MAF sensor harness connector and ground.
MAF sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
MAF sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
MAF sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 6.
Check mass air flow sensor. Refer to EC-741, "Component Inspection".
1.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-I

With CONSULT
2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. A
4. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the following conditions.
EC
Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 (V)
Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx. 0.4
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2 C
MAS A/F SE-B1
2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.6 - 1.9
Idle to approximately 4,000 rpm 0.8 - 1.2 to Approx. 2.4*
D
*: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm.
Without CONSULT
E
F
ECM
Connector G
Terminal Terminal
Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2 H
F52 82 80
I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR THE CAUSE OF UNEVEN AIR FLOW THROUGH MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR
K
• Uneven dirt of air cleaner element L
• Improper specification of intake air system parts
YES >> GO TO 4. M
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-II
N
With CONSULT
3. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. O
Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 (V) P

Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.8 - 1.2
MAS A/F SE-B1

Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
F52 82 80
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR-III
With CONSULT
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
Monitor item Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 (V)

MAS A/F SE-B1
Without CONSULT
2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again.
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
F52 82 80
NO >> Clean or replace mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View".

A
Trouble diagnosis
name C
Intake air tempera-
P0112 ture sensor circuit
low input
Intake air tempera- • Intake air temperature sensor
sent to ECM.
high input
E
1.PRECONDITIONING
F
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2. H
K
1.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ground.
MAF sensor M
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
N
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
MAF sensor ECM

Continuity

YES >> GO TO 3.


Terminals
2 1 Temperature [°C (°F)] 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200

A
Trouble Diagnosis
Name C
Engine coolant tem-
P0117 perature sensor cir-
cuit low input
Engine coolant tem- • Engine coolant temperature sensor
P0118 perature sensor cir-
sent to ECM.
cuit high input
E
1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2. H
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
K
1.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between ECT sensor harness connector and ground.
ECT sensor M
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
N
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between ECT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ECT sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.

ECT sensor
Resistance
+ − Condition
(kΩ)
Terminal
20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63
1 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 JMBIA0080ZZ


A

NOTE:
Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors D
P0122
2 circuit low input 2 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
P0123 (TP sensor 2)
2 circuit high input 2 is sent to ECM. E
1.PRECONDITIONING F
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. H
>> GO TO 2.
I
2. Check DTC. J
Is DTC detected?
NO >> INSPECTION END K
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY L

M
Electric throttle control actuator

Ground Voltage N
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT P

nector.


Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
nector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.

ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
22
23

A

To judge malfunctions, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 sig-
nal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control.
C
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open D
P0130 than approx. 2.2 V.
(bank 1) circuit or shorted.)
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F • A/F sensor 1
B)
E
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 than approx. 2.2 V. (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open
P0150
(bank 2) circuit or shorted.) F
The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F • A/F sensor 1
B)

G
1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test. H
TESTING CONDITION:
J
>> GO TO 2.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? L
NO-2 >> With GST: GO TO 7. M
3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 FUNCTION
N
Does the indication fluctuate around 2.2 V?
O
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-I P
1. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276” (for DTC P0130) or “A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286” (for DTC P0150) of “A/F
SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
3. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT screen.


If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2.
CAUTION:
Is “TESTING” displayed on CONSULT screen?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Check A/F sensor 1 function again. GO TO 3.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-II
Release accelerator pedal fully.
NOTE:
Which does “TESTING” change to?
COMPLETED>>GO TO 6.
OUT OF CONDITION>>Retry DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. GO TO 4.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B-III
Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a

With GST
2. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position.
3. Shift the selector lever to the D position, then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed
decreases to 50 km/h (31 MPH).
CAUTION:
NOTE:
5. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF.
6. Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine.
8. Stop the vehicle.

A
A/F sensor 1 C
DTC Ground Voltage
P0130 1 F65 4
Ground Battery voltage D
P0150 2 F5 4
YES >> GO TO 3. E
NO >> GO TO 2.
F
G
DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
P0130 1 F65 4 52
F19 Existed
P0150 2 F5 4 53
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT J

2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. K
A/F sensor 1 ECM L

DTC Continuity
1 69
P0130 1 F65
2 73 M
F52 Existed
1 77
P0150 2 F5
2 81
N
and ground.
O
A/F sensor 1
1 P
P0130 1 F65
2
Ground Not existed
1
P0150 2 F5
2

ECM
Connector Terminal
69
P0130
73
77
P0150
81
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-31, "Exploded View".

A

signal is not inordinately low.
C
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • Harness or connectors
P0131
(bank 1) circuit low voltage • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/ (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or D
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0 V. shorted.)
P0151 • A/F sensor 1
(bank 2) circuit low voltage
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION I
With CONSULT
2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. J
With GST
K
NO >> GO TO 3.
L
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds. M
N
CAUTION:
O
P
NOTE:
1.

With GST

A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage
P0131 1 F65 4
P0151 2 F5 4
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

DTC Continuity
P0131 1 F65 4 52
F19 Existed
P0151 2 F5 4 53
A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
1 69
P0131 1 F65
2 73
F52 Existed
1 77
P0151 2 F5
2 81
and ground.

A/F sensor 1 A
1
P0131 1 F65 EC
2
Ground Not existed
1
P0151 2 F5
2 C
ECM
DTC Ground Continuity D
Connector Terminal
69
P0131
73 E
77
P0151
81
F
YES >> GO TO 4. G
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent Incident". H
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. I

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

signal is not inordinately high.
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • Harness or connectors
P0132
(bank 1) circuit high voltage • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F (The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5 V. shorted.)
P0152 • A/F sensor 1
(bank 2) circuit high voltage

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
With GST
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
CAUTION:

NOTE:
1.

With GST
Follow the procedure “With CONSULT” above. A
NO >> INSPECTION END EC
1.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY C

2. Turn ignition switch ON. D
A/F sensor 1
DTC Ground Voltage E
P0132 1 F65 4
P0152 2 F5 4 F
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2. G

I
DTC Continuity
P0132 1 F65 4 52 J
F19 Existed
P0152 2 F5 4 53
3.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT L
3. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. M
A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
Bank Connector Terminal Connector Terminal N
1 69
P0132 1 F65
2 73
F52 Existed O
1 77
P0152 2 F5
2 81
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ground, or ECM harness connector P
and ground.

A/F sensor 1
1
P0132 1 F65
2
Ground Not existed
1
P0152 2 F5
2
ECM
Connector Terminal
69
P0132
73
77
P0152
81
YES >> GO TO 4.

P0137, P0157 HO2S2
P0137, P0157 HO2S2
A

gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the C
longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen
sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor
is sufficiently high during various driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
D
E
SEF259VA
F
Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Harness or connectors
P0137 (bank 1) circuit low volt- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
G
age The maximum voltage from the sensor does not • Heated oxygen sensor 2
Heated oxygen sensor 2 reach the specified voltage. • Fuel pressure
P0157 (bank 2) circuit low volt- • Fuel injector H
age • Intake air leakage

I
1.INSPECTION START
Will CONSULT be used? J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING K
If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct-
ing the next test. L
TESTING CONDITION: M
>> GO TO 3. N
With CONSULT O
8. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches 70°C (158°F).

P0137, P0157 HO2S2
NOTE:
CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4.
>> GO TO 3.
NOTE:

Without CONSULT
ECM
DTC Connec- + – Condition Voltage
P0137 57 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no The voltage should be above 0.68 V
F52 59
P0157 58 load at least 10 times at least once during this procedure.

NO >> GO TO 2.
ECM
P0137 57 Keeping engine at idle for 10 min- The voltage should be above 0.68 V
F52 59
P0157 58 utes at least once during this procedure.

P0137, P0157 HO2S2
NO >> GO TO 3.
EC
ECM C
P0137 57 D
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) The voltage should be above 0.68 V
F52 59
P0157 58 with selector lever in the D position at least once during this procedure.

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012857327 F

1. Clear the mixture ratio self-learning value. Refer to EC-705, "Description". G
H
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0174. Refer to EC-784, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT I
connector.
K
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
P0137 1 F13 1 L
F52 59 Existed
P0157 2 F12 1
YES >> GO TO 3.
N
3.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
O
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
P0137 1 F13 4 57
P
F52 Existed
P0157 2 F12 4 58
ground.

P0137, P0157 HO2S2
HO2S2
P0137 1 F13 4
Ground Not existed
P0157 2 F12 4
ECM
Connector Terminal
P0137 57
P0157 58
YES >> GO TO 4.
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
with CONSULT.
PBIB3458E

P0137, P0157 HO2S2
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I A

Without CONSULT
2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. EC
C
ECM
Connector D
Terminal Terminal
57 The voltage should be above 0.68 V at
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least once during this procedure. E
F52 59
58 least 10 times The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
least once during this procedure.
F
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-II G
ECM H
Connector
Terminal Terminal
I
58 The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
least once during this procedure. J
NO >> GO TO 5. K

Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. L
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage M
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) with se- least once during this procedure.
N
F52 59
58 lector lever in the D position The voltage should be below 0.18 V at
P

P0138, P0158 HO2S2
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/
F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching
time.
MALFUNCTION A
whether the voltage is unusually high during various driving condi-
tions such as fuel cut.
PBIB1848E
MALFUNCTION B
whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during var-
ious driving conditions such as fuel-cut.
PBIB2376E
sor is sent to ECM.
P0138 (bank 1) circuit high volt- • Harness or connectors
age (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector
sor is sent to ECM.
P0158 (bank 2) circuit high volt- • Harness or connectors
age (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Fuel pressure
• Fuel injector

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
>> GO TO 2. A
1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. EC
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. C
Is 1st trip DTC detected? D
NO-2 >> Without CONSULT: GO TO 5. E
3. PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
NOTE:
For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). F
H
9. Open engine hood. I
11. Follow the instruction of CONSULT display. J
NOTE:
Which is displayed on CONSULT screen? K
CON NOT BE DIAGNOSED>>GO TO 4. L
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B AGAIN
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). M
>> GO TO 3. N
NOTE: O

P0138, P0158 HO2S2
Without CONSULT
ECM
P0138 57 Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no The voltage should be below 0.18 V
F52 59
P0158 58 load at least 10 times at least once during this procedure.

NO >> GO TO 2.
ECM
P0138 57 Keeping engine speed at idle for 10 The voltage should be below 0.18 V
F52 59
P0158 58 minutes at least once during this procedure.

NO >> GO TO 3.
ECM
P0138 57 Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) The voltage should be below 0.18 V
F52 59
P0158 58 with selector lever in the D position at least once during this procedure.

1.INSPECTION START
A >> GO TO 2.
B >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER
P0138, P0158 HO2S2
YES >> GO TO 3. A
EC
connector. C
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity D
P0138 1 F13 1
F52 59 Existed
P0158 2 F12 1 E
YES >> GO TO 4. F
4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT G
HO2S2 ECM H
DTC Continuity
P0138 1 F13 4 57
F52 Existed I
P0158 2 F12 4 58
ground.
J
HO2S2
Bank Connector Terminal K
P0138 1 F13 4
Ground Not existed
P0158 2 F12 4
L
ECM
P0138 57
P0158 58
3. Also check harness for short to power. N
YES >> GO TO 5.
O
Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-771, "Component Inspection". P

P0138, P0158 HO2S2
YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-788, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 7.
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
P0138 1 F13 1
F52 59 Existed
P0158 2 F12 1
YES >> GO TO 8.
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
P0138 1 F13 4 57
F52 Existed
P0158 2 F12 4 58
ground.
HO2S2
P0138 1 F13 4
Ground Not existed
P0158 2 F12 4
ECM
Connector Terminal
P0138 57
P0158 58
YES >> GO TO 9.
Check heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EC-771, "Component Inspection"

P0138, P0158 HO2S2
A
1.INSPECTION START
EC
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
C
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. D
4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. E
with CONSULT.
7. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%. F
PBIB3458E I
3.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2-I K
Without CONSULT
5. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. M
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage N
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least once during this procedure. O
F52 59
NO >> GO TO 4.

P0138, P0158 HO2S2
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
NO >> GO TO 5.
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
F52 59

P0139, P0159 HO2S2
P0139, P0159 HO2S2
A

gen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer C
switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor
2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's
voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions such
as fuel cut. D
E
SEF302U
F
Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Harness or connectors
P0139 (bank 1) circuit slow re- (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
G
sponse The switching time between rich and lean of a
heated oxygen sensor 2 signal delays more
Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Fuel system
than the specified time computed by ECM.
P0159 (bank 2) circuit slow re- • EVAP system H
sponse • Intake air system

I
1.INSPECTION START
Do you have CONSULT? J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 7.
2.PRECONDITIONING K
before conducting the next test. L
TESTING CONDITION: M
>> GO TO 3. N
With CONSULT O
8. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F).
9. Drive the vehicle in a proper gear at 60 km/h (38MPH) and maintain the speed.
CAUTION:

P0139, P0159 HO2S2
10. Release the accelerator pedal fully at least 5 seconds.
CAUTION:
• Enable the engine brake.
• Always drive carefully.
• Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal.
11. Repeat step 9 and 10 at least 8 times.
12. Check the following item of “DATA MONITOR”.

HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1)
P0139
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1)
CMPLT
HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B2)
P0159
HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B2)
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO-1: “CMPLT” is not displayed on DIAG 1>>Perform DTC confirmation procedure again.
NO-2: “CMPLT” is not displayed on DIAG 2>>GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC WORK SUPPORT
2. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” or “HO2S2 (B2) P0159” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with
CONSULT.
3. Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT display.
NOTE:
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
>> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
Perform ECM self-diagnosis.
Is DTC “P0139” or “P0159” detected?
NOTE:

Without CONSULT

P0139, P0159 HO2S2
EC
ECM
C
P0139 57 A change of voltage should be more D
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no
F52 59 than 9.6 V for 1 second during this
P0159 58 load at least 10 times
procedure.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II F
.
G
ECM
H
P0139 57 A change of voltage should be more
F52 59 Keeping engine at idle for 10 minutes than 9.6 V for 1 second during this I
P0159 58 procedure.
NO >> GO TO 3.
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. K
ECM
L
P0139 57 A change of voltage should be more M
Coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in
F52 59 than 9.6 V for 1 second during this
P0159 58 D position
procedure.
O

P
NO >> GO TO 2.

P0139, P0159 HO2S2

connector.
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
P0139 1 F13 1
F52 59 Existed
P0159 2 F12 1
YES >> GO TO 3.
HO2S2 ECM
DTC Continuity
P0139 1 F13 4 57
F52 Existed
P0159 2 F12 4 58
ground.
HO2S2
P0139 1 F13 4
Ground Not existed
P0159 2 F12 4
ECM
Connector Terminal
P0139 57
P0159 58
YES >> GO TO 4.
1.INSPECTION START

P0139, P0159 HO2S2
YES >> GO TO 2. A
NO >> GO TO 3.
EC
With CONSULT
3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. C
6. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item D
with CONSULT.
E
PBIB3458E
“HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is − 25%. H
NO >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. Refer to EM-31, "Exploded View". I

Without CONSULT J
3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. K
L
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal M
Revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least once during this procedure.
F52 59
N
NO >> GO TO 4.
Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. P

P0139, P0159 HO2S2
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
NO >> GO TO 5.
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
F52 59

A

To judge malfunctions, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/
F sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback control con-
stant, and the A/F sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F C
signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause
D
P014C Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1
(bank 1) circuit slow re- • Harness or connectors
P014D sponse • The response time of a A/F sensor 1 signal de-
(The A/F sensor 1 circuit is open or
lays more than the specified time computed by E
P014E Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 shorted.)
ECM.
(bank 2) circuit slow re- • A/F sensor 1
P014F sponse
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure G
TESTING CONDITION:
Do you have CONSULT? I
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
J
With CONSULT
L
5. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load.
8. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute. M
NOTE:
If “PRSNT” changed to “ABSNT”, refer to EC-714, "Component Function Check". N

• P014C
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 (B1) O
• P014D
PRSNT
• P014E
A/F SEN1 DIAG3 (B2)
• P014F
P
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
Perform DTC confirmation procedure-1 again.

YES >> GO TO 4.
With CONSULT
1. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle.
NOTE:
If “CMPLT” changed to “INCMP”, refer to EC-714, "Component Function Check".
• P014C A/F SEN1 DIAG1 (B1)

• P014D A/F SEN1 DIAG2 (B1)
CMPLT
• P014E A/F SEN1 DIAG1 (B2)
• P014F A/F SEN1 DIAG2 (B2)
YES >> GO TO 5.
With CONSULT
Check the “SELF-DIAG RESULT”.
6.CHECK AIR-FUEL RATIO SELF-LEARNING VALUE
With GST
2. Select Service $01 with GST.
3. Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications.
Is the total percentage within ±15%?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
• Exhaust gas leaks
• Lack of fuel
• Fuel injector
• PCV valve


8. Check 1st trip DTC. A
NO >> INSPECTION END EC
1.RETIGHTEN A/F SENSOR 1 C
Loosen and retighten the A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-31, "Exploded View".
D
>> GO TO 2.
E
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst 1.
H
PBIB1922E
Is exhaust gas leak detected?

YES >> Repair or replace. I
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK J
Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor.
Is intake air leak detected?
YES >> Repair or replace. K
NO >> GO TO 4.
L
M
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY N

2. Turn ignition switch ON. O
A/F sensor 1 P
DTC Ground Voltage
• P014C
1 F65 4
• P014D
• P014E
2 F5 4
• P014F

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.

DTC Continuity
• P014C
1 F65 4 52
• P014D
F19 Existed
• P014E
2 F5 4 53
• P014F
A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity
• P014C 1 69
1 F65
• P014D 2 73
F52 Existed
• P014E 1 77
2 F5
• P014F 2 81
and ground.
A/F sensor 1
• P014C 1
1 F65
• P014D 2
Ground Not existed
• P014E 1
2 F5
• P014F 2
ECM
• P014C 69
1
• P014D 73
• P014E 77
2
• P014F 81
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER
Check air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater. Refer to EC-733, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR EC
Check both mass air flow sensor (bank 1 and bank 2). Refer to EC-741, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning mass air flow sensor. Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View".
10.CHECK PCV VALVE D
Check PCV valve. Refer to EC-955, "Work Procedure".
E
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace PCV valve. Refer to EC-574, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts
Location".
11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT F

H

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too lean), the
ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection
logic).

Fuel injection system too • Intake air leakage
P0171
lean (bank 1) • A/F sensor 1
• Fuel injector
• Fuel injection system does not operate properly.
• Exhaust gas leakage
• The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too
Fuel injection system too • Incorrect fuel pressure
P0174 large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.)
lean (bank 2) • Lack of fuel

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2. Start engine.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
NOTE:
Does engine start?

NO >> GO TO 5. A
EC
2. Start engine.
C
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. D
YES >> Proceed to EC-785, "Diagnosis Procedure". E
F
1. Start engine and run it at idle. G
J
PBIB1216E

YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE
1. Listen for an intake air leakage after the mass air flow sensor. L
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. M
NO >> GO TO 3.
N
4. Check the continuity between A/F sensor 1 harness connector and ECM harness connector. O
A/F sensor 1 ECM

DTC Continuity P
1 69
P0171 1 F65
2 73
F52 Existed
1 77
P0174 2 F5
2 81

and ground.
A/F sensor 1
1
P0171 1 F65
2
Ground Not existed
1
P0174 2 F5
2
ECM
Connector Terminal
69
P0171
73
77
P0174
81
YES >> GO TO 4.
dure".

YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-6, "Exploded View".
With CONSULT
With GST
YES >> GO TO 7.
With CONSULT

1. Start engine.
2. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. A
With GST
1. Let engine idle. EC
YES >> GO TO 8. C
D
E
PBIB3332E

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. F
4. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-49, "Exploded View". G
5. For DTC P0171, reconnect fuel injector harness connectors on bank 1.
For DTC P0174, reconnect fuel injector harness connectors on bank 2.
6. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. H
For DTC P0171, check that fuel sprays out from fuel injectors on bank 1. I
For DTC P0174, check that fuel sprays out from fuel injectors on bank 2.
Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector.

J
NO >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray out. Always replace O-ring with new ones. K
Refer to EM-49, "Exploded View".

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (the actual mixture ratio is too rich), the ECM
judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection logic).

Fuel injection system too • A/F sensor 1
P0172
rich (bank 1) • Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • Fuel injector
• The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too • Exhaust gas leakage
Fuel injection system too large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) • Incorrect fuel pressure
P0175
rich (bank 2) • Mass air flow sensor

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2. Start engine.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.RESTART ENGINE
NOTE:
Does engine start?
NO >> GO TO 5.
2. Start engine. A
EC
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. C
YES >> Proceed to EC-789, "Diagnosis Procedure". D
E
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leakage before three way catalyst (manifold). F
PBIB1216E I
NO >> GO TO 2. J
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE
Listen for an intake air leakage after the mass air flow sensor. K
NO >> GO TO 3. L
2. Disconnect corresponding A/F sensor 1 harness connector. M
N
A/F sensor 1 ECM
DTC Continuity
1 69
O
P0172 1 F65
2 73
F52 Existed
1 77
P0175 2 F5 P
2 81
and ground.

A/F sensor 1
1
P0172 1 F65
2
Ground Not existed
1
P0175 2 F5
2
ECM
Connector Terminal
69
P0172
73
77
P0175
81
YES >> GO TO 4.
dure".

YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-6, "Exploded View".
With CONSULT
With GST
2. Check mass air flow sensor signal in “Service $01” with GST.
YES >> GO TO 6.
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
With GST
1. Let engine idle.

YES >> GO TO 7.
EC-916, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC
PBIB3332E
7.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR D
1. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-49, "Exploded View".

E
5. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injectors. F
Check fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
NO >> Replace the fuel injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one. Refer
to EM-49, "Exploded View". H

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Trouble Diagnosis
Name
Engine oil tempera-
P0197 ture sensor circuit low
input
Engine oil tempera- • Engine oil temperature sensor
sent to ECM.
high input

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK EOT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY

1. Disconnect engine oil temperature (EOT) sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between EOT sensor harness connector and ground.
EOT sensor
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EOT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
3. Check the continuity between EOT sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
EOT sensor ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3. A
EC
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EC-574, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Com-
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012857345 D

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
Parts Location". F
nals by heating with hot water as shown in the figure.
G
20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63
1 and 2 Temperature [°C (°F)] 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 H
90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260
I
NO >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. Refer to EC-
574, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location".
J

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
Throttle position sensor An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor • Harness or connectors
P0222
1 circuit low input 1 is sent to ECM. (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
Throttle position sensor An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor • Electric throttle control actuator
P0223 (TP sensor 1)
1 circuit high input 1 is sent to ECM.

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY

Electric throttle control actuator

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.

Electric throttle control actuator ECM A

Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 3. C
D

Continuity E
2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. F
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
Check throttle position sensor. Refer to EC-795, "Component Inspection". H
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-26, "Exploded View". I
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR J

3. Perform EC-702, "Description". K
6. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. L
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage M
Connector
Terminal Terminal
22 N
23
Fully depressed More than 0.36 V O
NO >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-26, "Exploded View". P

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crank-
shaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring.
Sensor Input signal to ECM ECM function

Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire
The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions.
1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage)
On the 1st trip, when a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to
overheating, the MIL will blink.
When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 200 engine revolutions
for a change.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink.
When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on.
If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again.
2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration)
For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only
illuminate when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP
sensor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions.
A misfire malfunction can be detected in any one cylinder or in multiple cylinders.
P0300 Multiple cylinder misfires detected Multiple cylinders misfire. • Improper spark plug
• Insufficient compression
P0301 No. 1 cylinder misfire detected No. 1 cylinder misfires.
P0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire detected No. 2 cylinder misfires. • The fuel injector circuit is open or shorted
• Fuel injector
P0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire detected No. 4 cylinder misfires. • The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted
P0305 No. 5 cylinder misfire detected No. 5 cylinder misfires. • Lack of fuel
• Signal plate
• A/F sensor 1

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
5. Restart engine and let it idle for approximately 15 minutes.

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
NO >> GO TO 3. A
EC
4. Start engine and drive the vehicle under similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain
time. Refer to the table below. C
Similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data mean that the following conditions should be satisfied at
the same time.
D
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when
driving.
E
Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm
Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH)
F
Basic fuel schedule Basic fuel schedule in freeze frame data × (1 ± 0.1)
When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F),
Engine coolant temperature (T) T should be lower than 70°C (158°F).
G
condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F),
T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F).
Driving time varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data. H
Engine speed Time

Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes I
More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes
J
YES >> Proceed to EC-797, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
L
Check the following
M
• Connection condition of the ground F59 and F60
• Connection condition of the ground harness between engine assembly and vehicle body (If equipped)
N
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE AND PCV HOSE O
1. Start engine and run it at idle speed.
2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leakage.
3. Check PCV hose connection. P
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING
Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents.

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2. Listen to each fuel injector make operation sound.

YES >> GO TO 6.
PBIB3332E

CAUTION:
NOTE:
dure.
3. Start engine.
metal portion.

CAUTION:

• It might damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made.
NOTE:
When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunc-
tioning.

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
YES >> GO TO 10. A
NO >> GO TO 7.
EC
plug and the grounded metal portion. C

D
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-926, "Diagnosis Procedure".
E
8.CHECK SPARK PLUG
NO >> Repair or clean spark plug. Then GO TO 9. G
SEF156I
9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III I

plug and the grounded portion. J

K
L
Plug".
Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-22, "On-Vehicle Service". M
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets. N
O
dure".
P
2
At idle: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm , 51 psi)
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> GO TO 12.
P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
YES >> Replace “fuel filter and fuel pump assembly”. Refer to FL-6, "Exploded View".
YES >> GO TO 14.
A/F sensor 1 ECM

Continuity
1 69
1 F65
2 73
F52 Existed
1 77
2 F5
2 81
and ground.
A/F sensor 1
Ground Continuity
1
1 F65
2
Ground Not existed
1
2 F5
2
ECM
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
69
73
77
81
YES >> GO TO 15.
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning A/F sensor 1. Refer to EM-31, "Exploded View".

P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304, P0305, P0306 MISFIRE
16.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR A

With CONSULT
2. For specification, refer to EC-957, "Mass Air Flow Sensor". EC
With GST
C
YES >> GO TO 17.
ground. Refer to EC-740, "Diagnosis Procedure". D
17.CHECK SYMPTOM TABLE

Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-945, "Symptom Table". E
YES >> GO TO 18.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part. F
18.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC
Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set.
G
Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-625, "CONSULT Func-
tion".
H

P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Trouble diagnosis
DTC No. DTC detected condition Possible cause
name
Knock sensor (bank 1) An excessively low voltage from the sensor is
P0327
circuit low input sent to ECM.
Knock sensor (bank 1) An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
Knock sensor (bank 2) An excessively low voltage from the sensor is • Knock sensor
P0332
circuit low input sent to ECM.
Knock sensor (bank 2) An excessively high voltage from the sensor is
P0333

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed.
1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT

1. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Knock sensor ECM

DTC Continuity
P0327, P0328 1 F202 2
F52 91 Existed
P0332, P0333 2 F204 2
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

P0327, P0328, P0332, P0333 KS
Knock sensor ECM A

DTC Continuity
P0327, P0328 1 F202 1 85
F52 Existed EC
P0332, P0333 2 F204 1 86
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR D
Check knock sensor. Refer to EC-803, "Component Inspection".

Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012857353 F

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect knock sensor harness connector.
3. Check resistance between knock sensor terminal as per the following.
NOTE: H
It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ.
Knock sensor I
+ - Resistance
Terminals
J
1 2 Approx. 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)]
CAUTION:
Never use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones.
K
NO >> Replace malfunctioning knock sensor. Refer to EM-117, "Disassembly and Assembly". L

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is open or
shorted.]
is not detected by the ECM during the first
(EVAP control system pressure sensor
few seconds of engine cranking.
circuit is shorted.)
• The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft
Crankshaft position sen- (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
P0335 position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM
sor (POS) circuit shorted.)
while the engine is running.
is not in the normal pattern during engine run-
ning.
• Signal plate
• Sensor power supply 2 circuit

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
tion switch ON.
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY

1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between CKP sensor (POS) harness connector and ground.
CKP sensor (POS)

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

EC

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3. D
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT E
Check sensor power supply 2 circuit. Refer to EC-939, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for power supply circuit. F
4.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT
G
H
Continuity
I
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K
L
Continuity
F11 3 F52 89 Existed M
N
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) O
YES >> GO TO 7. P
7.CHECK GEAR TOOTH
Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth.
NO >> Replace the drive plate. Refer to EM-117, "Disassembly and Assembly".
1.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-I

YES >> GO TO 2.
JMBIA0063ZZ
2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS)-II


Terminal (Polarity)
2
1
2 3

A

NOTE:
Camshaft position sen- • Harness or connectors D
P0340 sor (PHASE) (bank 1) (The sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for
circuit • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)
the first few seconds during engine cranking.
• Camshaft (INT)
• The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM E
• Starter motor (Refer to STR-5, "System
Camshaft position sen- during engine running.
Description".)
P0345 sor (PHASE) (bank 2) • The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal
• Starting system circuit (Refer to STR-5,
circuit pattern during engine running.
"System Description".)
• Dead (Weak) battery F

1.PRECONDITIONING G
ing the next test.
H
TESTING CONDITION: I
tion switch ON.
J
>> GO TO 2.
K
L
NO >> GO TO 3.
M
1. Maintaining engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check 1st trip DTC. N
NO >> INSPECTION END O
1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM P

Turn ignition switch to START position.
Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check starting system. (Refer to STR-11, "Work Flow (With GR8-1200 NI)" or STR-15, "Work
Flow (Without GR8-1200 NI)".)

2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY

1. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) harness connector and ground.
CMP sensor (PHASE)

DTC Ground Voltage (V)
P0340 1 F44 1
Ground Approx. 5
P0345 2 F45 1
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT

DTC Continuity
P0340 1 F44 2 88
F52 Existed
P0345 2 F45 2 92
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

DTC Continuity
P0340 1 F44 3 94
F52 Existed
P0345 2 F45 3 93
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-43, "Exploded View".
6.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INT)

• Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end A
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent
Incident". EC
rear end or replace camshaft. Refer to EM-80,
"Exploded View".
C
JMBIA0058ZZ
D
1.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-I E

4. Remove the sensor. F
G
YES >> GO TO 2.
(PHASE). Refer to EM-43, "Exploded View".
H
I
JMBIA0065ZZ
2.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE)-II J

Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) K

L
2
1
3 Except 0 or ∞
2 3 M
NO >> Replace malfunctioning camshaft position sensor (PHASE). Refer to EM-43, "Exploded View". N

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F)
sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2.
A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity
will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2.
As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2
switching frequency will increase.
When the frequency ratio of A/F sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor
2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (mani-
fold) malfunction is diagnosed.
PBIB2055E
Catalyst system efficien- • Three way catalyst (manifold)
P0420 cy below threshold • Exhaust tube
• Three way catalyst (manifold) does not oper-
(bank 1) • Intake air leakage
ate properly.
• Fuel injector
Catalyst system efficien- • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have
• Fuel injector leakage
P0430 cy below threshold enough oxygen storage capacity.
• Spark plug
(bank 2) • Improper ignition timing

1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 7.
2.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Do not maintain engine speed for more than the specified minutes below.
>> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
10. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT.
11. Rev engine between 2,000 and 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the acceler-
ator pedal completely. A
12. Check the indication of “CATALYST”.
CMPLT >> GO TO 6. EC
INCMP >> GO TO 4.
C
1. Wait 5 seconds at idle.
2. Rev engine between 2,000 and 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to
“CMPLT” (It will take approximately 5 minutes).
Does the indication change to “CMPLT”? D
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN E
1. Stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F).

2. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE again. F
>> GO TO 3.
6.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE-III G
Check 1st trip DTC.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? H
7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK I
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this J
YES >> INSPECTION END K
L
Without CONSULT M
4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. N
7. Open engine hood. O
ECM
P
DTC Connec- + – Condition Voltage (V)
P0420 57 The voltage fluctuation cycle takes
Keeping engine speed at 2,500 rpm more than 5 seconds.
F52 59
P0430 58 constant under no load • 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 -
1.0

1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM

Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dents.
YES >> GO TO 2.
2. Listen for an exhaust gas leakage before the three way catalyst (manifold).
PBIB1216E

NO >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS
1. Stop engine and then turn ignition switch ON.

ECM A
+ – Voltage
EC
33
44
45 C
F51 E16 128 Battery voltage
46
47
D
48
YES >> GO TO 6. E
NO >> Perform EC-916, "Diagnosis Procedure".
CAUTION: F
2. Remove fuel pump fuse in IPDM E/R to release fuel pressure. G
NOTE:
dure.
H
3. Start engine.
6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. I
9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. J
11. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether K
metal portion.
L
CAUTION:
• During the operation, always stay 0.5 m (19.7 in) or more M

• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken. N
NOTE:
functioning. O
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 7. P
2. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug.


YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuit. Refer to EC-926, "Diagnosis Procedure".
8.CHECK SPARK PLUG
SEF156I


Plug".
2. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-49, "Exploded View".
4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected.
6. Check that the fuel does not drip from fuel injector.
Does fuel drip from fuel injector?
YES >> Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping. Refer to EM-49, "Exploded View".
NO >> GO TO 11.
YES >> Replace three way catalyst assembly. Refer to EM-31, "Exploded View".

A
• Harness or connectors C
EVAP canister purge volume (The solenoid valve circuit is open or
An excessively low voltage signal is sent
P0444 control solenoid valve circuit shorted.)
to ECM through the valve
open • EVAP canister purge volume control so-
lenoid valve D

1.CONDITIONING E
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION: G
>> GO TO 2. H
2. Check 1st trip DTC. I
J
K
1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
2. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector. L
4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve harness connector and
ground.
M

N
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT P



ECM
With CONSULT
2. Start engine.
NO >> GO TO 4.

With CONSULT
4. Start engine.
VOL C/V” opening and check air passage continuity of EVAP
conditions.

(PURG VOL C/V value) between (A) and (B)
100% Existed
0% Not existed
PBIB2058E
Without CONSULT

control solenoid valve under the following conditions. A

Condition
between (A) and (B) EC
Existed
terminals 1 and 2
No supply Not existed C
NO >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid D

valve. Refer to EC-574, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location".

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
(The valve circuit is open or shorted.)
EVAP canister vent con- An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM • EVAP canister vent control valve
P0447
trol valve circuit open through EVAP canister vent control valve. • Hoses
(Hoses are connected incorrectly or
clogged.)

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON.
2. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
3. Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT screen.
4. Check for operating sound of the valve.

YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY

4. Check the voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve harness connector and ground. A
EVAP canister vent control valve

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal EC
B31 1 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT D
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and EVAP canister vent control valve harness con- E
nector.
Refer to Wiring Diagram.
F
EVAP canister vent control valve ECM
Continuity
B31 2 E16 106 Existed G
H
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING I
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE K
NO >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to FL-18, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000012857368 M

1. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. Refer to FL-18, "Exploded View". N
2. Check portion (A) of EVAP canister vent control valve for rust.
Is it rusted?
O
NO >> GO TO 2.
P
JMBIA0168ZZ

With CONSULT
Condition VENT CONTROL/V Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON Not existed
OFF Existed
Without CONSULT
Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)

Not existed
terminals 1 and 2
OFF Existed
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower.
Condition VENT CONTROL/V Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)
ON No
OFF Yes
Without CONSULT
1. Clean the air passage [portion (A) to (B)] of EVAP canister vent
control valve using an air blower. JMBIA0169ZZ
Condition Air passage continuity between (A) and (B)

No
OFF Yes

A
C
[CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
(APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.) D
EVAP control system (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
P0452 pressure sensor low in- shorted.)
sent to ECM.
put • EVAP control system pressure sensor
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS) E
F
1.PRECONDITIONING
G
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more. I
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
8. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. M
With GST
2. Set voltmeter probes to ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. N
ECM
O
+ –
Connector
Terminal
E16 111 120 P
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
2. Check that water is not inside connector.
YES >> GO TO 2.
EVAP control system pressure sensor

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
ness connector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
ness connector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT A
ness connector.
EC

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 7.
E
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-18, "Exploded View".
G
1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR H

2. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector. Refer to FL-18, "Exploded
View".
Always replace O-ring with a new one. I
J
ECM
Applied vacuum kPa
+ – Voltage
Connector (kg/cm2, psi) K
Terminal Terminal
E16 102 112 2.1 to 2.5 V lower than
-26.7 (-0.272, -3.87) L
above value
CAUTION:
• Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. M
14.69 psi).
O

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
EVAP control system • EVAP control system pressure sensor
P0453 pressure sensor high in- • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)
sent to ECM.
put • Accelerator pedal position sensor
• EVAP canister
• Rubber hose from EVAP canister vent
control valve to vehicle frame

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
With GST
ECM
+ –
Connector
Terminal
E16 111 120

7. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. A
C
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
D
YES >> GO TO 2. E
EVAP control system pressure sensor G

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
H
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3. I
ness connector.
K
Continuity
L

YES >> GO TO 4. M
Check sensor power supply 2 circuit. Refer to EC-939, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
ness connector.


Continuity
YES >> GO TO 6.
ness connector.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK RUBBER TUBE
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube.
YES >> GO TO 9.
YES >> GO TO 10.
attached. Refer to FL-18, "Exploded View".
YES >> GO TO 11.
Incident".
JMBIA1134GB

11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER A

attached.
EC
NO >> GO TO 12.
C
• EVAP canister for damage D
>> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. Refer to FL-18, "Exploded View". E
1.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR F

2. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector. Refer to FL-18, "Exploded G
View".
4. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM terminals under the following conditions. H
ECM
Applied vacuum kPa I
+ – Voltage
Terminal Terminal
Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 V J
E16 102 112 2.1 to 2.5 V lower than
-26.7 (-0.272, -3.87)
above value
CAUTION: K
14.69 psi). L
NO >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Refer to FL-18, "Exploded View". M

P0500 VSS
P0500 VSS
ECM receives vehicle speed signals from two different paths via CAN communication line: One is from the
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via the combination unit and the other is from TCM.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
• If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-
843, "DTC Logic".
Trouble diagnosis
At 20 km/h (13 MPH), ECM detects the fol-
lowing status continuously for 5 seconds or
or shorted.)
more: The difference between a vehicle
VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC speed calculated by output speed sensor
(Vehicle speed sensor) transmitted from TCM to ECM via CAN com-
unit)
munication and the vehicle speed indicated
• Wheel sensor
on the combination meter exceeds 15km/h
• TCM
(10 MPH).
• Output speed sensor

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start engine.
2. Shift the selector lever to D range and wait at least for 2 seconds.
3. Drive the vehicle at least 5 seconds at 20 km/h (13 MPH) or more.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
This procedure may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a
road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle.

YES >> GO TO 2.
P0500 VSS
2.CHECK DTC WITH ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) A
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER C
Check DTC with combination meter. Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)".
D
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR E
Check the following items. Refer to TM-174, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 5. F
5.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
G
Check wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-105, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent Incident". H

P0506 ISC SYSTEM
P0506 ISC SYSTEM
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
Idle speed control sys-
The idle speed is less than the target idle speed • Electric throttle control actuator
P0506 tem RPM lower than ex-
by 100 rpm or more. • Intake air leakage
pected

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-703, "Work Procedure", before con-
ducting DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C(14°F).
>> GO TO 2.


P0506 ISC SYSTEM
NO >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-956, "Removal and Installation". A
EC

P0507 ISC SYSTEM
P0507 ISC SYSTEM
The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let
The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value
such as during warming up, deceleration and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan
operation, etc.).
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC.
Idle speed control sys- • Electric throttle control actuator
The idle speed is more than the target idle
P0507 tem RPM higher than • Intake air leakage
speed by 200 rpm or more.
expected • PCV system

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-703, "Work Procedure", before con-
ducting DTC Confirmation Procedure.
TESTING CONDITION:
• Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C(14°F).
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION

Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly.
YES >> GO TO 2.

P0507 ISC SYSTEM
2.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAKAGE A

EC
C

P0520 EOP SENSOR
P0520 EOP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Trouble diagnosis
ECM detects the following status continuous-
ly for 5 seconds or more:
• A voltage signal transmitted from the en-
(EOP sensor circuit is open or short-
EOP SENSOR/SWITCH gine oil pressure sensor is lower than 0.26
P0520 ed)
(EOP sensor circuit) V.
• EOP sensor
• A voltage signal transmitted from the en-
gine oil pressure sensor is higher than 4.9
V.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check engine oil leak. Refer to LU-8, "Inspection".
1.CHECK EOP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-I

4. Check the voltage between EOP sensor harness connector terminals.
EOP sensor
Voltage
+ −
Connector (Approx.)
terminal
F54 3 1 5V
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.

P0520 EOP SENSOR
2.CHECK EOP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT A

EC
+ −
EOP sensor ECM Continuity C
F54 2 F51 4 Existed
D
YES >> GO TO 3. E
3.CHECK EOP SENSOR
Check EOP sensor. Refer to EC-836, "Component Inspection". F
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. G
4.CHECK EOP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY-II
Check the voltage between EOP sensor harness connector terminal and ground. H
+
Voltage
EOP sensor − I
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F54 3 Ground 5V
J
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 5.
K
5.CHECK EOP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors. L
+ − M
EOP sensor ECM Continuity
N
F54 3 E16 107 Existed
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT P
7.CHECK EOP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
P0520 EOP SENSOR
+ −
EOP sensor ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 8.
Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and ground.
+
ECM − Continuity
Connector Terminal
12
F51
16
123
Ground Existed
124
E16
127
128
1.CHECK EOP SENSOR

EOP sensor
Resistance
+ − Condition
(kΩ)
Terminal
2 4 – 10
1
3 2–8
1 4 – 10
2 None
3 1–3
1 2–8
3
2 1–3
tion".

A
Trouble diagnosis
• Decrease in engine oil pressure
An EOP sensor signal voltage applied to
• Decrease in engine oil level
ENGINE OIL PRESSURE ECM remains lower than the specified value
P0524 • Engine oil condition
(Engine oil pressure too low) continuously for 10 seconds or more when D
• EOP sensor
the engine speed is 1,000 rpm or more.
• Engine body

E
CAUTION:
If “EC-838, "Diagnosis Procedure"” is unfinished, be sure to perform Step 3 and 4.
1.PRECONDITIONING-1 F
TEST CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V or more at idle. H
>> GO TO 2.
I
2.PRECONDITIONING-2
Is “Diagnosis Procedure” of DTC P0524 finished? J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K

2. Maintain the following conditions for about 10 consecutive seconds.
L

Engine coolant temperature 70°C (158°F) or more M
Engine speed 1,000 rpm or more
NOTE:
With engine speed set around 4,000 rpm, the phenomenon can be reproduced more easily. N
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
P
YES >> GO TO 5.
With CONSULT

Value
(Approx.)

1,450 mV or more
EOP SENSOR
2,000 rpm
Without CONSULT
Check engine oil pressure. Refer to LU-8, "Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 3.

YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
With CONSULT
Value
(Approx.)

1,450 mV or more
EOP SENSOR
2,000 rpm
Without CONSULT
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Check oil pump. Refer to LU-12, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK EOP SENSOR
Check EOP sensor. Refer to EC-839, "Component Inspection".
4.CHECK ENGINE OIL LEAKAGE
Check engine oil leakage. Refer to LU-6, "Lubrication Circuit".
YES >> GO TO 5.

5.CHECK CAUSE OF ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION A

Check the following item.
Step Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference

EC
1 PCV valve EC-955, "Work Procedure"
• No blocking
2 Exhaust front tube Visual —
• No abnormal sounds C
3 Oil pump LU-12, "Removal and Installation"
• Piston • Piston to piston pin oil clearance
4 • Piston pin • Piston ring side clearance EM-126 D
• Piston ring • Piston ring end gap
• Cylinder block top surface distortion
5 Cylinder block EM-126
• Piston to cylinder bore clearance
E
>> Repair or replace error-detected parts.

F
1.CHECK EOP SENSOR

G
H
EOP sensor
Resistance
+ − Condition I
(kΩ)
Terminal
2 4 – 10
1
3 2–8 J
1 4 – 10
2 None
3 1–3
K
1 2–8
3
2 1–3
tion". M

P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
ECM power supply cir- ECM back up RAM system does not function [ECM power supply (back up) circuit is
P0603
cuit properly. open or shorted.]
• ECM

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
3. Turn ignition switch ON, wait at least 10 seconds.
4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times.

ECM
+ – Voltage
YES >> GO TO 2.
YES >> GO TO 3.

2. Erase DTC.
3. Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. A
YES >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-956, "Removal and Installation". EC

P0605 ECM
P0605 ECM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning.
P0605 Engine control module B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. • ECM
C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning.

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn it ON.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C
2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn it ON.
3. Repeat step 2 for 32 times.
1.INSPECTION START
2. Erase DTC.

P0607 ECM
P0607 ECM
A
C
When detecting error during the initial diagno-
P0607 CAN communication bus • ECM
sis of CAN controller of ECM.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D

E
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
F
G
1.INSPECTION START
2. Erase DTC. H
4. Check DTC.
I
Is the DTC P0607 displayed again?
Yes >> Replace ECM. Refer to EC-956, "Removal and Installation".
No >> INSPECTION END J

ECM supplies a voltage of 5 V to some of the sensors systematically divided into 2 groups, respectively.
• Camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE)
• Electric throttle control actuator
NOTE:
If sensor power supply 1 circuit is malfunctioning, DTC P0643 is displayed.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
SENSOR POWER/
CIRC ECM detects a voltage of power source
P0643 Sensor power supply 1 circuit
(Sensor power supply 1 for sensor is excessively low or high.
circuit short)

1.PRECONDITIONING
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start the engine and let it idle for 1 second.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?


A
+
Voltage
ECM −
(Approx.) EC
Connector Terminal
F51 24
83 C
F52 Ground 5V
87
E16 99
D
NO >> GO TO 2.
E
2.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 1 ROUTING CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
2. Disconnect following sensor harness connector. F
3. Check harness for short to power and to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM Sensor G
+ -
Name
H
F51 24 TP sensor F50 1
83 CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 1) F44 1
F52
87 CMP sensor (PHASE) (bank 2) F45 1 I
APP sensor 1 (Without ICC) E31 4
E16 99
APP sensor 1 (With ICC) E74 4
J
YES >> GO TO 3.
K
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
• Throttle position sensor (Refer to EC-749, "Component Inspection".) L
• Accelerator pedal position sensor (Refer to EC-894, "Component Inspection".)
M
N

P0850 PNP SWITCH
P0850 PNP SWITCH
When the selector lever position is P or N, park/neutral position (PNP) signal from the transmission range
switch is sent to ECM.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP)
Park/neutral position [The park/neutral position (PNP) signal
P0850 signal does not change during driving after the
switch circuit is open or shorted.]
engine is started.
• Transmission range switch

1.INSPECTION START
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PNP SIGNAL
With CONSULT
2. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal
Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal

N or P position ON
Except above position OFF
YES >> GO TO 4.
CAUTION:


P0850 PNP SWITCH
A
4. Check 1st trip DTC. EC
NO >> INSPECTION END C
D
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit.
During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed.
F
1.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK G

H
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal I
Selector lever P or N Battery voltage

E16 118 128
position Except above Approx. 0 V
J
NO >> Proceed to EC-847, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
1.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY L

2. Disconnect transmission range switch harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between transmission range switch harness connector and ground.
+ N
Transmission range switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
O
YES >> GO TO 2. P
NO >> GO TO 4.
2.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.

P0850 PNP SWITCH
+ −
Transmission range switch ECM Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
Check the transmission range switch. Refer to TM-114, "Component Inspection".
NO >> There is malfunction of transmission range switch. Replace transaxle assembly. Refer to TM-229,
4.CHECK FUSE
2. Check that there is no blowout in the following fuse.

IPDM E/R 46 10A
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace error-detected parts.
5.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between transmission range switch harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector.
+ −
Transmission range switch IPDM E/R Continuity

A
This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse EC
signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”.
Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair.
C

NOTE:
E
Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis.
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause F
ECM cannot receive the information from (The CAN communication line is open or short-
P1212 TCS communication line “ABS actuator and electric unit (control ed.) G
unit)” continuously. • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
1.PRECONDITIONING
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following before conduct- I
ing the next test
TESTING CONDITION:
K
>> GO TO 2.
Is 1st trip DTC detected? M
N
Perform the trouble diagnosis for TCS. Refer to BRC-78, "Work Flow".
NOTE: O
If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC UXXXX and/or P0607, perform the following trouble diagnosis.
• Trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX Refer to EC-654, "DTC Index".
• Trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607 Refer to EC-843, "DTC Logic".
P

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will
rise.
When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is
indicated.

DTC No. (Trouble diagnosis con- DTC detecting condition Possible cause
tent)
(Cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.)
• Cooling fan does not operate properly (Over- • IPDM E/R
heat). • Cooling fan control module
• Cooling fan system does not operate properly • Cooling fan motor
ENG OVER TEMP
(Overheat). • Radiator hose
P1217 [Engine over tempera-
• Engine coolant was not added to the system • Radiator
ture (Overheat)]
using the proper filling method. • Radiator cap
• Engine coolant is not within the specified • Reservoir tank
range. • Water pump
• Thermostat
• Water control valve
CAUTION:
When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to CO-10, "System Inspection".
Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine Coolant".
1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to
use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-19, "FOR MEXICO : Engine Coolant Mixture
Ratio".
2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted.
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might
not be confirmed.

WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pres-
sure fluid escaping from the radiator.
Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up
pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off.

Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator.
Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. A
Is the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator below the
proper range?
NO >> GO TO 2.
SEF621W
2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II D
Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not.

Did customer fill the coolant? E
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-III F
With CONSULT
2. Perform “FAN DUTY CONTROL” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode of “ENGINE” using CONSULT. G
Without CONSULT
1. Activate IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motors operation. Refer to PCS-8, "Diagnosis H
Description".
J
1.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION

K
With CONSULT
3. Check that cooling fan speed varies according to the percentage. L
Without CONSULT
Description". M
YES >> GO TO 2. N
2.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-I
O
Check cooling system for leak. Refer to CO-10, "System Inspection".
Is leakage detected?
YES >> GO TO 3.
P
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK-II
Check the following for leak.
• Hose (Refer to CO-10, "System Inspection".)
• Radiator (Refer to CO-10, "System Inspection".)
• Water pump (Refer to CO-10, "System Inspection".)

4.CHECK RADIATOR CAP
Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-10, "System Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace radiator cap. Refer to CO-15, "Exploded View".
5.CHECK THERMOSTAT
YES >> GO TO 6.
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS
If the cause cannot be isolated, check the CO-6, "Troubleshooting Chart".
>> INSPECTION END

P1225 TP SENSOR
P1225 TP SENSOR
A
C
Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning value is exces- • Electric throttle control actuator
P1225
learning performance sively low. (TP sensor 1 and 2)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE D

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test. E
TESTING CONDITION:
G
>> GO TO 2.
H
4. Check 1st trip DTC. I
1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY K

2. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View". L
3. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1)
and the housing.
- Electric throttle control actuator (2)
- : Vehicle front M
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle N
O
JMBIA1132ZZ

1. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-26, "Exploded View". P
>> INSPECTION END

P1226 TP SENSOR
P1226 TP SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Closed throttle position Closed throttle position learning is not per- • Electric throttle control actuator
P1226
learning performance formed successfully, repeatedly. (TP sensor 1 and 2)

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.

2. Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-24, "Exploded View".
and the housing.
- : Vehicle front
YES >> GO TO 2.
JMBIA1132ZZ

1. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-26, "Exploded View".
>> INSPECTION END

A

NOTE:
Trouble diagnosis
name
D
ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM.
• ECM detects that input signal from the
(The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
P1564 ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch is out of the specified
• ASCD steering switch E
range.
• ECM
• ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch
is stuck ON.
F
1.PRECONDITIONING
G
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2. I
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. J
onds. K
6. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? L
M
1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT

N
With CONSULT
2. Select “MAIN SW”, “CANCEL SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW” and “SET SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with
CONSULT. O
3. Check each item indication under the following conditions.

P
ON/OFF (MAIN) Pressed ON

MAIN SW
switch Released OFF
Pressed ON
CANCEL SW CANCEL switch
Released OFF

Pressed ON
RESUME/ACC SW ACCEL/RES switch
Released OFF
Pressed ON
SET SW COAST/SET switch
Released OFF
Without CONSULT
ECM
Con- + – Condition Voltage (V)

E16 101 108 COAST/SET switch: Pressed Approx. 2
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed Approx. 3
All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT

Continuity
16 E16 108 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

Continuity
13 E16 101 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH
Check ASCD steering switch. Refer to EC-857, "Component Inspection".

Parts Location". A
1.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH EC

2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector.
3. Check resistance between combination switch harness connector terminals as per the following. C
Combination switch
Condition Resistance (Ω) D
Connector Terminals
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 250 E
M149 13 and 16 COAST/SET switch: Pressed Approx. 660
F
All ASCD steering switches: Released Approx. 4,000
Parts Location".
H

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:

ICC steering switch is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors
ASCD SW • ECM detects that input signal from the ICC (The switch circuit is open or shorted.)
P1564
(ICC steering switch) steering switch is out of the specified range. • ICC steering switch
• ECM detects that the ICC steering switch is • ECM
stuck ON.

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
onds.
6. Press DISTANCE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds.
7. Press LDP switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it at wait at least 10 seconds.
8. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT


ECM A
Connector
Terminal
EC
CANCEL switch: Pressed Approx. 1.0
COAST/SET switch: Pressed Approx. 1.9 C
ACCEL/RES switch: Pressed Approx. 2.6
E16 101 108
Approx. 3.2 D
Pressed
DISTANCE switch: Pressed Approx. 3.7
All ICC steering switches: Released Approx. 4.2
E
NO >> GO TO 2. F
2.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
H
Continuity
16 E16 108 Existed
I

YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT K
L
Continuity
13 E16 101 Existed M
YES >> GO TO 4. N
4.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH O
Check ICC steering switch. Refer to EC-859, "Component Inspection (ICC Steering Switch)".
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent Incident". P
NO >> Replace ICC steering switch. Refer to EC-574, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts
Location".
Component Inspection (ICC Steering Switch) INFOID:0000000012857434
1.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH


2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector M303.
3. Check resistance between combination switch harness connector terminals under the following condi-
tions.
Combination switch
Condition Resistance (Ω)
Connector Terminals
COAST/SET switch: Pressed Approx. 620
M149 13 and 16
Approx. 1,810
Pressed
DISTANCE switch: Pressed Approx. 3,000
All ICC steering switches: Released Approx. 5,420
NO >> Replace ICC steering switch. Refer to CCS-190, "Exploded View".

A
When the brake pedal is depressed, brake pedal position switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned EC
ON. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal).
Refer to EC-598, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for the ASCD
function.
C

NOTE:
E
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected in two
consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory. F
Trouble diagnosis
name
G
When the vehicle speed is above 30 km/h • Harness or connectors
(19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
A)
switch and the brake pedal position switch • Harness or connectors
are sent to the ECM at the same time. (The brake pedal position switch circuit is H
shorted.)
Brake pedal posi-
P1572 • Stop lamp switch
tion switch
Brake pedal position switch signal is not • Brake pedal position switch
• Incorrect stop lamp switch installation I
B) sent to ECM for extremely long time while
the vehicle is driving. • Incorrect brake pedal position switch installa-
tion
• ECM J
1.INSPECTION START K
YES >> GO TO 2. L
NO >> GO TO 5.
2.PRECONDITIONING
M
If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at
least 10 seconds before conducting the next test.
NOTE:
Procedure for malfunction B is not described here. It takes extremely long time to complete procedure for mal- N
function B. By performing procedure for malfunction A, the incident that causes malfunction B can be
detected.
O
>> GO TO 3.
P
3. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE lamp lights up.
CAUTION:
NOTE:


NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A-II
CAUTION:
NOTE:

Depress the brake pedal for more than
Driving location five seconds so as not to come off from
the above-mentioned vehicle speed.
NOTE:
Use component function check to check the overall function of brake pedal position switch. During this check,
a DTC might not be confirmed.

ECM

Slightly
Approx. 0 V
depressed
Fully re-
Battery voltage
leased
NO >> GO TO 2.

2.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK-II A

ECM EC
C
Slightly
Battery voltage
depressed
Fully re-
Approx. 0 V D
leased
E
F
With CONSULT
H
BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal I
Fully released ON
Without CONSULT
ECM K

L
Slightly
Approx. 0 V
depressed
Fully re- M
Battery voltage
leased
YES >> GO TO 2. N
NO >> GO TO 3.
O
With CONSULT
Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode.
P
Slightly depressed ON
Fully released OFF
Without CONSULT

ECM

Slightly
Battery voltage
depressed
Fully re-
Approx. 0 V
leased
NO >> GO TO 6.

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
tor.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
Stop lamp switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal

YES >> GO TO 7. A
EC
C
Continuity
E
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH F
H
I
J
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed K
NO >> GO TO 2. L
1. Adjust brake pedal position switch installation. Refer to BR-13, "Adjustment". M

N
1 and 2 Brake pedal
P



1 and 2 Brake pedal
NO >> GO TO 2.

1 and 2 Brake pedal

A

NOTE:
to EC-842, "DTC Logic". C
1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch is turned OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected
in two consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory. D

ON signals from the stop lamp switch • Harness or connectors
and the brake pedal position switch (The stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.)
A)
(ICC brake switch) are sent to ECM at • Harness or connectors
the same time. (The brake pedal position switch circuit is F
shorted.)
ASCD BRAKE SW • Stop lamp switch
P1572
(ICC brake switch) Brake pedal position switch (ICC • Brake pedal position switch G
brake switch) signal is not sent to • ICC brake hold relay
B) • Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
ECM for extremely long time while the
vehicle is being driven • Incorrect brake pedal position switch instal-
lation H
• ECM

1.PRECONDITIONING I

NOTE:
The procedure for malfunction B is not described. It takes an extremely long time to complete the procedure
for malfunction B. By performing the procedure for malfunction A, the condition that causes malfunction B can K
be detected.
>> GO TO 2. L

1. Start engine (VDC switch OFF). M
2. Press MAIN switch and check that CRUISE indicator is displayed in combination meter.
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. N
NOTE:
If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. O

Selector lever Suitable position P
NO >> GO TO 3.
CAUTION:
NOTE:

Depress the brake pedal for more than 5 seconds so as
Driving location
not to come off from the above-mentioned vehicle speed.

With CONSULT
BRAKE SW1 Brake pedal Slightly depressed OFF

(ICC brake switch) Brake pedal Fully released ON
Without CONSULT
ECM
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Brake
Slightly depressed Approx. 0
pedal
E16 126 128
Brake
pedal
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
Select “BRAKE SW2” and check indication under the following conditions.
BRAKE SW2 Slightly depressed ON

Brake pedal
(Stop lamp switch) Fully released OFF
Without CONSULT

ECM A
Connector
Terminal Terminal
EC
Brake Slightly depressed Battery voltage
E16 122 128
pedal Fully released Approx. 0
C
NO >> GO TO 6. D
2. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector. E
F
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
G
YES >> GO TO 4. H
tor. J

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal K
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. M
N
O
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. P
3. Disconnect ICC brake hold relay harness connector.
Stop lamp switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal

5. Check the voltage between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ground.
ICC brake hold relay

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 7.

Continuity
3. Check the continuity between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ICC brake hold relay ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 8.
YES >> GO TO 9.
Check ICC brake hold relay. Refer to EC-871, "Component Inspection (ICC Brake Hold Relay)".
NO >> Replace ICC brake hold relay.


1 and 2 Brake pedal
NO >> GO TO 2.

2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL POSITION SWITCH-II A

EC
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Slightly depressed Not existed C
NO >> Replace brake pedal position switch. Refer to BR-20, "Exploded View". D
E
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. F
3. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions.
Terminals Condition Continuity G

1 and 2 Brake pedal
H
NO >> GO TO 2.
I
2. Check the continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions. J

Fully released Not existed K
1 and 2 Brake pedal
Component Inspection (ICC Brake Hold Relay) INFOID:0000000012857445 M

3. Check the continuity between ICC brake hold relay terminals
under the following conditions. O

12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Existed P
3 and 5
JMBIA0848ZZ

The ECM receives two vehicle speed signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combination
meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD con-
trol. Refer to EC-598, "AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) : System Description" for ASCD
functions.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
Trouble diagnosis
name
shorted.)
ASCD vehicle speed The difference the between two vehicle speed • Combination meter
P1574
sensor signals is out of the specified range. • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
• Wheel sensor
• TCM
• ECM

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?


YES >> GO TO 2. A
EC
YES >> GO TO 3. C
Check combination meter function. Refer to MWI-17, "CONSULT Function (METER/M&A)". D
>> INSPECTION END

E

The ECM receives two vehicle speed signals by the CAN communication line. One is sent from “combination
meter”, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ICC con-
trol. Refer to CCS-13, "System Description" for ICC functions.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:

shorted.)
ASCD VHL SPD SEN ECM detects a difference between two vehicle
(ICC vehicle speed sensor) speed signals is out of the specified range.
unit)
• Wheel sensor
• TCM
• ECM

1.PRECONDITIONING
>> GO TO 2.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)” A
Refer to BRC-37, "CONSULT Function".

YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DTC WITH “COMBINATION METER” C
Check combination meter function.
D
>> INSPECTION END

This DTC is displayed with other DTC regarding TCM. Perform the trouble diagnosis for corresponding DTC.
Refer to EC-654, "DTC Index". When this DTC is detected, the ASCD control is canceled.

A
ECM receives input speed sensor signal from TCM via the CAN communication line. ECM uses this signal for EC
engine control.
C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
NOTE:
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC UXXXX first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. D
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340, P0345, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340,
E
• If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer F
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause G
Input speed sensor signal is different from (The CAN communication line is open or short-
Input speed sensor the theoretical value calculated by ECM ed) H
P1715
(TCM output) from output speed sensor signal and en- • Harness or connectors
gine rpm signal. (Input speed sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• TCM
I
1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2. L
1. Start engine.
M
2. Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 50 km/h (31 MPH) for at least 5 seconds.
N
O

Check DTC with TCM. Refer to TM-64, "DTC Index". P
YES >> Replace TCM. Refer to TM-202, "Exploded View".

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
VIAS control solenoid valve 1 (The solenoid valve 1 circuit is open or
circuit shorted.)
solenoid valve 1.

1.CONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.


Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
nector.
VIAS control solenoid valve 1 ECM

Continuity

YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1 EC

NO >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve 1. Refer to EC-574, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Com-
ponent Parts Location". D
1.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1 E

With CONSULT
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. F
3. Disconnect vacuum hoses connected to VIAS control solenoid valve 1.
5. Select “VIAS S/V-1” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. G
H
(VIAS S/V-1) between (A) and (B) between (A) and (C)
I
J
JMBIA0180ZZ
Without CONSULT K
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the L
Air passage continuity Air passage continuity M

Condition
between (A) and (B) between (A) and (C)
Existed Not existed
tween terminals 1 and 2 N
O
NO >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve 1. Refer to EC-

P

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
VIAS control solenoid valve 2 (The solenoid valve 2 circuit is open or
circuit shorted.)
solenoid valve 2.

1.CONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.


Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
nector.
VIAS control solenoid valve 2 ECM

Continuity

YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 2 EC

ponent Parts Location". D
1.CHECK VIAS CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 2 E

With CONSULT
2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. F
3. Disconnect vacuum hoses connected to VIAS control solenoid valve 2.
5. Select “VIAS S/V-2” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. G
H
(VIAS S/V-2) between (A) and (B) between (A) and (C)
I
J
JMBIA0180ZZ
Without CONSULT K
4. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the L
Air passage continuity Air passage continuity M

Condition
Existed Not existed
tween terminals 1 and 2 N
O
NO >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve 2. Refer to EC-

P

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM via the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed. This
signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driven.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for ex- (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or short-
P1805 Brake switch
tremely long time while the vehicle is driving. ed.)
• Stop lamp switch

2. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds.
3. Erase the DTC with CONSULT.
1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT

2. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal.
Brake pedal Stop lamp

Fully released Not illuminated
Slightly depressed Illuminated
NO >> GO TO 2.
Stop lamp switch

Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.

P1805 BRAKE SWITCH
Stop lamp switch ECM A

Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 4. C
D
F
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. G
Terminals Condition Continuity H

1 and 2 Brake pedal
I
NO >> GO TO 2. J
2. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminals under the following conditions. K

L
1 and 2 Brake pedal
N

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Throttle control motor ECM detects that the voltage of power source (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
P2100
relay circuit open for throttle control motor is excessively low. open)
• Throttle control motor relay
Throttle control motor ECM detects that the throttle control motor relay (Throttle control motor relay circuit is
P2103
relay circuit short is stuck ON. shorted)
• Throttle control motor relay

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V.
Witch DTC is detected?
P2100 >> GO TO 2.
P2103 >> GO TO 3.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

IPDM E/R ECM

Continuity

YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT EC
C
IPDM E/R ECM
Continuity
F24 65 F51 34 Existed D
E
F

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

NOTE:
If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC 2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2119. Refer to
Electric throttle control Electric throttle control function does not oper- (Throttle control motor circuit is open or
P2101
performance ate properly. shorted)

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V when
engine is running.
>> GO TO 2.
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL

ECM
Connector Terminal Condition Terminal
Ignition switch OFF Approx. 0 V
F51 34 E16 128
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.

4. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ECM harness connector. A
IPDM E/R ECM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D
E
IPDM E/R ECM
Continuity
F
4.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT H

I
nector.
J
Continuity
K
5 Not existed
5
2 Existed
F50 F51
5 Existed L
6
2 Not existed
M
YES >> GO TO 5.
N
2. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) O
and the housing.
- : Vehicle front P
YES >> GO TO 6.
control actuator inside, refer to EM-26, "Exploded View",
and then perform throttle valve closed position learning.
JMBIA1132ZZ


YES >> GO TO 7.
YES >> Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-26, "Exploded View".

5 and 6 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

A
C
Throttle control motor ECM detects short in both circuits between (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.)
P2118
circuit short ECM and throttle control motor. • Electric throttle control actuator
(Throttle control motor) D
1.PRECONDITIONING E
ing the next test.
G
>> GO TO 2.
H
3. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? I
J
1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT K
3. Check the continuity between electric throttle control actuator harness connector and ECM harness con- L
nector.

Continuity M
5 Not existed
5
2 Existed N
F50 F51
5 Existed
6
2 Not existed
O
YES >> GO TO 2. P


5 and 6 Approx. 1 - 15 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]

A
C
Electric throttle control actuator does not func-
A) tion properly due to the return spring malfunc-
tion.
Electric throttle control D
P2119 Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is • Electric throttle control actuator
actuator B)
not in specified range.
ECM detects that the throttle valve is stuck
C)
open. E
1.PRECONDITIONING F
ing the next test.
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. I
K
8. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON.
9. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
L
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C M
3. Shift selector lever to the N or P position. N
5. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012857475 P


and the housing.
- : Vehicle front
YES >> GO TO 2.
JMBIA1132ZZ

1. Replace electric throttle control actuator. Refer to EM-26, "Exploded View".
>> INSPECTION END

A

NOTE:
Accelerator pedal posi- D
An excessively low voltage from the APP sen-
P2122 tion sensor 1 circuit low • Harness or connectors
sor 1 is sent to ECM.
input (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.)
Accelerator pedal posi- • Accelerator pedal position sensor
An excessively high voltage from the APP sen- E
P2123 tion sensor 1 circuit high (APP sensor 1)
input

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
I
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected? K

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. M
N
APP sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
O
E31*1 4
Ground Approx. 5
E74*2 4
*1: Without ICC system P

*2: With ICC system
YES >> GO TO 2.
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
E31*1 2
E16 100 Existed
E74*2 5
*1: Without ICC system

*2: With ICC system
YES >> GO TO 3.
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
E31*1 3
E16 97 Existed
E74*2 6

*2: With ICC system
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK APP SENSOR
TROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Exploded View" (Models without distance control assist system) or
ACC-5, "MODELS WITH DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Exploded View" (Models
with distance control assist system).

ECM
Connector
Terminal
97 100
98 116
NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-3, "MODELS WITHOUT DISTANCE CON- A
EC

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Accelerator pedal posi- • Harness or connectors
An excessively low voltage from the APP sen-
P2127 tion sensor 2 circuit low (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.)
input [CKP sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.]
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is
shorted.)
Accelerator pedal posi- • Accelerator pedal position sensor
An excessively high voltage from the APP sen-
P2128 tion sensor 2 circuit high (APP sensor 2)
input • Crankshaft position sensor (POS)

1.PRECONDITIONING
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?

APP sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
E31*1 5
Ground Approx. 5
E74*2 10

*2: With ICC system
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

EC
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
E31*1 5
E16 103 Existed
E74*2 10
D
*2: With ICC system
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY 2 CIRCUIT F
G
4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT H
3. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. I
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal J
*1 1
E31
E16 116 Existed
E74*2 11
K
*2: With ICC system
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M
N
APP sensor ECM
Continuity
O
E31*1 6
E16 98 Existed
E74*2 12
P
*2: With ICC system
YES >> GO TO 6.

6.CHECK APP SENSOR


ECM
Connector
Terminal
97 100
98 116

P2135 TP SENSOR
P2135 TP SENSOR
A

NOTE:
• Harness or connector D
Throttle position sensor Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM (TP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or short-
P2135 circuit range/perfor- compared with the signals from TP sensor 1 ed.)
mance and TP sensor 2. • Electric throttle control actuator
(TP sensor 1 or 2) E

1.PRECONDITIONING F
ing the next test.
>> GO TO 2. I
J
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
K
L
1.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
Electric throttle control actuator N

Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
O
YES >> GO TO 2.
P
2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
nector.

P2135 TP SENSOR

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
nector.

Continuity
2 22
F50 F51 Existed
3 23
YES >> GO TO 4.

5. Shift selector lever position to D.
ECM
Connector
Terminal
22
23

P2138 APP SENSOR
P2138 APP SENSOR
A

NOTE:
• Harness or connector D
(APP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or
shorted.)
(Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is E
shorted.)
Accelerator pedal posi- Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM
P2138 tion sensor circuit range/ compared with the signals from APP sensor 1
performance and APP sensor 2.
• Accelerator pedal position sensor F
(APP sensor 1 or 2)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor G

1.PRECONDITIONING
I
ing the next test.
TESTING CONDITION:
K
>> GO TO 2.
L
2. Check DTC.
Is DTC detected?
M
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000012857486 N

1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor harness connector. O
P
APP sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
E31*1 4
Ground Approx. 5
E74*2 4

P2138 APP SENSOR
*2: With ICC system
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
E31*1 4
E16 99 Existed
E74*2 4

*2: With ICC system
YES >> GO TO 3.
APP sensor
Ground Voltage (V)
Connector Terminal
E31*1 5
Ground Approx. 5
E74*2 10

*2: With ICC system
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 4.
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
E31*1 5
E16 103 Existed
E74*2 10

*2: With ICC system
YES >> GO TO 5.

P2138 APP SENSOR
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. A
6.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
EC
APP sensor ECM

C
Continuity
2 100 D
E31*1
1 116
E16 Existed
5 100
E74*2 E
11 116
*2: With ICC system
4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. F
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G
7.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT

1. Check the continuity between APP sensor harness connector and ECM harness connector. H
APP sensor ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal I
3 97
E31*1
6 98
E16 Existed J
6 97
E74*2
12 98
*1: Without ICC system K
*2: With ICC system
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK APP SENSOR M

NO >> Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to ACC-5, "MODELS WITH DISTANCE CONTROL
ASSIST SYSTEM : Exploded View" (Models without distance control assist system) or ACC-5,
"MODELS WITH DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Exploded View" (Models with dis- O
tance control assist system).
P

P2138 APP SENSOR
ECM
Connector
Terminal
97 100
98 116

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
A

With CONSULT

Fully released ON
E
Without CONSULT
F
ECM
+ – Condition Voltage G
Connector
Terminal Terminal
Slightly depressed Approx. 0 V
E16 126 128 Brake pedal H
YES >> INSPECTION END I
J
2. Disconnect brake pedal position switch harness connector. K
L
switch Ground Voltage
N
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
3. Check the continuity between brake pedal position switch harness connector and fuse block (J/B) harness P
connector.

Continuity

ASCD BRAKE SWITCH
tor.

ECM
switch Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.


1 and 2 Brake pedal
NO >> GO TO 2.

1 and 2 Brake pedal

ASCD INDICATOR
ASCD INDICATOR
A
1.CHECK ASCD INDICATOR FUNCTION EC

Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions.
ASCD INDICATOR CONDITION SPECIFICATION C

• MAIN switch: Pressed at the
CRUISE • Ignition switch: ON ON → OFF
1st time →at the 2nd time
E
1.CHECK DTC F
YES >> GO TO 2. G
H
YES >> GO TO 3. I

COOLING FAN
COOLING FAN
1.CHECK COOLING FAN FUNCTION

With CONSULT
Without CONSULT
Description".
1.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY

2. Disconnect cooling fan control nodule harness connector.
4. Check the voltage between cooling fan control nodule harness connector and ground.
+
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect cooling fan relay harness connector.
3. Check the continuity between cooling fan control nodule harness connector and cooling fan relay harness
connector.
+ −
Cooling fan control module Cooling fan relay Continuity
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

COOLING FAN
+ − A
Cooling fan relay IPDM E/R Continuity
EC
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY D
Check cooling fan relay. Refer to EC-910, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay)".
NO >> Replace cooling fan relay. Refer to PG-14, "Standardized Relay".
5.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE GROUND CIRCUIT F
2. Check the continuity between cooling fan control nodule harness connector and ground.
G
+
Cooling fan control module − Continuity
H
Connector Terminal
E225 1 Ground Existed
3. Also check harness for short to power. I
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. J
6.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. K
2. Check the continuity between cooling fan control nodule harness connector and IPDM E/R harness con-
nector.
L
+ −
Cooling fan control module IPDM E/R Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M
N
YES >> GO TO 7.
O
7.CHECK COOLING FAN CONTROL MODULE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect cooling fan control module harness connector. P
4. Check the voltage between cooling fan control module terminals and ground.

COOLING FAN
+
Connector Terminal
E245 4
E246 6
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS -1 AND -2
Check the cooling fan motor. Refer to EC-910, "Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor)".

NO >> Replace cooling motor. Refer to CO-17, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Motor) INFOID:0000000012857495
1.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR

2. Disconnect cooling fan control module harness connector.
3. Supply cooling fan control module harness connector terminals with battery voltage as per the following,
and check operation.
Cooling fan control module

Terminal Operation
Motor Connector
+ −
1 E245 4 5
Cooling fan operates.
2 E246 6 7
NO >> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan motor. Refer to CO-17, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Cooling Fan Relay) INFOID:0000000012857496
1.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAY

2. Remove cooling fan relay.
3. Check the continuity between cooling fan relay terminals under
the following conditions.
Cooling fan relay

+ − Conditions Continuity
Terminal
Existed
3 5 terminals 1 and 2
JSBIA5799ZZ

A
The electrical load signal (Headlamp switch signal, rear window defogger switch signal, etc.) is transferred via EC
the CAN communication.
C
1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH FUNCTION
2. Connect CONSULT and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. D
3. Select “LOAD SIGNAL” and check indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item Condition Indication E

ON ON
LOAD SIGNAL Rear window defogger switch
OFF OFF
F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to EC-911, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
2.CHECK LIGHTING SWITCH FUNCTION
Check “LOAD SIGNAL” indication under the following conditions.
H
ON at 2nd position ON
LOAD SIGNAL Lighting switch I
OFF OFF
YES >> GO TO 3. J
3.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SWITCH FUNCTION
K
Select “HEATER FAN SW” and check indication under the following conditions.
Monitor item Condition Indication L

ON ON
HEATER FAN SW Heater fan control switch
OFF OFF
N
1.INSPECTION START O
Confirm the malfunctioning circuit (rear window defogger, headlamp or heater fan). Refer to EC-911, "Compo-
nent Function Check".
Which circuit is related to the incident? P
Rear window defogger>>GO TO 2.
Headlamp>>GO TO 3.
Heater fan>>GO TO 4.
2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM
Check rear window defogger system. Refer to DEF-22, "Work Flow".

>> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM
Check headlamp system. Refer to EXL-105, "Work Flow".
>> INSPECTION END

4.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM
Check heater fan control system. Refer to HAC-73, "Work Flow".
>> INSPECTION END

A
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION EC

2. Shift selector position is D while depressing the brake pedal and parking brake pedal.
3. Disconnect electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve harness connector. C
4. Check that body vibration increases compared to the condition of step 2 above (with vehicle stopped).
E
1.CHECK VACUUM SOURCE
F
3. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to electronic controlled engine mount.
5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum existence. G

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK VACUUM HOSES AND VACUUM GALLERY I

2. Check vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery for clogging, cracks or improper connection. Refer to EC-600, J
"ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT : System Description".
YES >> GO TO 3. K
NO >> Repair or replace vacuum hoses and vacuum gallery.
3.CHECK ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY
1. Disconnect electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve harness connector. L
3. Check the voltage between front electronic controlled engine mount harness connector and ground.
M
control solenoid valve Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal N
O
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY P
CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between electronic controlled engine mount harness connector and fuse block (J/B)
harness connector.


Fuse block (J/B)
F64 1 E28 1M Existed
5.CHECK ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIG-
NAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and electronic controlled engine mount control
solenoid valve harness connector.

ECM
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair open circuit, short to ground or short to power in harness connectors.
Check electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve. Refer to EC-914, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE MOUNT
2. Install vacuum pump (A) to electronic controlled engine mount
(1).
3. Check that a vacuum is maintained when applying the vacuum
of -40 kPa (-0.41 kg/cm2, -5.8 psi) to electronic controlled engine
mount.
4. Also visually check electronic controlled engine mount.
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace electronic controlled engine mount.
MBIB1237E

YES >> Replace intake manifold collector. Refer to EM-26, "Exploded View".

With CONSULT
3. Disconnect vacuum hoses connected to electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve. A
5. Select “ENGINE MOUNTING” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
EC

(ENGINE MOUNTING) between (A) and (B) between (A) and (C) C
TRVL Existed Not existed
IDLE Not existed Existed
D
Without CONSULT
2. Disconnect electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid JMBIA0180ZZ
E
3. Disconnect vacuum hoses connected to electronic controlled engine mount control solenoid valve.
following conditions. F

Condition G
Existed Not existed
tween terminals 1 and 2
H

I
NO >> Replace electronic controlled engine mount control sole-
noid valve. Refer to EC-574, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location".
J

FUEL INJECTOR
FUEL INJECTOR
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch to START.
Are any cylinders ignited?
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR FUNCTION
With CONSULT
1. Start engine.
Without CONSULT
1. Start engine.

PBIB3332E
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY

4. Check the voltage between fuel injector harness connector and ground.
Fuel injector
Ground Voltage
1 F30 1
2 F18 1
3 F41 1
4 F20 1
5 F42 1
6 F22 1
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector.

FUEL INJECTOR
Fuel injector IPDM E/R A

Continuity
1 F30 1 54
EC
2 F18 1 60
3 F41 1 54
F19 Existed
4 F20 1 60 C
5 F42 1 54
6 F22 1 60
D
NO >> Repair or replace error-detected parts. E
3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. F
3. Check the continuity between fuel injector harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Fuel injector ECM G

Continuity
1 F30 2 33
H
2 F18 2 44
3 F41 2 48
F51 Existed
4 F20 2 47 I
5 F42 2 46
6 F22 2 45
J
YES >> GO TO 4. K
Check fuel injector. Refer to EC-917, "Component Inspection". L
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-49, "Exploded View". M
Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-50, "Intermittent Incident". N
1.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR P


FUEL INJECTOR
3. Check resistance between fuel injector terminals as per the fol-
lowing.
1 and 2 11.1 - 14.5 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)]
NO >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. Refer to EM-49,
"Exploded View".
PBIB1727E

FUEL PUMP
FUEL PUMP
A
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP FUNCTION EC

2. Pinch fuel feed hose with two fingers.
C
Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed
hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON.
E
JMBIA1696ZZ
F
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY-I G

ECM
I
+ – Voltage
F51 43 E16 128 Battery voltage J
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2. K
2.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY-II

Check the voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground. L
IPDM E/R
Ground Voltage
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 11.
3.CHECK FUEL PUMP RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT O
3. Check the continuity between ECM harness connector and IPDM E/R harness connector. P
ECM IPDM E/R

Continuity
FUEL PUMP
4.CHECK CONDENSER POWER SUPPLY
3. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
5. Check the voltage between condenser harness connector and ground.
Condenser
Ground Voltage
Connector Terminal
Battery voltage should exist for 1 second
B52 1 Ground
after ignition switch is turned ON.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK CONDENSER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and condenser harness connector.
IPDM E/R Condenser

Continuity
E121 15 B52 1 Existed
YES >> GO TO 11.
6.CHECK CONDENSER GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Check the continuity between condenser harness connector and ground.
Condenser
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
B52 2 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK CONDENSER
Check condenser. Refer to EC-921, "Component Inspection (Condenser)".
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace condenser.
8.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel
pump” harness connector.

FUEL PUMP
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel A

IPDM E/R
pump Continuity
E121 15 B72 6 Existed EC

YES >> GO TO 9. C
9.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. D
2. Check the continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector and ground.
Fuel level sensor unit and fuel E

pump Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
B72 4 Ground Existed F
YES >> GO TO 10.
G
10.CHECK FUEL PUMP
Check fuel pump. Refer to EC-921, "Component Inspection (Fuel Pump)". H
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Replace fuel pump. Refer to FL-6, "Exploded View". I
Component Inspection (Fuel Pump) INFOID:0000000012857508
1.CHECK FUEL PUMP L

2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit (fuel pump)” harness connector.
3. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit (fuel pump)” terminals as follows. M
Terminals Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)]

N
4 and 6 0.2 - 5.0 Ω
NO >> Replace fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly. Refer to FL-6, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Condenser) INFOID:0000000012857509
P
1.CHECK CONDENSER
2. Disconnect condenser harness connector.
3. Check resistance between condenser terminals as per the following.

FUEL PUMP
1 and 2 Above 1 MΩ [at 25°C (77°F)]
NO >> Replace condenser.

ICC BRAKE SWITCH
ICC BRAKE SWITCH
A

WITH CONSULT

BRAKE SW1 Slightly depressed OFF
Brake pedal
(ICC brake switch) Fully released ON
E
WITHOUT CONSULT
2. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals as per the following. F
ECM
G
Connector
Terminal
Slightly depressed Approx. 0 V H
I

4. Check the voltage between brake pedal position switch harness connector and ground. L

switch Ground Voltage M
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.

P
connector.

Continuity

ICC BRAKE SWITCH
tor.

ECM
switch Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.


1 and 2 Brake pedal
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Adjust brake pedal position switch installation. Refer to BR-20, "Removal and Installation".

1 and 2 Brake pedal
Component Inspection (ICC Brake Hold Relay) INFOID:0000000012857513


ICC BRAKE SWITCH
3. Check the continuity between ICC brake hold relay terminals A
Terminals Condition Continuity EC

12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Existed
3 and 5
C
JMBIA0848ZZ D

IGNITION SIGNAL
IGNITION SIGNAL
1.INSPECTION START
Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine.
Does the engine start?
With CONSULT
Without CONSULT
1. Let engine idle.
2. Read the voltage signal between ECM harness connector terminals with an oscilloscope.
ECM
+ – Voltage signal
9
10
11
F51 E16 128
13
14
15 JMBIA0035GB
NOTE:
The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle.

1. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON.
ECM
Voltage
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refer to EC-722, "Diagnosis Procedure".

IGNITION SIGNAL
2.CHECK CONDENSER-1 POWER SUPPLY A

EC
Condenser-1
Ground Voltage C
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CONDENSER-1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT E

F

Continuity G
YES >> Refer to EC-722, "Diagnosis Procedure".
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. J
Condenser-1 K
Ground Continuity
Connector Terminal
F21 2 Ground Existed
L
YES >> GO TO 5. M
5.CHECK CONDENSER-1
Check condenser-1. Refer to EC-930, "Component Inspection (Condenser)" N
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace condenser-1. O
6.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY
1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. P
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector-1.
4. Check the voltage between ignition coil harness connector and ground.

IGNITION SIGNAL
Ignition coil
Ground Voltage
1 F47 3
2 F8 3
3 F48 3
4 F9 3
5 F49 3
6 F10 3
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ground.
Ignition coil
Ground Continuity
1 F47 2
2 F8 2
3 F48 2
Ground Existed
4 F9 2
5 F49 2
6 F10 2
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
2. Check the continuity between ignition coil harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Ignition coil ECM

Continuity
1 F47 1 11
2 F8 1 10
3 F48 1 9
F51 Existed
4 F9 1 15
5 F49 1 14
6 F10 1 13
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR
Check ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EC-929, "Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power
Transistor)".

IGNITION SIGNAL
NO >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. Refer to EM-42, "Exploded View".
Component Inspection (Ignition Coil with Power Transistor) INFOID:0000000012857516
EC
1.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-I
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. C
2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector.
3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as per the following.
D
Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)]
1 and 2 Except 0 or ∞
1 and 3 E
Except 0
2 and 3
F
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR-II G
CAUTION:
NOTE:
Do not use CONSULT to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following proce- I
dure.
4. Start engine.
5. After engine stalls, crank it 2 or 3 times to release all fuel pressure. J
9. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. K
0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal L
metal portion. M

N
CAUTION:
not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the O

• It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken.
NOTE: P
functioning.

IGNITION SIGNAL
Component Inspection (Condenser) INFOID:0000000012857517
1.CHECK CONDENSER-1
1 and 2 Above 1 MΩ [at 25C° (77C°)]

A
1.CHECK INFORMATION DISPLAY EC

1. Start engine.
2. Press MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch.
3. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25 MPH). C
CAUTION:
4. Press SET/COAST switch.
D
5. Check that the reading of the speedometer shows the same value as the set speed indicated in the infor-
mation display while driving the vehicle on a flat road.
E
F
1.CHECK DTC
Check that DTC UXXXX, P0500 or P1574 is not displayed. G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO-1 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. H
NO-3 >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P1574. Refer to EC-872, "DTC Logic" (Without ICC) or EC-
874, "DTC Logic" (With ICC). I
2.CHECK DTC WITH COMBINATION METER
J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC indicated.
K
M

1.CHECK MIL FUNCTION

1.CHECK DTC
YES >> GO TO 2.
YES >> GO TO 3.

A
1.CHECK ORVR FUNCTION EC

• Fuel odor from EVAP canister is strong.
• Cannot refuel/Fuel odor from the fuel filler opening is strong while refueling. C
Are any symptoms present?
NO >> INSPECTION END D
1.INSPECTION START E

A: Fuel odor from EVAP canister is strong.
F
B: Cannot refuel/Fuel odor from the fuel filler opening is strong while refueling.
A or B
A >> GO TO 2. G
B >> GO TO 7.
1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor H
attached. I
YES >> GO TO 3. J
NO >> GO TO 4.
Check if water will drain from EVAP canister K
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 6. L
JMBIA1134GB
N

Replace EVAP canister with a new one. Refer to FL-18, "Exploded View". O
>> GO TO 5.
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose. Refer to FL-20, "Exploded View".


NO >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. Refer to FL-18, "Exploded View".
attached.
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 9.
Check if water will drain from EVAP canister.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 11.
JMBIA1134GB

Replace EVAP canister with a new one. Refer to FL-18, "Exploded View".
>> GO TO 10.
>> Repair or replace EVAP hose. Refer to FL-20, "Exploded View".

11.CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES
Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling control valve for clogging, kinks, looseness and
improper connection.
YES >> GO TO 12.
NO >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes.
12.CHECK FILLER NECK TUBE
Check recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks.
YES >> GO TO 13.
NO >> Replace filler neck tube.
YES >> GO TO 14.
14.CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE
Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks.
YES >> GO TO 15. A
NO >> Replace fuel filler tube. Refer to FL-13, "Exploded View".
15.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I
EC
Check one-way valve for clogging.
YES >> GO TO 16. C
NO >> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank. Refer to FL-13, "Exploded View".
16.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II
1. Check that fuel is drained from the tank. D
2. Remove fuel filler tube and hose. Refer to FL-13, "Exploded View".
3. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as per the following.
When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing E
stick it should close.
Do not drop any material into the tank.
NO >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve
with fuel tank. Refer to FL-13, "Exploded View".
G
SEF665U
H
1.INSPECTION START I
YES >> GO TO 2. J
NO >> GO TO 3.
K
With CONSULT
2. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-13, "Exploded View".
3. Drain fuel from the tank as per the following: L
- Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer. Refer to FL-13, "Exploded View".
- Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other
side to a fuel container. M
- Drain fuel using “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT.
the air flows freely into the tank. N
- Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit. O
P

JSBIA1399GB

Without CONSULT
2. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-13, "Exploded View".
3. Drain fuel from the tank as per the following:
- Remove fuel gauge retainer.
- Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container.
the air flows freely into the tank.
- Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit.
JSBIA1399GB


A
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION EC

2. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON.
3. Check the voltage between ECM harness connector terminals under the following conditions. C
ECM
+ – Voltage (V) D
Connector
Terminal
F52 63 64 1.0 - 4.0
E
NO >> Proceed to EC-937, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY G

1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector.
3. Check the voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ground. H
Refrigerant pressure sensor

Ground Voltage (V) I
Connector Terminal
E244 1 Ground Approx. 5
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT K

3. Check the continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor harness connector and ECM harness connec- L
tor.
Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM M

Continuity
N
3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
tor.

Continuity

YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT
tor.

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
YES >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to HAC-166, "Removal and Installation".

A
• Camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE)
D
NOTE:
If sensor power supply 1 circuit is malfunctioning, DTC P0643 is displayed.
Sensor power supply 2 E
• EVAP control system pressure sensor F
G
2. Disconnect ECM harness connectors
I
+
Voltage
ECM − J
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
54
F52
96 K
Ground 5V
103
E16
107
L
NO >> GO TO 2. M
2. Disconnect following sensors harness connector. N
3. Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals.
ECM Sensor O
+ +
Name
P
54 CKP sensor (POS) F11 1
F52
96 Refrigerant pressure sensor E244 1
APP sensor 2 (Without ICC) E31 5
103
APP sensor 2 (With ICC) E74 10
E16
EVAP control system pressure sensor B36 3
107
EOP sensor F54 3

YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK COMPONENTS
• Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-806, "Component Inspection".)
• Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to EC-937, "Diagnosis Procedure".)
• APP sensor 2 (Refer to EC-894, "Component Inspection".)
• EVAP control system pressure sensor (Refer to EC-816, "Component Inspection".)
• EOP sensor (Refer to EC-836, "Component Inspection".)
YES >> Perform GI-50, "Intermittent Incident".

A
1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I EC

With CONSULT
2. Perform “VIAS S/V-1” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT. C
JMBIA1129ZZ
G
1. Power valve actuator 1 2. Power valve actuator 1 rod 3. Power valve actuator 2
4. Power valve actuator 2 rod
: Vehicle front
H
Without CONSULT
2. Rev engine quickly up to approximately 5,000 rpm. I
JMBIA1386ZZ
M
: Vehicle front
N
YES >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT P

JMBIA1129ZZ
: Vehicle front
Without CONSULT
1. When revving engine up to 5,000 rpm quickly.
JMBIA1386ZZ
: Vehicle front

1.INSPECTION START
Confirm the malfunctioning system (power valve 1 or power valve 2). Refer to EC-941, "Component Function
Check".
Which system is related to the incident?
2.CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE-I
With CONSULT
tions.

VIAS S/V-1 Vacuum A

ON Existed
OFF Not existed
EC
Without CONSULT
2. Disconnect VIAS control solenoid valve 1 harness connector. C
3. Start engine.
D
Condition Vacuum
Idle Existed
E
YES >> Repair or replace power valve actuator 1. Refer to EC-574, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : F
Component Parts Location".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK VACUUM TANK G
1. Stop engine and disconnect vacuum hose connected to intake manifold collector.
3. Check vacuum existence from intake manifold collector. H
Does vacuum existence from the intake manifold collector?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace intake manifold collector. Refer to EM-26, "Exploded View". I
4.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
1. Stop engine. J
K
YES >> GO TO 5.
L
M
SEF109L

Check VIAS control solenoid valve 1. Refer to EC-879, "Component Inspection". N
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Replace VIAS control solenoid valve 1. Refer to EC-574, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Com- O
6.CHECK VACUUM EXISTENCE-II P
With CONSULT
tions.

VIAS S/V 2 Vacuum

ON Existed
OFF Not existed
Without CONSULT
3. Start engine.
Condition Operation
Idle Existed
YES >> Repair or replace power valve actuator 2. Refer to EC-574, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM :
Component Parts Location".
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK VACUUM HOSE
1. Stop engine.
YES >> GO TO 8.
SEF109L


< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [VQ35DE FOR MEXICO]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
EC
SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM

C
SYMPTOM

D


E

Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE

F
IDLING VIBRATION
ENGINE STALL
H
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA
Fuel Fuel pump circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 EC-919
Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-707 I
Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 2 2 2 EC-916
Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 EC-603
J
Air Positive crankcase ventilation sys-
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 1 EC-590
tem 3 3
Incorrect idle speed adjustment 1 1 1 1 1 EC-695
K
EC-886,
Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
EC-891
Ignition Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-695
L
Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-926
Power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 EC-722
Mass air flow sensor circuit 2 EC-740 M
1
Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 3 EC-746
EC-750,
3 EC-754, N
Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit
EC-757,
1 2 2 2 2 2 EC-779
EC-748, O
EC-794,
Throttle position sensor circuit EC-853,
EC-854,
2 2 EC-899 P
EC-844,
EC-893,
Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 1
EC-896,
EC-901
Knock sensor circuit 2 3 EC-802
Engine oil temperature sensor 4 2 3 EC-792

SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-804
Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-807
Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 3 3 EC-828
EC-840,
ECM 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-842,
EC-843
Intake valve timing control solenoid valve cir-
3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-738
cuit
PNP signal circuit 3 3 3 3 3 EC-846
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 2 3 3 4 EC-937
Cooling fan control module circuit 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 EC-908
Electrical load signal circuit 3 EC-911
Air conditioner circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 HAC-73
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 4 BRC-78
(continued on next page)
SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER

SYMPTOM A

EC



C
Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
D
ENGINE STALL
E
Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA F

Fuel Fuel tank
5 FL-5
Fuel piping 5 5 5 5 5 5
Vapor lock — G
5
Valve deposit —
Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
— H
Low octane)
Air Air duct EM-24
Air cleaner EM-15 I
Air leakage from air duct
(Mass air flow sensor — electric EM-24
5 5 5 5 5 5
throttle control actuator)
5 5 5 5 J
Electric throttle control actuator EM-26
Air leakage from intake manifold/ EM-26,
Collector/Gasket EM-29
K
Cranking Battery PG-138
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 CHG-11,
Generator circuit
CHG-14 L
1 STR-11,
Starter circuit 3
STR-15
Signal plate 6 EM-99 M
PNP signal 4 TM-111
Engine Cylinder head
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-99 N
Cylinder head gasket 4 3
Cylinder block
Piston 4 O
Piston ring
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-126
Connecting rod
Bearing P
Crankshaft

SYMPTOM




Reference
ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING
page
HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE
IDLING VIBRATION
Valve Timing chain EM-67
mecha-
Camshaft EM-80
nism
Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-66
Intake valve
3 EM-94
Exhaust valve
Exhaust Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/
Gasket EM-29, EX-
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
4
Three way catalyst
Lubrica- EM-36, LU-
Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil
tion 10, LU-12,
filter/Oil gallery/Oil cooler 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 LU-15
Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-8
Cooling CO-15,
Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap
CO-26
Thermostat 5 CO-24
Water pump CO-19
5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5
Water gallery CO-8
Cooling fan CO-17
Coolant level (Low)/Contaminat- 5
CO-10
ed coolant
NVIS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System —
1 1 SEC-12
NATS)

A
SYSTEM−DRIVE MODE SELECTOR− EC
Probable malfunctioning part/

Malfunction Check item
Action C
D
navigation system.
Refer to the following.
Only ECO pedal reaction force • AV-127, "Symptom Table" E
is not generated. (BASE AUDIO)
[Intelligent pedal (distance con- • AV-601, "Symptom Table"
trol assist) operates normally.] The central switch of the navi-
(BOSE AUDIO W/O SUR-
gation system malfunctions. F
ROUND SOUND)
• AV-897, "Symptom Table"
ECO pedal reaction force is not (BOSE AUDIO WITH SUR-
generated when in ECO mode. ROUND SOUND)
G
(TELEMATICS SYSTEM)
ADAS control unit, ICC sensor, H
Intelligent pedal (distance control assist) reaction force is not 57, "DTC Index".
generated as well. • ICC SENSOR: Refer to I
DAS-266, "DTC Index".
J
654, "DTC Index".
and Accelerator pedal actuator. K
Intelligent pedal (distance control assist) reaction force has a 57, "DTC Index".
malfunction as well. • ICC SENSOR: Refer to
L
DAS-266, "DTC Index".
654, "DTC Index". M
When in ECO mode, settings
of ECO pedal reaction force
cannot be changed or vehicle N
behavior does not agree to the Perform self-diagnosis of the
settings. navigation system.
Refer to the following.
Intelligent pedal (distance con- • AV-127, "Symptom Table" O
trol assist) reaction force is nor- (BASE AUDIO)
mal. • AV-601, "Symptom Table"
The central switch of the navi-
(BOSE AUDIO W/O SUR-
gation system malfunctions. P
ROUND SOUND)
(BOSE AUDIO WITH SUR-
ROUND SOUND)
(TELEMATICS SYSTEM)

FUEL CUT CONTROL (AT NO LOAD AND HIGH ENGINE SPEED)

If the engine speed is above 2,000 rpm under no load (for example, the selector lever position is P or N and
engine speed is over 2,000 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off var-
ies based on engine speed.
Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,100 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled.
NOTE:
This function is different from deceleration control listed under Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System, EC-594,
"MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM : System Description".

IDLE SPEED
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [VQ35DE FOR MEXICO]
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE A
IDLE SPEED
EC
1.CHECK IDLE SPEED

With CONSULT C
Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT.
With GST
Check idle speed with Service $01 of GST. D
>> INSPECTION END

E

IGNITION TIMING
IGNITION TIMING

1. Attach timing light to loop wires (1) as shown.
- Timing light (A)
- : Vehicle front
ALBIA0772ZZ
2. Check ignition timing.
>> INSPECTION END
JMBIA1135GB

EVAP LEAK CHECK
EVAP LEAK CHECK
A
CAUTION: EC
• Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump.
• Never exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system.
NOTE:
C
• Do not start engine.
• Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool) to the EVAP service port may
cause a leakage.
D
WITH CONSULT
(commercial service tool) and pressure pump to EVAP service E
port.
3. Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT F
MODE” with CONSULT.
4. Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will
appear on the screen.
G
5. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure
indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph. SEF462UA
6. Remove EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool) H
7. Locate the leakage using a leakage detector (commercial ser-
vice tool). Refer to EC-603, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYS-
TEM : System Description". I
SEF200U
WITHOUT CONSULT L
(commercial service tool) and pressure pump to EVAP service
port. M
2. Apply battery voltage between the terminals of EVAP canister
vent control valve to make a closed EVAP system.
3. To locate the leakage, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP sys- N
tem until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to
0.028 kg/cm2, 0.2 to 0.4 psi).
4. Remove EVAP service port adapter (commercial service tool) O
SEF462UA

EVAP LEAK CHECK
5. Locate the leakage using a leak detector (commercial service
tool). Refer to EC-603, "EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM :
SEF200U

A
1.CHECK PCV VALVE EC

With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A
properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through
it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is C
placed over valve inlet.
NO >> Replace PCV valve.
E
PBIB1589E

ECM
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [VQ35DE FOR MEXICO]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

ECM
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000012857538
CAUTION:
Perform ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ECM. Refer to EC-699, "Description".
REMOVAL
1. Remove battery. Refer to PG-147, "Exploded View".
2. Disconnect the harness connectors from ECM. Refer to PG-11, "Harness Connector".
3. Remove ECM nuts (A), and then remove ECM (1).
JSBIA1367GB
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [VQ35DE FOR MEXICO]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A

Idle Speed INFOID:0000000012857539
EC
C
No load* (in P or N position) 650 ± 50 rpm
• A/C switch: OFF D
Ignition Timing INFOID:0000000012857540 E
F
No load* (in P or N position) 12 ± 2° BTDC
• Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger) G
• A/C switch: OFF
Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000012857541 H
Condition Specification (Using CONSULT or GST) I

At idle 10 – 35 %
At 2,500 rpm 10 – 35 %
J
Mass Air Flow Sensor INFOID:0000000012857542
Supply voltage Battery voltage (11 – 14 V)

K
Output voltage at idle (in N position) 0.9 – 1.2 V*
2.0 – 6.0 g/s at idle* L
Mass air flow (Using CONSULT or GST)
7.0 – 20.0 g/s at 2,500 rpm*
*: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load.
M


EC

Engine Control System: Section

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Engine Control System: Section

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Engine Control System: Section

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ENGINE

Revision: April 2016 EC-1 2016 QX60

INFINITI DRIVE MODE SELECTOR ......................... 61 SERVICE AFTER REPLACING OR REMOV-

Revision: April 2016 EC-2 2016 QX60

Revision: April 2016 EC-3 2016 QX60

Revision: April 2016 EC-4 2016 QX60

Revision: April 2016 EC-6 2016 QX60

Revision: April 2016 EC-7 2016 QX60

ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ......................... 520 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 554

ELECTRONIC CONTROLLED ENGINE Infiniti Drive Mode Selector ............................ 558

Revision: April 2016 EC-8 2016 QX60

Revision: April 2016 EC-9 2016 QX60

P0500 VSS ....................................................... 828 P1226 TP SENSOR .......................................... 854

Revision: April 2016 EC-13 2016 QX60

Revision: April 2016 EC-14 2016 QX60

Revision: April 2016 EC-15 2016 QX60

On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of Engine and CVT INFOID:0000000012856734

• Always use a 12 volt battery as power source.

• Never disassemble ECM.

Revision: April 2016 EC-17 2016 QX60

• B1 indicates bank 1, B2 indicates bank 2 as shown in the fig-

• Never depress accelerator pedal when starting.

Revision: April 2016 EC-18 2016 QX60

Revision: April 2016 EC-19 2016 QX60

— Connects fuel pressure gauge to quick connector

Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000012856737

Leak detector Locates the EVAP leakage

EVAP service port Applies positive pressure through EVAP service

Revision: April 2016 EC-20 2016 QX60

Socket wrench Removes and installs engine coolant temperature

Revision: April 2016 EC-21 2016 QX60

No. Component Function

Revision: April 2016 EC-22 2016 QX60

Engine rear upper-left Engine top center Engine front lower-right L

PCV valve EC-39, "Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV)" O

Engine oil pressure sensor EC-32, "Engine Oil Pressure Sensor"

Revision: April 2016 EC-23 2016 QX60

Engine coolant temperature sensor EC-31, "Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor"

Fuel injector (bank 1) EC-33, "Fuel Injector"

Knock sensor (bank 1) EC-36, "Knock Sensor"

Knock sensor (bank 2) EC-36, "Knock Sensor"

Fuel injector (bank 2) EC-33, "Fuel Injector"

Engine oil temperature sensor EC-32, "Engine Oil Temperature Sensor"

No. Component Function

Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) EC-34, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2"

Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) EC-34, "Heated Oxygen Sensor 2"

Revision: April 2016 EC-24 2016 QX60

Revision: April 2016 EC-25 2016 QX60

No. Component Function

Infiniti Drive Mode Selector

No. Component Function

Revision: April 2016 EC-26 2016 QX60

Revision: April 2016 EC-27 2016 QX60

Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 INFOID:0000000012856741

A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER

Revision: April 2016 EC-28 2016 QX60

Cooling Fan Motor & Cooling Fan Control Module INFOID:0000000012856745

Revision: April 2016 EC-29 2016 QX60

• ECM (Engine Control Module) controls the engine.